10-K
P1Yfalse0001819133FY--12-310001819133tngx:SeriesBTrancheTwoRedeemableConvertiblePreferredStockMember2021-03-180001819133tngx:SeriesARedeemableConvertiblePreferredStockMember2019-01-012019-01-310001819133tngx:StockOptionsMember2021-01-012021-12-310001819133us-gaap:EmployeeStockOptionMember2020-01-012020-12-310001819133us-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember2020-01-012020-12-310001819133us-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember2021-01-012021-12-310001819133us-gaap:CommonStockMember2020-01-012020-12-310001819133tngx:TwoThousandAndTwentyOneEmployeeStockPurchasePlanMember2021-12-310001819133tngx:AmendedGileadAgreementMember2021-01-012021-12-310001819133us-gaap:SeriesBPreferredStockMember2020-01-012020-12-310001819133tngx:ComputerSoftwareMember2021-12-310001819133tngx:HundredBinneyStreetInCambridgeMembersrt:MinimumMember2017-07-310001819133tngx:SeriesBCommonSharesMember2020-04-070001819133srt:ScenarioPreviouslyReportedMembertngx:SeriesACommonSharesMember2019-12-310001819133srt:ScenarioPreviouslyReportedMember2020-01-012020-12-310001819133tngx:SpecifiedRegulatoryAndSalesMilestonesForGeneticContextMembertngx:MedivirAgreementMember2020-03-3100018191332017-03-012017-03-310001819133tngx:GileadAgreementBasedPerformanceMembertngx:LicenseRevenueMember2021-01-012021-12-310001819133us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel2Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2020-12-310001819133us-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember2019-12-310001819133us-gaap:GeneralAndAdministrativeExpenseMember2020-01-012020-12-310001819133tngx:SeriesBCommonSharesMember2020-04-062020-04-070001819133tngx:ResearchAndDevelopmentMemberus-gaap:StateAndLocalJurisdictionMember2021-01-012021-12-310001819133tngx:PublicSharesMember2020-09-082020-09-0800018191332021-08-102021-08-100001819133tngx:TwoThousandAndEighteenGileadAgreementMember2018-10-012018-10-310001819133tngx:SeriesBRedeemableConvertiblePreferredStockMember2020-04-300001819133tngx:TwoThousandAndTwentyOneEmployeeStockPurchasePlanMemberus-gaap:SubsequentEventMember2022-01-012022-01-010001819133tngx:MergerAgreementMember2021-04-132021-04-130001819133tngx:MarketableDebtSecuritiesMember2021-12-310001819133us-gaap:CommonStockMember2019-12-310001819133tngx:BctgAcquisitionCorpMember2021-12-310001819133tngx:SeriesBOneRedeemableConvertiblePreferredStockMember2020-08-012020-08-310001819133tngx:TwoThousandAndEighteenGileadAgreementMember2018-12-310001819133tngx:SeriesARedeemableConvertiblePreferredStockMember2017-03-310001819133us-gaap:AccountingStandardsUpdate201613Member2021-12-310001819133tngx:TangoTherapeuticsIncMember2021-08-100001819133us-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember2021-12-310001819133us-gaap:CommonStockMember2020-09-082020-09-0800018191332020-09-082020-09-080001819133us-gaap:StateAndLocalJurisdictionMember2021-01-012021-12-310001819133tngx:SeriesARedeemableConvertiblePreferredStockMember2017-03-012017-03-310001819133us-gaap:USGovernmentAgenciesDebtSecuritiesMemberus-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel2Membertngx:MarketableDebtSecuritiesMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2021-12-310001819133tngx:StockOptionsMember2020-01-012020-12-310001819133tngx:HundredBinneyStreetInCambridgeMember2021-10-012021-12-310001819133tngx:AmendedGileadAgreementMember2020-08-310001819133tngx:HundredBinneyStreetInCambridgeMember2017-07-310001819133tngx:SeriesBRedeemableConvertiblePreferredStockMember2020-04-012020-04-300001819133srt:ScenarioPreviouslyReportedMembertngx:SeriesB1CommonSharesMember2020-08-170001819133us-gaap:FurnitureAndFixturesMember2021-01-012021-12-310001819133us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember2021-12-310001819133tngx:SeriesACommonSharesMember2019-01-012019-12-310001819133us-gaap:ResearchAndDevelopmentExpenseMember2021-01-012021-12-3100018191332020-01-012020-12-310001819133us-gaap:StateAndLocalJurisdictionMember2021-12-310001819133tngx:SeriesACommonSharesMember2019-12-310001819133tngx:LaboratoryEquipmentMember2021-01-012021-12-310001819133us-gaap:ComputerEquipmentMember2021-12-310001819133tngx:AmendedGileadAgreementMember2020-08-012020-08-310001819133tngx:TangoTherapeuticsIncMember2021-08-102021-08-100001819133us-gaap:DomesticCountryMember2021-12-310001819133tngx:SeriesBRedeemableConvertiblePreferredStockMember2021-03-310001819133tngx:SeriesARedeemableConvertiblePreferredStockMember2018-12-310001819133us-gaap:ComputerSoftwareIntangibleAssetMember2021-01-012021-12-310001819133tngx:SeriesBOneRedeemableConvertiblePreferredStockMember2020-08-170001819133tngx:GileadAgreementMember2021-12-310001819133tngx:HundredBinneyStreetInCambridgeMember2021-11-012021-11-300001819133us-gaap:AccountingStandardsUpdate201912Member2021-12-310001819133tngx:TwoThousandAndTwentyOnePlanMember2021-01-012021-12-310001819133us-gaap:USTreasurySecuritiesMembertngx:MarketableDebtSecuritiesMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2020-12-310001819133us-gaap:EquipmentMember2021-12-310001819133us-gaap:LetterOfCreditMemberus-gaap:SubsequentEventMembertngx:TheTwoHundredAndOneBrooklineAvenueLeaseMember2022-01-310001819133srt:MaximumMember2020-01-012020-12-310001819133us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember2021-01-012021-12-310001819133tngx:CollaborationRevenueMembertngx:GileadAgreementMember2020-01-012020-12-310001819133us-gaap:USGovernmentAgenciesDebtSecuritiesMembertngx:MarketableDebtSecuritiesMember2021-12-310001819133tngx:HundredBinneyStreetInCambridgeMember2021-01-012021-12-310001819133us-gaap:USTreasurySecuritiesMembertngx:MarketableDebtSecuritiesMember2021-12-310001819133tngx:SeriesBTrancheOneRedeemableConvertiblePreferredStockMember2021-08-100001819133tngx:TwoThousandAndEighteenGileadAgreementMember2018-01-012018-12-310001819133tngx:AmendedGileadAgreementMembertngx:SeriesBOnePreferredStockMember2020-08-310001819133tngx:SeriesBTrancheTwoRedeemableConvertiblePreferredStockMember2021-08-100001819133us-gaap:FurnitureAndFixturesMember2021-12-310001819133us-gaap:IPOMember2021-01-012021-12-310001819133tngx:SeriesBTrancheOneRedeemableConvertiblePreferredStockMember2020-04-070001819133tngx:HundredBinneyStreetInCambridgeMembersrt:MinimumMember2021-11-012021-11-300001819133us-gaap:USTreasurySecuritiesMembertngx:MarketableDebtSecuritiesMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2021-12-310001819133tngx:BctgAcquisitionCorpMember2021-08-112021-08-110001819133us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember2020-01-012020-12-310001819133tngx:SeriesBOneRedeemableConvertiblePreferredStockMember2020-08-310001819133tngx:HundredBinneyStreetInCambridgeMembersrt:MaximumMember2017-07-310001819133tngx:MarketableDebtSecuritiesMember2020-12-310001819133us-gaap:PrivatePlacementMember2021-12-310001819133us-gaap:LeaseholdImprovementsMember2021-01-012021-12-310001819133tngx:RestrictedCommonStockAwardMember2019-12-310001819133tngx:MergerAgreementMember2021-08-102021-08-1000018191332021-08-100001819133tngx:TheTwoHundredAndOneBrooklineAvenueLeaseMember2019-09-300001819133us-gaap:CommonStockMember2021-12-310001819133tngx:MedivirAgreementMember2020-03-310001819133tngx:TwoThousandAndTwentyOnePlanMemberus-gaap:SubsequentEventMember2022-01-012022-01-010001819133tngx:RestrictedCommonStockAwardMember2020-12-310001819133us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel1Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2021-12-310001819133tngx:HitgenAgreementMember2017-09-012017-09-300001819133tngx:StockOptionsMember2021-12-310001819133us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel2Memberus-gaap:USTreasurySecuritiesMembertngx:MarketableDebtSecuritiesMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2021-12-310001819133us-gaap:DomesticCountryMember2021-01-012021-12-310001819133us-gaap:AccountingStandardsUpdate202006Member2021-12-310001819133tngx:FoundersAndAdvisorsMembertngx:RestrictedCommonStockAwardMember2017-01-012017-12-3100018191332022-01-012021-12-310001819133us-gaap:PrivatePlacementMember2021-01-012021-12-310001819133tngx:SeriesARedeemableConvertiblePreferredStockMember2018-01-012018-12-310001819133tngx:HundredBinneyStreetInCambridgeMember2020-01-012020-12-3100018191332019-12-310001819133us-gaap:FurnitureAndFixturesMember2020-12-310001819133us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel2Memberus-gaap:USTreasurySecuritiesMembertngx:MarketableDebtSecuritiesMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2020-12-310001819133tngx:SeriesARedeemableConvertiblePreferredStockMember2019-12-310001819133tngx:SeriesBOneRedeemableConvertiblePreferredStockMember2021-08-100001819133us-gaap:CommonStockMember2021-01-012021-12-310001819133tngx:SeriesACommonSharesMember2021-08-100001819133tngx:AmendedGileadAgreementMembersrt:MinimumMember2021-12-310001819133tngx:RestrictedCommonStockAwardMember2021-01-012021-12-310001819133tngx:MarketableDebtSecuritiesMember2021-01-012021-12-3100018191332021-12-310001819133us-gaap:DomesticCountryMembertngx:ResearchAndDevelopmentMember2021-12-310001819133us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember2020-12-310001819133us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel1Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2020-12-310001819133us-gaap:AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveIncomeMember2020-12-3100018191332021-06-300001819133us-gaap:IPOMember2020-09-080001819133us-gaap:GeneralAndAdministrativeExpenseMember2021-01-012021-12-310001819133tngx:SpecifiedClinicalMilestonesMembertngx:MedivirAgreementMember2020-03-310001819133tngx:SeriesBCommonSharesMember2021-08-100001819133tngx:AmendedGileadAgreementMember2020-07-012020-09-300001819133us-gaap:RestrictedStockMember2020-01-012020-12-310001819133tngx:SeriesBRedeemableConvertiblePreferredStockMember2021-03-012021-03-310001819133tngx:LicenseRevenueMember2020-01-012020-12-310001819133srt:MinimumMember2021-01-012021-12-310001819133tngx:HundredBinneyStreetInCambridgeMember2018-03-310001819133tngx:HundredBinneyStreetInCambridgeMembersrt:MaximumMember2021-11-012021-11-300001819133us-gaap:EquipmentMember2020-12-3100018191332019-09-012019-09-300001819133tngx:CollaborationRevenueMember2020-01-012020-12-310001819133tngx:HundredBinneyStreetInCambridgeMemberus-gaap:LetterOfCreditMember2021-01-012021-12-310001819133us-gaap:SeriesAPreferredStockMember2019-12-310001819133tngx:AmendedGileadAgreementMember2021-04-012021-04-300001819133tngx:AmendedGileadAgreementMember2021-04-012021-06-300001819133us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember2021-12-310001819133tngx:BctgAcquisitionCorpMember2021-08-100001819133tngx:SpecifiedRegulatoryApprovalAndSalesMilestonesMembertngx:MedivirAgreementMember2020-03-310001819133tngx:SeriesARedeemableConvertiblePreferredStockMember2021-08-100001819133tngx:SeriesBCommonSharesMembersrt:ScenarioPreviouslyReportedMember2020-04-070001819133us-gaap:ResearchAndDevelopmentExpenseMember2020-01-012020-12-310001819133tngx:MergerAgreementMember2021-04-130001819133tngx:AmendedGileadAgreementMember2020-12-310001819133tngx:SeriesB1CommonSharesMember2020-08-162020-08-170001819133tngx:SeriesBOnePreferredStocksMember2020-01-012020-12-310001819133us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember2021-01-012021-12-310001819133us-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2020-12-310001819133us-gaap:IPOMember2020-09-082020-09-0800018191332022-03-210001819133us-gaap:USGovernmentAgenciesDebtSecuritiesMembertngx:MarketableDebtSecuritiesMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2021-12-3100018191332020-12-310001819133us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember2020-01-012020-12-310001819133us-gaap:LeaseholdImprovementsMember2020-12-310001819133us-gaap:USTreasurySecuritiesMembertngx:MarketableDebtSecuritiesMember2020-12-310001819133srt:MaximumMembertngx:MarketableDebtSecuritiesMember2021-12-310001819133us-gaap:ShareBasedCompensationAwardTrancheTwoMemberus-gaap:SeriesBPreferredStockMember2021-03-310001819133tngx:BctgBusinessCombinationAndPipeFinancingMember2021-08-100001819133tngx:TwoThousandAndTwentyOnePlanMember2021-12-3100018191332021-08-310001819133tngx:ResearchAndDevelopmentMemberus-gaap:StateAndLocalJurisdictionMember2021-12-310001819133tngx:SeriesARedeemableConvertiblePreferredStockMember2017-07-310001819133us-gaap:RestrictedStockMember2021-01-012021-12-310001819133tngx:CollaborationRevenueMember2021-01-012021-12-310001819133us-gaap:ShareBasedCompensationAwardTrancheTwoMemberus-gaap:SeriesBPreferredStockMember2021-01-012021-03-310001819133tngx:BctgBusinessCombinationAndPipeFinancingMember2021-01-012021-12-310001819133us-gaap:AdditionalPaidInCapitalMember2019-12-310001819133us-gaap:PrivatePlacementMember2021-08-112021-08-110001819133tngx:HundredBinneyStreetInCambridgeMember2018-03-012018-03-310001819133srt:MinimumMember2020-01-012020-12-310001819133tngx:AmendedGileadAgreementMember2021-09-300001819133us-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2021-12-310001819133us-gaap:RestrictedStockMember2020-01-012020-12-310001819133tngx:BctgTrustAccountMember2021-01-012021-12-310001819133srt:MaximumMembertngx:StockOptionsMember2020-01-012020-12-310001819133us-gaap:ComputerEquipmentMember2021-01-012021-12-310001819133us-gaap:DomesticCountryMembertngx:ResearchAndDevelopmentMember2021-01-012021-12-310001819133tngx:BctgAcquisitionCorpMember2021-08-102021-08-100001819133tngx:RestrictedCommonStockAwardMember2020-01-012020-12-310001819133us-gaap:USGovernmentAgenciesDebtSecuritiesMembertngx:MarketableDebtSecuritiesMember2020-12-310001819133us-gaap:PrivatePlacementMember2021-08-100001819133tngx:TwoThousandAndTwentyOneEmployeeStockPurchasePlanMember2021-01-012021-12-310001819133us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel2Memberus-gaap:USGovernmentAgenciesDebtSecuritiesMembertngx:MarketableDebtSecuritiesMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2020-12-3100018191332021-01-012021-12-310001819133us-gaap:ComputerEquipmentMember2020-12-310001819133tngx:HitgenAgreementMember2021-03-012021-03-310001819133tngx:GileadLetterAgreementMembertngx:LicenseRevenueMember2020-01-012020-12-310001819133us-gaap:AccountingStandardsUpdate201815Member2021-12-310001819133tngx:SeriesB1CommonSharesMember2020-08-170001819133tngx:SeriesARedeemableConvertiblePreferredStockMember2019-01-310001819133tngx:GileadAgreementMember2020-12-310001819133tngx:CollaborationRevenueMembertngx:GileadAgreementMember2021-01-012021-12-310001819133tngx:BctgBusinessCombinationAndPipeFinancingMember2021-12-310001819133tngx:MedivirAgreementMember2021-12-310001819133tngx:TwoThousandAndEighteenGileadAgreementMember2021-01-012021-12-310001819133us-gaap:FairValueInputsLevel2Memberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2021-12-310001819133us-gaap:SeriesBPreferredStockMember2021-01-012021-12-310001819133us-gaap:LeaseholdImprovementsMember2021-12-310001819133us-gaap:EmployeeStockOptionMember2021-01-012021-12-310001819133tngx:ComputerSoftwareMember2020-12-310001819133tngx:SeriesB1CommonSharesMember2021-08-100001819133us-gaap:USGovernmentAgenciesDebtSecuritiesMembertngx:MarketableDebtSecuritiesMemberus-gaap:FairValueMeasurementsRecurringMember2020-12-310001819133tngx:BctgAcquisitionCorpMember2021-08-110001819133us-gaap:ConstructionInProgressMember2021-12-310001819133tngx:MarketableDebtSecuritiesMember2020-01-012020-12-310001819133us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember2019-12-310001819133us-gaap:CommonStockMember2020-12-310001819133srt:MaximumMember2021-01-012021-12-310001819133tngx:LicenseRevenueMember2021-01-012021-12-310001819133tngx:TheTwoHundredAndOneBrooklineAvenueLeaseMember2019-09-012019-09-300001819133us-gaap:PrivatePlacementMember2021-08-110001819133tngx:HundredBinneyStreetInCambridgeMember2017-07-012017-07-310001819133us-gaap:RetainedEarningsMember2020-12-310001819133us-gaap:AccountingStandardsUpdate201813Member2021-12-31tngx:Programxbrli:purexbrli:sharestngx:Segmenttngx:Milestoneiso4217:USDxbrli:sharesiso4217:USD

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K

 

(Mark One)

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021

OR

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM TO

Commission File Number 001-39485

 

TANGO THERAPEUTICS, INC.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its Charter)

 

 

Delaware

85-1195036

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

100 Binney St., Suite 700

Cambridge, MA

02142

(Address of principal executive offices)

(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (857) 320-4900

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Trading

Symbol(s)

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common stock, par value $0.001 per share

 

TNGX

 

Nasdaq Global Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. YES ☐ No

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. YES ☐ No

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ NO ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☒ NO ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer

 

 

Accelerated filer

 

 

 

 

 

Non-accelerated filer

 

 

Smaller reporting company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Emerging growth company

 

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). YES ☐ NO

As of June 30, 2021, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant, based on the closing price of the shares of common stock on The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC on June 30, 2021, was approximately $189.8 million.

 

As of March 21, 2022, the registrant had 87,707,499 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, outstanding.

 


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

Page

PART I

 

 

Item 1.

Business

6

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

41

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

88

Item 2.

Properties

88

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

88

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

88

 

 

 

PART II

 

 

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

89

Item 6.

[Reserved]

89

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

90

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

102

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

102

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

102

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

102

Item 9B.

Other Information

103

Item 9C.

Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

103

 

 

 

PART III

 

 

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

104

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

110

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

119

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

121

Item 14.

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

126

 

 

 

PART IV

 

 

Item 15.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

128

Item 16.

Form 10-K Summary

130

 

 


 

Summary of Material Risks Associated with Our Business

 

Our business is subject to numerous material and other risks that you should be aware of before making an investment decision. These risks are described more fully in Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K entitled “Risk Factors.” These risks include, among others, the following:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

We are a precision oncology company with a limited operating history. We have no products approved for commercial sale, have not generated any revenue from product sales and may never become profitable.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

We have incurred significant net losses since our inception and anticipate that we will continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

We will need to raise substantial additional funding. If we are unable to raise capital when needed or on terms acceptable to us, we would be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate some of our product development programs or commercialization efforts.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

We have never successfully completed any clinical trials and we may be unable to do so for any product candidates we develop. Certain of our programs are still in preclinical development and may never advance to clinical development.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Our programs are focused on the development of oncology therapeutics for patients with genetically defined or biomarker-driven cancers, which is a rapidly evolving area of science, and the approach we are taking to discover and develop drugs is novel and may never lead to approved or marketable products.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

If we are unable to successfully validate, develop and obtain regulatory approval for companion diagnostic tests for our product candidates that require or would commercially benefit from such tests, or experience significant delays in doing so, we may not realize the full commercial potential of these product candidates.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Clinical product development involves a lengthy and expensive process, with an uncertain outcome. Further, our current and potential future collaborations may not realize the anticipated benefits.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interim, top-line, and preliminary data from our future clinical trials that we announce or publish from time to time may change as more patient data become available and are subject to confirmation, audit and verification procedures that could result in material changes in the final data.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Results from early preclinical studies of our programs and product candidates are not necessarily predictive of the results of later preclinical studies and clinical trials of our programs and product candidates. If we cannot replicate the results from our earlier preclinical studies of our programs and product candidates in our later preclinical studies and clinical trials, we may be unable to successfully develop, obtain regulatory approval for and commercialize our product candidates.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

If we experience delays or difficulties in the initiation or enrollment of patients in clinical trials, our receipt of necessary regulatory approvals could be delayed or prevented.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Our future clinical trials or those of our current or future collaborators may reveal significant adverse events not seen in our preclinical or nonclinical studies and may result in a safety profile that could inhibit regulatory approval or market acceptance of any of our product candidates.

 

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Some of our product candidates modulate pathways for which there are currently no approved or effective therapies, and utilize novel binding locations, which may result in greater research and development expenses, regulatory issues that could delay or prevent approval, or discovery of unknown or unanticipated adverse effects.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

If we are not able to obtain, or if there are delays in obtaining, required regulatory approvals for our product candidates, we will not be able to commercialize, or will be delayed in commercializing, our product candidates, and our ability to generate revenue will be materially impaired.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The on-going COVID-19 pandemic, or a similar pandemic, epidemic, or outbreak of an infectious disease, may materially and adversely affect our business and our financial results and could cause a disruption to the development of our product candidates.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

We expect to rely on third parties to conduct our future clinical trials, as well as investigator-sponsored clinical trials of our product candidates. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties, comply with regulatory requirements or meet expected deadlines, we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval for or commercialize our product candidates and our business could be substantially harmed.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

We contract with third parties for the manufacture of our product candidates for preclinical development and expect to continue to do so for clinical testing and commercialization. This reliance on third parties increases the risk that we will not have sufficient quantities of our product candidates or products or such quantities at an acceptable cost, which could delay, prevent or impair our development or commercialization efforts.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The third parties upon whom we rely for the supply of the active pharmaceutical ingredients and drug product to be used in our product candidates are our sole source of supply, and the loss of any of these suppliers could significantly harm our business.

 

 

2


 

Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

 

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains express or implied forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). Words such as "anticipates," "continue," "could," "may," "forecasts," "expects," "intends," "plans," "potentially," "believes," "seeks," "estimates," "predict," "target," and variations of such words and similar expressions are intended to identify such forward-looking statements, although not all forward-looking statements contain these identifying words. Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to certain risks, uncertainties, and assumptions that are difficult to predict; therefore, actual results may differ materially from those expressed or forecasted in any such statements. Such forward-looking statements are based on current expectations, estimates and projections about our industry and business, management's beliefs, and certain assumptions made by our management, and may include, but are not limited to, statements regarding:

 

 

 

 

 

 

the initiation, timing, progress, results, and cost of our research and development programs and our current and future preclinical studies and clinical trials, including statements regarding the timing of initiation and completion of studies or trials and related preparatory work, the period during which the results of the trials will become available, and our research and development programs;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

our ability to discover and develop product candidates efficiently (including the advancement of development candidates on the timelines identified);

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

our ability and the potential to manufacture our drug substances and product candidates successfully for preclinical use, for clinical trials and on a larger scale for commercial use, if approved;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

the ability and willingness of our third-party strategic collaborators to continue research and development activities relating to our development candidates and product candidates;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

our ability to obtain funding for our operations necessary to complete further development and commercialization of our product candidates (and that existing cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities will enable us to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements at least into the second half of 2024);

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

our ability to obtain and maintain regulatory approval of our product candidates;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

our ability to commercialize our products, if approved;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

the pricing and reimbursement of our product candidates, if approved;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

the implementation of our business model, and strategic plans for our business and product candidates;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

the scope of protection we are able to establish and maintain for intellectual property rights covering our product candidates;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

estimates of our future expenses, capital requirements, and our need for additional financing;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

the potential benefits of strategic collaboration agreements, our ability to enter into strategic collaborations or arrangements, and our ability to attract collaborators with development, regulatory and commercialization expertise;

 

3


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

future agreements with third parties in connection with the commercialization of product candidates and any other approved products;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

the size and growth potential of the markets for our product candidates, and our ability to serve those markets;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

our financial performance, including the expectation that we will continue to incur operating losses and negative cash flow;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

the rate and degree of market acceptance of our product candidates;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

regulatory developments in the United States and foreign countries;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

our ability to contract with third-party suppliers and manufacturers and their ability to perform adequately;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

our ability to produce our products or product candidates with advantages in turnaround times or manufacturing cost;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

the success of competing therapies that are or may become available;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

our ability to attract and retain key scientific or management personnel;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

the impact of laws and regulations;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

developments relating to our competitors and its industry;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

the effect of the on-going COVID-19 pandemic, including mitigation efforts and economic effects, on any of the foregoing or other aspects of our business operations, including but not limited to our preclinical studies and clinical trials and any future studies or trials; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

other risks and uncertainties, including those listed in this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the section titled “Risk Factors.”

 

The forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are based on current expectations and beliefs concerning future developments and their potential effects on us. There can be no assurance that future developments affecting us will be those that we have anticipated. These forward-looking statements involve a number of risks, uncertainties (some of which are beyond our control) or other assumptions that may cause actual results or performance to be materially different from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those factors described under the heading “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should any of our assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary in material respects from those projected in these forward-looking statements. Some of these risks and uncertainties may in the future be amplified by the COVID-19 outbreak and there may be additional risks that we consider immaterial or which are unknown. It is not possible to predict or identify all such risks. We do not undertake any obligation

4


 

to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as may be required under applicable securities laws.

 

Corporate Information

 

We were formerly known as BCTG Acquisition Corp. (“BCTG”) and were incorporated in Delaware May 2020 as a special purpose acquisition company, formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or other similar business. On August 10, 2021, we consummated the merger pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of April 13, 2021, by and among BCTG, BCTG Merger Sub Inc. and Tango Therapeutics Sub, Inc. Upon the consummation of the merger, we changed our name to “Tango Therapeutics, Inc.”

 

Our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, including exhibits, proxy and information statements and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Sections 13(a), 14, and 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, are available through the “Investors” portion of our website free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). We also make available, free of charge on our website, the reports filed with the SEC by our executive officers, directors and 10% stockholders pursuant to Section 16 under the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable after copies of those filings are provided to us by those persons. Accordingly, investors should monitor such portions of the company’s website, in addition to following the company’s press releases, SEC filings and public conference calls and webcasts. Information on our website is not to be deemed to be incorporated by reference in, and is not part of, this Annual Report on Form 10-K or any of our other securities filings, unless specifically incorporated herein by reference, and should not be relied upon in making a decision as to whether or not to purchase our common stock. Our filings with the SEC may be accessed through the SEC’s Interactive Data Electronic Applications system at http://www.sec.gov. All statements made in any of our securities filings, including all forward-looking statements or information, are made as of the date of the document in which the statement is included, and we do not assume or undertake any obligation to update any of those statements or documents unless we are required to do so by law.

 

Further, the company intends to use its website http://www.tangotx.com as a means of disclosing material non-public information and for complying with its disclosure obligations under the SEC Regulation FD. The information contained on, or that may be accessed through, the website is not part of, and is not incorporated into, this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

Our principal executive office is located at 100 Binney Street, Suite 700, Cambridge, Massachusetts.

 

5


 

 

PART I

Item 1. Business.

Overview

We are a precision oncology company leveraging our state-of-the-art target discovery platform to identify novel targets and develop new drugs directed at tumor suppressor gene loss in defined patient populations with high unmet medical need. Tumor suppressor gene loss remains a largely untouched target space specifically because these genetic events cannot be directly targeted. Empowered by recent advances in CRISPR technology, we are now able to employ a unique functional genomics approach and apply the principles of synthetic lethality to target the loss of specific tumor suppressor genes at scale. We believe this will result in establishing a sustainable pipeline optimized to deliver meaningfully clinical benefit to patients. Our novel small molecules are designed to be selectively active in cancer cells with specific tumor suppressor gene loss, killing those cancer cells while being relatively inert in normal cells. We also are extending this target space beyond the classic, cell-autonomous effects of tumor suppressor gene loss to include the discovery of novel targets that reverse the effects of tumor suppressor gene loss that prevent the immune system from recognizing and killing cancer cells (immune evasion). We believe this approach will provide the ability to deliver the deep, sustained target inhibition necessary for prolonged tumor regression and meaningful clinical benefit as a result of the unique ability of synthetic lethal targeting to spare normal cells. We believe our approach also opens possibilities of histology-agnostic treatments for patients harboring specific genome alternations, regardless of cancer type, in cases where a specific tumor suppressor gene loss is common to more than one subgroup of cancers.

Our first product candidate, TNG908, is a synthetic lethal, small molecule inhibitor of protein arginine methyltransferase 5, or PRMT5, designed to work selectively in cancer cells with a methylthioadenosine phosphorylase, or MTAP, deletion. MTAP-deletion occurs in approximately 10% to 15% of all human tumors, including non-small cell lung cancer (NSCLC), mesothelioma, pancreatic cancer, cholangiocarcinoma and glioblastoma (GBM). In our preclinical studies, TNG908 has demonstrated 15-fold greater potency in MTAP-deleted cancer cells versus normal cells and robust anti-tumor effects in vitro and in vivo. In the first quarter of 2022, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) cleared the Investigational New Drug (IND) application for the Phase 1/2 clinical trial and granted Fast Track designation to TNG908. We plan to initiate a Phase 1/2 clinical trial in the second quarter of 2022. We expect to have preliminary safety and efficacy data in the first half of 2023. Additionally, recent preclinical studies show that TNG908 crosses the blood-brain barrier in non-human primates therefore we plan to evaluate TNG908 in primary central nervous system cancers with MTAP deletion such as GBM as well as MTAP-deleted central nervous system (CNS) metastases.

As part of our target discovery immune evasion platform, we are developing Target 3, an undisclosed synthetic lethal target, that reverses the immune evasion effects of serine-threonine kinase 11 (STK11) loss-of-function mutations. STK11 loss-of-function mutations are present in approximately 15% of NSCLC, 15% of cervical cancers, 10% carcinoma of unknown primary, 5% of breast cancers and 3% of pancreatic cancers. Using an in vivo CRISPR-based context discovery screen, we identified STK11 as a tumor suppressor gene responsible for mediating immune evasion, manifest as resistance to checkpoint inhibitor therapy, when deleted and subsequently identified a drug target (Target 3) that reverses this effect when inhibited in preclinical studies. In a syngeneic tumor-bearing mice model, where STK11 mutations drive resistance to immune checkpoint blockade, Target 3 inhibition, in combination with an anti-PD1 antibody, resulted in near or complete tumor regressions in eight out of eight treated mice and the induction of immune memory against re-implantation of tumors. We expect to advance a development candidate in the second quarter of 2022 and file an IND in 2023. We expect the clinical development plan for this inhibitor in STK11-mutant cancers to be among the first to combine the power of genetically-based patient selection and checkpoint inhibitor therapy.

We are developing a small-molecule, allosteric inhibitor of ubiquitin-specific protease 1 (USP1). USP1 is a synthetic lethal target that we discovered using a CRISPR-based target discovery screen for BRCA1-mutant breast cancer. Advanced lead compounds that inhibit this target have strong in vitro and in vivo single agent activity in BRCA1-mutant breast cancer. Our lead molecules also have strong activity in BRCA2-mutant patient derived xenografts, including both BRCA1 and BRCA2 mutant models that are intrinsically resistant to PARP inhibition. Our preclinical data further demonstrate that USP1 inhibition is synergistic with PARP inhibition in multiple PARP inhibitor sensitive and resistant cancer cell lines and xenograft models. We believe that these data provides the basis for the future clinical trials of a USP1 inhibitor both as a single agent and in combination with PARP inhibitors. Further, we have demonstrated in vitro activity of our lead molecules in a panel on BRCA WT lung cancer cell lines and in vivo activity in a lung cancer cell line xenograft, and are evaluating potential patient selection biomarkers for this indication. BRCA1 or BRCA 2 mutations are present in approximately 15% of

6


 

ovarian cancers, 10% of breast cancers, 10% of prostate cancers, 5% of endometrial cancers and 5% of pancreatic cancers. We anticipate advancing a development candidate in the second half of 2022 and filing an IND for this program in 2023.

In October 2018, we entered into a collaboration agreement with Gilead Sciences Inc., or Gilead, and this collaboration was expanded in August 2020, or the Gilead Agreement. Our immune evasion platform is the foundation for our collaboration with Gilead. Under the Gilead Agreement, we and Gilead collaborate to identify and develop novel immune evasion targets by leveraging our proprietary functional genomics-based discovery platform. To date, Gilead has licensed two of our programs and has research-extended two programs. Our collaboration with Gilead excludes our lead program, TNG908, our undisclosed target (Target 3) in STK11-mutant cancers, USP1 as well as a growing pipeline of novel targets identified in our non-immune based target discovery screens. We retain the right to identify and validate targets outside the scope of our collaboration with Gilead, which includes all cell autonomous targets except those discovered in immune evasion contexts, and to develop and commercialize products directed to such targets on our own or in collaboration with third parties. See “— Collaboration and License Agreements — Collaboration and License Agreement with Gilead Sciences” for additional information.

Our Pipeline

We are leveraging the power and productivity of our discovery engine to discover and validate multiple novel targets each year. Our growing pipeline consists of discovery programs for multiple cancer types with limited treatment options. Our pipeline is summarized in the table below:

 

 

https://cdn.kscope.io/f0ddb2f440b62ea7866ee959ca696801-img158215518_0.jpg 

Our Strategy

We are pioneering novel approaches to the discovery and development of innovative precision oncology therapies. We leverage the following core strategic components, enabling bold thinking in pursuit of transformative therapies for patients with cancer:

Advance TNG908, our PRMT5 inhibitor that is synthetic lethal with MTAP deletion, into the clinic in multiple indications with high unmet need
Bring one of the first immunotherapy program within genetically-defined patients into the clinic in STK11-mutant cancers with a Target 3 inhibitor
Advance our USP1 inhibitor program into clinical development in multiple BRCA1/2-mutant cancers
Discover and drug the next generation of synthetic lethal precision oncology targets to continue to grow our pipeline
Opportunistically evaluate and maximize the value of our strategic collaboration to bring more medicines to patients, accelerate development timelines and explore combination therapy approaches for our product candidates

 

7


 

BACKGROUND

Unmet need of cancers caused by tumor suppressor gene loss

Many genetic drivers of cancer have been well-characterized but have not been directly targeted due to their molecular structure (undruggable oncogenes) or functional loss (tumor suppressor genes). Tumor suppressor gene loss represents a significant portion of the many genetic alterations that drive the formation of cancers but it remains a largely untouched target space. Targeting tumor suppressor gene loss directly is not possible because they are deleted or inactivated, and the immune evasion effects of tumor suppressor gene loss has only recently been described. We are using the concept of synthetic lethality to address the unmet medical need of these large groups of patients characterized by tumor suppressor gene loss and activation of immune evasion genes.

Synthetic Lethality to address tumor suppressor gene loss

Synthetic lethal therapies for cancer refers to pairs of genes where one is inactivated by a genetic alteration and the other is inhibited pharmacologically. While genetic alterations give rise to the development of cancer, they also create a unique vulnerability that can be exploited therapeutically. Biologically, such vulnerability can be the inability of cancer cells to respond to a specific signal, such as DNA damage or cell cycle arrest, or the inability to remodel chromatin or to maintain cellular homeostasis. The unique advantage of a synthetic lethal approach to cancer therapy is that normal cells are not vulnerable to the synthetic lethal drug target and are largely unaffected at drug doses where the mutant cancer cells are selectively killed, noted in Figure 2 below. The recent success of PARP inhibitors in BRCA-mutant breast, ovarian and prostate cancers is the first clinical example of using synthetic lethality to target tumor suppressor gene loss.

Figure 2. In cancer cells, when a tumor suppressor gene is lost, it creates a genetic vulnerability that allows an inhibitor to target a synthetic lethal partner gene causing cell death. This selective killing only occurs in cancer cells with tumor suppressor loss, therefore largely sparing the normal cells. Therefore, these synthetic lethality targets inherently can offer a wide therapeutic index.

 

https://cdn.kscope.io/f0ddb2f440b62ea7866ee959ca696801-img158215518_1.jpg 

Moreover, we plan to use the tumor suppressor gene loss as a patient selection marker for clinical trial enrollment to ensure we are enrolling the patients most likely to benefit from each new drug candidate. We believe this approach should enable efficient clinical development and increase the probability of success with maximum clinical benefit for the patient.

We believe our expertise, capabilities, and experience differentiate us from others and will enable the rapid development of impactful new cancer treatments by:

Defining upfront the genetic background of the cancer type and patient subgroups with specific tumor suppressor gene loss;
Identifying synthetic lethal targets that are selectively active in specific genetic contexts by using cell line and animal models that reflect the patient genomics in our CRISPR-based target discovery platform;
Discovering and optimizing molecules with superior biological and innovative chemical properties; and
Selecting patients for clinical trials using the cancer genetic context employed during target discovery as patient selection biomarkers to maximize enrollment of the patients most likely to respond.

8


 

Our Immune Evasion Platform

The synthetic lethal target discovery approach can be adapted to identify druggable targets that do not kill cancer cells directly, but rather attract immune cells to destroy them. We are addressing the unmet medical need of this large group of patients by identifying novel immune evasion genes that (i) are activated by tumor suppressor gene loss and (ii) the effects of which can be reversed through inhibition with a small molecule as illustrated in Figure 3 below. In the first step, we perform an in vivo CRISPR-based screen using immune cell-mediated cell killing as the readout. This first step allows us to identify tumor suppressor genes linked to immune evasion. For the second step, we repeat the in vivo CRISPR screen in animals with an intact immune system looking for potential drug targets that reverse the immune evasion effects of the tumor suppressor gene deletion.

Figure 3. Discovery of novel drug targets that reverse the immune evasion effects of tumor suppressor gene loss requires two sequential in vivo CRISPR-based screens. In the first screen, a CRISPR library of several hundred known tumor suppressor genes is transfected into a syngeneic mouse tumor model, and tumor growth is measured under conditions of increasing immune pressure. “Hits” from this context discovery screen are tumor suppressor genes that are enriched in tumors that grow well even when exposed to anti-PD1 treatment. In the second screen, a CRISPR library of potential drug targets is introduced in a syngeneic mouse tumor model with and without a deletion of the tumor suppressor gene of interest and genes that when knocked out reverse the immune evasion effect of the known tumor suppressor gene are potential drug targets.

https://cdn.kscope.io/f0ddb2f440b62ea7866ee959ca696801-img158215518_2.jpg 

OUR PROGRAMS

TNG908

Overview

Our lead development candidate, TNG908, is a potent and selective oral small molecule inhibitor of PRMT5 that is synthetic lethal with MTAP deletion. We believe this interaction is one of the strongest and most prevalent synthetic lethal interactions in human cancers and represents a subset of synthetic lethality termed collateral lethality. Collateral lethality occurs when a “passenger” gene adjacent to a tumor suppressor gene is lost along with the “driver” gene. In this case, MTAP is the “passenger” and is frequently co-deleted with the “driver” CDKN2A gene (p16). The interaction occurs because MTAP-deleted cells accumulate high levels of the PRMT5 inhibitory co-factor MTA. As a result, PRMT5 is partially inhibited in MTAP-deleted cells, making those cells more sensitive than normal cells to further inhibition of PRMT5 activity.

Taking advantage of this unique interaction between PRMT5 inhibition and MTAP deletion requires a specific mechanism of inhibition called MTA cooperativity. TNG908 binds cooperatively with MTA to inhibit PRMT5 function by blocking access to the PRMT5 active site for both protein substrates and the activating PRMT5 co-factor S-adenosyl-L-methionine (SAM). This MTA-cooperative mechanism of inhibition selectively inhibits PRMT5 in tumor cells that have lost MTAP (MTAP-null) while being relatively inert in normal cells without MTAP deletion (MTAP WT). We believe TNG908 is differentiated from other non-MTAP selective PRMT5 inhibitors based on this mechanism and that it will have the potential for a large therapeutic window in patients with MTAP-deleted tumors, given that normal cells (without MTAP deletion) are largely spared, potentially limiting toxicity and allowing for deep and sustained target inhibition in tumor cells.

9


 

We are developing TNG908 for the treatment of patients with solid tumors with MTAP deletion, which occurs in 10% to 15% of all human tumors, including NSCLC, mesothelioma, pancreatic cancer, cholangiocarcinoma and GBM. In preclinical studies, TNG908 has demonstrated 15X selectivity for MTAP-null cancer cells over MTAP WT normal cells, anti-tumor effects in vitro and in vivo, and pharmacokinetics that support its potential to be a leading PRMT5 inhibitor if approved. In the first quarter of 2022, the FDA cleared the IND for the Phase 1/2 trial and granted Fast Track designation to TNG908. We plan to initiate a Phase 1/2 clinical trial in the second quarter of 2022 and have preliminary safety and efficacy data expected in the first half of 2023.

MTAP-deletion frequency in multiple solid tumors

A partial deletion of chromosome 9p21, driven by loss of the tumor suppressor gene CDKN2A, is the most common homozygous deletion in human cancer. MTAP is immediately adjacent to CDKN2A and is lost along with it in 80-90% of tumors, thus MTAP is one of the most commonly deleted genes across all cancer types. Based on The Cancer Genome Atlas (TCGA) data and a 2014 publication by Lee et al, there are at least 15 cancer types where MTAP loss occurs in more than 10% of patients, including approximately 10% of non-squamous NSCLC, 20% of squamous NSCLC, 25% of bladder cancers, 30% to 50% of malignant peripheral nerve sheath tumors (MPNST) and 40% of GBM. Given that we believe this is a large and important opportunity for patients with cancer, we have multiple preclinical efforts ongoing to support the development of our lead product candidate, TNG908, including identification of clinical combinations therapies and potential resistance mechanisms, as well as the development of next generation inhibitors that we are designing to be more potent and selective for cells with MTAP deletion.

 

Figure 4. The frequency of MTAP deletion across tumor types as determined from analysis of TCGA and an indication specific publication

https://cdn.kscope.io/f0ddb2f440b62ea7866ee959ca696801-img158215518_3.jpg 

PRMT5 mechanism of action

PRMT5 has long been a therapeutic target of interest for cancer given its role in regulating proteins involved in multiple essential cellular functions, including RNA splicing, cell cycling, cell death, and metabolic signaling. PRMT5 is a protein arginine methyltransferase that modifies the activity of these proteins, which are critical for growth and viability of both normal and cancer cells.

10


 

PRMT5 methylates target proteins by removing a methyl group from SAM, the co-factor and methyl donor which is necessary for PRMT5 to modify its various substrates and transferring that methyl group to a specific residue on target proteins. This methyl modification, or “mark”, alters the function of the target protein, thereby regulating the cell processes for which the protein is important.

The function of PRMT5 is regulated in several ways, including by the endogenous inhibitor MTA. MTA directly competes with SAM for binding to the active site in PRMT5 but does not have a methyl donor, thus when present inhibits PRMT5 function.

MTA-cooperative PRMT5 inhibition as a novel mechanism with synthetic lethality in cancers with MTAP-deletion

Our differentiated approach with TNG908

The challenge of PRMT5 inhibitors with mechanisms of action that are not synthetic lethal with MTAP-deletion is that they kill rapidly growing normal cells (bone marrow cells in particular) as effectively as cancer cells and therefore the level needed to kill cancer cells is reduced by on-target, dose-limiting bone marrow toxicity. To address this problem, we designed TNG908 to be selectively active (synthetic lethal) in cancer cells that have a deletion of MTAP, which is not present in normal cells.

TNG908 binds PRMT5 cooperatively with MTA, which is distinct from non-MTAP selective PRMT5 inhibitors that compete with or cooperate with SAM. In normal, non-cancerous cells, MTA is degraded by the enzyme MTAP. When MTAP is lost in cancer cells intracellular MTA is elevated, but, importantly, MTA is not elevated in adjacent normal cells, as noted in Figure 5 below. TNG908 preferentially binds PRMT5 in the presence of MTA to cause inhibition of activity. As a result, TNG908 selectively kills MTAP-deleted tumor cells with high MTA levels while sparing normal cells (MTAP-WT).

 

Figure 5. Schematic of PRMT5 and MTAP functions.

https://cdn.kscope.io/f0ddb2f440b62ea7866ee959ca696801-img158215518_4.jpg 

 

PRMT5 and SAM are required in every tissue and cell type, and we believe PRMT5 inhibition with a SAM cooperative or competitive approach is likely to have substantial on-target, dose limiting toxicity in normal cells, which limits therapeutic efficacy.

Figure 6. TNG908 has a MTA-cooperative mechanism of action that is distinct from non-MTAP selective PRMT5 inhibitors that target the SAM/PRMT5 complex.

11


 

https://cdn.kscope.io/f0ddb2f440b62ea7866ee959ca696801-img158215518_5.jpg 

 

We compared the potency and selectivity of our development candidate TNG908 and a non-MTAP selective PRMT5 inhibitor, GSK3326595, in a panel of 200 cancer cell lines representing NSCLC, bladder cancer, pancreatic cancer, cancers of the central nervous system, leukemia and lymphoma. TNG908 demonstrated significant MTAP-selective inhibition of viability, while GSK3326595 showed no selectivity for MTAP-null cell lines over MTAP-WT.

Figure 7. TNG908 inhibits viability selectively in MTAP-null cancer cell lines. Cellular viability was determined in a panel of 200 cancer cell lines treated for seven days with either TNG908 or GSK3326595. Cell lines are color-coded by MTAP-status as indicated, and the maximal viability effect (% Amax) is plotted on the y-axis.

 

https://cdn.kscope.io/f0ddb2f440b62ea7866ee959ca696801-img158215518_6.jpg 

 

Further validation of our approach to selectively inhibit PRMT5 in MTAP-null cancer cells was achieved in vivo. Xenograft models differing only in MTAP status (MTAP-WT or MTAP-null) were treated with TNG908. PRMT5 symmetrically di-methylates specific arginine residues (SDMA-modification) in its substrate proteins, a modification that can be detected and quantified by specific antibodies as a direct measurement of PRMT5 activity.

Preclinical data summary

TNG908 is highly selective for PRMT5 against a panel of 38 methyltransferases at 10 µM, showing that TNG908 does not affect other biological processes regulated by these types of enzymes at concentrations well above the predicted clinical efficacious dose. We observed that TNG908 has excellent drug-like properties and is easily formulated for oral administration. Preclinical studies demonstrate that TNG908 has high passive permeability, low plasma protein binding, moderate clearance, and moderate oral bioavailability. Allometric scaling was performed to predict the human dose-exposure relationship and to estimate the human dose that would provide exposure associated with efficacy in mouse xenograft models. These analyses suggest the effective human dose will be in the range of 200-500 mg twice-daily (BID).

To determine the cellular potency and selectivity of TNG908 in MTAP-null tumors, we developed assays using engineered isogenic cancer cell lines that differ only by the presence or absence of MTAP. To determine pharmacodynamic potency and selectivity, a HAP1 MTAP-isogenic cell line pair was treated with TNG908 for 24 hours and PRMT5 activity was measured

12


 

by SDMA quantification. TNG908 inhibits PRMT5 in the MTAP-null HAP1 cell line with an IC50 of 5 nM, with marked selectivity over the MTAP-WT cell line. See representative data in Figure 8 below.

 

13


 

Figure 8. PRMT5 inhibition by TNG908 is dose-dependent and MTAP-selective.

In vitro in-cell western data demonstrating dose-dependent reduction of SDMA levels after 24 hours of TNG908 treatment in HAP1 MTAP-isogenic cancer cell lines.

https://cdn.kscope.io/f0ddb2f440b62ea7866ee959ca696801-img158215518_7.jpg 

For comparison, PRMT5 inhibitors that are not MTA-cooperative, have not demonstrated MTAP-selective PRMT5 inhibition, as summarized in the table below. These data show that TNG908 is MTAP-selective, and that its activity is on-target. Though the GSK3326595, JNJ-64619178 and Prelude compounds inhibit cellular viability consistent with their inhibition of PRMT5, none have been shown to selectively target MTAP-null cells.

 

Table 9. TNG908 is differentiated from non-MTAP selective PRMT5 inhibitors in ability to selectively inhibit viability in MTAP-null cells. Average IC50s from in vitro cellular viability assay with HAP1 MTAP-isogenic cell lines.

 

https://cdn.kscope.io/f0ddb2f440b62ea7866ee959ca696801-img158215518_8.jpg 

Consistent with in vitro data, TNG908 also demonstrates dose-dependent PRMT5 inhibition in vivo in an MTAP-null xenograft model. LN18 tumor-bearing mice were treated with TNG908 at 3, 10, 30 or 60 mg/kg BID for ten days. Plasma concentrations of TNG908 increased with dose, and tumoral SDMA-modified protein levels decreased in a dose-dependent manner.

 

14


 

Figure 10. PRMT5 inhibition with TNG908 is dose-dependent in vivo. LN18 (MTAP-null) tumor-bearing mice were dosed with TNG908 at 3, 10, 30, or 60 mg/kg BID for ten days. Tumors were harvested at the time points indicated, and the levels of a single SDMA-modified protein were determined by immunoblot. Tumors from the 3 mg/kg group were not harvested at 16 hours post-last dose.

 

https://cdn.kscope.io/f0ddb2f440b62ea7866ee959ca696801-img158215518_9.jpg 

TNG908 was evaluated in an engineered MTAP-null xenograft model, HCT116, a colon cancer cell line. Marked activity was observed at 90 mg/kg BID (Figure 11 below). In comparison, TNG908 had minimal effect on the HCT116 MTAP WT xenografts. Together with PK/PD data, these data demonstrate that TNG908 inhibition of PRMT5 suppresses tumor growth in an on-target and MTAP-selective manner.

Consistent with the inhibitory effects of MTA accumulation caused by MTAP-deletion, PRMT5 activity was reduced in MTAP-null tumors at baseline relative to MTAP-WT tumors. In Figure 11 below, HCT116 MTAP-isogenic xenograft models were generated by deleting endogenous MTAP to create an MTAP-null cell line. Tumor-bearing mice were dosed with TNG908 or vehicle at the indicated dose levels. SDMA-modified protein levels were determined by immunoblot analysis on tumors harvested eight hours after the last dose. When tumor-bearing mice were dosed with TNG908, >90% PRMT5 inhibition was observed in the MTAP-null tumors while PRMT5 inhibition in MTAP-WT tumors remained above the threshold for lethality.

Figure 11. TNG908 demonstrates strong, MTAP-selective anti-tumor activity in xenograft models. TNG908 selectively inhibits PRMT5 in MTAP-null cancer in vivo.

https://cdn.kscope.io/f0ddb2f440b62ea7866ee959ca696801-img158215518_10.jpg 

Consistent with these findings, TNG908 demonstrated significant and dose-dependent anti-tumor activity in over 50 xenograft models representing multiple tumor lineages (sample data shown in Figure 12) that did not have a bias to specific indications. Tumor regressions of -44%, -78% and -96% were demonstrated in additional MTAP-null PDX models representing cholangiocarcinoma, NSCLC and bladder cancer, respectively.

15


 

Figure 12. TNG908 demonstrates strong anti-tumor activity with regressions in MTAP-null xenograft models.

 

https://cdn.kscope.io/f0ddb2f440b62ea7866ee959ca696801-img158215518_11.jpg 

 

 

Additionally, TNG908 induces strong tumor regressions in xenograft models representing GBM (Figure 13), and has exposure in the cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) equivalent to plasma exposure in non-human primate studies. We believe this uniquely positions TNG908 as a potential treatment option for patients with MTAP-deleted tumors of the central nervous system (CNS) including GBM and CNS metastases of other MTAP-deleted solid tumors.

 

Figure 13. TNG908 demonstrates strong anti-tumor activity with regressions in MTAP-null xenograft models in GBM

https://cdn.kscope.io/f0ddb2f440b62ea7866ee959ca696801-img158215518_12.jpg 

 

Planned clinical trials

We have designed our Phase 1/2 first-in-human trial to evaluate the oral administration of TNG908 monotherapy in patients with MTAP-deleted tumors (See Figure 14 below). Our planned indications reflect the unmet medical need for new therapies in prevalent histologies, including NSCLC, mesothelioma, cholangiocarcinoma and GBM, as well as indications where there are limited treatment options with no standard of care such as MPNST. As TNG908 is designed to selectively work in cancers with MTAP loss, we intend to limit enrollment to patients with MTAP-deleted tumors using next generation sequencing (NGS).

The dose escalation phase will evaluate safety, pharmacokinetics, pharmacodynamics, and efficacy in patients with locally advanced or metastatic cancer of any histology with an MTAP deletion. Following determination of the optimal efficacious dose, we will evaluate the efficacy of TNG908 in multiple histology-specific expansion arms including MPNST, NSCLC, mesothelioma, cholangiocarcinoma and GBM. In parallel, we will enroll a histology agnostic cohort to provide optionality for a registration strategy in all tumors regardless of histology if broad activity is observed. Given that MTAP deletion occurs in 10% to 15% of human cancers, we may expand into other histology-specific cohorts based on activity observed in the Phase 1/2 trial.

In the first quarter of 2022, the FDA cleared the IND for the Phase 1/2 trial and granted Fast Track designation to TNG908. We plan to initiate the Phase 1/2 clinical trial of TNG908 in the second quarter of 2022. We expect to report preliminary safety and efficacy data for TNG908 in the first half of 2023. This program is excluded from the Gilead Agreement.

 

16


 

Figure 14. TNG908 First-in-human trial schema.

 

https://cdn.kscope.io/f0ddb2f440b62ea7866ee959ca696801-img158215518_13.jpg 

Next-generation PRMT5 Inhibitors

Given the significant addressable patient population with MTAP-deleted cancers, we are investing additional resources in our PRMT5 franchise to progress a superior candidate with increased potency, MTAP-deletion selectivity and once daily dosing. We have next-generation PRMT5 inhibitor compounds in preclinical development that use the same mechanism of action as TNG908 but have demonstrated more potent and selective activity in our xenograft models to date. We believe additional potency may allow stronger target inhibition and thus clinical efficacy and additional selectivity for MTAP-null cells may provide a wider therapeutic index.

An exemplar from our next-generation lead series is significantly more potent and selective for MTAP-null cells relative to TNG908 and the non-MTAP selective PRMT5 inhibitor, GSK3326595. In a cell line panel containing both MTAP WT and MTAP-null cell lines representing solid tumor lineages, the exemplar demonstrates 67 selectivity for MTAP-null cells over MTAP WT cells (Figure 15).

Figure 15. Next-generation PRMT5 inhibitor exemplar compound data demonstrates strong MTAP selectivity in 128 cancer cell lines as compared to TNG908 or GSK3326595.

 

https://cdn.kscope.io/f0ddb2f440b62ea7866ee959ca696801-img158215518_14.jpg 

 

 

17


 

We believe our next-generation compounds have the potential to be more effective than our lead PRMT5 inhibitor, TNG908, with a yet wider therapeutic index. If additional preclinical or clinical evaluation of our next-generation compounds supports this hypothesis, we may elect to promote a next-generation compound as our lead PRMT5 inhibitor, which would result in a delay to our development timeline of approximately 12 to 18 months.

Our early development programs

Target 3

Target 3 was developed using our target discovery immune evasion platform which identifies druggable targets that do not kill cancer cells directly, but rather attract immune cells to destroy them. We identify novel immune evasion genes that (i) are activated by tumor suppressor gene loss and (ii) the effects of which can be reversed through inhibition with a small molecule.

Using in vivo CRISPR-based screens in syngeneic mouse tumor models, we identified serine-threonine kinase 11 (STK11) loss-of-function mutations as a tumor suppressor gene that when inactivated confers resistance to the efficacy of PD-1 immune checkpoint inhibitors. STK11 loss-of-function mutations occurs in approximately 15% of NSCLC, 15% of cervical cancers, 10% carcinoma of unknown primary, 5% of breast cancers and 3% of pancreatic cancers. STK11 loss-of-function mutations trigger complex changes in both cancer cell signaling and in the broader tumor microenvironment. Retrospective analysis of human clinical data by multiple academic centers, including by Dr. Ferdinandos Skoulidis and Dr. John Heymach (MD Anderson Cancer Center), subsequently identified STK11 as a marker for the lack of durable clinical benefit to pembrolizumab + chemotherapy in NSCLC patients, demonstrating that STK11 loss-of-function mutations correlate with primary resistance to anti-PD1 therapy.

We have generated genetically engineered mouse tumor models that consistently recapitulate the immunosuppressive microenvironment caused by genetic STK11 loss-of-function mutations and have conducted several target discovery screens using these same models. These models are used to discover novel targets to reverse the immune evasion effect of this genetic alteration.

Our exemplar molecule demonstrated strong genetic and pharmacologic validation showing reprogramming of the tumor microenvironment and strong sensitization to anti-PD1 therapy in a STK11-mutant dependent manner. In a syngeneic mouse tumor model, where STK11 mutations drive resistance to immune checkpoint blockade, Target 3 inhibition, in combination with an anti-PD1 antibody, resulted in near or complete tumor regressions in eight out of eight treated mice. Treatment was stopped on Day 32 and the six of eight mice that were completely tumor-free at that time remained tumor-free for 51 days with no further treatment. Furthermore, when tumor cells were re-implanted in these mice on day 83, they were rejected, demonstrating the induction of immune memory (Figure 16).

 

Figure 16: Pharmacologic proof-of-concept for Target 3 inhibition in STK11 mutant MC38 mice.

 

https://cdn.kscope.io/f0ddb2f440b62ea7866ee959ca696801-img158215518_15.jpg 

We expect to advance a development candidate in the second quarter of 2022 and file an IND in 2023. The clinical development plan for this program in STK11-mutant cancers will combine the power of genetic patient selection for immunotherapy with a novel approach to reversing tumor-intrinsic immune evasion. This program is excluded from the Gilead Agreement.

18


 

USP1

We identified USP1 as a strong synthetic lethal target for BRCA1 loss-of-function using CRISPR-based screens in a panel of BRCA1-mutant versus wild-type cancer cell lines (see Figure 17 below). This discovery has since been independently reported by other groups, including Dr. Alan D’Andrea (DFCI). Advanced lead compounds that inhibit this target have strong in vitro and in vivo activity in BRCA1-mutant breast cancer. Our lead molecules also have strong activity in BRCA2-mutant patient derived xenografts, including both BRCA1 and BRCA2 mutant models that are intrinsically resistant to PARP inhibition.

In addition to the single-agent activity observed with USP1 inhibition in vitro (Figure 18) and in vivo (Figure 19) our USP1 inhibitors demonstrate strong combination synergy with PARP inhibition in vitro and in vivo including several primary, PARP resistant PDX models. We believe these data provide the basis for the future clinical trials of a USP1 inhibitor both as a single agent and in combination with PARP inhibitors. As such, USP1 has the potential to treat a patient population that is comparable in size to the PARP inhibitor market (BRCA1 and BRCA2). BRCA1 or BRCA2 mutations are present in approximately 15% of ovarian cancers, 10% of breast cancers, 10% of prostate cancers, 5% of endometrial cancers and 5% of pancreatic cancers. We expect to advance a development candidate in the in the second half of 2022 and file an IND in 2023.

Preclinical data summary

Figure 17. Volcano plot shows analysis of CRISPR screens performed in a panel of BRCA1 WT vs. mut cell lines where knockout of USP1 using multiple independent single strand guide RNAs (sgRNAs) leads to selective killing of BRCA1 mutant tumor cells. The clinically proven PARP-BRCA interaction was also identified in this screen as expected.

 

https://cdn.kscope.io/f0ddb2f440b62ea7866ee959ca696801-img158215518_16.jpg 

USP1 is a deubiquitinating enzyme that facilitates DNA damage response (DDR) repair. Our preclinical pharmacology studies show that USP1 inhibition halt the proliferation of a subset of breast and ovarian cancer cell lines with BRCA1 and BRCA2 mutations, as well as a subset of NSCLC cell lines that do not have BRCA1/2 mutations. We are currently conducting experiments to define patient selection markers for these BRCA1/2 WT cell lines.

Our lead series demonstrate nanomolar potency against USP1, as measured by cytotoxicity in BRCA1 mutant cells, and upregulation of mono-ubiquitinated PCNA as exemplified in Figure 18. Consistent with in vitro data, our lead series also exhibit potent and dose-dependent anti-tumor activity in the MDA-MB-436 xenograft model (BRCA1 mutant breast cancer cell line) and in the BRCA1/2 wildtype lung cancer xenograft model (NCI-H1792) as shown in Figure 19.

19


 

Figure 18. Tango lead series USP1 inhibitor demonstrates selective viability effect and target engagement.

 

https://cdn.kscope.io/f0ddb2f440b62ea7866ee959ca696801-img158215518_17.jpg 

(Left) In vitro assay demonstrating cellular viability effects in exemplar BRCA1 mutant but not WT cell line following ten days of compound treatment. (Right) In vitro assay demonstrating dose dependent increase in monoubiquitinated PCNA, a USP1 substrate, in BRCA1 mutant cell line following 24 hours of treatment.

Figure 19. Lead series USP1 inhibitor demonstrates in vivo anti-tumor activity in human breast and lung cancer xenograft models.

 

https://cdn.kscope.io/f0ddb2f440b62ea7866ee959ca696801-img158215518_18.jpg 

The DNA damage repair (DDR) pathways regulated by USP1 are not currently targeted by any marketed drug. Moreover, we performed genome-wide CRISPR-Cas9 screens in the presence and absence of our USP1 inhibitors and confirmed that USP1 inhibition has a differentiated and novel mechanism of action relative to other DDR-based inhibitors, including PARP inhibitors. We expect this molecule to have both single agent activity in PARPi-naïve and potentially some PARPi-resistant cancers.

Preclinically, we have demonstrated strong synergy with PARP inhibitors in both in vitro and in vivo as shown in Figure 20 and Figure 21. This program is excluded from the Gilead Agreement.

20


 

Figure 20. USP1 inhibition sensitizes PARP inhibitor in BRCA1and BRCA2 mutant contexts

 

https://cdn.kscope.io/f0ddb2f440b62ea7866ee959ca696801-img158215518_19.jpg 

Figure 21. USP1 inhibition demonstrates significant combination benefit with PARP inhibitor in breast cancer and ovarian cancer PDX models.

 

https://cdn.kscope.io/f0ddb2f440b62ea7866ee959ca696801-img158215518_20.jpg 

Collaboration and License Agreements

Collaboration and License Agreement with Gilead Sciences

In August 2020, we entered into an amended and restated research collaboration and license agreement, which we refer to as the Gilead Agreement, with Gilead Sciences, Inc. The Gilead Agreement expanded our 2018 collaboration with Gilead, or the 2018 Gilead Agreement. Pursuant to the Gilead Agreement we use our proprietary functional genomics-based discovery platform to identify and develop novel immune evasion targets during a seven-year period ending in August 2027, or the Research Term. During the Research Term, Gilead has the option to obtain exclusive, worldwide licenses to develop and commercialize products directed to up to 15 targets validated in the collaboration. Prior to exercising its option for a program, Gilead may “extend” such program, in which case we will further collaborate with Gilead during the Research Term to discover and develop immuno-oncology treatments directed to such target(s), potentially through early clinical development and be eligible to receive research extension payments from Gilead. Gilead will retain its option rights to any such extended program. For up to five programs licensed by Gilead, we have the option to co-develop and co-promote the lead product for such program in the United States, subject to certain exceptions, and eligible to receive milestone payments and royalties on ex-U.S. sales.

Under the terms of the Gilead Agreement, we received an upfront payment of $125.0 million in addition to an upfront payment of $50.0 million received under the 2018 Gilead Agreement. We also received a $20.0 million equity investment in connection with the Gilead Agreement, and as of December 31, 2021, we received $21.1 million in license fees and $14.0

21


 

million in option-extension fees. We are eligible to receive up to an additional $410.0 million per program in license, research extension, and clinical, regulatory and commercial milestone payments. We are also eligible to receive tiered royalties in the first decile on net sales by Gilead on a country-by-country and product-by-product basis until the later of (i) the expiration of the last valid claim of our patents or, in some instances, certain of Gilead’s patents, in each case covering such product in such country or (ii) ten years after the first commercial sale of such product in such country. For those products that we opt to co-develop and co-promote in the United States, we and Gilead will equally split profits and losses from the sales of such products in the United States, as well as development costs for such products attributable to the United States. For such products, we will remain eligible to receive certain of the $410.0 million per program milestone payments related to clinical and regulatory milestones as well as commercial milestones and royalties in the first decile on net sales outside the United States.

Either party may terminate the Gilead Agreement if the other party materially breaches the terms of such agreement, subject to specified notice and cure provisions, or enters into bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings. Additionally, Gilead may terminate the agreement for any or no reason, in its entirety or on a program-by-program basis, upon specified written notice. If we terminate the Gilead Agreement for Gilead’s material breach, or Gilead terminates the Gilead Agreement without cause, then Gilead is obligated to negotiate with us in good faith for a specified period regarding the transfer by Gilead of certain assets and the provision by Gilead of certain assistance to enable us to continue the research, development and commercialization of products under any terminated programs.

To date, Gilead has licensed two of our programs and has research-extended two programs under the Gilead agreements.

Our collaboration with Gilead excludes our lead programs, PRMT5, Target 3, USP1 as well as a growing pipeline of novel targets identified in our non-immune related target discovery screens. We also retain the right to identify and validate targets outside the scope of our collaboration with Gilead (all cell-autonomous targets, exclusive of those in immune evasion contexts), and to develop and commercialize products directed to such targets, on our own or in collaboration with third parties.

License Agreement with Medivir AB

In March 2020, we entered into a license agreement, or the Medivir Agreement, with Medivir AB, or Medivir, pursuant to which we obtained a worldwide, royalty-bearing, exclusive license under certain current and/or future patents and know-how of Medivir, to research, develop and commercialize products that are covered by such licensed patents or otherwise modulate USP1.

Under the terms of the Medivir Agreement, we are obligated to pay Medivir in connection with development, regulatory and commercial activities. We have agreed to make certain milestone payments of (i) $1.4 million in the aggregate for the first licensed product that achieves specified clinical milestones plus $25.0 million for the first licensed product that achieves specified regulatory approval and sales milestones, in each case, in either of the first two specified genetic contexts and (ii) $0.7 million in the aggregate if that first licensed product achieves specified clinical milestones plus $5.0 million if that first licensed product achieves specified regulatory and sales milestones for a third genetic context or the second licensed product achieves such specified development, regulatory and sales milestones in either of the first two specified genetic contexts. We have the right to reduce these milestone payments by a specified amount in the event the licensed product is not covered by Medivir’s patents or if payments are due to a third party for a license under such third party’s intellectual property rights. We are also obligated to pay Medivir a low single-digit royalty on net sales of any product covered by a licensed patent.

Payments in respect of net sales or sublicense in a country shall remain in force on a product-by-product, country-by-country basis, with respect to products that are not covered by a licensed patent or certain of our patents, for ten years from the date of first commercial sale in such country, and products that are covered by a licensed patent or certain of our patents, until the expiration date of the last to expire of the licensed patents covering such product or its manufacture or use in the applicable country. No milestones have been achieved to date.

The Medivir Agreement expires on the date of expiration of all royalty obligations. Either party may terminate the Medivir Agreement earlier upon an uncured material breach of the other party.

Manufacturing

Our lead investigational products are small molecule inhibitors that can be readily manufactured without requiring any specialized equipment or processes. We do not own or operate, and currently have no plans to establish any manufacturing facilities. We rely, and expect to continue to rely, on third-party Contract Development and Manufacturing Organizations, or

22


 

CDMOs for the manufacturing, packaging, labeling and distribution of our investigational products for preclinical and clinical testing, as well as for commercial manufacturing if any of our investigational products obtain marketing approval. A team of internal experts and consultants oversees activities at contracted CDMOs with the goal of ensuring our investigational products are being manufactured under current good manufacturing practices, or cGMP. At present, we have signed manufacturing and supply agreements for drug substance and drug product to support the first-in-human study of our PRMT5 development candidate TNG908. Currently, all manufacturing of TNG908 drug substance and drug product to be used in our planned clinical trial in the U.S. is conducted by one manufacturer. We believe that the contracted CDMO has the capacity to support our planned registrational studies, in addition to the first-in-human study for TNG908. We plan to expand and diversify our supply chain by identifying and contracting other CDMOs with the capacity and expertise to support TNG908 and other investigational products in our pipeline and to manufacture commercial supply of our drugs (if those therapies obtain regulatory approval).

Intellectual Property

We strive to protect and enhance the proprietary technology, inventions and improvements that are commercially important to the development of our business and our product candidates, including seeking, maintaining and defending patent rights, whether developed internally or licensed from third parties. We also rely on trade secrets relating to our proprietary target discovery technology platform and on know-how, continuing technological innovation and in-licensing opportunities to develop, strengthen and maintain our proprietary position in the field of precision oncology that may be important for the development of our business and product candidates. We additionally may rely on regulatory protection afforded through data exclusivity, market exclusivity and patent term extensions, where available. Patent rights and regulatory protections are key factors that determine the period of market exclusivity for products in our industry. It is during the period of market exclusivity that, we believe, our potential future products have their greatest commercial value.

Our commercial success may depend in part on our ability to: obtain and maintain patent and other proprietary protection for commercially important technology, inventions and know-how related to our business; defend and enforce our patents; preserve the confidentiality of our trade secrets; and operate without infringing the valid enforceable patents and proprietary rights of third parties. Our ability to limit third parties from making, using, selling, offering to sell, or importing our product candidates (and any future products that may be approved for marketing by regulatory authorities) may depend on the extent to which we have rights under valid and enforceable licenses, patents, or trade secrets that cover these activities. In some cases, enforcement of these rights may depend on third-party licensors. With respect to both licensed and company-owned intellectual property, we cannot be sure that patents will be granted with respect to any of our pending patent applications or with respect to any patent applications filed by us in the future, nor can we be sure that any of our existing patents or any patents that may be granted to us in the future will be commercially useful in protecting our commercial products and methods of manufacturing the same and to the extent such patents are commercially useful in protecting our commercial products or methods of manufacturing, such patents may be challenged or invalidated or otherwise become less useful in protecting our commercial products and methods of manufacturing.

Because a significant portion of a pharmaceutical product’s patent protection can elapse during the course of developing and obtaining regulatory approval of the product, certain countries, including the U.S., provide compensatory mechanisms to extend patent terms for pharmaceutical products. Patent expiration dates noted in the following paragraphs refer to statutory expiration dates and do not take into account any potential patent term adjustment or extension that may be available, or any potential disclaimers that may be needed to obtain certain patents that may reduce the term of such patents to correspond to that of earlier-expiring patents. There is no guarantee that any of our product candidates would be eligible for patent term extensions.

PRMT5 inhibitors

We exclusively own two patent families covering the composition of matter and methods of use for our product candidate TNG908 and other structurally related PRMT5 inhibitors. Patent applications are pending in the United States, Patent Cooperation Treaty, Argentina, Pakistan and Taiwan in one of the families, and a provisional United States patent application is pending in the other. No patents have yet been granted in either of the two families. Any issued patents covering TNG908 would be expected to expire no earlier than 2041.

Additionally, we exclusively own six patent families covering other PRMT5 inhibitors and their methods of use with expiration dates ranging from 2039 to 2043. A US patent has been granted in one of the families. Patent Cooperation Treaty applications or United States provisional patent applications are pending in the others.

23


 

USP1 inhibitors

We own two patent families covering USP1 inhibitors and methods of use thereof. Any patents issuing from each of these two patent families are expected to expire no earlier than 2042. One of the patent families is exclusively owned by us, and the remaining one is jointly owned by us and Medivir AB and exclusively licensed to us under the Medivir Agreement.

Target 3 Portfolio

We exclusively own one patent family relating to Target 3, including composition of matter and methods of use thereof. Any issued patents covering Target 3 composition of matter, or methods of use thereof, are expected to expire no earlier than 2042.

Government Regulation

The FDA and other regulatory authorities at federal, state and local levels, as well as in foreign countries, extensively regulate, among other things, the research, development, testing, clinical trials, manufacture, quality control, import, export, safety, effectiveness, labeling, packaging, storage, distribution, recordkeeping, approval, advertising, promotion, marketing, post-approval monitoring and post-approval reporting of drugs. We, along with our vendors, contract research organizations, or CROs, clinical investigators and contract manufacturing organizations, or CMOs, will be required to navigate the various preclinical, clinical, manufacturing and commercial approval requirements of the governing regulatory agencies of the countries in which we wish to conduct studies or seek approval of our product candidates. The process of obtaining regulatory approvals of drugs and ensuring subsequent compliance with appropriate federal, state, local and foreign statutes and regulations requires the expenditure of substantial time and financial resources.

In the United States, the FDA regulates drug products under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FD&C Act, its implementing regulations, and other federal statutes and regulations. Drugs are also subject to other federal, state and local statutes and regulations. If we fail to comply with applicable FDA or other regulatory requirements at any time with respect to product development, clinical testing, approval or any other regulatory requirements relating to product manufacture, processing, handling, storage, quality control, safety, pharmacovigilance, marketing, advertising, promotion, packaging, labeling, export, import, distribution or sale, we may become subject to administrative or judicial sanctions or other legal consequences. These sanctions or consequences could include, among other things, the FDA’s refusal to approve pending applications, issuance of clinical holds for ongoing studies, suspension or revocation of approved applications, warning or untitled letters, product withdrawals or recalls, product seizures, relabeling or repackaging, total or partial suspensions of manufacturing or distribution, injunctions, fines, civil penalties or criminal prosecution.

Our product candidates must be approved for therapeutic indications by the FDA before they may be marketed in the United States. For drug product candidates regulated under the FD&C Act, FDA must approve a New Drug Application, or NDA. The process generally involves the following:

completion of extensive preclinical studies in accordance with applicable regulations, including studies conducted in accordance with good laboratory practice, or GLP, requirements;
completion of the manufacture, under cGMP conditions, of the drug substance and drug product to be used in human clinical trials along with required analytical and stability testing;
submission to the FDA of an IND, which must become effective before clinical trials may begin and must be updated annually and when certain changes are made (for example, we received clearance of our IND application for TNG908 in the first quarter of 2022);
approval by an institutional review board, or IRB, or independent ethics committee at each clinical trial site before each trial may be initiated at that site;
performance of adequate and well-controlled clinical trials in accordance with applicable IND regulations, good clinical practice, or GCP, requirements and other clinical trial-related regulations to establish the safety and efficacy of the investigational product for each proposed indication;
preparation and submission to the FDA of an NDA;
a determination by the FDA within 60 days of its receipt of an NDA to file the application for review;
satisfactory completion of one or more FDA pre-approval inspections of the manufacturing facility or facilities where the drug will be produced to assess compliance with cGMP requirements to assure that the facilities, methods and controls are adequate to preserve the drug’s identity, strength, quality and purity;

24


 

satisfactory completion of FDA audit of the clinical trial sites that generated the data in support of the NDA;
payment of user fees for FDA review of the NDA; and
FDA review and approval of the NDA, including, where applicable, consideration of the views of any FDA advisory committee, prior to any commercial marketing or sale of the drug in the United States.

Preclinical studies and clinical trials for drugs

Before testing any drug in humans, the product candidate must undergo rigorous preclinical testing. Preclinical studies include laboratory evaluations of product chemistry, formulation and stability, as well as in vitro and animal studies to assess safety and in some cases to establish the rationale for therapeutic use. The conduct of preclinical studies is subject to federal and state regulation and requirements, including GLP requirements for safety/toxicology studies. The results of the preclinical studies, together with manufacturing information and analytical data, must be submitted to the FDA as part of an IND.

An IND is a request for authorization from the FDA to administer an investigational product to humans and must become effective before clinical trials may begin. An IND includes the general investigational plan and the protocol(s) for clinical studies, the results of animal and in vitro studies assessing the toxicology, pharmacokinetics, pharmacology, and pharmacodynamic characteristics of the product; chemistry, manufacturing, and controls information; and any available human data or literature to support the use of the investigational product. Some long-term preclinical testing may continue after the IND is submitted. The IND automatically becomes effective 30 days after receipt by the FDA, unless the FDA, within the 30-day time period, raises concerns or questions about the conduct of the clinical trial, including concerns that human research subjects will be exposed to unreasonable health risks, and imposes a full or partial clinical hold. A clinical hold can also be imposed once a trial has already begun, thereby halting the trial until any safety concerns or deficiencies articulated by FDA are corrected.

The clinical stage of development involves the administration of the product candidate to healthy volunteers or patients under the supervision of qualified investigators, who generally are physicians not employed by or under the trial sponsor’s control, in accordance with GCP requirements, which include the requirements that all research subjects provide their informed consent for their participation in any clinical trial. Clinical trials are conducted under protocols detailing, among other things, the objectives of the clinical trial, dosing procedures, inclusion and exclusion criteria and the parameters and criteria to be used in monitoring safety and evaluating effectiveness. Each protocol, and any subsequent amendments to the protocol, must be submitted to the FDA as part of the IND. Furthermore, each clinical trial must be reviewed and approved by an IRB for each institution at which the clinical trial will be conducted to ensure that the risks to individuals participating in the clinical trials are minimized and are reasonable compared to the anticipated benefits. The IRB also approves the informed consent form that must be provided to each clinical trial subject or his or her legal representative and must monitor the clinical trial until completed. The FDA, the IRB, or the sponsor may suspend or discontinue a clinical trial at any time on various grounds, including a finding that the subjects are being exposed to an unacceptable health risk. There also are requirements governing the reporting of ongoing clinical trials and completed clinical trials to public registries. Information about clinical trials, including results for clinical trials other than Phase 1 investigations, must be submitted within specific timeframes for publication on www.ClinicalTrials.gov, a clinical trials database maintained by the National Institutes of Health.

 

A sponsor who wishes to conduct a clinical trial outside of the United States may, but need not, obtain FDA authorization to conduct the clinical trial under an IND. If a foreign clinical trial is not conducted under an IND, FDA may nevertheless accept the results of the study in support of an NDA if the study was conducted in accordance with GCP requirements, and the FDA is able to validate the data through independent analysis and an onsite inspection if deemed necessary.

Clinical trials to evaluate therapeutic indications to support NDAs for marketing approval are typically conducted in three sequential phases, which may overlap or be combined.

Phase 1 — Phase 1 clinical trials involve initial introduction of the investigational product in a limited population of healthy human volunteers or patients with the target disease or condition. These studies are typically designed to test the safety, dosage tolerance, absorption, metabolism and distribution of the investigational product in humans, excretion, the side effects associated with increasing doses, and, if possible, to gain early evidence of effectiveness.
Phase 2 — Phase 2 clinical trials typically involve administration of the investigational product to a limited patient population with a specified disease or condition to evaluate the drug’s potential efficacy, to determine the optimal dosages and dosing schedule and to identify possible adverse side effects and safety risks.

25


 

Phase 3 — Phase 3 clinical trials typically involve administration of the investigational product to an expanded patient population to further evaluate dosage, to provide statistically significant evidence of clinical efficacy and to further test for safety, generally at multiple geographically dispersed clinical trial sites. These clinical trials are intended to establish the overall risk/benefit ratio of the investigational product and to provide an adequate basis for product approval and physician labeling. Generally, two adequate and well-controlled Phase 3 trials are required by the FDA for approval of an NDA.

 

In the first quarter of 2022, we received clearance of our IND application for TNG908 to initiate a Phase 1/2 clinical trial.

In August 2018, the FDA released a draft guidance titled “Expansion Cohorts: Use in First-In-Human Clinical Trials to Expedite Development of Oncology Drugs and Biologics,” which outlines how drug developers can utilize an adaptive trial design commonly referred to as a seamless trial design in early stages of oncology drug development (i.e., the first-in-human clinical trial) to compress the traditional three phases of trials into one continuous trial called an expansion cohort trial. Information to support the design of individual expansion cohorts are included in IND applications and assessed by FDA. Expansion cohort trials can potentially bring efficiency to drug development and reduce development costs and time.

Post-approval trials, sometimes referred to as Phase 4 clinical trials or post-marketing studies, may be conducted after initial marketing approval. These trials are used to gain additional experience from the treatment of patients in the intended therapeutic indication and are commonly intended to generate additional safety data regarding use of the product in a clinical setting. In certain instances, the FDA may mandate the completion of Phase 4 clinical trials as a condition of NDA approval.

Progress reports detailing the results of the clinical trials, among other information, must be submitted at least annually to the FDA. Written IND safety reports must be submitted to the FDA and the investigators 15 days after the trial sponsor determines the information qualifies for reporting for serious and unexpected suspected adverse events, findings from other studies or animal or in vitro testing that suggest a significant risk for human volunteers and any clinically important increase in the rate of a serious suspected adverse reaction over that listed in the protocol or investigator brochure. The sponsor must also notify the FDA of any unexpected fatal or life-threatening suspected adverse reaction as soon as possible but in no case later than seven calendar days after the sponsor’s initial receipt of the information.

Concurrent with clinical trials, companies usually complete additional animal studies and must also develop additional information about the chemistry and physical characteristics of the product candidate and finalize a process for manufacturing the drug product in commercial quantities in accordance with cGMP requirements. The manufacturing process must be capable of consistently producing quality batches of the product candidate and manufacturers must develop, among other things, methods for testing the identity, strength, quality and purity of the final drug product. Additionally, appropriate packaging must be selected and tested, and stability studies must be conducted to demonstrate that the product candidate does not undergo unacceptable deterioration over its shelf life.

U.S. marketing approval for drugs

Assuming successful completion of the required clinical testing, the results of the preclinical studies and clinical trials, together with detailed information relating to the product’s chemistry, manufacture, controls and proposed labeling, among other things, are submitted to the FDA as part of an NDA package requesting approval to market the product for one or more indications. An NDA must contain proof of the drug’s safety and efficacy for the requested indications and the marketing application is required to include both negative and ambiguous results of preclinical studies and clinical trials, as well as positive findings, together with detailed information relating to the product’s chemistry, manufacturing, controls, and proposed labeling, among other things. Data may come from company-sponsored clinical trials intended to test the safety and efficacy of a product’s use or from a number of alternative sources, including studies initiated by investigators. To support marketing approval, the data submitted must be sufficient in quality and quantity to establish the safety and efficacy of the investigational drug to the satisfaction of the FDA. The FDA must approve an NDA before a drug may be marketed in the United States.

The FDA reviews all submitted NDAs to ensure they are sufficiently complete to permit substantive review before it accepts them for filing and may request additional information rather than accepting the NDA for filing. The FDA must make a decision on accepting an NDA for filing within 60 days of receipt, and such decision could include a refusal to file by the FDA. Once the submission is accepted for filing, the FDA begins an in-depth substantive review of the NDA. The FDA reviews an NDA to determine, among other things, whether the product is safe and effective for the indications sought and whether the facility in which it is manufactured, processed, packaged or held meets standards, including cGMP requirements, designed to assure and preserve the product’s continued identity, strength, quality and purity. Under the goals and policies agreed to by the FDA under the Prescription Drug User Fee Act, or PDUFA, the FDA targets ten months, from the filing

26


 

date, in which to complete its initial review of a new molecular entity NDA and respond to the applicant, and 6 months from the filing date of a new molecular entity NDA for Priority Review. The FDA does not always meet its PDUFA goal dates for standard or priority NDAs, and the review process is often extended by FDA requests for additional information or clarification. Further, under PDUFA, as amended, each NDA must be accompanied by a substantial user fee.

The FDA also may require submission of a Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy, or REMS, if it believes that a risk evaluation and mitigation strategy is necessary to ensure that the benefits of the drug outweigh its risks. A REMS can include use of risk evaluation and mitigation strategies like medication guides, physician communication plans, assessment plans, and/or elements to assure safe use, such as restricted distribution methods, patient registries, special monitoring or other risk-minimization tools.

The FDA may refer an application for a novel drug to an advisory committee. An advisory committee is a panel of independent experts, including clinicians and other scientific experts, which reviews, evaluates and provides a recommendation as to whether the application should be approved and under what conditions. The FDA is not bound by the recommendations of an advisory committee, but it considers such recommendations carefully when making decisions.

Before approving an NDA, the FDA typically will inspect the facility or facilities where the product is manufactured. The FDA will not approve an application unless it determines that the manufacturing processes and facilities are in compliance with cGMP requirements and are adequate to assure consistent production of the product within required specifications. Additionally, before approving an NDA, the FDA may inspect one or more clinical trial sites to assure compliance with GCP and other requirements and the integrity of the clinical data submitted to the FDA.

After evaluating the NDA and all related information, including the advisory committee recommendation, if any, and inspection reports regarding the manufacturing facilities and clinical trial sites, the FDA may issue an approval letter, or, in some cases, a Complete Response Letter. A Complete Response Letter indicates that the review cycle of the application is complete and the application is not ready for approval. A Complete Response Letter generally contains a statement of specific conditions that must be met in order to secure final approval of the NDA. The FDA may require additional clinical or preclinical testing or recommend other actions, such as requests for additional information or clarification, that the applicant might take in order for the FDA to reconsider the application. Even with submission of this additional information, the FDA ultimately may decide that the application does not satisfy the regulatory criteria for approval. If and when those conditions have been met to the FDA’s satisfaction, the FDA will typically issue an approval letter. An approval letter authorizes commercial marketing of the product with specific prescribing information for indications.

Even if the FDA approves a product, it may limit the approved indications for use of the product, require that contraindications, warnings or precautions be included in the product labeling, require that post-approval studies, including Phase 4 clinical trials, be conducted to further assess a product’s safety after approval, require testing and surveillance programs to monitor the product after commercialization, or impose other conditions, including distribution and use restrictions or other risk management mechanisms under a REMS, which can materially affect the potential market and profitability of the product. The FDA may prevent or limit further marketing of a product based on the results of post-marketing studies or surveillance programs. After approval, some types of changes to the approved product, such as adding new indications, manufacturing changes, and additional labeling claims, are subject to further testing requirements and FDA review and approval.

Orphan drug designation and exclusivity

Under the Orphan Drug Act, the FDA may grant orphan drug designation to a drug intended to treat a rare disease or condition, which is a disease or condition with either a patient population of fewer than 200,000 individuals in the United States, or a patient population greater than 200,000 individuals in the United States when there is no reasonable expectation that the cost of developing and making the product available in the United States for the disease or condition will be recovered from sales of the product. Orphan drug designation must be requested before submitting an NDA. After the FDA grants orphan drug designation, the generic identity of the therapeutic agent and its potential orphan use are disclosed publicly by the FDA. Orphan drug designation does not convey any advantage in or shorten the duration of the regulatory review and approval process, although companies developing orphan-designated products are eligible for certain incentives, including tax credits for qualified clinical testing and waiver of application fees.

If a product that has orphan designation subsequently receives the first FDA approval for the disease or condition for which it has such designation, the product is entitled to a seven-year period of marketing exclusivity during which the FDA may not approve any other applications to market the same therapeutic agent for the same indication, except in limited circumstances,

27


 

such as a subsequent product’s showing of clinical superiority over the product with orphan exclusivity or where the original applicant cannot produce sufficient quantities of product.

Competitors, however, may receive approval of different therapeutic agents for the indication for which the orphan product has exclusivity or obtain approval for the same therapeutic agent for a different indication than that for which the orphan product has exclusivity. Orphan product exclusivity could block the approval of one of our products for seven years if a competitor obtains approval for the same therapeutic agent for the same indication before we do, unless we are able to demonstrate that our product is clinically superior. If an orphan designated product receives marketing approval for an indication broader than what is designated, it may not be entitled to orphan exclusivity.

Expedited development and review programs for drugs

The FDA maintains several programs intended to facilitate and expedite development and review of new drugs to address unmet medical needs in the treatment of serious or life-threatening diseases or conditions. These programs include Fast Track designation, Breakthrough Therapy designation, Priority Review and Accelerated Approval, and the purpose of these programs is to get important new drugs to patients more quickly than standard FDA review timelines typically permit.

A new drug is eligible for Fast Track designation if it is intended to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition and demonstrates the potential to address unmet medical needs for such disease or condition. Fast track designation applies to the combination of the product candidate and the specific indication for which it is being studied. Fast Track designation provides increased opportunities for sponsor interactions with the FDA during preclinical and clinical development, in addition to the potential for rolling review once a marketing application is filed. Rolling review means that the FDA may review portions of the marketing application before the sponsor submits the complete application. In February 2022, the FDA granted Fast Track designation for TNG-908.

In addition, a new drug may be eligible for Breakthrough Therapy designation if it is intended to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition and preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the drug, alone or in combination with one or more other drugs, may demonstrate substantial improvement over existing therapies on one or more clinically significant endpoints, such as substantial treatment effects observed early in clinical development. Breakthrough Therapy designation provides all the features of Fast Track designation in addition to as well as more intensive FDA interaction and guidance.

Any product submitted to the FDA for approval, including a product with Fast Track or Breakthrough Therapy designation, may also be eligible for additional FDA programs intended to expedite the review and approval process, including Priority Review designation and Accelerated Approval. A product is eligible for Priority Review, once an NDA is submitted, if the product that is the subject of the marketing application has the potential to provide a significant improvement in safety or effectiveness in the treatment, diagnosis or prevention of a serious disease or condition. Under priority review, the FDA’s goal date to take action on the marketing application is six months compared to ten months for a standard review. Products are eligible for Accelerated Approval if they can be shown to have an effect on a surrogate endpoint that is reasonably likely to predict clinical benefit, or an effect on a clinical endpoint that can be measured earlier than an effect on irreversible morbidity or mortality, which is reasonably likely to predict an effect on irreversible morbidity or mortality or other clinical benefit, taking into account the severity, rarity, or prevalence of the condition and the availability or lack of alternative treatments.

Accelerated Approval is usually contingent on a sponsor’s agreement to conduct, in a diligent manner, adequate and well-controlled post-approval confirmatory studies to verify and describe the product’s clinical benefit. The FDA may withdraw approval of a drug or an indication approved under Accelerated Approval if, for example, the confirmatory trial fails to verify the predicted clinical benefit of the product.

Even if a product qualifies for one or more of these programs, the FDA may later decide that the product no longer meets the conditions for qualification or the time period for FDA review or approval may not be shortened. Furthermore, these FDA programs do not change the scientific or medical standards for approval or the quality of evidence necessary to support approval, though they may expedite the development or review process.

Pediatric information and pediatric exclusivity

Under the Pediatric Research Equity Act, or PREA, as amended, certain NDAs and NDA supplements must contain data that can be used to assess the safety and efficacy of the product candidate for the claimed indications in all relevant pediatric subpopulations and to support dosing and administration for each pediatric subpopulation for which the product is safe and effective. The FDA may grant deferrals for submission of pediatric data or full or partial waivers. The FD&C Act requires

28


 

that a sponsor who is planning to submit a marketing application for a product candidate that includes a new active ingredient, new indication, new dosage form, new dosing regimen or new route of administration submit an initial Pediatric Study Plan, or PSP, within 60 days of an end-of-Phase 2 meeting or, if there is no such meeting, as early as practicable before the initiation of the Phase 3 or Phase 2/3 study. The initial PSP must include an outline of the pediatric study or studies that the sponsor plans to conduct, including study objectives and design, age groups, relevant endpoints and statistical approach, or a justification for not including such detailed information, and any request for a deferral of pediatric assessments or a full or partial waiver of the requirement to provide data from pediatric studies. The FDA and the sponsor must reach an agreement on the PSP. Unless otherwise required by regulation, PREA does not apply to a drug for an indication for which orphan designation has been granted, except that PREA will apply to an original NDA for a new active ingredient that is orphan-designated if the drug is a molecularly targeted cancer product intended for the treatment of an adult cancer and is directed at a molecular target that FDA determines to be substantially relevant to the growth or progression of a pediatric cancer.

A drug can also obtain pediatric exclusivity in the United States. Pediatric exclusivity, if granted, adds six months to existing exclusivity periods and patent terms. This six-month exclusivity may be granted based on the voluntary completion of a pediatric study that adequately responds to an FDA-issued “Written Request” for such a study.

U.S. post-approval requirements for drugs

Drugs manufactured or distributed pursuant to FDA approvals are subject to continuing regulation by the FDA, including, among other things, requirements relating to recordkeeping, periodic reporting, product sampling and distribution, reporting of adverse experiences and promotion and advertising requirements. FDA's advertising and promotion requirements include restrictions on promoting products for unapproved uses or patient populations (known as “off-label use”) and limitations on industry-sponsored scientific and educational activities. Although physicians may prescribe approved products for off-label uses, manufacturers may not market or promote such uses. The FDA and other agencies actively enforce the laws and regulations prohibiting the promotion of off-label uses, including not only by company employees but also by agents of the company or those speaking on the company’s behalf, and a company that is found to have improperly promoted off-label uses may be subject to significant liability, including investigation by federal and state authorities. Failure to comply with these requirements can result in, among other things, adverse publicity, warning letters, corrective advertising and potential civil and criminal penalties, including liabilities under the False Claims Act where products obtain reimbursement under federal health care programs. Promotional materials for approved drugs must be submitted to the FDA in conjunction with their first use or first publication. Further, for certain modifications to the drug, including changes in indications, labeling or manufacturing processes or facilities, the applicant may be required to submit and obtain prior FDA approval of an NDA supplement, which may require the development of additional data or preclinical studies and clinical trials.

The FDA may impose a number of post-approval requirements as a condition of approval of an NDA. For example, the FDA may require post-market testing, including Phase 4 clinical trials, and surveillance to further assess and monitor the product’s safety and effectiveness after commercialization. In addition, manufacturers and their subcontractors involved in the manufacture and distribution of approved drugs are required to register their establishments with the FDA and certain state agencies and are subject to periodic unannounced inspections by the FDA and certain state agencies for compliance with ongoing regulatory requirements, including cGMPs, which impose certain procedural and documentation requirements on sponsors and their CMOs. Changes to the manufacturing process are strictly regulated, and, depending on the significance of the change, may require prior FDA approval before being implemented. FDA regulations also require investigation and correction of any deviations from cGMP and impose reporting requirements upon the sponsor and any third-party manufacturers that a sponsor may use. Manufacturers and other parties involved in the drug supply chain for prescription drug products must also comply with product tracking and tracking requirements and notify the FDA of counterfeit, diverted, stolen and intentionally adulterated products or products that are otherwise unfit for distribution in the United States. Accordingly, manufacturers must continue to expend time money and effort in the area of production and quality control to maintain compliance with cGMP and other aspects of regulatory compliance. Failure to comply with statutory and regulatory requirements may subject a manufacturer to possible legal or regulatory action, such as warning letters, suspension of manufacturing, product seizures, injunctions, civil penalties or criminal prosecution.

The FDA may withdraw approval of a product if compliance with regulatory requirements and standards is not maintained or if problems occur after the product reaches the market. Later discovery of previously unknown problems with a product, including adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or with manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may result in revisions to the approved labeling to add new safety information, requirements for

29


 

post-market studies or clinical trials to assess new safety risks, or imposition of distribution or other restrictions under a REMS. Other potential consequences include, among other things:

restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of the product, complete withdrawal of the product from the market or product recalls;
the issuance of safety alerts, Dear Healthcare Provider letters, press releases or other communications containing warnings or other safety information about the product;
fines, warning letters or holds on post-approval clinical trials;
refusal of the FDA to approve applications or supplements to approved applications, or suspension or revocation of product approvals;
product seizure or detention, or refusal to permit the import or export of products;
injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties; and
consent decrees, corporate integrity agreements, debarment or exclusion from federal healthcare programs; or mandated modification of promotional materials and labeling and issuance of corrective information.

 

Regulation of companion diagnostics

Companion diagnostics provide information that is essential for the safe and effective use of a corresponding drug. A companion diagnostic may be used to help identify patients who are most likely to benefit from a particular therapeutic product; identify patients likely to be at increased risk for serious side effects as a result of treatment with a particular therapeutic product; or monitor response to treatment with a particular therapeutic product for the purpose of adjusting treatment to achieve improved safety or effectiveness. Companion diagnostics are regulated as medical devices by the FDA. In the United States, the FD&C Act, and its implementing regulations, and other federal and state statutes and regulations govern, among other things, medical device design and development, preclinical and clinical testing, premarket clearance or approval, registration and listing, manufacturing, labeling, storage, advertising and promotion, sales and distribution, export and import, and post-market surveillance. Unless an exemption or FDA exercise of enforcement discretion applies, diagnostic tests generally require marketing clearance or approval from the FDA prior to commercialization. The two primary types of FDA marketing authorization applicable to a medical device are clearance of a premarket notification, or 510(k), and approval of a PMA.

To obtain 510(k) clearance for a medical device, or for certain modifications to devices that have received 510(k) clearance, a manufacturer must submit a premarket notification demonstrating that the proposed device is substantially equivalent to a previously cleared 510(k) device or to a pre-amendment device that was in commercial distribution before May 28, 1976, or a predicate device, for which the FDA has not yet called for the submission of a PMA. If the FDA determines that the subject device is substantially equivalent to the predicate device, the subject device may be cleared for marketing. The 510(k) premarket notification pathway generally takes from three to 12 months from the date the application is completed, but can take significantly longer.

A PMA must be supported by valid scientific evidence, which typically requires extensive data, including technical, preclinical, clinical and manufacturing data, to demonstrate to the FDA’s satisfaction the safety and effectiveness of the device. For diagnostic tests, a PMA typically includes data regarding analytical and clinical validation studies. As part of its review of the PMA, the FDA will conduct a pre-approval inspection of the manufacturing facility or facilities to ensure compliance with the quality system regulation, or QSR, which requires manufacturers to follow design, testing, control, documentation and other quality assurance procedures. The FDA’s review of an initial PMA is required by statute to take between six to ten months, although the process typically takes longer, and may require several years to complete. If the FDA evaluations of both the PMA and the manufacturing facilities are favorable, the FDA will either issue an approval letter or an approvable letter, which usually contains a number of conditions that must be met in order to secure the final approval of the PMA. If the FDA’s evaluation of the PMA or manufacturing facilities is not favorable, the FDA will deny the approval of the PMA or issue a not approvable letter. A not approvable letter will outline the deficiencies in the application and, where practical, will identify what is necessary to make the PMA approvable. Once granted, PMA approval may be withdrawn by the FDA if compliance with post-approval requirements, conditions of approval or other regulatory standards is not maintained or problems are identified following initial marketing.

On July 31, 2014, the FDA issued a final guidance document addressing the development and approval process for “In Vitro Companion Diagnostic Devices.” According to the guidance document, for novel therapeutic products that depend on the use of a diagnostic test and where the diagnostic device could be essential for the safe and effective use of the corresponding therapeutic product, the companion diagnostic device should be developed and approved or cleared contemporaneously with

30


 

the therapeutic, although the FDA recognizes that there may be cases when contemporaneous development may not be possible. However, in cases where a drug cannot be used safely or effectively without the companion diagnostic, the FDA’s guidance indicates it will generally not approve the drug without the approval or clearance of the diagnostic device.

Once cleared or approved, the companion diagnostic device must adhere to post-marketing requirements including the requirements of the FDA’s QSR, adverse event reporting, recalls and corrections along with product marketing requirements and limitations. Like drug makers, companion diagnostic makers are subject to unannounced FDA inspections at any time during which the FDA will conduct an audit of the product(s) and the company’s facilities for compliance with its authorities.

Other regulatory matters

Manufacturing, sales, promotion and other activities of product candidates following product approval, where applicable, or commercialization are also subject to regulation by numerous regulatory authorities in the United States in addition to the FDA, which may include the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services, or CMS, other divisions of the HHS, the Department of Justice, the Drug Enforcement Administration, the Consumer Product Safety Commission, the Federal Trade Commission, the Occupational Safety & Health Administration, the Environmental Protection Agency and state and local governments and governmental agencies.

Other healthcare laws

Healthcare providers, physicians, and third-party payors will play a primary role in the recommendation and prescription of any products for which we will seek to obtain marketing approval. Our business operations and any current or future arrangements with third-party payors, healthcare providers and physicians may expose us to certain liabilities and other healthcare laws and regulations that may constrain the business or financial arrangements and relationships through which we develop, market, sell and distribute any drugs for which we obtain marketing approval in the future. In the United States, these laws include, without limitation, state and federal anti-kickback, false claims, physician transparency, and patient data privacy and security laws and regulations, including but not limited to those described below.

The federal Anti-Kickback Statute prohibits, among other things, persons and entities from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, paying, receiving or providing any remuneration (including any kickback, bribe, or certain rebate), directly or indirectly, overtly or covertly, in cash or in kind, to induce or reward, or in return for, either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, order or recommendation of, any good or service, for which payment may be made, in whole or in part, under a federal healthcare program such as Medicare and Medicaid. A person or entity need not have actual knowledge of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute or specific intent to violate it in order to have committed a violation. Violations are subject to civil and criminal fines and penalties for each violation, plus up to three times the remuneration involved, imprisonment, and exclusion from government healthcare programs. The Anti-Kickback Statute has been interpreted to apply to arrangements between pharmaceutical manufacturers, on the one hand, and prescribers, purchasers and formulary managers, on the other. In addition, the government may assert that a claim that includes items or services resulting from a violation of the federal Anti-Kickback Statute constitutes a false or fraudulent claim for purposes of the civil False Claims Act.
The federal civil and criminal false claims and civil monetary penalties laws, including the federal False Claims Act, or FCA, imposes criminal and civil penalties, including through civil whistleblower or qui tam actions, against individuals or entities for knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, to the federal government, claims for payment that are false or fraudulent or making a false statement to avoid, decrease or conceal an obligation to pay money to the federal government. Manufacturers can be held liable under the FCA even when they do not submit claims directly to government payors if they are deemed to “cause” the submission of false or fraudulent claims.
The federal civil monetary penalties laws impose civil fines for, among other things, the offering or transfer or remuneration to a Medicare or state healthcare program beneficiary, if the person knows or should know it is likely to influence the beneficiary’s selection of a particular provider, practitioner, or supplier of services reimbursable by Medicare or a state health care program, unless an exception applies.
HIPAA, which imposes criminal and civil liability for knowingly and willfully executing a scheme, or attempting to execute a scheme, to defraud any healthcare benefit program, including private payors, knowingly and willfully embezzling or stealing from a healthcare benefit program, willfully obstructing a criminal investigation of a healthcare offense, or falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false statements in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or

31


 

services. Similar to the federal Anti-Kickback Statute, a person or entity may be found guilty of violating HIPAA without actual knowledge of the statute or specific intent to violate it.
HIPAA, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009, or HITECH, and their respective implementing regulations, impose, among other things, specified requirements on covered entities and their respective business associates relating to the privacy and security of individually identifiable health information, including mandatory contractual terms and required implementation of technical safeguards of such information. HITECH also created new tiers of civil monetary penalties, amended HIPAA to make civil and criminal penalties directly applicable to business associates in some cases, and gave state attorneys general new authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions in federal courts to enforce the federal HIPAA laws and seek attorneys’ fees and costs associated with pursuing federal civil actions.
Federal price reporting laws, which require manufacturers to calculate and report complex pricing metrics to government programs, where such reported prices may be used in the calculation of reimbursement and/or discounts on approved products
The Physician Payments Sunshine Act, enacted as part of the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010, or collectively, the ACA, imposed new annual reporting requirements for certain manufacturers of drugs, devices, biologics, and medical supplies for which payment is available under Medicare, Medicaid, or the Children’s Health Insurance Program, for certain payments and “transfers of value” provided to physicians (defined to include doctors, dentists, optometrists, podiatrists and chiropractors, as well as certain non-physician providers such as physician assistants and nurse practitioners) and teaching hospitals, as well as ownership and investment interests held by physicians and their immediate family members.
Analogous state and foreign laws and regulations, including, but not limited to, state anti-kickback and false claims laws, may be broader in scope than the provisions described above and may apply regardless of payor. Some state laws require pharmaceutical companies to comply with the pharmaceutical industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and relevant federal government compliance guidance; require drug manufacturers to report information related to payments and other transfers of value to physicians and other healthcare providers; restrict marketing practices or require disclosure of marketing expenditures and pricing information. State and foreign laws may govern the privacy and security of health information in some circumstances. These data privacy and security laws may differ from each other in significant ways and often are not pre-empted by HIPAA, which may complicate compliance efforts.

The scope and enforcement of each of these laws is uncertain and subject to rapid change in the current environment of healthcare reform, especially in light of the lack of applicable precedent and regulations. Federal and state enforcement bodies have recently increased their scrutiny of interactions between healthcare companies and healthcare providers, which has led to a number of investigations, prosecutions, convictions and settlements in the healthcare industry. It is possible that governmental authorities will conclude that our business practices do not comply with current or future statutes, regulations or case law involving applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations. If our operations are found to be in violation of any of these laws or any other related governmental regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, fines, imprisonment, disgorgement, exclusion from government funded healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, reputational harm, additional oversight and reporting obligations if we become subject to a corporate integrity agreement or similar settlement to resolve allegations of non-compliance with these laws and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations.

Insurance Coverage and Reimbursement

In the United States and markets in other countries, patients who are prescribed treatments for their conditions and providers performing the prescribed services generally rely on third-party payors to reimburse all or part of the associated healthcare costs. Thus, even if a product candidate is approved, sales of the product will depend, in part, on the extent to which third-party payors, including government health programs in the United States such as Medicare and Medicaid, commercial health insurers and managed care organizations, provide coverage, and establish adequate reimbursement levels for, the product. In the United States, the principal decisions about reimbursement for new medicines are typically made by CMS. CMS decides whether and to what extent a new medicine will be covered and reimbursed under Medicare and private payors tend to follow CMS to a substantial degree. Coverage and reimbursement for drug products can differ significantly from payor to payor. The process for determining whether a third-party payor will provide coverage for a product may be separate from the process for setting the price or reimbursement rate that the payor will pay for the product once coverage is approved. Third-party payors are increasingly challenging the prices charged, examining the medical necessity, reviewing the cost-effectiveness of medical products and services and imposing controls to manage costs. Third-party payors may limit coverage

32


 

to specific products on an approved list, also known as a formulary, which might not include all of the approved products for a particular indication.

In order to secure coverage and reimbursement for any product that might be approved for sale, a company may need to conduct expensive pharmacoeconomic studies in order to demonstrate the medical necessity and cost-effectiveness of the product, which will require additional expenditure above and beyond the costs required to obtain FDA or other comparable regulatory approvals. Some product candidates may not be considered medically necessary or cost effective. A decision by a third-party payor not to cover a product could reduce physician utilization once the product is approved and have a material adverse effect on sales, our operations and financial condition (when a product candidate is approved for marketing). Levels of coverage and reimbursement for a product can differ significantly from payor to payor.

The containment of healthcare costs has become a priority of federal, state and foreign governments (and other third-party payers), and the prices of products have been a focus in this effort. Governments have shown significant interest in implementing cost-containment programs, including price controls, restrictions on reimbursement and requirements for substitution of generic products. Adoption of price controls and cost-containment measures, and adoption of more restrictive policies in jurisdictions with existing controls and measures, could further limit a company’s revenue generated from the sale of any approved products. Coverage policies and third-party payor reimbursement rates may change at any time.

 

In addition, in some foreign countries, the proposed pricing for a drug must be approved before it may be lawfully marketed. The requirements governing drug pricing vary widely from country to country. For example, the European Union provides options for its Member States to restrict the range of medicinal products for which their national health insurance systems provide reimbursement and to control the prices of medicinal products for human use. To obtain reimbursement or pricing approval, some of these countries may require the completion of clinical trials that compare the cost effectiveness of a particular product candidate to currently available therapies. A Member State may approve a specific price for the medicinal product or it may instead adopt a system of direct or indirect controls on the profitability of the company placing the medicinal product on the market. There can be no assurance that any country that has price controls or reimbursement limitations for pharmaceutical products will allow favorable reimbursement and pricing arrangements for any of our product candidates. Historically, products launched in the European Union do not follow price structures of the U.S. and generally prices tend to be significantly lower

Current and future healthcare reform legislation

In the United States and certain foreign jurisdictions, there have been, and likely will continue to be, a number of legislative and regulatory changes and proposed changes regarding the healthcare system directed at broadening the availability of healthcare, improving the quality of healthcare, and containing or lowering the cost of healthcare. For example, in March 2010, the United States Congress enacted the ACA, which, among other things, includes changes to the coverage and payment for products under government health care programs. The ACA includes provisions of importance to our potential product candidates that:

created an annual, nondeductible fee on any entity that manufactures or imports specified branded prescription drugs and biologic products, apportioned among these entities according to their market share in certain government healthcare programs;
expanded eligibility criteria for Medicaid programs by, among other things, allowing states to offer Medicaid coverage to certain individuals with income at or below 133% of the federal poverty level, thereby potentially increasing a manufacturer’s Medicaid rebate liability;
expanded manufacturers’ rebate liability under the Medicaid Drug Rebate Program by increasing the minimum rebate for both branded and generic drugs and revising the definition of “average manufacturer price,” or AMP, for calculating and reporting Medicaid drug rebates on outpatient prescription drug prices;
expanded the types of entities eligible for the 340B drug discount program;
established the Medicare Part D coverage gap discount program by requiring manufacturers to provide point-of-sale-discounts off the negotiated price of applicable brand drugs to eligible beneficiaries during their coverage gap period as a condition for the manufacturers’ outpatient drugs to be covered under Medicare Part D; and
created a new Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee, identify priorities in, and conduct comparative clinical effectiveness research, along with funding for such research.

 

33


 

Since its enactment, there have been numerous judicial, administrative, executive, and legislative challenges to certain aspects of the ACA. On June 17, 2021, the U.S. Supreme Court dismissed the most recent judicial challenge to the ACA brought by several states without specifically ruling on the constitutionality of the ACA. Prior to the Supreme Court's decision, President Biden issued an Executive Order to initiate a special enrollment period from February 15, 2021 through August 15, 2021 for purposes of obtaining health insurance coverage through the ACA marketplace. The Executive Order also instructed certain governmental agencies to review and reconsider their existing policies and rules that limit access to healthcare, including among others, reexamining Medicaid demonstration projects and waiver programs that include work requirements, and policies that create unnecessary barriers to obtaining access to health insurance coverage through Medicaid or the ACA. It is unclear how other healthcare reform measures of the Biden administrations or other efforts, if any, to challenge repeal or replace the ACA, will impact our business.

Other legislative changes have been proposed and adopted in the United States since the Affordable Care Act was enacted. On August 2, 2011, the U.S. Budget Control Act of 2011, among other things, included aggregate reductions of Medicare payments to providers of 2% per fiscal year. These reductions went into effect on April 1, 2013 and, due to subsequent legislative amendments to the statute, will remain in effect through 2030, with the exception of a temporary suspension from May 1, 2020 through March 31, 2022 due to the COVID-19 pandemic. Following the temporary suspension, a 1% payment reduction will occur beginning April 1, 2022 through June 30, 2022, and the 2% payment reduction will resume on July 1, 2022.
On January 2, 2013, the U.S. American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 was signed into law, which, among other things, further reduced Medicare payments to several types of providers.
On April 13, 2017, CMS published a final rule that gives states greater flexibility in setting benchmarks for insurers in the individual and small group marketplaces, which may have the effect of relaxing the essential health benefits required under the ACA for plans sold through such marketplaces.
On May 30, 2018, the Right to Try Act, was signed into law. The law, among other things, provides a federal framework for certain patients to access certain investigational new drug products that have completed a Phase 1 clinical trial and that are undergoing investigation for FDA approval. Under certain circumstances, eligible patients can seek treatment without enrolling in clinical trials and without obtaining FDA permission under the FDA expanded access program. There is no obligation for a pharmaceutical manufacturer to make its drug products available to eligible patients as a result of the Right to Try Act.
On May 23, 2019, CMS published a final rule to allow Medicare Advantage Plans the option of using step therapy for Part B drugs beginning January 1, 2020.
On December 20, 2019, former President Trump signed into law the Further Consolidated Appropriations Act (H.R. 1865), which repealed the Cadillac tax, the health insurance provider tax, and the medical device excise tax. It is impossible to determine whether similar taxes could be instated in the future.

 

Additionally, there has been increasing legislative and enforcement interest in the United States with respect to drug pricing practices. Specifically, there has been heightened governmental scrutiny over the manner in which manufacturers set prices for their marketed products, which has resulted in several U.S. Congressional inquiries and proposed and enacted federal and state legislation designed to, among other things, bring more transparency to drug pricing, reduce the cost of prescription drugs under Medicare, and review the relationship between pricing and manufacturer patient programs. At the federal level, President Biden signed an Executive Order on July 9, 2021 affirming the administration’s policy to (i) support legislative reforms that would lower the prices of prescription drug and biologics, including by allowing Medicare to negotiate drug prices, by imposing inflation caps, and, by supporting the development and market entry of lower-cost generic drugs and biosimilars; and (ii) support the enactment of a public health insurance option. Additionally, on November 30, 2020, HHS published a regulation removing safe harbor protection for price reductions from pharmaceutical manufacturers to plan sponsors under Part D, either directly or through pharmacy benefit managers, unless the price reduction is required by law. The rule also creates a new safe harbor for price reductions reflected at the point-of-sale, as well as a safe harbor for certain fixed fee arrangements between pharmacy benefit managers and manufacturers. Pursuant to court order, the removal and addition of the aforementioned safe harbors were delayed and recent legislation imposed a moratorium on implementation of the rule until January 1, 2026. Although a number of these and other proposed measures may require authorization through additional legislation to become effective, and the Biden administration may reverse or otherwise change these measures, both the Biden administration and Congress have indicated that they will continue to seek new legislative measures to control drug costs.

 

34


 

We expect that additional U.S. federal healthcare reform measures will be adopted in the future, any of which could limit the amounts that the U.S. Federal Government will pay for healthcare drugs and services, which could result in reduced demand for our drug candidates or additional pricing pressures.

 

Individual states in the United States have also become increasingly active in passing legislation and implementing regulations designed to control pharmaceutical and biological product pricing, including price or patient reimbursement constraints, discounts, restrictions on certain drug access and marketing cost disclosure and transparency measures designed to encourage importation from other countries and bulk purchasing. Legally mandated price controls on payment amounts by third-party payors or other restrictions could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. In addition, regional healthcare authorities and individual hospitals are increasingly using bidding procedures to determine what pharmaceutical products and which suppliers will be included in their prescription drug and other healthcare programs. This could reduce the ultimate demand for our drugs (if approved for marketing) or put pressure on our drug pricing, which could negatively affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Outside the United States, ensuring coverage and adequate payment for a product also involves challenges. Pricing of prescription pharmaceuticals is subject to government control in many countries. Pricing negotiations with government authorities can extend well beyond the receipt of regulatory approval for a product and may require a clinical trial that compares the cost-effectiveness of a product to other available therapies. The conduct of such a clinical trial could be expensive and result in delays in commercialization.

In the European Union, pricing and reimbursement schemes vary widely from country to country. Some countries provide that products may be marketed only after a reimbursement price has been agreed upon. Some countries may require the completion of additional studies that compare the cost-effectiveness of a particular product candidate to currently available therapies or so-called health technology assessments, in order to obtain reimbursement or pricing approval. For example, the European Union provides options for its member states to restrict the range of products for which their national health insurance systems provide reimbursement and to control the prices of medicinal products for human use. European Union member states may approve a specific price for a product or may instead adopt a system of direct or indirect controls on the profitability of the company placing the product on the market. Other member states allow companies to fix their own prices for products, but monitor and control prescription volumes and issue guidance to physicians to limit prescriptions. Recently, many countries in the European Union have increased the amount of discounts required on pharmaceuticals and these efforts could continue as countries attempt to manage healthcare expenditures, especially in light of the severe fiscal and debt crises experienced by many countries in the European Union. The downward pressure on healthcare costs in general, particularly prescription products, has become intense. As a result, increasingly high barriers are being erected to the entry of new products. Political, economic and regulatory developments may further complicate pricing negotiations, and pricing negotiations may continue after reimbursement has been obtained. Reference pricing used by various European Union member states, and parallel trade, i.e., arbitrage between low-priced and high-priced member states, can further reduce prices. There can be no assurance that any country that has price controls or reimbursement limitations for pharmaceutical products will allow favorable reimbursement and pricing arrangements for any products, if approved in those countries.

Other United States environmental, health and safety laws and regulations

We may be subject to numerous environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including those governing laboratory procedures and the handling, use, storage, treatment and disposal of hazardous materials and wastes. From time to time and in the future, our operations may involve the use of hazardous and flammable materials, including chemicals and biological materials, and may also produce hazardous waste products. Even if we contract with third parties for the disposal of these materials and waste products, we cannot completely eliminate the risk of contamination or injury resulting from these materials. In the event of contamination or injury resulting from the use or disposal of our hazardous materials, we could be held liable for any resulting damages, and any liability could exceed our resources. We also could incur significant costs associated with civil or criminal fines and penalties for failure to comply with such laws and regulations.

We maintain workers’ compensation insurance to cover us for costs and expenses that we may incur due to injuries to our employees, but this insurance may not provide adequate coverage against potential liabilities. However, we do not maintain insurance for environmental liability or toxic tort claims that may be asserted against us.

In addition, we may incur substantial costs in order to comply with current or future environmental, health and safety laws and regulations. Current or future environmental laws and regulations may impair our research, development or production efforts. In addition, failure to comply with these laws and regulations may result in substantial fines, penalties or other sanctions.

35


 

Government regulation of drugs outside of the United States

To market any product outside of the United States, we would need to comply with numerous and varying regulatory requirements of other countries regarding safety and efficacy and governing, among other things, clinical trials, marketing authorization, manufacturing, commercial sales, promotion and distribution of our potential future products. For instance, in the United Kingdom and the European Economic Area, or the EEA (comprised of the 27 EU Member States plus Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway), medicinal products must be authorized for marketing by using either the centralized authorization procedure or national authorization procedures.

Centralized procedure — The centralized procedure provides for the grant of a single marketing authorization by the European Commission that is valid throughout the EEA. Pursuant to Regulation (EC) No. 726/2004, the centralized procedure is compulsory for specific products, including for medicines produced by certain biotechnological processes, products designated as orphan medicinal products, advanced therapy products (gene therapy, somatic cell therapy and tissue engineered products) and products with a new active substance indicated for the treatment of certain diseases, which includes products for the treatment of cancer. For medicines that do not fall within one of the mandatory categories, an applicant still has the option of submitting an application for a centralized marketing authorization to the European Medicines Agency, or EMA, as long as the medicine concerned contains a new active substance not yet authorized in the EEA, is a significant therapeutic, scientific or technical innovation, or if its authorization would be in the interest of public health in the EEA. If pursuing marketing authorization of a product candidate for a therapeutic indication under the centralized procedure, the EMA’s Committee for Medicinal Products for Human Use, or CHMP, is responsible for conducting an initial assessment of whether a product meets the required quality, safety and efficacy requirements, and whether a product has a positive benefit/risk ratio. Under the centralized procedure the maximum timeframe for the evaluation of a marketing authorization application, or MAA, by the EMA is 210 days, excluding clock stops, when additional written or oral information is to be provided by the applicant in response to questions asked by the CHMP. Clock stops may extend the timeframe of evaluation of a MAA considerably beyond 210 days. Where the CHMP gives a positive opinion, it provides the opinion together with supporting documentation to the European Commission, who make the final decision to grant a marketing authorization, which is issued within 67 days of receipt of the EMA’s recommendation. Accelerated assessment might be granted by the CHMP in exceptional cases, when a medicinal product is expected to be of major public health interest, particularly from the point of view of therapeutic innovation. The timeframe for the evaluation of a MAA under the accelerated assessment procedure is 150 days, excluding clock stops, but it is possible that the CHMP may revert to the standard time limit for the centralized procedure if it determines that the application is no longer appropriate to conduct an accelerated assessment.
National authorization procedures — There are also two other possible routes to authorize products for therapeutic indications in several countries, which are available for products that fall outside the scope of the centralized procedure:
o
Using the decentralized procedure, an applicant may apply for simultaneous authorization in more than one EEA Member State for a medicinal product that has not yet been authorized in any EEA Member State and that does not fall within the mandatory scope of the centralized procedure.
o
In the mutual recognition procedure, a medicine is first authorized in one EEA Member State, in accordance with the national procedures of that country. Following this, additional marketing authorizations can be sought from other EEA Member States in a procedure whereby the countries concerned recognize the validity of the original, national marketing authorization.

In both cases, as with the centralized procedure, the competent authorities of the EEA Member States assess the risk-benefit balance of the product on the basis of scientific criteria concerning its quality, safety and efficacy before granting the marketing authorization.

In the EEA, new products for therapeutic indications that are authorized for marketing (i.e., innovator products) qualify for eight years of data exclusivity and an additional two years of market exclusivity upon marketing authorization. The data exclusivity period prevents generic or biosimilar applicants from referencing the preclinical and clinical trial data contained in the dossier of the innovator product when applying for a generic or biosimilar marketing authorization in the EEA during a period of eight years from the date on which the innovator product was first authorized in the EEA. The additional two-year period of market exclusivity period prevents a successful generic or biosimilar applicant from commercializing its product in the EEA until ten years have elapsed from the initial authorization of the reference product in the European Union. The overall ten-year period can be extended to a maximum of eleven years if, during the first eight years of those ten years, the

36


 

marketing authorization holder obtains an authorization for one or more new therapeutic indications which, during the scientific evaluation prior to their authorization, are held to bring a significant clinical benefit in comparison with existing therapies. Even if a compound is considered to be a new chemical entity so that the innovator gains the prescribed period of data exclusivity, another company may market another version of the product if such company obtained marketing authorization based on a MAA with a complete independent data package of pharmaceutical tests, preclinical tests and clinical trials

The criteria for designating an “orphan medicinal product” in the EEA are similar in principle to those in the United States. Under Article 3 of Regulation (EC) 141/2000, in the EEA a medicinal product may be designated as orphan if it meets the following criteria: (i) it is intended for the diagnosis, prevention or treatment of a life-threatening or chronically debilitating condition; and (ii) either (a) such condition affects no more than five in 10,000 persons in the EEA when the application is made, or (b) it is unlikely that the product, without the benefits derived from orphan status, would generate sufficient return in the EEA to justify the investment needed for its development; and (iii) there exists no satisfactory method of diagnosis, prevention or treatment of such condition, or if such a method exists, the product will be of significant benefit to those affected by the condition. Orphan medicinal products are eligible for financial incentives such as reduction of fees or fee waivers and are, upon grant of a marketing authorization, entitled to ten years of market exclusivity for the approved therapeutic indication. During this ten-year orphan market exclusivity period, no marketing authorization application shall be accepted, and no marketing authorization shall be granted for a similar medicinal product for the same indication, unless certain conditions are met. An orphan product can also obtain an additional two years of market exclusivity in the European Union for pediatric studies. Orphan drug designation does not convey any advantage in, or shorten the duration of, the regulatory review and approval process.

Similar to the United States, the various phases of non-clinical and clinical research in the European Union are subject to significant regulatory controls.

The Clinical Trials Directive 2001/20/EC, the Directive 2005/28/EC on GCP and the related national implementing provisions of the individual EU Member States govern the system for the approval of clinical trials in the European Union. Under this system, an applicant must obtain prior approval from the national competent authority, or NCA, of the EU Member States in which the clinical trial is to be conducted. Furthermore, the applicant may only start a clinical trial at a specific study site after the competent ethics committee, or EC, has issued a favorable opinion. The clinical trial application must be accompanied by, among other documents, an investigational medicinal product dossier (the Common Technical Document) with supporting information prescribed by applicable directives. All suspected unexpected serious adverse reactions to the investigated drug that occur during the clinical trial have to be reported to the NCA and ECs of the Member State where they occurred.

Government regulation of data collection outside of the United States

In the event we conduct clinical trials in the European Union, we will be subject to additional privacy restrictions. The collection and use of personal health data in the European Economic Area, or EEA (being the European Union plus Norway, Iceland, and Liechtenstein), is governed by the General Data Protection Regulation, or the GDPR, which became effective on May 25, 2018. The GDPR applies to the processing of personal data by any company established in the EEA and to companies established outside the EEA to the extent they process personal data in connection with the offering of goods or services to data subjects in the EEA or the monitoring of the behavior of data subjects in the EEA. The GDPR enhances data protection obligations for data controllers of personal data, including stringent requirements relating to the consent of data subjects, expanded disclosures about how personal data is used, enhanced requirements for securing personal data, requirements to conduct privacy impact assessments for “high risk” processing, limitations on retention of personal data, mandatory data breach notification and “privacy by design” requirements, and creates direct obligations on service providers acting as processors. The GDPR also imposes strict rules on the transfer of personal data outside of the EEA to countries that do not ensure an adequate level of protection, like the United States. Failure to comply with the requirements of the GDPR and the related national data protection laws of the European Union Member States and Norway, Iceland and Liechtenstein, which may deviate slightly from the GDPR, may result in fines of up to 4% of a company’s global revenue for the preceding financial year, or €20,000,000, whichever is greater. Moreover, the GDPR grants data subjects the right to claim material and non-material damages resulting from infringement of the GDPR. Given the breadth and depth of changes in data protection obligations, maintaining compliance with the GDPR will require significant time, resources and expense, and we will be required to put in place controls and processes ensuring compliance with the new data protection rules. There has been limited enforcement of the GDPR to date, particularly in biopharmaceutical development, so we face uncertainty as to the exact interpretation of the new requirements on any future trials and we may be unsuccessful in implementing all measures required by data protection authorities or courts in interpretation of the new law. Further, the United Kingdom’s decision to leave the European Union, means that it has in force its own legislation which is aligned with the GDPR, known as the Data

37


 

Protection Act 2018. The requirements are similar except that the United Kingdom is now regarded as a “third country” for the purposes of transfers of personal data from the EEA. Transfers continue to flow freely from the United Kingdom to the EEA; however, as part of the agreement between the United Kingdom and the European Union, the United Kingdom intends to obtain an adequacy decision from the European Commission to ensure personal data can continue to flow freely from the European Union to the United Kingdom.

Data protection authority activity differs across the European Union, with certain authorities applying their own agenda which shows there is uncertainty in the manner in which data protection authorities will seek to enforce compliance with GDPR. For example, it is not clear if the authorities will conduct random audits of companies doing business in the European Union, or if the authorities will wait for complaints to be filed by individuals who claim their rights have been violated. Enforcement uncertainty and the costs associated with ensuring GDPR compliance are onerous and may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Should we utilize third-party distributors, compliance with such foreign governmental regulations would generally be the responsibility of such distributors, who may be independent contractors over whom we have limited control.

Competition

We face direct competition from pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies leveraging the principle of synthetic lethality as well as companies developing therapies for the same target pathway and the same indications. Well-established companies that are developing or may develop therapies based on synthetic lethality include AstraZeneca, GlaxoSmithKline, Bristol Myers Squibb, Merck KGaA and Pfizer. Smaller and earlier-stage companies focused on synthetic lethality include Artios Pharma, Cyteir Therapeutics, KSQ Therapeutics, Ideaya Biosciences, MetaboMed, Mirati Therapeutics and Repare Therapeutics.

Our PRMT5 inhibitor program, which includes TNG908 as well as a next generation compound that is in development, will face direct competition from companies that have clinical-stage, MTA-cooperative PRMT5 inhibitors that are selective for MTAP-deleted cancers. We are aware that Mirati Therapeutics and Amgen have a clinical MTA-cooperative PRMT5 inhibitor program, using the same mechanism of action as TNG908. The INDs submitted by Tango, Mirati and Amgen have all received clearance by the FDA to commence clinical trials for their respective inhibitors. Currently, there are no MTA-cooperative PRMT5 inhibitors that are authorized for marketing by any regulatory authority.

Indirect competition may come from non-MTAP deletion selective PRMT5 programs or MAT2A inhibitor programs that are uniquely different than the TNG908 mechanism of action. Two companies have non-MTAP selective PRMT5 inhibitors in clinical development, including Prelude Therapeutics (PRT543 and PRT811) and Johnson & Johnson (JNJ 64619178). GSK and Pfizer have recently discontinued the clinical development of their non-MTAP selective PRMT5 inhibitors. MAT2A is an enzyme upstream of PRMT5 essential for the metabolism of the PRMT5 co-factor SAM that acts on the same pathway as TNG908. Agios Pharmaceuticals (AG-270) and Ideaya Biosciences (IDE397) are the two clinical programs we are aware of competing in the MAT2A space. Agios announced the divestment of their oncology portfolio to Servier Pharmaceuticals, including the MAT2A program in December 2020.

Competition for our preclinical USP1 inhibitor program comes from KSQ Therapeutics, which has a USP1 program in preclinical development.

We face competition more broadly across the oncology market for safe, efficacious, and reimbursable cancer treatments. The most common methods of treating patients with cancer are surgery, radiation, and drug therapy, including chemotherapy, hormone therapy, biologic therapy (such as monoclonal and bispecific antibodies), immunotherapy, cell-based therapy and targeted therapy, or a combination of any such methods. There are a variety of available drug therapies marketed for cancer. In many cases, these drugs are administered in combination to enhance efficacy. While our product candidates, if any are approved, may compete with these existing drugs and other therapies, to the extent they are ultimately used in combination with or as an adjunct to these therapies, our product candidates may not be competitive with them. Some of these drugs are branded and subject to patent protection, and others are available on a generic basis. Insurers and other third-party payors may also encourage the use of generic products or specific branded products. As a result, obtaining market acceptance of, and gaining significant share of the market for, any of our product candidates that we successfully introduce to the market may pose challenges. In addition, many companies are developing new oncology therapeutics, and we cannot predict what the standard of care will be as our product candidates progress through clinical development.

Many of our competitors, either alone or with their collaborators, have significantly greater resources, expertise in research and development, manufacturing, preclinical and clinical testing, obtaining regulatory approvals and reimbursement, and

38


 

marketing approved products than we do. These competitors also compete with us in recruiting and retaining qualified scientific, sales, marketing and management personnel, establishing clinical trial sites and patient registration for clinical trials, as well as in acquiring technologies complementary to, or necessary for, our programs. Smaller or early-stage companies may also prove significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large and established companies. Additionally, mergers and acquisitions may result in even more resources being concentrated in our competitors.

Employees and Human Capital Resources

 

Attracting and retaining qualified and experienced employees in research and development, clinical, manufacturing, quality and other positions is crucial to our ability to compete effectively. Competition for these employees is intense in the pharmaceutical industry in which we operate. Our ability to recruit and retain such employees depends on a number of factors, including the growth of our organization, the culture and work environment we have created, our organizational values and goals and our corporate philosophy; talent development and career opportunities; and compensation and benefits.

As of December 31, 2021, we had 91 full-time employees, of which 42 have M.D. or Ph.D. degrees. Within our workforce, 67 employees are engaged in research and development and 24 are engaged in business development, finance, legal, and general management and administration. None of our employees are represented by labor unions or covered by collective bargaining agreements. We consider our relationship with our employees to be good.

Talent Acquisition and Employee Development:

Our principal talent acquisition goal is to attract, retain, and develop the highest quality talent. As we build our organization beyond drug discovery and drug development, our goals have been extended to include establishing an employee base that will allow us to efficiently move our pipeline products through clinical trials, regulatory approvals and into the market where we can help patients and their families and, simultaneously, to have a workforce that provides diverse backgrounds and ideas, are trained to operate and act at the highest standards of ethics and integrity, and are dedicated to achieve the highest level of innovation and to advance oncology treatments through the use of synthetic lethality. To support our talent acquisition, our human resources programs are designed to develop talent to prepare them for leadership positions in the future; reward employees through competitive benefits programs, including competitive pay, incentive compensation, and an equity program that aligns the incentives of our employees with the interests of our shareholders; enhance our culture through efforts aimed at making the workplace more engaging and inclusive; and retain and develop talent that embody our core values.

Diversity:

 

While Tango is early in its corporate development, our employees represent a broad set of backgrounds, perspectives and experiences. We attribute our early growth and success to the diversity that our employees bring with them to their professional roles. We are committed to the goals of diversity, equity and inclusion, which is the foundation upon which we are building a leading synthetic lethality business that is pushing the advances in oncology care, all with the objective of benefiting patients. We are building a work environment where employees can express themselves and have a voice in how we operate. Among other things, members of our management meet in small group sessions with all employees throughout the year and the feedback in these meetings is used to drive our professional development programs, our compensation structure, our organizational development and our culture. These and similar programs are important to develop a sense of belonging for all employees.

 

Employee Engagement:

 

We survey our employees on an annual basis to assess overall engagement of our workforce, and compare our engagement results against a set of benchmark companies. These companies are in the biotech sector and of similar size (number of employees). We use these results, both our internal results and the comparative results against the benchmark companies, to assess our employee engagement performance during the preceding year and to determine areas of focus going forward.

In our most recent survey, conducted in late-2021, the results indicated improvements in almost all areas reviewed in the survey and the results were generally higher than our benchmark dataset, which supports our view that we have positive employee engagement. Every year, we take these results, and a task force is formed to enable actions that will further improve our engagement.

 

39


 

COVID-19

 

The COVID-19 pandemic continues to present a substantial public health and economic challenge globally. While the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic to date on our business has not been material, it is continuously evolving and its future effects are difficult to predict with meaningful precision as the impact will depend on many factors beyond our control and knowledge at this point in time. As the pandemic continues and new variants of the COVID-19 virus presents itself, we are monitoring its impact on our business. For example, we received FDA clearance of our IND application for TNG908 in the first quarter of 2022 and expect to commence clinical trials in the second quarter of 2022. We do not expect, at this time, that our clinical trial enrollment and progress will be materially delayed beyond our anticipated timeframe, but any adverse developments with respect to COVID-19 may cause unexpected delays in these trials, including as a result of our CRO or clinical trial sites not having sufficient resources and employees to conduct the trials in the anticipated timeframe.

 

 

 

40


 

Item 1A. Risk Factors.

Investing in our securities involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all other information in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including our financial statements and the related notes and the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” The occurrence of one or more of the events or circumstances described in these risk factors, alone or in combination with other events or circumstances, may have a material adverse effect on our business, reputation, revenue, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects, in which event the market price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment. Unless otherwise indicated, reference in this section and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K to our business being adversely affected, negatively impacted or harmed will include an adverse effect on, or a negative impact or harm to, our business, reputation, financial condition, results of operations, revenue and our future prospects. The material and other risks and uncertainties summarized above and described below are not intended to be exhaustive and are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also impair our business operations. This Annual Report on Form 10-K also contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements as a result of a number of factors, including the risks described below. See also the section titled “Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” above.

Risks Related to Our Limited Operating History, Financial Position, and Capital Requirements

We are a precision oncology company with a limited operating history.

We are a precision oncology company with a limited operating history. Biopharmaceutical product development is a highly speculative undertaking and involves a substantial degree of risk. Since the Company's inception, we have devoted substantially all of our efforts to organizing and staffing our company, acquiring and developing intellectual property, business planning, raising capital, conducting discovery, research and development activities, and providing general and administrative support for these operations. We have no products approved for commercial sale and therefore have never generated any revenue from product sales, and we do not expect to in the foreseeable future. We have not obtained regulatory approvals for any of our product candidates, and there is no assurance that we will obtain approvals in the future. Our first investigational new drug, or IND, application, for TNG908, was cleared by the FDA in the first quarter of 2022. Other than TNG908, all of our product candidates are still in preclinical development. We expect to continue to incur significant expenses and operating losses over the next several years and for the foreseeable future. Our prior losses, combined with expected future losses, have had and will continue to have an adverse effect on cash and cash equivalent holdings, our stockholders’ deficit and working capital.

We have incurred significant net losses since our inception and anticipate that we will continue to incur losses for the foreseeable future.

We have incurred significant net losses since our inception. For the year ended December 31, 2021, our net loss was $58.2 million. As of December 31, 2021, we had an accumulated deficit of $161.3 million. Substantially all of our net losses have resulted from costs incurred in connection with our research and development programs and from general and administrative costs associated with our operations. We expect our research and development expenses to increase significantly in connection with the commencement and continuation of clinical trials of our product candidates. In addition, if we obtain regulatory approval for our product candidates, we will incur significant sales, marketing and manufacturing expenses. As a result, we expect to continue to incur significant and increasing operating losses for the foreseeable future. Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with developing pharmaceutical products, we are unable to predict the extent of any future losses or when we will become profitable, if at all. Even if we do become profitable, we may not be able to sustain or increase our profitability on a quarterly or annual basis.

The amount of our future losses is uncertain and our quarterly and annual operating results may fluctuate significantly or may fall below the expectations of investors or securities analysts, each of which may cause our stock price to fluctuate or decline. Our quarterly and annual operating results may fluctuate significantly in the future due to a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control and may be difficult to predict, including the following:

 

the timing and success or failure of future clinical trials for our product candidates or competing product candidates, or any other change in the competitive landscape of our industry, including consolidation among our competitors or partners;

our ability to obtain INDs for our pipeline product candidates, successfully open clinical trial sites and recruit and retain subjects for clinical trials, and any delays caused by difficulties in such efforts;

41


 

our ability to obtain regulatory approval for our product candidates, and the timing and scope of any such approvals we may receive;

the timing and cost of, and level of investment in, research and development activities relating to our product candidates and any future product candidates and research-stage programs, which may change from time to time;

the cost of manufacturing our product candidates and products, should they receive regulatory approval, which may vary depending on FDA and other comparable foreign regulatory requirements, the quantity of production and the terms of our agreements with manufacturers;

our ability to attract, hire and retain qualified personnel;

expenditures that we will or may incur to develop additional product candidates;

the level of demand for our product candidates should they receive regulatory approval, which may vary significantly;

the risk/benefit profile, cost and reimbursement policies with respect to our product candidates, if approved, and existing and potential future therapeutics that compete with our product candidates;

the changing and volatile U.S. and global economic environments, including as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic; and

future accounting pronouncements or changes in our accounting policies.

The individual or cumulative effects of these factors could result in large fluctuations and unpredictability in our quarterly and annual operating results. As a result, comparing our operating results on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful. This variability and unpredictability could also result in our failing to meet the expectations of industry or financial analysts or investors for any period. If our revenue or operating results fall below the expectations of analysts or investors or below any forecasts we may provide to the market, or if the forecasts we provide to the market are below the expectations of analysts or investors, the price of our common stock could decline substantially. Such a stock price decline could occur even when we have met any previously publicly stated guidance we may provide.

We have no products approved for commercial sale and have not generated any revenue from product sales.

Our ability to become profitable depends upon our ability to generate revenue. To date, we have not generated any revenue from product sales, and we do not expect to generate any revenue from the sale of products in the near future. We do not expect to generate significant product revenue unless and until we obtain regulatory approval of, and begin to sell, one or more of our product candidates. Our ability to generate revenue depends on a number of factors, including, but not limited to, our ability to:

 

successfully complete our planned preclinical studies for our novel precision oncology development programs;

timely file INDs for our other programs, and clearance of these INDs to allow for commencement of such future clinical trials;

timely patient enrollment and patient dosing in our TNG908 clinical trial;

successfully complete our TNG908 clinical trial and any future clinical trials;

initiate and successfully complete all safety and efficacy studies required to obtain U.S. and foreign regulatory approval for our product candidates;

make and maintain arrangements with third-party manufacturers for clinical supply and commercial manufacturing;

obtain and maintain patent and trade secret protection or regulatory exclusivity for our product candidates;

launch commercial sales of our products, if and when approved, whether alone or in collaboration with others;

obtain and maintain acceptance of our products, if and when approved, by patients, the medical community and third-party payors;

position our products to effectively compete with other therapies;

obtain and maintain healthcare coverage and adequate reimbursement;

enforce and defend intellectual property rights and claims;

implement measures to help minimize the risk of COVID-19 to our employees as well as patients and subjects to be enrolled in our clinical trials; and

maintain a continued acceptable safety profile of our products following approval.

If we do not achieve these factors in a timely manner or at all, we could experience significant delays or an inability to successfully commercialize our product candidates, which would materially harm our business. If we do not receive regulatory approvals for our product candidates, we may not be able to continue our operations or we may be required to sell or license assets to third parties on terms that are not favorable to us, if at all.

Further, our most advanced program is a PRMT5 inhibitor, TNG908. We believe our next-generation compounds have the potential to be more effective than TNG908, with a yet wider therapeutic index. If additional preclinical or clinical

42


 

evaluation of our next-generation compounds supports this hypothesis, we may elect to promote a next-generation compound as our lead PRMT5 inhibitor, which would result in a delay to our development timeline of approximately 12 to 18 months. If we elect to promote this next-generation compound, it may result in the delay in receiving potential revenue from product sales, if approved by regulatory authorities.

We will need to raise substantial additional funding. If we are unable to raise capital when needed or on terms acceptable to us, we would be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate some of our product development programs or commercialization efforts.

The development of pharmaceutical products is capital-intensive. We are currently advancing our precision oncology programs through clinical and preclinical development. We received FDA clearance of our IND application for TNG908 in the first quarter of 2022 and plan to initiate a Phase 1/2 clinical trial in the second quarter of 2022. We also plan to file INDs for our undisclosed target for STK11-mutant cancers (Target 3) and our USP1 inhibitor program in 2023. Consequently, we expect our expenses to significantly increase in connection with our ongoing activities, particularly as we continue the research and development of, initiate and complete clinical trials of, and seek regulatory approval for, our product candidates.

In addition, depending on the status of regulatory approval or, if we obtain regulatory approval for any of our product candidates, we expect to incur significant commercialization expenses related to product sales, marketing, manufacturing and distribution. We may also need to raise additional funds sooner if we choose to pursue additional indications and/or geographies for our current or future product candidates or otherwise expand more rapidly than we presently anticipate. Furthermore, we have, and will continue to, incur additional costs associated with operating as a public company. Accordingly, we will need to obtain substantial additional funding in connection with our continuing operations. If we are unable to raise capital when needed or on attractive terms, we would be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate certain of our research and development programs or future commercialization efforts.

We expect that our existing cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities will fund our projected operating requirements at least into the second half of 2024. However, our future capital requirements will depend on and could increase significantly as a result of many factors (which may result in exhausting such cash resources prior to the second half of 2024), including:

 

the scope, progress, results and costs of product discovery, preclinical and clinical development, and clinical trials for our product candidates;

the potential additional expenses attributable to adjusting our development plans (including any supply related matters) to the COVID-19 pandemic;

the scope, prioritization and number of our research and development programs;

the costs, timing and outcome of regulatory review of our product candidates;

our ability to establish and maintain additional collaborations on favorable terms, if at all;

the achievement of milestones or occurrence of other developments that trigger payments under our existing collaboration agreements or any additional collaboration agreements we may establish;

the extent to which we are obligated to reimburse, or entitled to reimbursement of, clinical trial costs under future collaboration agreements, if any;

the costs of preparing, filing and prosecuting patent applications, maintaining and enforcing our intellectual property rights and defending intellectual property-related claims;

the extent to which we acquire or in-license other product candidates and technologies;

the costs of securing manufacturing arrangements for clinical and commercial production;

our ability to hire and retain skilled scientific and operational personnel to meet our development, clinical and commercial objectives;

costs related to the development of any companion diagnostics we may use in the future; and

the costs of establishing or contracting for sales and marketing capabilities if we obtain regulatory approvals to market our product candidates.

Identifying potential product candidates and conducting preclinical development testing and clinical trials is a time-consuming, expensive and uncertain process that takes years to complete, and we may never generate the necessary data or results required to obtain regulatory approval and achieve product sales. In addition, our product candidates, if approved, may not achieve commercial success. Our commercial revenue, if any, will be derived from sales of products that we do not expect to be commercially available for many years, if at all. Accordingly, we will need to continue to rely on additional financing to achieve our business objectives.

43


 

Any additional fundraising efforts may divert our management from their day-to-day activities, which may adversely affect our ability to develop and commercialize our product candidates. Disruptions in the financial markets in general and due to the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic may make equity and debt financing more difficult to obtain and may have a material adverse effect on our ability to meet our fundraising needs. We cannot guarantee that future financing will be available in sufficient amounts or on terms acceptable to us, if at all.

If we are unable to obtain funding on a timely basis or on acceptable terms, we may be required to significantly curtail, delay or discontinue one or more of our research or development programs or the commercialization of any product that has received regulatory approval or be unable to expand our operations or otherwise capitalize on our business opportunities as desired, which could materially affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Raising additional capital may cause dilution to our stockholders, restrict our operations or require us to relinquish rights to our technologies or product candidates.

Until such time, if ever, as we can generate substantial product revenue, we expect to finance our cash needs through a combination of private and public equity offerings, debt financings, collaborations, strategic alliances and licensing arrangements. We do not have any committed external source of funds. The terms of any financing may adversely affect the holdings or the rights of our stockholders and the issuance of additional securities, whether equity or debt, by us, or the possibility of such issuance, may cause the market price of our shares to decline. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of common stock or securities convertible or exchangeable into common stock, the ownership interest of our existing common stockholders will be diluted, and the terms of those securities may include liquidation or other preferences that may materially adversely affect your rights as a common stockholder. Debt financing, if available, would increase our fixed payment obligations and may involve agreements that include covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, acquiring, selling or licensing intellectual property rights, and making capital expenditures, declaring dividends, repurchase shares of our common stock, or other operating restrictions that could adversely impact our ability to conduct our business. We could also be required to meet certain milestones in connection with debt financing and the failure to achieve such milestones by certain dates may force us to relinquish rights to some of our technologies or product candidates or otherwise agree to terms unfavorable to us which could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and prospects.

We also could be required to seek funds through arrangements with additional collaborators or otherwise at an earlier stage than otherwise would be desirable. If we raise funds through additional collaborations, strategic alliances or licensing arrangements with third parties, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our intellectual property, future revenue streams, research programs or product candidates, grant licenses on terms that may not be favorable to us or grant rights to develop and market our product candidates that we would otherwise prefer to develop and market ourselves, any of which may have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and prospects.

Risks Related to the Development of our Precision Oncology and Other Programs and Product Candidates

We have never successfully completed any clinical trials and we may be unable to do so for any product candidates we develop. Certain of our programs are still in preclinical development and may never advance to clinical development.

We have not yet demonstrated our ability to successfully register, initiate, enroll and complete clinical trials, including large-scale, pivotal clinical trials, obtain regulatory approvals, manufacture a commercial scale product or arrange for a third party to do so on our behalf, or conduct sales and marketing activities necessary for successful commercialization. We received FDA clearance of our IND application for TNG908 in the first quarter of 2022. Other than TNG908, our programs are still in preclinical development and may never advance to clinical development. We also plan to file INDs for our undisclosed target for STK11-mutant cancers (Target 3) and our USP1 inhibitor program in 2023. We may not be able to file such INDs or INDs for any of our other product candidates on the timelines we expect, if at all. Further, timelines for developing and filing INDs are subject to significant uncertainties and projected timelines can be improved upon or delayed. For example, we extended the timeline for filing an IND for our USP1 inhibitor program as we continue to work on a development candidate that has improved pharmaceutical properties. Moreover, we cannot be sure that submission of an IND will result in the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, allowing clinical trials to begin, or that, once begun, issues will not arise that require us to suspend or terminate clinical trials. Any guidance we receive from the FDA or other regulatory authorities is subject to change. These regulatory authorities could change their position, including on the acceptability of our trial designs or the clinical endpoints selected, which may require us to complete additional clinical trials or result in the imposition of stricter approval conditions than we currently expect. Successful completion of our clinical trials is a prerequisite to submitting an NDA to the FDA, an MAA to the European Medicines Agency, or EMA, or other marketing applications to regulatory authorities in other jurisdictions, for each product candidate and, consequently, the regulatory

44


 

approval of each product candidate. We currently do not have any product candidates in clinical development. While the IND for our lead program, TNG908, was cleared by the FDA, it is possible that patients may not be enrolled and the study may not be completed (and preliminary, initial or final trial results may not be available) on time. Similarly, future clinical trials may not begin on time or be completed on schedule, if at all.

If we are required to conduct additional preclinical studies or clinical trials of our product candidates beyond those that we currently contemplate, if we are unable to successfully complete clinical trials of our product candidates or other testing, if the results of these trials or tests are not positive or are only modestly positive or if there are safety and/or efficacy concerns, we may, among other things:

 

be delayed in obtaining regulatory approval for our product candidates;

not obtain regulatory approval at all;

obtain regulatory approval for indications or patient populations that are not as broad as intended or desired;

continue to be subject to post-marketing testing requirements; or

have the product removed from the market after obtaining regulatory approval.

Our programs are focused on the development of oncology therapeutics for patients with genetically defined or biomarker-driven cancers, which is a rapidly evolving area of science, and the approach we are taking to discover and develop drugs is novel and may never lead to approved or marketable products.

The discovery and development of oncology therapeutics for patients with genetically defined or biomarker-driven cancers is a rapidly evolving area, and the scientific discoveries that form the basis for our efforts to discover and develop product candidates are relatively new. Our unique functional genomics discovery approach is based on the genetic concept of synthetic lethality. The scientific evidence to support the feasibility of developing product candidates based on these discoveries is both preliminary and limited. Although we believe, based on our preclinical work, that the genetic markers targeted by our programs drive the formation and spread of certain cancers, clinical results may not confirm this hypothesis or may only confirm it for certain alterations or certain tumor types. The patient populations for our product candidates are limited to those with specific target alterations and may not be completely defined but are substantially smaller than the general treated cancer population, and we will need to screen and identify these patients with targeted alterations. Successful identification of patients is dependent on several factors, including achieving certainty as to how specific alterations respond to our product candidates and the ability to identify such alterations. Furthermore, even if we are successful in identifying patients with specific targets, we cannot be certain that the resulting patient populations with each mutation will be large enough to allow us to successfully obtain approval for each such mutation and commercialize our product candidates and achieve profitability.

Clinical product development involves a lengthy and expensive process, with an uncertain outcome.

Our preclinical studies, our TNG908 clinical trial and future clinical trials may not be successful. It is impossible to predict when or if any of our product candidates will prove effective and safe in humans or will receive regulatory approval. Before obtaining regulatory approval from regulatory authorities for the sale of any product candidate, we must complete preclinical studies and then conduct extensive clinical trials to demonstrate the safety and efficacy of our product candidates in humans. Clinical testing is expensive, difficult to design and implement, can take many years to complete and outcomes are uncertain. A failure of one or more clinical trials can occur at any stage of testing. The outcome of preclinical development testing and early clinical trials may not be predictive of the success of later clinical trials, and interim results of a clinical trial do not necessarily predict final results (or be indicative of safety and efficacy if commercialized and used in a broader population). Moreover, preclinical and clinical data are often susceptible to varying interpretations and analyses, and many companies that have believed their product candidates performed satisfactorily in preclinical studies and clinical trials have nonetheless failed to obtain regulatory approval of their product candidates. Our preclinical studies and future clinical trials may not be successful.

If we are unable to successfully validate, develop and obtain regulatory approval for diagnostic tests for our product candidates that require or would commercially benefit from such tests, or experience significant delays in doing so, we may not realize the full commercial potential of these product candidates.

In connection with the clinical development of our product candidates for certain indications, we may engage third parties to develop or otherwise obtain access to in vitro companion diagnostic tests to identify patient subsets within a disease category who may derive selective and meaningful benefit from our product candidates. Such companion diagnostics may be used during our clinical trials as well as in connection with the commercialization of our products that receive regulatory approval. To be successful, we or our collaborators will need to address a number of scientific, technical, regulatory and

45


 

logistical challenges. The FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities regulate in vitro companion diagnostics as medical devices and, under that regulatory framework, will likely require the conduct of clinical trials to demonstrate the safety and effectiveness of any diagnostics we or third parties may develop, which we expect will require separate regulatory clearance or approval prior to commercialization.

We intend to rely on third parties for the design, development and manufacture of companion diagnostic tests for our therapeutic product candidates that may require such tests. If we enter into such collaborative agreements, we will be dependent on the sustained cooperation and effort of our future collaborators in developing and obtaining approval for these companion diagnostics. It may be necessary to resolve issues such as selectivity/specificity, analytical validation, reproducibility, or clinical validation of companion diagnostics during the development and regulatory approval processes. Moreover, even if data from preclinical studies and early clinical trials appear to support development of a companion diagnostic for a product candidate, data generated in later clinical trials may fail to support the analytical and clinical validation of the companion diagnostic. We and our future collaborators may encounter difficulties in developing, obtaining regulatory clearance or approval for, manufacturing and commercializing companion diagnostics similar to those we face with respect to our therapeutic product candidates themselves, including issues with achieving regulatory clearance or approval, production of sufficient quantities at commercial scale and with appropriate quality standards, and in gaining market acceptance. If we are unable to successfully develop companion diagnostics for these therapeutic product candidates, or experience delays in doing so, the development and commercialization of these therapeutic product candidates may be adversely affected, these therapeutic product candidates may not obtain regulatory approval, and we may not realize the full commercial potential of any of these therapeutic products that obtain regulatory approval. As a result, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially harmed. In addition, a diagnostic company with whom we contract may decide to discontinue selling or manufacturing the companion diagnostic test that we anticipate using in connection with development and commercialization of our product candidates or our relationship with such diagnostic company may otherwise terminate. We may not be able to enter into arrangements with another diagnostic company to obtain supplies of an alternative diagnostic test for use in connection with the development and commercialization of our product candidates or do so on commercially reasonable terms, which could adversely affect and/or delay the development or commercialization of our therapeutic product candidates.

Interim, top-line, and preliminary data from our future clinical trials that we announce or publish from time to time may change as more patient data become available and are subject to confirmation, audit and verification procedures that could result in material changes in the final data.

From time to time, we may publicly disclose interim, top-line or preliminary data from our current and future clinical trials, which is based on a preliminary analysis of then-available data, and the results and related findings and conclusions are subject to change following a more comprehensive review of the data. For example, we may report responses in certain patients that are unconfirmed at the time and which do not ultimately result in confirmed responses to treatment after follow-up evaluations. We also may make assumptions, estimations, calculations and conclusions as part of our analyses of data, and we may not have received or had the opportunity to fully and carefully evaluate all data. As a result, the interim, top-line or preliminary results that we report may differ from future results of the same trials, or different conclusions or considerations may qualify such results, once additional data have been received and fully evaluated. Interim data from clinical trials are subject to the risk that one or more of the clinical outcomes may materially change as patient enrollment continues and more patient data become available. Preliminary, interim or top-line data also remain subject to audit and verification procedures that may result in the final data being materially different from the preliminary data we previously published. As a result, preliminary, interim and top-line data should be viewed with caution until the final data are available. In addition, we may report interim analyses of only certain endpoints rather than all endpoints. Interim data from clinical trials that we may complete are subject to the risk that one or more of the clinical outcomes may materially change as patient enrollment continues and more patient data become available. Adverse differences between preliminary or interim data and final data could significantly harm our business prospects and may cause the price of our common stock to fluctuate or decline.

Further, regulatory agencies and others may not accept or agree with our assumptions, estimates, calculations, conclusions or analyses or may interpret or weigh the importance of data differently, which could adversely impact the potential of the particular program, the likelihood of obtaining regulatory approval of the particular product candidate, the scope of product label, and commercialization of any approved product. In addition, the information we choose to publicly disclose regarding a particular study or clinical trial is derived from information that is typically extensive, and you or others may not agree with what we determine is material or otherwise appropriate information to include in our disclosure.

If the preliminary, interim or top-line data that we report differ from final or actual results, or if others, including regulatory authorities, disagree with the conclusions reached, our ability to obtain approval for, and commercialize, our

46


 

product candidates may be significantly impaired, which could materially harm our business, operating results, prospects or financial condition.

We may incur additional costs or experience delays in initiating or completing, or ultimately be unable to complete, the development and commercialization of our product candidates.

We may experience delays in initiating or completing our preclinical studies or clinical trials, including as a result of delays in obtaining, or failure to obtain, the FDA’s clearance to initiate clinical trials under future INDs. Additionally, we cannot be certain that preclinical studies or clinical trials for our product candidates will not require redesign, will enroll an adequate number of subjects on time, or will be completed on schedule, if at all. We may experience numerous unforeseen events during, or as a result of, preclinical studies and clinical trials that could delay or prevent our ability to receive regulatory approval or commercialize our product candidates, including the following:

 

we may receive feedback from regulatory authorities that require us to modify the design or implementation of our preclinical studies or clinical trials or to delay or terminate a clinical trial;

regulators or institutional review boards, or IRBs, or ethics committees may delay or may not authorize us or our investigators to commence a clinical trial or conduct a clinical trial at a prospective trial site;

we may experience delays in reaching, or fail to reach, agreement on acceptable terms with prospective trial sites and prospective clinical research organizations, or CROs, the terms of which can be subject to extensive negotiation and may vary significantly among different CROs and trial sites;

preclinical studies or clinical trials of our product candidates may fail to show safety or efficacy or otherwise produce negative or inconclusive results, and we may decide, or regulators may require us, to conduct additional preclinical studies or clinical trials, or we may decide to abandon product research or development programs;

preclinical studies or clinical trials of our product candidates may not produce differentiated or clinically significant results across tumor types or indications;

the number of patients required for clinical trials of our product candidates may be larger than we anticipate, enrollment in these clinical trials may be slower than we anticipate or participants may drop out of these clinical trials or fail to return for post-treatment follow-up at a higher rate than we anticipate;

our third-party contractors may fail to comply with regulatory requirements, fail to maintain adequate quality controls, be unable to provide us with sufficient product supply to conduct or complete preclinical studies or clinical trials, fail to meet their contractual obligations to us in a timely manner, or at all;

our clinical trial sites or investigators may deviate from the clinical trial protocol or drop out of the trial, which may require that we add new clinical trial sites or investigators;

we may elect to, or regulators or IRBs or ethics committees may require us or our investigators to, suspend or terminate clinical research for various reasons, including noncompliance with regulatory requirements or a finding that the participants in our clinical trials are being exposed to unacceptable health risks;

the cost of clinical trials of our product candidates may be greater than we anticipate;

clinical trials of our product candidates may be delayed due to complications associated with the evolving COVID-19 pandemic;

the supply or quality of our product candidates or other materials necessary to conduct clinical trials of our product candidates may be insufficient or inadequate;

our product candidates may have undesirable side effects or other unexpected characteristics, causing us or our investigators, regulators or IRBs or ethics committees to suspend or terminate the trials, or reports may arise from preclinical or clinical testing of other cancer therapies that raise safety or efficacy concerns about our product candidates;

regulators may revise the requirements for approving our product candidates, or such requirements may not be as we anticipate; and

regulatory developments with respect to our competitors’ products, including any developments, litigation or public concern about the safety of such products.

We could encounter delays if a clinical trial is suspended or terminated by us, by the IRBs of the institutions at which such trials are being conducted, by the Data Safety Monitoring Board, or DSMB, for such trial or by the FDA or other regulatory authorities. Such authorities may impose such a suspension or termination or clinical hold due to a number of factors, including failure to conduct the clinical trial in accordance with regulatory requirements or our clinical protocols, adverse findings upon an inspection of the clinical trial operations or trial site by the FDA or other regulatory authorities, unforeseen safety issues or adverse side effects, failure to demonstrate a benefit from using a product, changes in governmental regulations or administrative actions or lack of adequate funding to continue the clinical trial. Many of the factors that cause, or lead to, a delay in the commencement or completion of clinical trials may also ultimately lead to the

47


 

denial of regulatory approval of our product candidates. Further, the FDA may disagree with our clinical trial design or our interpretation of data from clinical trials or may change the requirements for approval even after it has reviewed and commented on the design for our clinical trials.

Moreover, principal investigators for our current or future clinical trials may serve as scientific advisors or consultants to us from time to time and receive compensation in connection with such services. Under certain circumstances, we may be required to report some of these relationships to the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities. The FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authority may conclude that a financial relationship between us and a principal investigator has created a conflict of interest or otherwise affected the interpretation of the study. The FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authority may therefore question the integrity of the data generated at the applicable clinical trial site, and the utility of the clinical trial itself may be jeopardized. This could result in a delay in approval, or rejection, of our marketing applications by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authority, as the case may be, and may ultimately lead to the denial of regulatory approval of one or more of our product candidates.

Our product development costs will also increase if we experience delays in testing or regulatory approvals. We do not know whether any of our current or future clinical trials will begin as planned, or whether any of our current or future clinical trials will need to be restructured or will be completed on schedule, if at all. Significant preclinical study or clinical trial delays, including those caused by the COVID-19 pandemic, also could shorten any periods during which we may have the exclusive right to commercialize our product candidates or allow our competitors to bring products to market before we do, which would impair our ability to successfully commercialize our product candidates and may significantly harm our business, operating results, financial condition and prospects.

If we experience delays or difficulties in the enrollment of patients in clinical trials, our receipt of necessary regulatory approvals could be delayed or prevented.

We may not be able to initiate clinical trials for our product candidates if we are unable to locate and enroll a sufficient number of eligible patients to participate in these trials as required by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities, or as needed to provide appropriate statistical power for a given trial. In particular, because we are focused on patients with specific genetic mutations for the development of our precision oncology programs and because some of the indications we are pursuing are orphan indications that have small populations, our ability to enroll eligible patients may be limited or may result in slower enrollment than we anticipate.

We may experience difficulties with identifying specific patient populations for any biomarker-defined trial cohorts. The patient eligibility criteria defined in our trial protocols, including biomarker-driven identification, may limit the patient populations eligible for our clinical trials to a greater extent than competing clinical trials for the same indication that do not have biomarker-driven patient eligibility criteria. We will also rely on the willingness and ability of clinicians to screen their patients for biomarkers to indicate which patients may be eligible for enrollment in our clinical trials.

In addition, some of our competitors have ongoing clinical trials for product candidates that treat the same indications as do our product candidates, and patients who would otherwise be eligible for our clinical trials may choose instead to enroll in clinical trials of our competitors’ product candidates (for example, three INDs have been cleared by the FDA for clinical trials of MTA-cooperative PRMT5 inhibitors for the treatment of cancer patients). Furthermore, our ability to enroll patients may be significantly delayed by the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic (including due to lack of resources and personnel at trial sites), and we cannot accurately predict the extent and scope of such delays at this point.

In addition to the competitive trial environment, the eligibility criteria of our future clinical trials will further limit the pool of available study participants as we will require that patients have specific characteristics that we can measure to assure their cancer is either severe enough or not too advanced to include them in a study. Additionally, the process of finding patients may prove costly. We also may not be able to identify, recruit or enroll a sufficient number of patients to complete our clinical studies because of the perceived risks and benefits of the product candidates under study, the availability and efficacy of competing therapies and clinical trials, the proximity and availability of clinical trial sites for prospective patients, and the patient referral practices of physicians. If patients are unwilling to participate in our studies for any reason, the timeline for recruiting patients, conducting studies, reporting preliminary and final trial results and obtaining regulatory approval of potential products may be delayed.

We may also engage third parties to develop companion diagnostics for use in our clinical trials, but such third parties may not be successful in developing such companion diagnostics, limiting our ability to identify patients with the targeted genetic mutations for our clinical trials. Further, if we are required to develop companion diagnostics and are unable to include patients with the targeted genetic mutations, this could compromise our ability to seek designations under applicable

48


 

FDA expedited review and development programs, including Breakthrough Therapy Designation and Fast Track Designation (to the extent these are available to us), or otherwise seek to accelerate clinical development and regulatory timelines. Patient enrollment may be affected by other factors, including:

 

the severity of the disease under investigation;

the efforts to obtain and maintain patient consents and facilitate timely enrollment in clinical trials;

the ability to monitor patients adequately during and after treatment;

the risk that patients enrolled in clinical trials will drop out of the clinical trials before clinical trial completion;

the ability to recruit clinical trial investigators with the appropriate competencies and experience;

reporting of the preliminary results of any of our clinical trials; and

factors we may not be able to control, including the impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic, that may limit patients, principal investigators or staff or clinical site availability.

We anticipate that certain of our current product candidates and future product candidates could be used in combination with third-party drugs or biologics, some of which are still in development, and we have limited or no control over the supply, regulatory status, or regulatory approval of such drugs or biologics.

Certain of our current product candidates and any future product candidates may have the potential to be administered in combination with existing standards of care such as checkpoint inhibitor immunotherapies, chemotherapies, targeted therapies or radiotherapy. Our ability to develop and ultimately commercialize our current programs and product candidates and any future programs or product candidates for use in combination with other therapies will depend on our ability to access such drugs or biologics on commercially reasonable terms for the clinical trials and their availability for use with our commercialized product, if approved. We cannot be certain that current or potential future commercial relationships will provide us with a steady supply of such drugs or biologics on commercially reasonable terms or at all.

Any failure to maintain or enter into new successful commercial relationships, or the expense of purchasing checkpoint inhibitor immunotherapies or other potential combination or comparator therapies in the market, may delay our development timelines, increase our costs and jeopardize our ability to develop our current product candidates and any future product candidates as commercially viable therapies. If any of these occur, our business, financial condition, operating results, stock price and prospects may be materially harmed.

Moreover, the development of product candidates for use in combination with another product or product candidate may present challenges that are not faced for single agent product candidates. The FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may require us to use more complex clinical trial designs in order to evaluate the contribution of each product and product candidate to any observed effects. It is possible that the results of such trials could show that any positive previous trial results are attributable to the other therapy and not our current product candidates and any future product candidates. Moreover, following product approval, the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may require that products used in conjunction with each other be cross labeled for combined use. To the extent that we do not have rights to the other product, this may require us to work with a third party to satisfy such a requirement. Moreover, developments related to the other product may impact our clinical trials for the combination as well as our commercial prospects should we receive regulatory approval. Such developments may include changes to the other product’s safety or efficacy profile, changes to the availability of the other product, quality, manufacturing and supply issues with respect to the other product, and changes to the standard of care.

In the event that any future collaborator or supplier cannot continue to supply their products on commercially reasonable terms, we would need to identify alternatives for accessing potential combination or targeted therapies. Additionally, should the supply of products from any current or future collaborator or supplier be interrupted, delayed or otherwise be unavailable to us, our clinical trials may be delayed. In the event we are unable to source an alternative supply, or are unable to do so on commercially reasonable terms, our business, financial condition, operating results, stock price and prospects may be materially harmed.

Results from earlier preclinical studies of our programs and product candidates are not necessarily predictive of the results of later preclinical studies and clinical trials of our programs and product candidates. If we cannot replicate the results from our earlier preclinical studies of our programs and product candidates in our later preclinical studies and

49


 

clinical trials, we may be unable to successfully develop, obtain regulatory approval for and commercialize our product candidates.

Any results from our earlier preclinical studies of our programs or our product candidates may not necessarily be predictive of the results from later preclinical studies and clinical trials. Similarly, even if we are able to complete our planned preclinical studies and clinical trials of our product candidates according to our current development timeline, the results from such preclinical studies and clinical trials of our product candidates may not be replicated in subsequent preclinical studies or clinical trial results.

Many companies in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries have suffered significant setbacks in late-stage clinical trials after achieving positive results in early-stage development, and we cannot be certain that we will not face similar setbacks. These setbacks have been caused by, among other things, preclinical and other nonclinical findings made while clinical trials were underway, or safety, pharmacokinetic or efficacy observations made in preclinical studies and clinical trials, including previously unreported adverse events. Moreover, preclinical, nonclinical and clinical data are often susceptible to varying interpretations and analyses and many companies that believed their product candidates performed satisfactorily in preclinical studies and clinical trials nonetheless failed to obtain regulatory approval.

We may not be able to file INDs for our precision oncology and other programs to commence clinical trials on the timelines we expect, and even if we are able to, the FDA may not permit us to proceed.

We received clearance of our IND application for TNG908 in the first quarter of 2022 and plan to initiate a Phase 1/2 clinical trial in the second quarter of 2022. Further, we expect to file INDs for our undisclosed target for STK11-mutant cancers (Target 3) and USP1 inhibitor program in 2023. However, we may not be able to file such INDs or INDs for future product candidates for our precision oncology or other programs on the timelines we expect. We have, for example, extended the timeline for filing an IND for our USP1 inhibitor program as we continue to work on a development candidate that has improved pharmacologic properties.

Further, we may experience manufacturing delays or other delays with IND-enabling studies. Moreover, we cannot be sure that submission of an IND will result in the FDA allowing clinical trials to begin, or that, once begun, issues will not arise that suspend or terminate clinical trials. Additionally, even if the FDA agrees with the design and implementation of the clinical trials set forth in an IND, we cannot guarantee that it will not change its requirements in the future. These considerations also apply to new clinical trials we may submit as amendments to existing INDs or to a new IND. Any failure to file INDs on the timelines we expect or to obtain regulatory approvals for our planned clinical trials may prevent us from initiating or completing our clinical trials or commercializing our product candidates on a timely basis, if at all.

Our current and future clinical trials or those of our current or future collaborators may reveal significant adverse events not seen in our preclinical or nonclinical studies and may result in a safety profile that could inhibit regulatory approval or market acceptance of any of our product candidates.

Before obtaining regulatory approvals for the commercial sale of any products, we must demonstrate through lengthy, complex and expensive preclinical studies and clinical trials that our product candidates are both safe and effective for use in each target indication. Clinical testing is expensive and can take many years to complete, and outcomes are inherently uncertain. Failure can occur at any time during the clinical trial process. Because our precision oncology programs and our product candidates are in an early stage of development, there is a high risk of failure, and we may never succeed in developing marketable products. There is typically an extremely high rate of attrition from the failure of product candidates proceeding through clinical trials. Product candidates in later stages of clinical trials also may fail to show the desired safety and efficacy profile despite having progressed through nonclinical studies and initial clinical trials. If the results of our current and future preclinical studies and clinical trials are inconclusive with respect to the safety, pharmacokinetics or efficacy of our product candidates, if we do not meet the clinical endpoints with statistical and clinically meaningful significance, or if there are safety concerns associated with our product candidates, we may be prevented from, or delayed in, obtaining regulatory approval for such product candidates. In some instances, there can be significant variability in safety or efficacy results between different clinical trials of the same product candidate due to numerous factors, including changes in trial procedures set forth in protocols, differences in the size and type of the patient populations, changes in and adherence to the clinical trial protocols and the rate of dropout among clinical trial participants. There may be side effects experienced during clinical trials in connection with the use of oncology therapies. Results of our trials could reveal a high and unacceptable severity and prevalence of side effects as a result of the use of our therapy (or due to other factors). In such an event, our trials could be suspended or terminated, and the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities could order us to cease further development of or deny approval of our product candidates for any or all targeted indications. Treatment-related side effects could also affect patient recruitment or the ability of enrolled patients to complete the trial or result in potential product liability claims (the latter can be expensive to defend and result in significant damages and harm to our

50


 

reputation). While we do have insurance to cover certain product liability claims, including in connection with injury during clinical trials, the coverage may not be sufficient to cover all expenses related to any injury and we may be required to pay damages from our own resources.

Further, our product candidates could cause undesirable side effects in clinical trials related to on-target toxicity. If on-target toxicity is observed, or if our product candidates have characteristics that are unexpected, we may need to abandon their development or limit development to more narrow uses or subpopulations in which the undesirable side effects or other characteristics are less prevalent, less severe or more acceptable from a risk-benefit perspective. In addition, our product candidates could cause undesirable side effects that we have not yet observed. Many compounds that initially showed promise in early-stage testing for treating cancer have later been found to cause side effects that prevented further development of the compound. Most product candidates that commence clinical trials are never approved as products, and there can be no assurance that any of our current or future clinical trials (including the TNG908 Phase 1/2 clinical trial that we expect to commence in the second quarter of 2022) will ultimately be successful or support further clinical development or regulatory approval of any of our product candidates.

We may develop future product candidates in combination with one or more cancer therapies. The uncertainty resulting from the use of our product candidates in combination with other cancer therapies may make it difficult to accurately predict side effects in future clinical trials. As is the case with many treatments for cancer and rare diseases, it is likely that there may be side effects associated with the use of our product candidates. If significant adverse events or other side effects are observed in our clinical trial for TNG908 or in any of our other future clinical trials, we may have difficulty recruiting patients to our clinical trials, patients may drop out of our trials, or we may be required to abandon the trials or our development efforts of one or more product candidates altogether. We, the FDA or other applicable regulatory authorities, or an IRB may suspend or terminate clinical trials of a product candidate at any time for various reasons, including a belief that subjects in such trials are being exposed to unacceptable health risks or adverse side effects. Some potential therapeutics developed in the biotechnology industry that initially showed therapeutic promise in early-stage trials have later been found to cause side effects that prevented their further development. Even if the side effects do not preclude the product from obtaining or maintaining regulatory approval, undesirable side effects may inhibit market acceptance of the approved product due to its tolerability versus other therapies. Any of these developments could materially harm our business, operating results, financial condition and prospects.

Some of our product candidates modulate pathways for which there are currently no approved or effective therapies, and utilize novel binding locations, which may result in greater research and development expenses, regulatory issues that could delay or prevent approval, or discovery of unknown or unanticipated adverse effects.

Some of our product candidates modulate pathways for which there are currently no approved or effective therapies, which may result in uncertainty regarding our current and future development efforts and ability to obtain regulatory approval for such candidates. We select programs for cancer driver targets based on what we believe is compelling biological rationale. We explore new programs based on extensive preclinical data analysis which sometimes cannot predict efficacy or safety in humans.

Some of our product candidates utilize novel binding locations, which may result in greater research and development expenses, regulatory issues that could delay or prevent drug candidate development and approval, or discovery of unknown or unanticipated adverse effects. We utilize structural biology in tight integration with our medicinal chemistry and biology capabilities to predict and design the compounds that we believe will achieve the most desirable characteristics, including potency, selectivity, bioavailability, and drug-like properties. A disruption in any of these capabilities may have significant adverse effects in our ability to expand our pipeline of product candidates, and we cannot predict whether we will continue to have access to these capabilities in the future to support our pipeline development. In addition, there can be no assurance that we will be able to rapidly identify, design and synthesize the necessary compounds or that these or other problems related to the development of product candidates will not arise in the future, which may cause significant delays or raise problems we may not be able to resolve.

Regulatory approval of novel product candidates such as ours can be more expensive, riskier and take longer than for other, more well-known or extensively studied pharmaceutical or biopharmaceutical product candidates due to our and regulatory agencies’ lack of experience with them. The novelty of the mechanism of action of any of our product candidates may lengthen the regulatory review process, require us to conduct additional studies or clinical trials, increase our development costs, lead to changes in regulatory positions and interpretations, delay or prevent approval and commercialization of our product candidates or lead to significant post-approval limitations or restrictions. The novel mechanism of action also means that fewer people are trained in or experienced with product candidates of this type, which may make it more difficult to find, hire and retain personnel for research, development and manufacturing positions. If our inhibitors utilize a novel mechanism of action that has not been the subject of extensive study compared to more well-known

51


 

product candidates, there is also an increased risk that we may discover previously unknown or unanticipated adverse effects during our preclinical studies and clinical trials. Any such events could adversely impact our business prospects, operating results and financial condition.

We may in the future conduct clinical trials for our product candidates outside the United States, and the FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities may not accept data from such trials.

We plan to conduct certain clinical trials outside the United States, and these jurisdictions may include countries in Europe, Australia or other foreign jurisdictions. The acceptance of trial data from clinical trials conducted outside the United States by the FDA, or comparable foreign regulatory authorities, may be subject to certain conditions. In cases where data from clinical trials conducted outside the United States are intended to serve as the sole basis for regulatory approval in the United States, the FDA will generally not approve the application on the basis of foreign data alone unless (i) the data are applicable to the United States population and United States medical practices, (ii) the trials were performed by clinical investigators of recognized competence and pursuant to GCP regulations; and (iii) the data may be considered valid without the need for an on-site inspection by the FDA, or if the FDA considers such inspection to be necessary, the FDA is able to validate the data through on-site inspection or other appropriate means. Additionally, the FDA’s clinical trial requirements, including sufficient size of patient populations and statistical powering, must be met. Many foreign regulatory bodies have similar approval requirements. In addition, such foreign trials would be subject to the applicable local laws of the foreign jurisdictions where the trials are conducted. There can be no assurance that the FDA or any comparable foreign regulatory authority will accept data from trials conducted outside of the United States or the applicable jurisdiction. If the FDA or any comparable foreign regulatory authority does not accept such data, it would result in the need for additional trials, which would be costly and time-consuming and delay aspects of our business plan, and which may result in our product candidates not receiving regulatory approval or clearance for commercialization in the applicable jurisdiction.

Although we intend to explore other therapeutic opportunities in addition to the programs and product candidates that we are currently developing, we may fail to identify viable new product candidates for clinical development for a number of reasons. If we fail to identify additional product candidates, our business could be materially harmed.

The ongoing success of businesses in the biopharmaceutical industry depend, to a large extent, on the ability to continue to introduce new products, especially as exclusivity rights to given therapies or indications expire. Research programs to pursue the development of our existing and planned product candidates for new or additional indications and to identify new product candidates and disease targets require substantial technical, financial and human resources whether or not they are ultimately successful. Our screening technology and research programs may initially show promise in identifying potential indications and/or product candidates, yet fail to yield results for clinical development for a number of reasons, including:

 

the research methodology used may not be successful in identifying potential indications and/or product candidates (or the development of a chemical compound or formulation that has the desired effect cannot be developed);

potential product candidates may, after further study, be shown to have harmful adverse effects or other characteristics that indicate they are unlikely to be effective products; or

it may take greater human and financial resources than we will possess to identify additional therapeutic opportunities for our product candidates or to develop suitable potential product candidates through internal research programs, thereby limiting our ability to develop, diversify and expand our potential product portfolio.

Because we have limited financial and human resources, we intend to initially focus on research programs and product candidates for a limited set of indications. As a result, we may forego or delay pursuit of opportunities with other product candidates or for other indications that later prove to have greater commercial potential or a greater likelihood of success. Our resource allocation decisions may cause us to fail to capitalize on viable commercial products or profitable market opportunities.

Accordingly, there can be no assurance that we will ever be able to identify additional therapeutic opportunities for our product candidates or to develop suitable product candidates through internal research programs, which could materially adversely affect our future growth and prospects. We may focus our efforts and resources on potential product candidates or other potential programs that ultimately prove to be unsuccessful.

52


 

If we are not able to obtain, or if there are delays in obtaining, required regulatory approvals for our product candidates, we will not be able to commercialize, or will be delayed in commercializing, our product candidates, and our ability to generate revenue will be materially impaired.

Our product candidates and the activities associated with their development and commercialization, including their design, testing, manufacture, safety, efficacy, recordkeeping, labeling, storage, approval, advertising, promotion, sale, distribution, import and export are subject to comprehensive regulation by the FDA and other regulatory agencies in the United States and by comparable foreign regulatory authorities. Before we can commercialize any of our product candidates, we must obtain regulatory approval. We received clearance of our IND application for TNG908 in the first quarter of 2022 and plan to initiate a Phase 1/2 clinical trial in the second quarter of 2022, otherwise, all of our product candidates are in discovery or preclinical development. We have not received approval to market any of our product candidates from regulatory authorities in any jurisdiction. It is possible that our product candidates, including any product candidates we may seek to develop in the future, will never obtain regulatory approval. We have limited experience in filing and supporting the applications necessary to gain regulatory approvals and expect to rely on third-party CROs and/or regulatory consultants to assist us in this process. Securing regulatory approval requires the submission of extensive preclinical and clinical data and supporting information to the various regulatory authorities for each therapeutic indication to establish the product candidate’s safety and efficacy. Securing regulatory approval also requires the submission of information about the product manufacturing process to, and inspection of manufacturing facilities by, the relevant regulatory authority. Our product candidates may not be effective, may be only moderately effective or may prove to have undesirable or unintended pharmacokinetics, side effects, toxicities or other characteristics that may preclude our obtaining regulatory approval or prevent or limit commercial use. In addition, regulatory authorities may find fault with our manufacturing process or facilities or that of third-party contract manufacturers. We and our third-party manufacturers that we expect to rely on for commercial production of our therapies, if approved, may also face greater than expected difficulty in manufacturing our product candidates.

The process of obtaining regulatory approvals, both in the United States and abroad, is expensive and often takes many years. If the FDA or a comparable foreign regulatory authority requires that we perform additional preclinical studies or clinical trials, approval may be delayed, if obtained at all. The length of such a delay varies substantially based upon a variety of factors, including the type, complexity and novelty of the product candidate involved. Changes in regulatory approval policies during the development period, changes in or enactment of additional statutes or regulations, or changes in regulatory review policies for each submitted NDA, premarket approval application, or PMA, or equivalent application types, may cause delays in the approval or rejection of an application. The FDA and comparable foreign regulatory authorities have substantial discretion in the approval process and may refuse to accept any application or may decide that our data are insufficient for approval and require additional preclinical, clinical or other studies. Our product candidates could be delayed in receiving, or fail to receive, regulatory approval for many reasons, including the following:

 

the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may disagree with the design or implementation of our clinical trials;

we may not be able to enroll a sufficient number of patients in our clinical studies;

we may be unable to demonstrate to the satisfaction of the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities that a product candidate is safe and effective for its proposed indication or a related companion diagnostic is suitable to identify appropriate patient populations;

the results of clinical trials may not meet the level of statistical significance required by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities for approval;

we may be unable to demonstrate that a product candidate’s clinical and other benefits outweigh its safety risks;

the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may disagree with our interpretation of data from preclinical studies or clinical trials;

the data collected from clinical trials of our product candidates may not be sufficient to support the submission of an NDA, or other submission or to obtain regulatory approval in the United States or elsewhere;

the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may find deficiencies with or fail to approve the manufacturing processes or facilities of third-party manufacturers with which we contract for clinical and commercial supplies; and

the approval policies or regulations of the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may significantly change such that our clinical data are insufficient for approval.

Even if we were to obtain regulatory approval, regulatory authorities may approve any of our product candidates for fewer or more limited indications than we request, thereby narrowing the commercial potential of the product candidate. In addition, regulatory authorities may grant approval contingent on the performance of costly post-marketing clinical trials, or may approve a product candidate with a label that does not include the labeling claims necessary or desirable for the successful commercialization of that product candidate. Any of the foregoing scenarios could materially harm the commercial prospects for our product candidates.

53


 

If we experience delays in obtaining, or if we fail to obtain, approval of our product candidates, the commercial prospects for our product candidates may be harmed and our ability to generate revenue will be materially impaired.

The COVID-19 pandemic, or a similar pandemic, epidemic, or outbreak of an infectious disease, may materially and adversely affect our business and our financial results and could cause a disruption to the development of our product candidates.

Public health crises such as pandemics or similar outbreaks could adversely impact our business. Beginning in 2020 and continuing through the date of this filing, a novel strain of a virus named SARS-CoV-2 (severe acute respiratory syndrome coronavirus 2), or coronavirus, which causes COVID-19 has spread to most countries across the world, including all 50 states within the United States, including Cambridge, Massachusetts, where our primary office and laboratory space is located. The coronavirus pandemic is evolving, and has led to the implementation of various responses, including government-imposed quarantines, travel restrictions and other public health safety measures. The extent to which the coronavirus impacts our operations or those of our third-party partners, including our preclinical studies and clinical trial operations, will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted with confidence, including the duration of the outbreak, new information that will emerge concerning the severity of the coronavirus and the actions to contain the coronavirus or treat its impact, among others. The continued spread of COVID-19 globally could adversely impact our preclinical or clinical trial operations in the United States and our future clinical trial sites in foreign jurisdictions, including our ability to recruit and retain patients and principal investigators and site staff who, as healthcare providers, may have heightened exposure to COVID-19 if an outbreak occurs in their geography. For example, similar to other biopharmaceutical companies, we may experience delays in initiating IND-enabling studies, protocol deviations, enrolling our clinical trials, or dosing of patients in our clinical trials as well as in activating new trial sites. COVID-19 may also affect employees of third-party CROs located in affected geographies that we expect that we will rely upon to carry out our clinical trials. Any negative impact COVID-19 has to patient enrollment or treatment or the execution of our product candidates could cause costly delays to clinical trial activities, which could adversely affect our ability to obtain regulatory approval for and to commercialize our product candidates, increase our operating expenses, and have a material adverse effect on our financial results.

Additionally, timely enrollment in planned clinical trials and the reporting of clinical trial results is dependent upon clinical trial sites which could be adversely affected by global health matters, such as pandemics. We plan to conduct clinical trials for our product candidates in geographies which are currently affected by the COVID-19 pandemic, including our clinical trial for TNG908, which we plan to initiate a Phase 1/2 clinical trial in the second quarter of 2022 in the United States (which, as noted above, may be impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic (see Item 1. Business - COVID-19 above)). Some factors from the COVID-19 pandemic that may delay or otherwise adversely affect enrollment in the clinical trials of our product candidates, including TNG908, as well as our business generally, include:

 

the potential diversion of healthcare resources away from the conduct of clinical trials to focus on pandemic concerns, including the attention of physicians serving as our clinical trial investigators, hospitals serving as our clinical trial sites and hospital staff supporting the conduct of our prospective clinical trials;

limitations on travel that could interrupt key trial and business activities, such as clinical trial site initiations and monitoring, domestic and international travel by employees, contractors or patients to clinical trial sites, including any government-imposed travel restrictions or quarantines that will impact the ability or willingness of patients, employees or contractors to travel to our clinical trial sites or secure visas or entry permissions, a loss of face-to-face meetings and other interactions with potential partners, any of which could delay or adversely impact the conduct or progress of our prospective clinical trials;

the potential negative effect on the operations of our third-party manufacturers;

interruption in global shipping affecting the transport of clinical trial materials, such as patient samples, investigational drug product and conditioning drugs and other supplies used in our prospective clinical trials;

staffing shortages at clinical trial sites, both healthcare professionals (e.g. physicians, nurses) and support staff, caused by the COVID-19 pandemic and the challenges of finding replacements may adversely impact the timing and on-going performance of a clinical trial;

business disruptions caused by potential workplace, laboratory and office closures and an increased reliance on employees working from home, disruptions to or delays in ongoing laboratory experiments;

operations, staffing shortages, travel limitations, global supply chain delays or mass transit disruptions, any of which could adversely impact our business operations or delay necessary interactions with local regulators, ethics committees and other important agencies and contractors;

54


 

changes in local regulations as part of a response to the COVID-19 pandemic, which may require us to change the ways in which our clinical trials are conducted, which may result in unexpected costs, or to discontinue such clinical trials altogether; and

interruption or delays in the operations of the FDA or other regulatory authorities, which may impact review and approval timelines.

Our employees, including our lab personnel, are currently working at our headquarters office. We have, in the past, taken temporary precautionary measures intended to help minimize the risk of the virus to our employees, including temporarily requiring certain of our employees to work remotely, suspending all non-essential travel worldwide for our employees, implementing COVID-19 testing policies for employees in certain instances and discouraging employee attendance at industry events and in-person work-related meetings, which could negatively affect our business (and certain of these measures remain in place). We cannot presently predict the scope and severity of the planned and potential shutdowns or disruptions of businesses and government agencies, such as the SEC or FDA.

These and other factors arising from COVID-19 (and any future variant of the COVID-19 virus) could worsen in countries that are already afflicted with COVID-19 or could continue to spread to additional countries. Any of these factors, and other factors related to any such disruptions that are unforeseen, could have a material adverse effect on our business and our results of operations and financial condition and our clinical trials. Further, uncertainty around these and related issues could lead to adverse effects on the economy of the United States and other economies, which could impact our ability to raise the necessary capital needed to develop and commercialize our programs and product candidates.

Risks Related to Commercialization

We face substantial competition, which may result in others discovering, developing or commercializing products before or more successfully than we do.

The development and commercialization of new products in the biopharmaceutical and related industries is highly competitive. We compete in the segments of the pharmaceutical, biotechnology, and other related markets that address structural biology-guided chemistry-based drug design to develop therapies in the fields of cancer and genetic diseases. There are other companies focusing on precision oncology to develop therapies in the fields of cancer and other diseases. Specifically, with respect to TNG908 (for which we recently received FDA clearance of our IND application), we are aware that Mirati Therapeutics, Inc. and Amgen each have a clinical MTA-cooperative PRMT5 inhibitor program, using the same mechanism of action as TNG908 (and there are other indirect competitors in the PRMT5 inhibition space as well).

We also compete more broadly across the market for cost-effective and reimbursable cancer treatments. Some of these competitive products and therapies are based on scientific approaches that are the same as or similar to our approach (as noted above), and others are based on entirely different approaches. These companies include divisions of large pharmaceutical companies and biotechnology companies of various sizes, such as Amgen. We face competition with respect to our current product candidates, and will face competition with respect to any product candidates that we may seek to develop or commercialize in the future, from major pharmaceutical companies, specialty pharmaceutical companies and biotechnology companies worldwide. Potential competitors also include academic institutions, government agencies and other public and private research organizations that conduct research, seek patent protection and establish collaborative arrangements for research, development, manufacturing and commercialization.

Any product candidates that we successfully develop and commercialize will compete with currently approved therapies and new therapies that may become available in the future from segments of the pharmaceutical, biotechnology and other related markets. Key product features that would affect our ability to effectively compete with other therapeutics include the efficacy, safety and convenience of our products. We believe principal competitive factors to our business include, among other things, our ability to identify biomarkers, ability to successfully transition research programs into clinical development, ability to raise capital, and the scalability of the platform, pipeline, and business.

Many of the companies that we compete against or which we may compete against in the future have significantly greater financial resources and expertise in research and development, manufacturing, preclinical and clinical testing, obtaining regulatory approvals and marketing, promoting and selling approved products than we do. Mergers and acquisitions in the pharmaceutical, biotechnology and diagnostic industries may result in even more resources being concentrated among a smaller number of our competitors. Smaller or early-stage companies may also prove to be significant competitors, particularly through collaborative arrangements with large and established companies. These competitors also compete with us in recruiting and retaining qualified scientific and management personnel and establishing clinical trial sites and patient registration for clinical trials, as well as in acquiring technologies complementary to, or necessary for, our

55


 

programs. If these or other barriers to entry do not remain in place, other companies may be able to more directly or effectively compete with us.

Our commercial opportunity could be reduced or eliminated if our competitors develop and commercialize products that are safer, more effective, have fewer or less severe side effects, are more convenient or are less expensive than any products that we or our collaborators may develop. Our competitors also may obtain FDA or other regulatory approval for their products sooner than we may obtain approval for ours, which could result in our competitors establishing a strong market position before we or our collaborators are able to enter the market. The key competitive factors affecting the success of all of our product candidates, if approved, are likely to be their efficacy, safety, convenience, price, level of generic competition and novel competition that utilize the same mechanism of action and availability of reimbursement from government and other third-party payors.

If the market opportunities for our programs and product candidates are smaller than we estimate or if any regulatory approval that we obtain is based on a narrower definition of the patient population, our revenue and ability to achieve profitability will be adversely affected, possibly materially.

The incidence and prevalence for target patient populations of our programs and product candidates have not been established with precision. Our lead product candidate, TNG908, is an oral small molecule inhibitor of PRMT5. We are developing TNG908 for the treatment of patients with solid tumors with MTAP deletion, a genetic alteration which occurs in 10% to 15% of all human tumors, including NSCLC, mesothelioma, cholangiocarcinoma, and GBM, as well as indications where there are limited treatment options with no standard of care, including MPNST. Additionally, our undisclosed Target 3 program is being developed for certain patients with STK11 loss-of-function mutations. STK11 loss-of-function mutations are a genetic alteration in approximately 15% of NSCLC, 15% of cervical cancers, 10% carcinoma of unknown primary, 5% of breast cancers and 3% of pancreatic cancers. USP1, is a strong synthetic lethal target for BRCA1/2-mutant, which are present in approximately 15% of ovarian cancers, 10% of breast cancers, 10% of prostate cancers, 5% of endometrial cancers and 5% of pancreatic cancers. Our projections of both the number of people who have these diseases, as well as the subset of people with these diseases who have the potential to benefit from treatment with our programs and product candidates, are based on our estimates.

The total addressable market opportunity will ultimately depend upon, among other things, the diagnosis criteria included in the final label, the indications for which our product candidates are approved for sale, acceptance by the medical community and patient access, product pricing and reimbursement. The number of patients with the cancers and solid tumors for which our product candidates may be approved as treatment may turn out to be lower than expected, patients may not be otherwise amenable to treatment with our products, or new patients may become increasingly difficult to identify or gain access to, all of which would adversely affect our results of operations and our business. We may not be successful in our efforts to identify additional product candidates. Due to our limited resources and capital, we must prioritize development of certain product candidates, which may prove to be the wrong choice and may adversely affect our business.

If our current product candidates or any future product candidates do not achieve broad market acceptance, the revenue that we generate from their sales may be limited, and we may never become profitable.

We have never commercialized a product candidate for any indication. Even if our current product candidates and any future product candidates are approved by the appropriate regulatory authorities for marketing and sale, they may not gain acceptance among physicians, patients, third-party payors, and others in the medical community. If any product candidates for which we obtain regulatory approval do not gain an adequate level of market acceptance, we may not generate significant revenue and may not become profitable or may be significantly delayed in achieving profitability. Market acceptance of our current product candidates and any future product candidates by the medical community, patients and third-party payors will depend on a number of factors, some of which are beyond our control. For example, physicians are often reluctant to switch their patients, and patients may be reluctant to switch, from existing therapies even when new and potentially more effective or safer treatments enter the market. If public perception is influenced by claims that the use of certain precision oncology product candidates or immunotherapies and targeted therapies is unsafe, whether related to our or our competitors’ products, our potential future products may not be accepted by the general public or the medical community. Future adverse events in precision oncology, immuno-oncology or the biopharmaceutical industry could also result in greater governmental regulation, stricter labeling requirements and potential regulatory delays in the testing or approvals of our product candidates.

Efforts to educate the medical community and third-party payors on the benefits of our current product candidates and any future product candidates may require significant resources and may not be successful. If our current product candidates or any future product candidates are approved but do not achieve an adequate level of market acceptance, we could be

56


 

prevented from or significantly delayed in achieving profitability. The degree of market acceptance of any of our current product candidates and any future product candidates will depend on a number of factors, including:

 

the efficacy of our current product candidates and any future product candidates as single agents and in combination with marketed combination therapies or other therapies that are also pending regulatory approval;

the commercial success of the checkpoint blockade drugs with which certain of our products may be co-administered;

the prevalence and severity of adverse events associated with our current product candidates and any future product candidates or those products with which they may be co-administered;

the clinical indications for which our product candidates are approved and the approved claims that we may make for the products;

limitations or warnings contained in the product’s FDA-approved labeling or those of comparable foreign regulatory authorities, including potential limitations or warnings for our current product candidates and any future product candidates that may be more restrictive than other competitive products;

changes in the standard of care for the targeted indications of our current product candidates and any future product candidates, which could reduce the marketing impact of any claims that we could make following FDA approval or approval by comparable foreign regulatory authorities, if obtained;

the relative convenience and ease of administration of our current product candidates and any future product candidates (including the number of doses required in a given period) and any products with which they are co-administered;

the cost of treatment compared with the economic and clinical benefit of alternative treatments or therapies;

the availability of adequate coverage or reimbursement by third-party payors, including government healthcare programs such as Medicare and Medicaid and other healthcare payors;

the price concessions required by third-party payors to obtain coverage;

the willingness of patients to pay out-of-pocket in the absence of adequate coverage and reimbursement;

the extent and strength of our marketing and distribution of our current product candidates and any future product candidates;

the safety, efficacy, and other potential advantages over, and availability of, alternative treatments already used or that may later be approved;

distribution and use restrictions imposed by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities with respect to our current product candidates and any future product candidates or to which we agree as part of a risk evaluation and mitigation strategy, or REMS, or voluntary risk management plan;

the timing of market introduction of our current product candidates and any future product candidates, as well as competitive products;

our ability to offer our current product candidates and any future product candidates for sale at competitive prices;

the willingness of the target patient population to try new therapies and of physicians to prescribe these therapies;

the extent and strength of our third-party manufacturer and supplier support;

the actions of companies that market any products with which our current product candidates and any future product candidates may be co-administered;

the approval of other new products;

adverse publicity about our current product candidates and any future product candidates or any products with which they are co-administered, or favorable publicity about competitive products; and

potential product liability claims.

 

Risks Related to Our Reliance on Third Parties

We expect to rely on third parties to conduct our future clinical trials, as well as investigator-sponsored clinical trials of our product candidates. If these third parties do not successfully carry out their contractual duties, comply with regulatory requirements or meet expected deadlines, we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval for or commercialize our product candidates and our business could be substantially harmed.

We do not have the ability to independently conduct clinical trials. We expect to rely on medical institutions, clinical investigators, contract laboratories and other third parties, such as CROs, to conduct or otherwise support clinical trials for our product candidates, including our planned Phase 1/2 clinical trial of TNG908, and for any other product candidates that emerge from our precision oncology programs. We may also rely on academic and private non-academic institutions to conduct and sponsor clinical trials relating to our product candidates. We will not control the design or conduct of the investigator-sponsored trials, and it is possible that the FDA or non-U.S. regulatory authorities will not view these investigator-sponsored trials as providing adequate support for future clinical trials, whether controlled by us or third parties, for any number of reasons, including elements of the design or execution of the trials or safety concerns or other trial results.

57


 

We are likely to have certain information rights with respect to the investigator-sponsored trials, including access to and the ability to use and reference the data, including for our own regulatory filings. However, we would not have control over the timing and reporting of the data from investigator-sponsored trials, nor would we own the data from the investigator-sponsored trials. If we are unable to confirm or replicate the results from the investigator-sponsored trials or if negative results are obtained, we would likely be further delayed or prevented from advancing further clinical development of our product candidates. Further, if investigators or institutions breach their obligations with respect to the clinical development of our product candidates, or if the data proves to be inadequate compared to the first-hand knowledge we might have gained had the investigator-sponsored trials been sponsored and conducted by us, then our ability to design and conduct any future clinical trials ourselves may be adversely affected.

We rely and expect to continue to rely heavily on third parties for execution of clinical trials for our product candidates and control only certain aspects of their activities (and such control may be based on contractual provisions that may be breached by the third-party). For example, for the planned Phase 1/2 clinical trial of TNG908, we expect to rely on one CRO for the conduct of the trial and one manufacturer to manufacture the study drug to be used during the course of the trial. We are responsible for ensuring that each of our clinical trials and the study drug is conducted and manufactured in accordance with the applicable protocol, legal and regulatory requirements and scientific standards, and our reliance on a CRO or CDMO will not relieve us of our regulatory responsibilities. For any violations of laws and regulations during the conduct of our clinical trials, we could be subject to warning letters or enforcement action that may include civil penalties, suspension/hold or termination of trials and other penalties up to and including criminal prosecution.

We, our principal investigators and our CROs are required to comply with regulations, including Good Clinical Practices, or GCPs, for conducting, monitoring, recording and reporting the results of clinical trials to ensure that the data and results are scientifically credible and accurate, and that the trial patients are adequately informed of the potential risks of participating in clinical trials and their rights are protected. These regulations are enforced by the FDA, the Competent Authorities of the Member States of the European Economic Area and comparable foreign regulatory authorities for any products in clinical development. The FDA enforces GCP regulations through periodic inspections of clinical trial sponsors, principal investigators and trial sites. If we, our principal investigators or our CROs fail to comply with applicable GCPs, the clinical data generated in our clinical trials may be deemed unreliable and the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities may require us to perform additional clinical trials before approving our marketing applications. We cannot assure you that, upon inspection, the FDA will determine that any of our future clinical trials will comply with GCPs. In addition, our clinical trials generally must be conducted with product candidates produced under current Good Manufacturing Practice, or cGMP, regulations. Our failure or the failure of our principal investigators, third party manufacturers or CROs to comply with these regulations may require us to repeat clinical trials, which would delay the regulatory approval process, significantly increase our expenditures and could also subject us to enforcement action. We also are required to register ongoing clinical trials and post the results of completed clinical trials on a government-sponsored database, ClinicalTrials.gov, within certain timeframes. Failure to do so can result in fines, adverse publicity and civil and criminal sanctions.

Although we have designed our Phase 1/2 clinical trial of TNG908 and intend to design the future clinical trials for our product candidates, these trials will be conducted by CROs and we expect CROs will conduct all of our future clinical trials. As a result, many important aspects of our development programs, including their conduct and timing, are outside of our direct control. Our reliance on third parties to conduct future clinical trials also results in less direct control over the management of data developed through clinical trials than would be the case if we were relying entirely upon our own staff. Communicating with outside parties can also be challenging, potentially leading to mistakes as well as difficulties in coordinating activities. Outside parties may have staffing difficulties, fail to comply with contractual obligations, experience regulatory compliance issues, undergo changes in priorities or become financially distressed or form relationships with other entities, some of which may be our competitors.

These factors may materially adversely affect the willingness or ability of third parties to conduct our clinical trials and may subject us to unexpected cost increases that are beyond our control. If the principal investigators or CROs do not perform clinical trials in a satisfactory manner, breach their obligations to us or fail to comply with regulatory requirements, the development, regulatory approval and commercialization of our product candidates may be delayed, we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval and commercialize our product candidates or our development program may be materially and irreversibly harmed. If we are unable to rely on clinical data collected by our principal investigators or CROs, we could be required to repeat, extend the duration of, or increase the size of any clinical trials we conduct and this could significantly delay commercialization and require significantly greater expenditures.

If any of our relationships with these third-party principal investigators or CROs terminate, we may not be able to enter into arrangements with alternative CROs. If principal investigators or CROs do not successfully carry out their contractual obligations or meet expected deadlines, if they need to be replaced or if the quality or accuracy of the clinical data

58


 

they obtain is compromised due to the failure to adhere to our clinical protocols, regulatory requirements or for other reasons, any clinical trials such principal investigators or CROs are associated with may be extended, delayed or terminated, and we may not be able to obtain regulatory approval for, or successfully commercialize, our product candidates. As a result, we believe that our financial results and the commercial prospects for our product candidates in the subject indication would be harmed, our costs could increase and our ability to generate future revenue, if any, could be delayed.

We have entered into collaborations and may enter into additional collaborations in the future, and we might not realize the anticipated benefits of such collaborations.

Research, development, commercialization and/or strategic collaborations, including the existing collaboration that we have with Gilead, are subject to numerous risks, which include the following:

 

collaborators may have significant control or discretion in determining the efforts and resources that they will apply to a collaboration, and might not commit sufficient efforts and resources or might misapply those efforts and resources;

we may have limited influence or control over the approaches to research, development and/or commercialization of product candidates in the territories in which our collaboration partners lead research, development and/or commercialization;

collaborators might not pursue research, development and/or commercialization of collaboration product candidates or might elect not to continue or renew research, development and/or commercialization programs based on nonclinical and/or clinical trial results, changes in their strategic focus, availability of funding or other factors, such as a business combination that diverts resources or creates competing priorities;

collaborators might delay, provide insufficient resources to, or modify or stop research or clinical development for collaboration product candidates or require a new formulation of a product candidate for clinical testing;

collaborators with sales, marketing and distribution rights to one or more product candidates might not commit sufficient resources to sales, marketing and distribution or might otherwise fail to successfully commercialize those product candidates;

collaborators could independently develop, or develop with third parties, products that compete directly or indirectly with our product candidates;

collaborators might not properly maintain or defend our intellectual property rights or might use our intellectual property improperly or in a way that jeopardizes our intellectual property or the potential commercial benefit of our product candidates or exposes us to potential liability;

collaboration activities might result in the collaborator having intellectual property covering our activities or product candidates, which could limit our rights or ability to research, develop and/or commercialize our product candidates;

collaborators might not be in compliance with laws applicable to their activities under the collaboration, which could impact the collaboration and us;

disputes might arise between a collaborator and us that could cause a delay or termination of the collaboration or result in costly litigation that diverts management attention and resources; and

collaborations might be terminated, which could result in a need for additional capital to pursue further research, development and/or commercialization of our product candidates.

In addition, funding provided by a collaborator might not be sufficient to advance product candidates under the collaboration. For example, although Gilead provided us with $175.0 million upfront payments and a $20.0 million equity investment in connection with certain collaboration agreements with Gilead, we might need additional funding to advance product candidates prior to the completion of the clinical milestones of the collaboration agreement with Gilead.

If a collaborator terminates a collaboration or a program under a collaboration, including by failing to exercise a license or other option under the collaboration, whether because we fail to meet a milestone or otherwise, any potential revenue from the collaboration would be significantly reduced or eliminated. In addition, we will likely need to either secure other funding to advance research, development and/or commercialization of the relevant product candidate or abandon that program (or abandon a different program to allocate resources to the program rejected by the collaborator), the development of the relevant product candidate could be significantly delayed, and our cash expenditures could increase significantly if we are to continue research, development and/or commercialization of the relevant product candidates.

Any one or more of these risks, if realized, could reduce or eliminate future revenue from product candidates under our collaborations, and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and/or growth prospects.

We contract with third parties for the manufacture of our product candidates for preclinical development and expect to continue to do so for clinical testing and commercialization. This reliance on third parties increases the risk that we will

59


 

not have sufficient quantities of our product candidates or products or such quantities at an acceptable cost, which could delay, prevent or impair our development or commercialization efforts.

We do not currently own or operate, nor do we have any plans to establish in the future, any manufacturing facilities. We rely, and expect to continue to rely, on third parties for the manufacture of our product candidates for preclinical development and clinical testing, as well as for the commercial manufacture of our products if any of our product candidates receive regulatory approval. In some cases, we rely on one party to manufacture our preclinical and clinical products and we exercise limited direct control over this manufacturer (and it would be time consuming and expensive to move production to a new manufacturer, if we were able to do so at all). This reliance on third parties increases the risk that we will not have sufficient quantities of our product candidates or products or such quantities at an acceptable cost or quality, which could delay, prevent or impair our development or commercialization efforts. For example, we rely on a limited number of CROs to perform certain synthesis and other chemistry related work on our pre-clinical product candidates, and one of these CROs is located in Ukraine, which was invaded by Russia in February 2022. This has the potential to disrupt their services on our behalf and delay development of our future product candidates, and such delay may materially impact the timing for moving products into development candidate stage and initiating IND-enabling studies, and ultimately the filing of an IND and the commencement of clinical trials.

The facilities used by our contract manufacturers to manufacture our product candidates must be inspected by the FDA pursuant to pre-approval inspections that will be conducted after we submit our marketing applications to the FDA. We do not control the manufacturing process of, and will be completely dependent on, our contract manufacturers for compliance with cGMPs in connection with the manufacture of our product candidates. If our contract manufacturers cannot successfully manufacture material that conforms to our specifications and the strict regulatory requirements of the FDA or others, they will not be able to pass regulatory inspections and/or maintain regulatory compliance for their manufacturing facilities. In addition, we have no control over the ability of our contract manufacturers to maintain adequate quality control, quality assurance and qualified personnel. If the FDA or a comparable foreign regulatory authority finds deficiencies with or does not approve these facilities for the manufacture of our product candidates or if it finds deficiencies or withdraws any such approval in the future, we may need to find alternative manufacturing facilities, which would significantly impact our ability to develop, obtain regulatory approval for or market our product candidates, if approved.

If any contract manufacturing organization, or CMO, with whom we contract fails to perform its obligations, we may be forced to enter into an agreement with a different CMO, which we may not be able to do on reasonable terms, if at all. In such scenario, our clinical trials supply could be delayed significantly as we establish alternative supply sources. In some cases, the technical skills required to manufacture our products or product candidates may be unique or proprietary to the original CMO and we may have difficulty, or there may be contractual restrictions prohibiting us from, transferring such skills to a back-up or alternate supplier, or we may be unable to transfer such skills at all. In addition, if we are required to change CMOs for any reason, we will be required to verify that the new CMO maintains facilities and procedures that comply with quality standards and with all applicable regulations. We will also need to verify, such as through a manufacturing comparability study, that any new manufacturing process will produce our product candidate according to the specifications previously submitted to the FDA or another regulatory authority. The delays associated with the verification of a new CMO could negatively affect our ability to develop product candidates or commercialize our products in a timely manner or within budget. Furthermore, a CMO may possess technology related to the manufacture of our product candidate that such CMO owns independently. This would increase our reliance on such CMO or require us to obtain a license from such CMO in order to have another CMO manufacture our product candidates. In addition, changes in manufacturers often involve changes in manufacturing procedures and processes, which could require that we conduct bridging studies between our prior clinical supply used in our clinical trials and that of any new manufacturer. We may be unsuccessful in demonstrating the comparability of clinical supplies which could require the conduct of additional clinical trials.

Further, our failure, or the failure of our third-party manufacturers to comply with applicable regulations could result in sanctions being imposed on us, including clinical holds, fines, injunctions, civil penalties, delays, suspension or withdrawal of approvals, license revocation, seizures or recalls of product candidates or products, if approved, operating restrictions and criminal prosecutions, any of which could significantly and adversely affect our business and supplies of our product candidates.

We may be unable to establish any additional agreements with third-party manufacturers or do so on acceptable terms. Reliance on third-party manufacturers entails additional risks, including:

 

reliance on the third party for regulatory compliance and quality assurance;

the possible breach of the manufacturing agreement by the third party;

the possible misappropriation of our proprietary information, including our trade secrets and know-how; and

60


 

the possible termination or nonrenewal of the agreement by the third party at a time that is costly or inconvenient for us.

Our product candidates and any products that we may develop may compete with other product candidates and approved products for access to manufacturing facilities. There are a limited number of manufacturers that operate under cGMP regulations and that might be capable of manufacturing for us.

Any performance failure on the part of our existing or future manufacturers could delay clinical development or regulatory approval. If our current contract manufacturers cannot perform as agreed, we may be required to replace such manufacturers. We may incur added costs and delays in identifying and qualifying any such replacement.

Our current and anticipated future dependence upon others for the manufacture of our product candidates or products may adversely affect our future profit margins and our ability to commercialize any products that receive regulatory approval on a timely and competitive basis.

The third parties upon whom we rely for the supply of the active pharmaceutical ingredients and drug product to be used in our product candidates are our sole source of supply, and the loss of any of these suppliers could significantly harm our business.

The active pharmaceutical ingredients, or API, and drug product we expect to use in all of our product candidates are supplied to us from single-source suppliers. In some cases, both the API and drug product are manufactured and supplied by the same single-source (as is the case with respect to the supply of TNG908 for use in our planned Phase 1/2 clinical trial). Our ability to successfully develop our product candidates, and to ultimately supply our commercial products in quantities sufficient to meet the market demand (and to meet requirements in connection with our planned clinical trials), depends in part on our ability to obtain the API and drug product for these products in accordance with regulatory requirements and in sufficient quantities for clinical testing and commercialization. We are also unable to predict how changing global economic conditions or global health concerns such as the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, as well as potential supply chain disruptions or cost increases related thereto, will affect our third-party suppliers and manufacturers. Any negative impact of such matters on our third-party suppliers and manufacturers may also have an adverse impact on our results of operations or financial condition.

For all of our product candidates, we intend to identify and qualify additional manufacturers to provide such API and drug product prior to submission of an NDA to the FDA and/or an MAA to the EMA. We are not certain, however, that our single-source suppliers will be able to meet our demand for their products, either because of the nature of our agreements with those suppliers, our limited experience with those suppliers or our relative importance as a customer to those suppliers. It may be difficult for us to assess their ability to timely meet our demand in the future based on past performance. While our suppliers have generally met our demand for their products on a timely basis in the past, they may subordinate our needs in the future to their other customers.

Establishing additional or replacement suppliers for the API and drug product used in our product candidates, if required, may not be accomplished quickly (or at all). If we are able to find a replacement supplier, such replacement supplier would need to be qualified and may require additional regulatory inspection or approval, which could result in further delay. While we seek to maintain adequate inventory of the API and drug product used in our product candidates, any interruption or delay in the supply of components or materials, or our inability to obtain such API and drug product from alternate sources at acceptable prices in a timely manner could impede, delay, limit or prevent our development efforts, which could harm our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

We may seek to establish additional collaborations, and, if we are not able to establish them on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, we may have to alter our development and commercialization plans.

Our product development programs and the potential commercialization of our product candidates will require substantial additional cash to fund expenses. For some of our product candidates, we may decide to collaborate with additional pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies for the development and potential commercialization of those product candidates.

We face significant competition in seeking appropriate collaborators. Whether we reach a definitive agreement for a collaboration will depend, among other things, upon our assessment of the collaborator’s resources and expertise, the terms and conditions of the proposed collaboration and the proposed collaborator’s own evaluation of a potential collaboration. Factors a potential collaborator will use to evaluate a collaboration may include the design or results of clinical trials, the

61


 

likelihood of approval by the FDA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities, the potential market for the subject product candidate, the costs and complexities of manufacturing and delivering such product candidate to patients, the potential of competing products, the existence of uncertainty with respect to our ownership of technology, which can exist if there is a challenge to such ownership without regard to the merits of the challenge and industry, and market conditions generally. The collaborator may also consider alternative product candidates or technologies for similar indications that may be available to collaborate on and whether such a collaboration could be more attractive than the one with us for our product candidate. The terms of any additional collaborations or other arrangements that we may establish may not be favorable to us.

We may also be restricted under collaboration agreements from entering into future agreements on certain terms with potential collaborators. Collaborations are complex and time-consuming to negotiate and document. In addition, there have been a significant number of recent business combinations among large pharmaceutical companies that have resulted in a reduced number of potential future collaborators.

We may not be able to negotiate additional collaborations on a timely basis, on acceptable terms, or at all. If we are unable to do so, we may have to curtail the development of the product candidate for which we are seeking to collaborate, reduce or delay its development program or one or more of our other development programs, delay its potential commercialization or reduce the scope of any sales or marketing activities, or increase our expenditures and undertake development or commercialization activities at our own expense. If we elect to increase our expenditures to fund development or commercialization activities on our own, we may need to obtain additional capital, which may not be available to us on acceptable terms or at all and it may be difficult to recruit and retain the expertise needed to launch and commercialize a new drug therapy. If we do not have sufficient funds, we may not be able to further develop our product candidates or bring them to market and generate product revenue.

In addition, any future collaborations that we enter into may not be successful. The success of our collaboration arrangements will depend heavily on the efforts and activities of our collaborators. Collaborators generally have significant discretion in determining the efforts and resources that they will apply to these collaborations. Disagreements between parties to a collaboration arrangement regarding clinical development and commercialization matters can lead to delays in the development process or commercializing the applicable product candidate and, in some cases, termination of the collaboration arrangement. These disagreements can be difficult to resolve if neither of the parties has final decision-making authority. Collaborations with pharmaceutical or biotechnology companies and other third parties often are terminated or allowed to expire by the other party. Any such termination or expiration would adversely affect us financially and could harm our business reputation.

Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property

If we are unable to obtain and maintain patent and other intellectual property protection for our technology and product candidates or if the scope of the intellectual property protection obtained is not sufficiently broad, our competitors could develop and commercialize technology and drugs similar or identical to ours, and our ability to successfully commercialize our technology and drugs may be impaired.

Our commercial success depends in part on our ability to obtain and maintain proprietary or intellectual property protection in the United States and other countries for our current or future product candidates, including our current lead product candidate, TNG908, and our other future product candidates, as well as for their respective compositions, formulations, methods used to manufacture them, and methods of treatment, in addition to successfully defending these patents against third-party challenges. We seek to protect our proprietary and intellectual property position by, among other methods, filing patent applications in the United States and abroad related to our proprietary technology, inventions, and improvements that are important to the development and implementation of our business. Our ability to stop unauthorized third parties from making, using, selling, offering to sell, or importing our product candidates is dependent upon the extent to which we have rights under valid and enforceable patents or trade secrets that cover these activities. We also rely on trade secrets, know-how and continuing technological innovation to develop and maintain our proprietary and intellectual property position. As of the date of the filing of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we have filed patent applications, but have no issued patents in the United States or elsewhere for our product candidates.

The patent position of biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies generally is highly uncertain, involves complex legal and factual questions and has in recent years been the subject of much litigation. The degree of patent protection we require to successfully commercialize our current or future product candidates may be unavailable or severely limited in some cases and may not adequately protect our rights or permit us to gain or keep any competitive advantage. We cannot provide any assurances that any of our pending patent applications that mature into issued patents will include claims with a scope sufficient to protect TNG908 or our other current or future product candidates. In addition, if the breadth or strength of

62


 

protection provided by our patent applications or any patents we may own or in-license is threatened, it could dissuade companies from collaborating with us to license, develop or commercialize current or future product candidates.

In addition, the laws of foreign countries may not protect our rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States. For example, in jurisdictions outside the United States, a license may not be enforceable unless all the owners of the intellectual property agree or consent to the license. Accordingly, any actual or purported co-owner of our patent rights could seek monetary or equitable relief requiring us to pay it compensation for, or refrain from, exploiting these patents due to such co-ownership. Furthermore, patents have a limited lifespan. In the United States and most other jurisdictions in which we have undertaken patent filings, the natural expiration of a patent is generally twenty years after it is filed, assuming all maintenance fees are paid. Various extensions may be available, on a jurisdiction-by-jurisdiction basis; however, the life of a patent, and thus the protection it affords, is limited. Given the amount of time required for the development, testing and regulatory review of new product candidates, patents protecting such candidates might expire before or shortly after such candidates are commercialized. As a result, patents we may own or in-license may not provide us with adequate and continuing patent protection sufficient to exclude others from commercializing drugs similar or identical to our current or future product candidates, including generic versions of such drugs.

Other parties have developed technologies that may be related or competitive to our own, and such parties may have filed or may file patent applications, or may have received or may receive patents, claiming inventions that may overlap or conflict with those claimed in our own patent applications or issued patents, with respect to either the same compounds, methods, formulations or other subject matter, in either case that we may rely upon to dominate our patent position in the market. Publications of discoveries in the scientific literature often lag behind the actual discoveries, and patent applications in the United States and other jurisdictions are typically not published until at least 18 months after the earliest priority date of patent filing, or, in some cases, not at all. Therefore, we cannot know with certainty whether we were the first to make the inventions claimed in patents we may own or in-license patents or pending patent applications, or that we were the first to file for patent protection of such inventions. As a result, the issuance, scope, validity, enforceability and commercial value of our patent rights cannot be predicted with any certainty.

In addition, the patent prosecution process is expensive and time-consuming, and we may not be able to file and prosecute all necessary or desirable patent applications at a reasonable cost or in a timely manner. Further, with respect to certain pending patent applications covering our current or future product candidates, prosecution has yet to commence. Patent prosecution is a lengthy process, during which the scope of the claims initially submitted for examination by the relevant patent office(s) may be significantly narrowed by the time they issue, if they ever do. It is also possible that we will fail to identify patentable aspects of our research and development output before it is too late to obtain patent protection. Moreover, in some circumstances, we may not have the right to control the preparation, filing and prosecution of patent applications, or to maintain the patents, covering technology that we license from or to third parties. Therefore, these patents and applications may not be prosecuted and enforced in a manner consistent with the best interests of our business.

Even if we acquire patent protection that we expect should enable us to establish and/or maintain a competitive advantage, third parties may challenge the validity, enforceability or scope thereof, which may result in such patents being narrowed, invalidated or held unenforceable. The issuance of a patent is not conclusive as to its inventorship, scope, validity or enforceability, and our patents may be challenged in the courts or patent offices in the United States and abroad. We may become involved in post-grant proceedings such as opposition, derivation, reexamination, inter partes review, post-grant review, or interference proceedings challenging our patent rights or the patent rights of others from whom we license or we may in the future obtain licenses to such rights, in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO, the European Patent Office, or EPO, or in other countries. In addition, we may be subject to a third-party submission to the USPTO, the EPO, or elsewhere, that may reduce the scope or preclude the granting of claims from our pending patent applications. Competitors may allege that they invented the inventions claimed in our issued patents or patent applications prior to us, or may file patent applications before we do. Competitors may also claim that we are infringing their patents and that we therefore cannot practice our technology as claimed under our patents or patent applications. Competitors may also contest our patents by claiming to an administrative patent authority or judge that the invention was not patent-eligible, was not original, was not novel, was obvious, and/or lacked inventive step, and/or that the patent application filing failed to meet relevant requirements relating to description, basis, enablement, and/or support. In litigation, a competitor could claim that our patents, if issued, are not valid or are unenforceable for a number of reasons. If a court or administrative patent authority agrees, we would lose our protection of those challenged patents.

In addition, we may in the future be subject to claims by our former employees or consultants asserting an ownership right in our patents or patent applications, as a result of the work they performed on our behalf. Although we generally require all of our employees, consultants and advisors and any other third parties who have access to our proprietary know-how, information or technology to assign or grant similar rights to the inventions they make in the course of their work to us,

63


 

we cannot be certain that we have executed such agreements with all parties who may have contributed to our intellectual property, nor can we be certain that our agreements with such parties will be upheld in the face of a potential challenge, or that they will not be breached, for which we may not have an adequate remedy.

An adverse determination in any such submission or proceeding may result in loss of exclusivity or freedom to operate or in patent claims being narrowed, invalidated or held unenforceable, in whole or in part, which could limit our ability to stop others from using or commercializing similar or identical technology and drugs, without payment to us, or could limit the duration of the patent protection covering our technology and current or future product candidates. Such challenges may also result in our inability to manufacture or commercialize our current or future product candidates without infringing third-party patent rights. In addition, if the breadth or strength of protection provided by our patents and patent applications is threatened, it could dissuade companies from collaborating with us to license, develop or commercialize current or future product candidates.

Even if they are unchallenged, our issued patents and our pending patent applications, if issued, may not provide us with any meaningful protection or prevent competitors from designing around our patent claims to circumvent patents we may own or in-license by developing similar or alternative technologies or drugs in a non-infringing manner. For example, a third party may develop a competitive drug that provides benefits similar to one or more of our current or future product candidates but that has a different composition that falls outside the scope of our patent protection. If the patent protection provided by the patents and patent applications we hold or pursue with respect to our current or future product candidates is not sufficiently broad to impede such competition, our ability to successfully commercialize our current or future product candidates could be negatively affected, which would harm our business.

Furthermore, even if we are able to issue patents with claims of valuable scope in one or more jurisdictions, we may not be able to secure such claims in all relevant jurisdictions, or in a sufficient number to meaningfully reduce competition. Our competitors may be able to develop and commercialize their products, including products identical to ours, in any jurisdiction in which we are unable to obtain, maintain, or enforce such patent claims.

Obtaining and maintaining our patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, document submission, deadlines, fee payment and other requirements imposed by governmental patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated if we fail to comply with these requirements. We may miss a filing deadline for patent protection on these inventions.

The USPTO and foreign governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other similar provisions during the patent application process and after issuance of any patent. In addition, periodic maintenance fees, renewal fees, annuity fees and/or various other government fees are required to be paid periodically. While an inadvertent lapse can, in some cases, be cured by payment of a late fee, or by other means in accordance with the applicable rules, there are situations in which noncompliance can result in abandonment or lapse of the patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. Noncompliance events that could result in abandonment or lapse of a patent include, but are not limited to, failure to respond to official actions within prescribed time limits, non-payment of fees and failure to properly legalize and submit formal documents. In such an event, our competitors might be able to enter the market with similar or identical products or platforms, which could have a material adverse effect on our business prospects and financial condition.

If we do not obtain patent term extension for our product candidates, our business may be materially harmed.

Depending upon the timing, duration and specifics of FDA marketing approval of our product candidates, one or more of our U.S. patents or those of our future licensors may be eligible for limited patent term restoration under the Drug Price Competition and Patent Term Restoration Act of 1984 (Hatch-Waxman Amendments). The Hatch-Waxman Amendments permit a patent restoration term of up to five years as compensation for patent term lost during product development and the FDA regulatory review process. A maximum of one patent may be extended per FDA approved product as compensation for the patent term lost during the FDA regulatory review process. A patent term extension cannot extend the remaining term of a patent beyond a total of 14 years from the date of product approval and only those claims covering such approved drug product, a method for using it or a method for manufacturing it may be extended. Patent term extension may also be available in certain foreign countries upon regulatory approval of our product candidates. However, we may not be granted an extension because of, for example, failing to apply within applicable deadlines, failing to apply prior to expiration of relevant patents or otherwise failing to satisfy applicable requirements. Moreover, the applicable time period or the scope of patent protection afforded could be less than we request. If we are unable to obtain patent term extension or restoration or the term of any such extension is less than we request, our competitors may obtain approval of competing products following our patent expiration, and our revenue could be reduced, possibly materially. Further, if this occurs, our competitors may take

64


 

advantage of our investment in development and trials by referencing our clinical and preclinical data and launch their product earlier than might otherwise be the case.

If our trademarks and trade names for our products or company name are not adequately protected in one or more countries where we intend to market our products, we may delay the launch of product brand names, use different trademarks or tradenames in different countries, or face other potentially adverse consequences to building our product brand recognition.

Our trademarks or trade names may be challenged, infringed, diluted, circumvented or declared generic or determined to be infringing on other marks. We intend to rely on both registration and common law protection for our trademarks. We may not be able to protect our rights to these trademarks and trade names or may be forced to stop using these names, which we need for name recognition by potential partners or customers in our markets of interest. Further we have not, and may not, register for trademark protection in every potential jurisdiction where we may conduct business or sell products (if approved). During the trademark registration process, we have in the past received and may in the future receive Office Actions from the USPTO or from comparable agencies in foreign jurisdictions objecting to the registration of our trademark. Although we may be given an opportunity to respond to those objections, we may be unable to overcome such rejections. In addition, in the USPTO and in comparable agencies in many foreign jurisdictions, third parties are given an opportunity to oppose pending trademark applications and/or to seek the cancellation of registered trademarks. Opposition or cancellation proceedings may be filed against our trademark applications or registrations, and our trademark applications or registrations may not survive such proceedings. If we are unable to obtain a registered trademark, or do not seek registered trademarks, or establish name recognition based on our trademarks and trade names, we may not be able to compete effectively and our business may be adversely affected.

If we are unable to adequately protect and enforce our trade secrets, our business and competitive position would be harmed.

In addition to the protection afforded by patents we may own or in-license, we seek to rely on trade secret protection, confidentiality agreements, and license agreements to protect proprietary know-how that may not be patentable, processes for which patents are difficult to enforce and any other elements of our product discovery and development processes that involve proprietary know-how, information, or technology that may not be covered by patents. Although we seek to require all of our employees, consultants, advisors, and any third parties who have access to our proprietary know-how, information, or technology to enter into confidentiality agreements, trade secrets can be difficult to protect and we have limited control over the protection of trade secrets used by our collaborators and suppliers. We cannot be certain that we have or will obtain these agreements in all circumstances and we cannot guarantee that we have entered into such agreements with each party that may have or have had access to our trade secrets or proprietary information.

Moreover, any of these parties might breach the agreements and intentionally or inadvertently disclose our trade secret information and we may not be able to obtain adequate remedies for such breaches. In addition, competitors may otherwise gain access to our trade secrets or independently develop substantially equivalent information and techniques. Furthermore, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect proprietary rights and trade secrets to the same extent or in the same manner as the laws of the United States. As a result, we may encounter significant problems in protecting and defending our intellectual property both in the United States and abroad. If we are unable to prevent unauthorized material disclosure of our intellectual property or proprietary information to third parties, we will not be able to establish or maintain a competitive advantage in our market, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects.

Enforcing a claim that a party illegally disclosed or misappropriated a trade secret is difficult, expensive and time-consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. If we choose to go to court to stop a third party from using any of our trade secrets, we may incur substantial costs. These lawsuits may consume our time and other resources even if we are successful. Although we take steps to protect our proprietary information and trade secrets, including through contractual means with our employees and consultants, third parties may independently develop substantially equivalent proprietary information and techniques or otherwise gain access to our trade secrets or disclose our technology. If any of our trade secrets were to be lawfully obtained or independently developed by a competitor or other third party, we would have no right to prevent them from using that technology or information to compete with us.

Thus, we may not be able to meaningfully protect our trade secrets. It is our policy to require our employees, consultants, outside scientific collaborators, sponsored researchers and other advisors to execute confidentiality agreements upon the commencement of employment or consulting relationships with us. These agreements provide that all confidential information concerning our business or financial affairs developed or made known to the individual or entity during the

65


 

course of the party’s relationship with us is to be kept confidential and not disclosed to third parties except in specific circumstances. In addition, we take other appropriate precautions, such as physical and technological security measures, to guard against misappropriation of our proprietary technology by third parties. In the case of employees, the agreements provide that all inventions conceived by the individual, and which are related to our current or planned business or research and development or made during normal working hours, on our premises or using our equipment or proprietary information, are our exclusive property. Although we require all of our employees to assign their inventions to us, we may be unsuccessful in executing such an agreement with each party who, in fact, conceives or develops intellectual property that we regard as our own. The assignment of intellectual property rights may not be self-executing, or the assignment agreements may be breached, and we may be forced to bring claims against third parties, or defend claims that they may bring against us, to determine the ownership of what we regard as our intellectual property. Such claims could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects.

We may initiate, become a defendant in, or otherwise become party to lawsuits to protect or enforce our intellectual property rights, which could be expensive, time-consuming, and unsuccessful.

Competitors may infringe any patents we may own or in-license. In addition, any patents we may own or in-license also may become involved in inventorship, priority, validity or unenforceability disputes. To counter infringement or unauthorized use, we may be required to file infringement claims, which can be expensive and time-consuming. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate, and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful (and we may not be able to prevent the commercialization of the competitor product). In addition, in an infringement proceeding, a court may decide that one or more of any patents we may own or in-license is not valid or is unenforceable or that the other party’s use of our technology that may be patented falls under the safe harbor to patent infringement under 35 U.S.C. § 271(e)(1). There is also the risk that, even if the validity of these patents is upheld, the court may refuse to stop the other party from using the technology at issue on the grounds that any patents we may own or in-license do not cover the technology in question or that such third party’s activities do not infringe our patent applications or any patents we may own or in-license. An adverse result in any litigation or defense proceedings could put one or more of any patents we may own or in-license at risk of being invalidated, held unenforceable, or interpreted narrowly and could put our patent applications at risk of not issuing. Such litigation or proceedings could substantially increase our operating losses and reduce the resources available for development activities or any future sales, marketing, patient support or distribution activities. We may not have sufficient financial or other resources to conduct such litigation or proceedings adequately. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of such litigation or proceedings more effectively than we can because of their greater financial resources and more mature and developed intellectual property portfolios. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of patent litigation or other proceedings could have a material adverse effect on our ability to compete in the marketplace and may negatively impact our stock price.

Post-grant proceedings provoked by third parties or brought by the USPTO may be necessary to determine the validity or priority of inventions with respect to our patent applications or any patents we may own or in-license. These proceedings are expensive and an unfavorable outcome could result in a loss of our current patent rights (or technology covered under current patent applications) and could require us to cease using the related technology or to attempt to license rights to it from the prevailing party. Our business could be harmed if the prevailing party does not offer us a license on commercially reasonable terms. In addition to potential USPTO post-grant proceedings, we may become a party to patent opposition proceedings in the EPO, or similar proceedings in other foreign patent offices or courts where our patents may be challenged. The costs of these proceedings could be substantial, and may result in a loss of scope of some claims or a loss of the entire patent. An unfavorable result in a post-grant challenge proceeding may result in the loss of our right to exclude others from practicing one or more of our inventions in the relevant country or jurisdiction, which could have a material adverse effect on our business. Litigation or post-grant proceedings within patent offices may result in a decision adverse to our interests and, even if we are successful, may result in substantial costs and distract our management and other employees. We may not be able to prevent misappropriation of our trade secrets or confidential information, particularly in countries where the laws may not protect those rights as fully as in the United States.

Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation. In addition, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments. If securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a substantial adverse effect on the price of our common stock.

We may not be able to detect infringement against any patents we may own or in-license. Even if we detect infringement by a third party of any patents we may own or in-license, we may choose not to pursue litigation against or settlement with the third party. If we later sue such third party for patent infringement, the third party may have certain legal defenses available to it, which otherwise would not be available except for the delay between when the infringement was first

66


 

detected and when the suit was brought. Such legal defenses may make it impossible for us to enforce any patents we may own or in-license against such third party.

Intellectual property litigation and administrative patent office patent validity challenges in one or more countries could cause us to spend substantial resources and distract our personnel from their normal responsibilities.

Even if resolved in our favor, litigation or other legal proceedings relating to intellectual property claims may cause us to incur significant expenses, and could distract our technical and management personnel from their normal responsibilities. In addition, there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments and if securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a substantial adverse effect on the price of our common stock. Such litigation or proceedings could substantially increase our operating losses and reduce the resources available for development activities or any future sales, marketing, patient support or distribution activities. We may not have sufficient financial or other resources to conduct such litigation or proceedings adequately. As noted above, some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of such litigation or proceedings more effectively than we can because of their greater financial resources. Uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of patent litigation or other proceedings could compromise our ability to compete in the marketplace, including compromising our ability to raise the funds necessary to initiate and continue our clinical trials, continue our research programs, license necessary technology from third parties, or enter into development collaborations that would help us commercialize our current or future product candidates, if approved. Any of the foregoing events would harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

We may be subject to damages or settlement costs resulting from claims that we or our employees have violated the intellectual property rights of third parties, or are in breach of our agreements. We may be accused of, allege or otherwise become party to lawsuits or disputes alleging wrongful disclosure of third-party confidential information by us or by another party, including current or former employees, contractors or consultants. In addition to diverting attention and resources to such disputes, such disputes could adversely impact our business reputation and/or protection of our proprietary technology.

The intellectual property landscape relevant to our product candidates and programs is crowded, and third parties may initiate legal proceedings alleging that we are infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating their intellectual property rights, the outcome of which would be uncertain and could have a material adverse effect on the success of our business. Our commercial success depends upon our ability to develop, manufacture, market and sell our current and future product candidates and use our proprietary technologies without infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating the intellectual property rights of third parties. There is a substantial amount of litigation involving patents and other intellectual property rights in the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries, as well as administrative proceedings for challenging patents, including derivation, interference, reexamination, inter partes review and post grant review proceedings before the USPTO or oppositions and other comparable proceedings in foreign jurisdictions. We or any of our current or future licensors or strategic partners may be party to, exposed to, or threatened with, future adversarial proceedings or litigation by third parties having patent or other intellectual property rights alleging that our current or future product candidates and/or proprietary technologies infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate their intellectual property rights. We cannot assure you that our current or future product candidates and other technologies that we have developed, are developing or may develop in the future do not or will not infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate existing or future patents or other intellectual property rights owned by third parties. For example, many of our employees were previously employed at other biotechnology or pharmaceutical companies. Although we try to ensure that our employees, consultants and advisors do not use the proprietary information or know-how of others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that we or these individuals have used or disclosed intellectual property, including trade secrets or other proprietary information, of any such individual’s former employer. We may also be subject to claims that patents and applications we have filed to protect inventions of our employees, consultants and advisors, even those related to one or more of our current or future product candidates, are rightfully owned by their former or concurrent employer. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims.

While certain activities related to development and clinical testing of our current or future product candidates may be subject to safe harbor of patent infringement under 35 U.S.C. §271(e)(1), upon receiving FDA approval for such candidates we or any of our future licensors or strategic partners may immediately become party to, exposed to, or threatened with, future adversarial proceedings or litigation by third parties having patent or other intellectual property rights alleging that such product candidates infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate their intellectual property rights. If such actions are successful, the third party may be able to, among other things, prevent launch of a product (which may happen only after the significant expense of development and clinical trials). Numerous U.S. and foreign issued patents and pending patent applications, which are owned by third parties, exist in the fields in which we are developing our current or future product candidates. As the biotechnology and pharmaceutical industries expand and more patents are issued, the risk increases that

67


 

our current or future product candidates may give rise to claims of infringement of the patent rights of others. Moreover, it is not always clear to industry participants, including us, which patents cover various types of drugs, products or their methods of use or manufacture. Thus, because of the large number of patents issued and patent applications filed in our fields, there may be a risk that third parties may allege they have patent rights encompassing our current or future product candidates, technologies or methods.

If a third party claims that we infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate its intellectual property rights, we may face a number of issues, including, but not limited to:

 

infringement, misappropriation and other intellectual property claims which, regardless of merit, may be expensive and time-consuming to litigate and may divert our management’s attention from our core business and may impact our reputation;

substantial damages for infringement, misappropriation or other violations, which we may have to pay if a court decides that the product candidate or technology at issue infringes, misappropriates or violates the third party’s rights, and, if the court finds that the infringement was willful, we could be ordered to pay treble damages and the patent owner’s attorneys’ fees;

a court prohibiting us from developing, manufacturing, marketing or selling our current product candidate, including TNG908, or future product candidates, or from using our proprietary technologies, unless the third party licenses its product rights to us, which it is not required to do, on commercially reasonable terms or at all;

if a license is available from a third party, we may have to pay substantial royalties, upfront fees and other amounts, and/or grant cross-licenses to intellectual property rights for our products, or the license to us may be non-exclusive, which would permit third parties to use the same intellectual property to compete with us;

redesigning our current or future product candidates or processes so they do not infringe, misappropriate or violate third-party intellectual property rights, which may not be possible or may require substantial monetary expenditures and time; and

there could be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments, and, if securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a substantial adverse effect on the price of our common stock. Some of our competitors may be able to sustain the costs of complex patent litigation more effectively than we can because they have substantially greater resources. In addition, any uncertainties resulting from the initiation and continuation of any litigation could have a material adverse effect on our ability to raise the funds necessary to continue our operations or could otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects. The occurrence of any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects.

 

We may choose to challenge the patentability of claims in a third party’s U.S. patent by requesting that the USPTO review the patent claims in an ex-parte re-exam, inter partes review or post-grant review proceedings. These proceedings are expensive and may consume our time or other resources. We may choose to challenge a third party’s patent in patent opposition proceedings in the EPO or other foreign patent office. The costs of these opposition proceedings could be substantial, and may consume our time or other resources. If we fail to obtain a favorable result at the USPTO, EPO or other patent office then we may be exposed to litigation by a third party alleging that the patent may be infringed by our current or future product candidates or proprietary technologies.

Third parties may assert that we are employing their proprietary technology without authorization. Patents issued in the United States by law enjoy a presumption of validity that can be rebutted in U.S. courts only with evidence that is “clear and convincing,” a heightened standard of proof. There may be issued third-party patents of which we are currently unaware with claims to compositions, formulations, methods of manufacture or methods for treatment related to the use or manufacture of our current or future product candidates. Patent applications can take many years to issue. In addition, because some patent applications in the United States may be maintained in secrecy until the patents are issued, patent applications in the United States and many foreign jurisdictions are typically not published until 18 months after their earliest priority filing date, and publications in the scientific literature often lag behind actual discoveries, we cannot be certain that others have not filed patent applications covering our current or future product candidates or technology. If any such patent applications issue as patents, and if such patents have priority over our patent applications or patents we may own or in-license, we may be required to obtain rights to such patents owned by third parties which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all, or may only be available on a non-exclusive basis. There may be currently pending third-party patent applications which may later result in issued patents that our current or future product candidates may infringe. It is also possible that patents owned by third parties of which we are aware, but which we do not believe are relevant to our current or future product candidates or other technologies, could be found to be infringed by our current or future product candidates or other technologies. In addition, third parties may obtain patents in the future and claim that use of our technologies infringes upon these patents. Moreover, we may fail to identify relevant patents or incorrectly conclude

68


 

that a patent is invalid, not enforceable, exhausted, or not infringed by our activities. If any third-party patents were held by a court of competent jurisdiction to cover the manufacturing process of our current or future product candidates, molecules used in or formed during the manufacturing process, or any final product itself, the holders of any such patents may be able to block our ability to commercialize the product candidate unless we obtained a license under the applicable patents, or until such patents expire or they are finally determined to be held invalid or unenforceable. Similarly, if any third-party patent were held by a court of competent jurisdiction to cover aspects of our formulations, processes for manufacture or methods of use, including combination therapy or patient selection methods, the holders of any such patent may be able to block our ability to develop and commercialize the product candidate unless we obtained a license or until such patent expires or is finally determined to be held invalid or unenforceable. In either case, such a license may not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all. If we are unable to obtain a necessary license to a third-party patent on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, our ability to commercialize our current or future product candidates may be impaired or delayed, which could in turn significantly harm our business. Even if we obtain a license, it may be nonexclusive, thereby giving our competitors access to the same technologies licensed to us.

Parties making claims against us may seek and obtain injunctive or other equitable relief, which could effectively block our ability to further develop, launch and commercialize our current or future product candidates. Defense of these claims, regardless of their merit, could involve substantial litigation expense and would be a substantial diversion of employee resources from our business. In the event of a successful claim of infringement, misappropriation or other violation against us, we may have to pay substantial damages, including treble damages and attorneys’ fees for willful infringement, obtain one or more licenses from third parties, pay royalties or redesign our infringing products, which may be impossible or require substantial time and monetary expenditure. We cannot predict whether any such license would be available at all or whether it would be available on commercially reasonable terms. Furthermore, even in the absence of litigation, we may need or may choose to obtain licenses from third parties to advance our research or allow commercialization of our current or future product candidates. We may fail to obtain any of these licenses at a reasonable cost or on reasonable terms, if at all. In that event, we would be unable to further develop and commercialize our current or future product candidates, which could harm our business significantly.

We may be unable to obtain patent or other intellectual property protection for our current or future product candidates or our future products, if any, in all jurisdictions throughout the world, and we may not be able to adequately enforce our intellectual property rights even in the jurisdictions where we seek protection.

We may not be able to pursue patent coverage of our current or future product candidates in all countries. Filing, prosecuting and defending patents on current or future product candidates in all countries throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive, and intellectual property rights in some countries outside the United States can be less extensive than those in the United States. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as federal and state laws in the United States. Consequently, we may not be able to prevent third parties from practicing our inventions in all countries outside the United States, or from selling or importing products made using our inventions in and into the United States or other jurisdictions. Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own products and further, may export otherwise infringing products to territories where we have patent protection, but where intellectual property rights enforcement is not as strong as that in the United States. These products may compete with our current or future product candidates and in jurisdictions where we do not have any issued patents our patent applications or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from competing. Much of our patent portfolio is at the very early stage. We will need to decide whether and in which jurisdictions to pursue protection for the various inventions in our portfolio prior to applicable deadlines.

Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of certain countries, particularly certain developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents, trade secrets and other intellectual property protection, particularly those relating to pharmaceutical products, which could make it difficult for us to stop the infringement of any patents we may own or in-license or marketing of competing products in violation of our proprietary rights generally. Proceedings to enforce any rights we may have in our patent applications or any patents we may own or in-license in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business, could put any patents we may own or in-license at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and our patent applications at risk of not issuing and could provoke third parties to assert claims against us. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful. Accordingly, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights around the world may be inadequate to obtain a significant commercial advantage from the intellectual property that we develop or license.

Many countries have compulsory licensing laws under which a patent owner may be compelled to grant licenses to third parties. In addition, many countries limit the enforceability of patents against government agencies or government

69


 

contractors. In these countries, the patent owner may have limited remedies, which could materially diminish the value of such patent. If we are forced to grant a license to third parties with respect to any patents we may own or license that are relevant to our business, our competitive position may be impaired, and our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects may be adversely affected.

We may not obtain or grant licenses or sublicenses to intellectual property rights in all markets on equally or sufficiently favorable terms with third parties.

It may be necessary for us to use the patented or proprietary technology of third parties to commercialize our products, in which case we would be required to obtain a license from these third parties. The licensing of third-party intellectual property rights is a competitive area, and more established companies may pursue strategies to license or acquire third-party intellectual property rights that we may consider attractive or necessary. More established companies may have a competitive advantage over us due to their size, capital resources and greater clinical development and commercialization capabilities. In addition, companies that perceive us to be a competitor may be unwilling to assign or license rights to us. We also may be unable to license or acquire third-party intellectual property rights on terms that would allow us to make an appropriate return on our investment or at all. If we are unable to license such technology, or if we are forced to license such technology on unfavorable terms, our business could be materially harmed. If we are unable to obtain a necessary license, we may be unable to develop or commercialize the affected current or future product candidates, which could materially harm our business, and the third parties owning such intellectual property rights could seek either an injunction prohibiting our sales, or, with respect to our sales, an obligation on our part to pay royalties or other forms of compensation. Even if we are able to obtain a license, it may be non-exclusive, thereby giving our competitors access to the same technologies licensed to us. Any of the foregoing could harm our competitive position, business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

If we fail to comply with our obligations in any agreements under which we may license intellectual property rights from third parties or otherwise experience disruptions to our business relationships with our licensors, we could lose license rights that are important to our business.

We may from time to time be party to license and collaboration agreements with third parties to advance our research or allow commercialization of current or future product candidates. Such agreements may impose numerous obligations, such as development, diligence, payment, commercialization, funding, milestone, royalty, sublicensing, insurance, patent prosecution, enforcement and other obligations on us and may require us to meet development timelines, or to exercise commercially reasonable efforts to develop and commercialize licensed products, in order to maintain the licenses. In spite of our best efforts, our licensors might conclude that we have materially breached our license agreements and might therefore terminate the license agreements, thereby removing or limiting our ability to develop and commercialize products and technologies covered by these license agreements.

Any termination of these licenses, or if the underlying patents fail to provide the intended exclusivity, could result in the loss of significant rights and could harm our ability to commercialize our current or future product candidates, and competitors or other third parties would have the freedom to seek regulatory approval of, and to market, products identical to ours and we may be required to cease our development and commercialization of certain of our current or future product candidates. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our competitive position, business, financial conditions, results of operations, and prospects.

Disputes may also arise between us and our licensors regarding intellectual property subject to a license agreement, including:


the scope of rights granted under the license agreement and other interpretation-related issues;

whether and the extent to which our technology and processes infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate intellectual property rights of the licensor that is not subject to the licensing agreement;

our right to sublicense patent and other rights to third parties under collaborative development relationships;

our diligence obligations with respect to the use of the licensed technology in relation to our development and commercialization of our current or future product candidates, and what activities satisfy those diligence obligations;

the priority of invention of any patented technology; and

the ownership of inventions and know-how resulting from the joint creation or use of intellectual property by our future licensors and us and our partners.

In addition, the agreements under which we may license intellectual property or technology from third parties are likely to be complex, and certain provisions in such agreements may be susceptible to multiple interpretations. The resolution of

70


 

any contract interpretation disagreement that may arise could narrow what we believe to be the scope of our rights to the relevant intellectual property or technology, or increase what we believe to be our financial or other obligations under the relevant agreement, either of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects. Moreover, if disputes over intellectual property that we may license prevent or impair our ability to maintain future licensing arrangements on acceptable terms, we may be unable to successfully develop and commercialize the affected current or future product candidates, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial conditions, results of operations and prospects.

Any granted patents we may own or in-license covering our current or future product candidates or other valuable technology could be narrowed or found invalid or unenforceable if challenged in court or before administrative bodies in the United States or abroad, including the USPTO and the EPO. A patent asserted in a judicial court could be found invalid or unenforceable during the enforcement proceeding. Administrative or judicial proceedings challenging the validity of our patents or individual patent claims could take months or years to resolve.

If we or our licensors or strategic partners initiate legal proceedings against a third party to enforce a patent covering one of our current or future product candidates, the defendant could counterclaim that the patent covering our product candidate, as applicable, is invalid and/or unenforceable. In patent litigation in the United States, defendant counterclaims alleging invalidity and/or unenforceability are commonplace, and there are numerous grounds upon which a third party can assert invalidity or unenforceability of a patent. Grounds for a validity challenge could be an alleged failure to meet any of several statutory requirements, including lack of patentable subject matter, lack of written description, lack of novelty, obviousness, or non-enablement. Grounds for an unenforceability assertion could be an allegation that someone connected with prosecution of the patent withheld relevant information from the USPTO, or made a misleading statement, in the process of obtaining the patent during patent prosecution. Third parties may also raise similar claims before administrative bodies in the United States or abroad, even outside the context of litigation. Such mechanisms include re-examination, inter partes review, post grant review and equivalent proceedings in foreign jurisdictions (such as opposition proceedings). Such proceedings could result in revocation or amendment to our patent applications or any patents we may own or in-license in such a way that they no longer cover our current or future product candidates. The outcome following legal assertions of invalidity and unenforceability is unpredictable. An adverse determination in any such submission, proceeding or litigation could reduce the scope of, or invalidate or render unenforceable, any rights we may have from our patent applications or any patents we may own or in-license, allow third parties to commercialize our current or future product candidates or other technologies and compete directly with us, without payment to us, or result in our inability to manufacture or commercialize products without infringing third-party patent rights. Moreover, we may have to participate in interference proceedings declared by the USPTO to determine priority of invention or in post-grant challenge proceedings, such as oppositions in a foreign patent office, that challenge our or our future licensors’ priority of invention or other features of patentability with respect to our patent applications and any patents we may own or in-license. Such challenges may result in loss of patent rights, loss of exclusivity, or in patent claims being narrowed, invalidated, or held unenforceable, which could limit our ability to stop others from using or commercializing similar or identical technology and products, or limit the duration of the patent protection of our current or future product candidates and other technologies. With respect to the validity question, for example, we cannot be certain that there is no invalidating prior art, of which we or our future licensing partners and the patent examiner were unaware during prosecution. If a defendant were to prevail on a legal assertion of invalidity and/or unenforceability, or if we are otherwise unable to adequately protect our rights, we would lose at least part, and perhaps all, of the patent protection on our current or future product candidates. Such a loss of patent protection could have a material adverse impact on our business and our ability to commercialize or license our technology and current or future product candidates.

 

Such proceedings also may result in substantial cost and require significant time from our scientists and management, even if the eventual outcome is favorable to us. If we are unsuccessful in any such proceeding or other priority or inventorship dispute, we may be required to obtain and maintain licenses from third parties, including parties involved in any such interference proceedings or other priority or inventorship disputes. Such licenses may not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all, or may be non-exclusive. If we are unable to obtain and maintain such licenses, we may need to cease the development, manufacture, and commercialization of one or more of the current or future product candidates we may develop. The loss of exclusivity or the narrowing of our patent application claims could limit our ability to stop others from using or commercializing similar or identical technology and products. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

71


 

Changes in patent law could diminish the value of patents in general, thereby impairing our ability to protect our current or future product candidates.

As is the case with other biopharmaceutical companies, our success is heavily dependent on intellectual property, particularly patents. Obtaining and enforcing patents in the biopharmaceutical industry involve both technological and legal complexity and is therefore costly, time consuming and inherently uncertain. Patent reform legislation in the United States and other countries, including the Leahy-Smith America Invents Act, or Leahy-Smith Act, signed into law on September 16, 2011, could increase those uncertainties and costs. The Leahy-Smith Act includes a number of significant changes to U.S. patent law. These include provisions that affect the way patent applications are prosecuted, redefine prior art and provide more efficient and cost-effective avenues for competitors to challenge the validity of patents. These include allowing third-party submission of prior art to the USPTO during patent prosecution and additional procedures to attack the validity of a patent by USPTO administered post-grant proceedings, including post-grant review, inter partes review, and derivation proceedings. An adverse determination in any such submission or proceeding could reduce the scope or enforceability of, or invalidate, our patent rights, which could adversely affect our competitive position. Because of a lower evidentiary standard in USPTO proceedings compared to the evidentiary standard in United States federal courts necessary to invalidate a patent claim, a third party could potentially provide evidence in a USPTO proceeding sufficient for the USPTO to hold a claim invalid even though the same evidence would be insufficient to invalidate the claim if first presented in a district court action. Accordingly, a third party may attempt to use the USPTO procedures to invalidate our patent claims that would not have been invalidated if first challenged by the third party as a defendant in a district court action.

In addition, the Leahy-Smith Act has transformed the U.S. patent system into a “first inventor to file” system. The first-inventor-to-file provisions, however, only became effective on March 16, 2013. Accordingly, it is not yet clear what, if any, impact the Leahy-Smith Act will have on the operation of our business.

The U.S. Supreme Court has ruled on several patent cases in recent years, either narrowing the scope of patent protection available in certain circumstances or weakening the rights of patent owners in certain situations. Additionally, there have been recent proposals for additional changes to the patent laws of the United States and other countries that, if adopted, could impact our ability to obtain patent protection for our proprietary technology or our ability to enforce our proprietary technology. Depending on future actions by the U.S. Congress, the U.S. courts, the USPTO and the relevant law-making bodies in other countries, the laws and regulations governing patents could change in unpredictable ways that would weaken our ability to obtain new patents or to enforce our rights under patents that we might obtain in the future.

We may not identify relevant third-party patents or may incorrectly interpret the relevance, scope or expiration of a third-party patent, which might subject us to infringement claims or adversely affect our ability to develop and market our current or future product candidates.

We cannot guarantee that any of our or our licensors’ patent searches or analyses, including the identification of relevant patents, the scope of patent claims or the expiration of relevant patents, are complete or thorough, nor can we be certain that we have identified each and every third-party patent and pending patent application in the United States and abroad that is relevant to or necessary for the commercialization of our current or future product candidates in any jurisdiction. For example, U.S. patent applications filed before November 29, 2000 and certain U.S. patent applications filed after that date that will not be filed outside the United States remain confidential until patents issue. As mentioned above, patent applications in the United States and elsewhere are published approximately 18 months after the earliest filing for which priority is claimed, with such earliest filing date being commonly referred to as the priority date. Therefore, patent applications covering our current or future product candidates could have been filed by third parties without our knowledge. Additionally, identification of third-party patent rights that may be relevant to our operations is difficult because patent searching is imperfect due to, for example, differences in terminology among patents or incomplete databases. Additionally, pending patent applications that have been published can, subject to certain limitations, be later amended in a manner that could cover our current or future product candidates or the use of our current or future product candidates. The scope of a patent claim is determined by an interpretation of the law, the written disclosure in a patent and the patent’s prosecution history. Our interpretation of the relevance or the scope of a patent or a pending application may be incorrect, which may negatively impact our ability to market our current or future product candidates. We may incorrectly determine that our current or future product candidates are not covered by a third-party patent or may incorrectly predict whether a third party’s pending application will issue with claims of relevant scope. Our determination of the expiration date of any patent in the United States or abroad that we consider relevant may be incorrect, which may negatively impact our ability to develop and market our current or future product candidates. Our failure to identify and correctly interpret relevant patents may negatively impact our ability to develop and market our current or future product candidates.

If we fail to identify and correctly interpret relevant patents, we may be subject to infringement claims. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to successfully settle or otherwise resolve such infringement claims. If we fail in any such dispute, in addition to being forced to pay damages, which may be significant, we may be temporarily or permanently

72


 

prohibited from commercializing any of our current or future product candidates that are held to be infringing. We might, if possible, also be forced to redesign current or future product candidates so that we no longer infringe the third-party intellectual property rights. Any of these events, even if we were ultimately to prevail, could require us to divert substantial financial and management resources that we would otherwise be able to devote to our business and could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Intellectual property rights do not guarantee commercial success of current or future product candidates or other business activities. Numerous factors may limit any potential competitive advantage provided by our intellectual property rights.

The degree of future protection afforded by our intellectual property rights, whether owned or in-licensed, is uncertain because intellectual property rights have limitations, and may not adequately protect our business, provide a barrier to entry against our competitors or potential competitors, or permit us to maintain our competitive advantage. Moreover, if a third party has intellectual property rights that cover the practice of our technology, we may not be able to fully exercise or extract value from our intellectual property rights. The following examples are illustrative:

 

patent applications that we own or may in-license may not lead to issued patents;

patents, should they issue, that we may own or in-license, may not provide us with any competitive advantages, may be narrowed in scope, or may be challenged and held invalid or unenforceable;

others may be able to develop and/or practice technology, including compounds that are similar to the chemical compositions of our current or future product candidates, that is similar to our technology or aspects of our technology but that is not covered by the claims of any patents we may own or in-license, should any patents issue;

third parties may compete with us in jurisdictions where we do not pursue and obtain patent protection;

we, or our future licensors or collaborators, might not have been the first to make the inventions covered by a patent application that we own or may in-license;

we, or our future licensors or collaborators, might not have been the first to file patent applications covering a particular invention;

others may independently develop similar or alternative technologies without infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating our intellectual property rights;

our competitors might conduct research and development activities in the United States and other countries that provide a safe harbor from patent infringement claims for certain research and development activities, as well as in countries where we do not have patent rights, and may then use the information learned from such activities to develop competitive products for sale in our major commercial markets;

we may not be able to obtain and/or maintain necessary licenses on reasonable terms or at all;

third parties may assert an ownership interest in our intellectual property and, if successful, such disputes may preclude us from exercising exclusive rights, or any rights at all, over that intellectual property;

we may choose not to file a patent in order to maintain certain trade secrets or know-how, and a third party may subsequently file a patent covering such trade secrets or know-how;

we may not be able to maintain the confidentiality of our trade secrets or other proprietary information;

we may not develop or in-license additional proprietary technologies that are patentable; and

the patents of others may have an adverse effect on our business.

Should any of these events occur, they could significantly harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Risks Related to Government Regulation

Obtaining and maintaining regulatory approval of our product candidates in one jurisdiction does not mean that we will be successful in obtaining regulatory approval of our product candidates in other jurisdictions.

Assuming that our product candidates prove to be safe and effective in clinical trials, we expect that we will file for marketing approval for such product candidates in the United States and we may also submit marketing applications in other countries. Regulatory authorities in jurisdictions outside of the United States have requirements for approval of product candidates with which we must comply prior to marketing in those jurisdictions. Obtaining foreign regulatory approvals and compliance with foreign regulatory requirements could result in significant delays, difficulties and costs for us and could delay or prevent the introduction of our products in certain countries. If we fail to comply with the regulatory requirements in international markets and/or fail to receive applicable regulatory approvals, our target market will be reduced and our ability to realize the full market potential of our product candidates will be harmed and future potential revenue may be less than expected by investors and analysts.

73


 

Obtaining and maintaining regulatory approval of our product candidates in one jurisdiction does not guarantee that we will be able to obtain or maintain regulatory approval in any other jurisdiction, while a failure or delay in obtaining regulatory approval in one jurisdiction may have a negative effect on the regulatory approval process in others. For example, even if the FDA grants regulatory approval of a product candidate, comparable regulatory authorities in foreign jurisdictions must also approve the manufacturing, marketing and promotion of the product candidate in those countries. Approval procedures vary among jurisdictions and can involve requirements and administrative review periods different from, and greater than, those in the United States, including additional nonclinical studies or clinical trials as clinical trials conducted in one jurisdiction may not be accepted by regulatory authorities in other jurisdictions. In short, the foreign regulatory approval process involves all of the risks associated with FDA approval. In many jurisdictions outside the United States, a product candidate must be approved for reimbursement before it can be approved for sale in that jurisdiction. In some cases, the price that we may intend to charge for our products will also be subject to approval.

We may seek priority review designation for one or more of our product candidates, but we might not receive such designation, and even if we do, such designation may not lead to a faster regulatory review or approval process.

If the FDA determines that a product candidate offers a treatment for a serious condition and, if approved, the product would provide a significant improvement in safety or effectiveness, the FDA may designate the product candidate for priority review. A priority review designation means that the goal for the FDA to review an application is six months from the date of filing, rather than the standard review period of ten months. We may request priority review for our product candidates. The FDA has broad discretion with respect to whether or not to grant priority review status to a product candidate, so even if we believe a particular product candidate is eligible for such designation or status, the FDA may decide not to grant it. Moreover, a priority review designation does not necessarily result in an expedited regulatory review or approval process or necessarily confer any advantage with respect to approval compared to conventional FDA procedures. Receiving priority review from the FDA does not guarantee approval within the six-month review cycle or at all.

We may seek orphan drug designation for certain of our product candidates, and we may be unsuccessful or may be unable to maintain the benefits associated with orphan drug designation, including the potential for market exclusivity.

As part of our business strategy, we may seek orphan drug designation for certain of our product candidates, and we may be unsuccessful. Regulatory authorities in some jurisdictions, including the United States and Europe, may designate drugs for relatively small patient populations as orphan drugs. Under the Orphan Drug Act, the FDA may designate a drug as an orphan drug if it is a product intended to treat a rare disease or condition, which is generally defined as a patient population of fewer than 200,000 individuals annually in the United States, or a patient population of 200,000 or more in the United States where there is no reasonable expectation that the cost of developing the product will be recovered from sales in the United States. In the United States, orphan drug designation entitles a party to financial incentives such as opportunities for grant funding towards clinical trial costs, tax advantages and user-fee waivers.

Similarly, in Europe, the European Commission, upon the recommendation of the EMA’s Committee for Orphan Medicinal Products, grants orphan drug designation to promote the development of drugs that are intended for the diagnosis, prevention or treatment of life-threatening or chronically debilitating conditions affecting not more than five in 10,000 persons in Europe and for which no satisfactory method of diagnosis, prevention, or treatment has been authorized (or the product would be a significant benefit to those affected). Additionally, designation is granted for drugs intended for the diagnosis, prevention, or treatment of a life-threatening, seriously debilitating or serious and chronic condition and when, without incentives, it is unlikely that sales of the drug in Europe would be sufficient to justify the necessary investment in developing the drug. In Europe, orphan drug designation entitles a party to financial incentives such as reduction of fees or fee waivers.

Generally, if a product with an orphan drug designation subsequently receives the first regulatory approval for the indication for which it has such designation, the product is entitled to a period of marketing exclusivity, which precludes the FDA or the EMA from approving another marketing application for the same product and indication for that time period, except in limited circumstances. The applicable period is seven years in the United States and ten years in the European Union. The exclusivity period in the European Union can be reduced to six years if a product no longer meets the criteria for orphan drug designation or if the product is sufficiently profitable so that market exclusivity is no longer justified.

Even if we obtain orphan drug exclusivity for one of our product candidates, that exclusivity may not effectively protect our product candidate from competition because different products having different chemical compositions can be approved for the same condition and the same therapies can be approved for different conditions but used off-label. Even after an orphan drug is approved, the FDA can subsequently approve the same product for the same condition if the FDA concludes that the later product is clinically superior in that it is shown to be safer, more effective or makes a major

74


 

contribution to patient care. In addition, a designated orphan drug may not receive orphan drug exclusivity if it is approved for a use that is broader than the indication for which it received orphan designation. Moreover, orphan drug exclusive marketing rights in the United States may be lost if the FDA later determines that the request for designation was materially defective or if the manufacturer is unable to assure sufficient quantity of the product to meet the needs of patients with the rare disease or condition or if another product with the same active moiety is determined to be safer, more effective, or represents a major contribution to patient care. Orphan drug designation neither shortens the development time or regulatory review time of a product nor gives the product any advantage in the regulatory review or approval process. While we may seek orphan drug designation for our product candidates, we may never receive such designations. Even if we do receive such designations, there is no guarantee that we will enjoy the benefits of those designations.

A breakthrough therapy designation and fast track designation by the FDA, even if granted for any of our product candidates, may not lead to a faster development, regulatory review or approval process, and each designation does not increase the likelihood that any of our product candidates will receive regulatory approval in the United States.

We may seek a breakthrough therapy designation for some of our product candidates. A breakthrough therapy is defined as a drug or biologic that is intended, alone or in combination with one or more other drugs or biologics, to treat a serious or life-threatening disease or condition and preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the drug or biologic may demonstrate substantial improvement over existing therapies on one or more clinically significant endpoints, such as substantial treatment effects observed early in clinical development. For product candidates that have been designated as breakthrough therapies, interaction and communication between the FDA and the sponsor of the trial can help to identify the most efficient path for clinical development while minimizing the number of patients placed in ineffective control regimens. Product candidates designated as breakthrough therapies by the FDA may also be eligible for priority review and accelerated approval. Designation as a breakthrough therapy is within the discretion of the FDA. Accordingly, even if we believe one of our product candidates meets the criteria for designation as a breakthrough therapy, the FDA may disagree and instead determine not to make such designation. In any event, the receipt of a breakthrough therapy designation for a product candidate may not result in a faster development process, review or approval compared to therapies considered for approval under conventional FDA procedures and does not assure ultimate approval by the FDA. In addition, even if one or more of our product candidates qualify as breakthrough therapies, the FDA may later decide that such product candidates no longer meet the conditions for qualification and rescind the designation or decide that the time period for FDA review or approval will not be shortened.

We may also seek fast track designation for some of our product candidates and, in the case of TNG908, we were granted fast track designation by the FDA in the first quarter of 2022. If a drug is intended for the treatment of a serious or life-threatening condition and preclinical or clinical data demonstrates the potential to address unmet medical needs for this condition, the sponsor may apply for fast track designation. The FDA has broad discretion whether or not to grant this designation, so even if we believe a particular product candidate is eligible for this designation, we cannot assure you that the FDA would decide to grant it. Even if we do receive fast track designation, we may not experience a faster development process, review or approval compared to conventional FDA procedures. The FDA may withdraw fast track designation if it believes that the designation is no longer supported by data from our clinical development program. Fast track designation alone does not guarantee qualification for the FDA’s priority review procedures.

We may seek accelerated approval of our current or future product candidates using the FDA’s accelerated approval pathway. Accelerated approval by the FDA, even if granted for our current or any other future product candidates, may not lead to a faster development or regulatory review or approval process and it does not increase the likelihood that our product candidates will receive regulatory approval.

We may seek accelerated approval of our current or future product candidates using the FDA’s accelerated approval pathway. A product may be eligible for accelerated approval if it treats a serious or life-threatening condition and generally provides a meaningful advantage over available therapies. In addition, it must demonstrate an effect on a surrogate endpoint that is reasonably likely to predict clinical benefit or on a clinical endpoint that can be measured earlier than irreversible morbidity or mortality, or IMM, that is reasonably likely to predict an effect on IMM or other clinical benefit. As a condition of approval, the FDA requires that a sponsor of a drug receiving accelerated approval perform adequate and well-controlled post-marketing clinical trials. These confirmatory trials must be completed with due diligence. In addition, the FDA currently requires as a condition for accelerated approval pre-approval of promotional materials, which could adversely impact the timing of the commercial launch of the product. Even if we do receive accelerated approval, we may not experience a faster development or regulatory review or approval process, and receiving accelerated approval does not provide assurance of ultimate FDA approval.

75


 

The FDA, the EMA and other regulatory authorities may implement additional regulations or restrictions on the development and commercialization of our product candidates, and such changes can be difficult to predict.

The FDA, the EMA and regulatory authorities in other countries have each expressed interest in further regulating biotechnology products. Agencies at both the federal and state level in the United States, as well as the U.S. Congressional committees and other governments or governing agencies, have also expressed interest in further regulating the biotechnology industry. Such action may delay or prevent commercialization of some or all of our product candidates. Adverse developments in clinical trials of products conducted by others may cause the FDA or other oversight bodies to change the requirements for conducting clinical trials or for approval of any of our product candidates. These regulatory review agencies and committees and the new requirements or guidelines they promulgate may lengthen the regulatory review process, require us to perform additional studies or trials, increase our development costs, lead to changes in regulatory positions and interpretations, delay or prevent approval and commercialization of our product candidates or lead to significant post-approval limitations or restrictions. As we advance our product candidates, we will be required to consult with these regulatory agencies and comply with applicable requirements and guidelines. If we fail to do so, we may be required to delay or discontinue development of such product candidates. These additional processes may result in a review and approval process that is longer than we otherwise would have expected. Delays as a result of an increased or lengthier regulatory approval process or further restrictions on the development of our product candidates can be costly and could negatively impact our ability to complete clinical trials and commercialize our current and future product candidates in a timely manner, if at all.

Inadequate funding for the FDA, the SEC and other U.S. government agencies or the EMA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities, including from government shut downs, or other disruptions to these agencies’ operations, could hinder their ability to hire and retain key leadership and other personnel, prevent new products and services from being developed or commercialized in a timely manner or otherwise prevent those agencies from performing normal business functions on which the operation of our business may rely, which could negatively impact our business.

The ability of the FDA, the EMA or comparable foreign regulatory authorities to review and approve new products can be affected by a variety of factors, including government budget and funding levels, ability to hire and retain key personnel and accept the payment of user fees, and enact statutory, regulatory and policy changes. Average review times at the FDA or other regulatory authorities have fluctuated in recent years as a result. Disruptions at the FDA and other agencies may also slow the time necessary for new product candidates to be reviewed and/or approved by necessary government agencies, which would adversely affect our business.

In addition, government funding of the SEC and other government agencies on which our operations may rely, including those that fund research and development activities, is subject to the political process, which is inherently fluid and unpredictable.

Disruptions at the FDA, the EMA and other agencies may also slow the time necessary for new product candidates to be reviewed and/or approved by necessary government agencies, which would adversely affect our business. For example, over the last several years the U.S. government has shut down several times and certain regulatory agencies, such as the FDA and the SEC, have had to furlough critical FDA, SEC and other government employees and stop critical activities. If a prolonged government shutdown occurs, it could significantly impact the ability of the FDA to timely review and process our regulatory submissions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business. Further, future government shutdowns could impact our ability to access the public markets and obtain necessary capital in order to properly capitalize and continue our operations.

Separately, since March 2020 when foreign and domestic inspections were largely placed on hold due to the COVID-19 pandemic, the FDA has been working to resume routine surveillance, bioresearch monitoring and pre-approval inspections on a prioritized basis. Since April 2021, the FDA has conducted limited inspections and employed remote interactive evaluations, using risk management methods, to meet user fee commitments and goal dates. Ongoing travel restrictions and other uncertainties continue to impact oversight operations abroad and it is unclear when standard operational levels will resume. The FDA is continuing to complete mission-critical work, prioritize other higher-tiered inspectional needs (e.g., for-cause inspections), and carry out surveillance inspections using risk-based approaches for evaluating public health. Should the FDA determine that an inspection is necessary for approval and an inspection cannot be completed during the review cycle due to restrictions on travel, and the FDA does not determine a remote interactive evaluation to be adequate, the agency has stated that it generally intends to issue, depending on the circumstances, a complete response letter or defer action on the application until an inspection can be completed.

In 2020 and in 2021, a number of companies announced receipt of complete response letters due to the FDA’s inability to complete required inspections for their applications.

76


 

Regulatory authorities outside the United States may adopt similar restrictions or other policy measures in response to the COVID-19 pandemic. If a prolonged government shutdown occurs, or if global health concerns continue to prevent the FDA or other regulatory authorities from conducting their regular inspections, reviews, or other regulatory activities, it could significantly impact the ability of the FDA to timely review and process our regulatory submissions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business. Further, in our operations as a public company, future government shutdowns could impact our ability to access the public markets and obtain necessary capital in order to properly capitalize and continue our operations.

Healthcare legislative reform measures may have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

Changes in regulations, statutes or the interpretation of existing regulations and statutes could impact our business in the future by requiring, for example: (i) changes to our manufacturing arrangements; (ii) additions or modifications to product labeling; (iii) the recall or discontinuation of our products; or (iv) additional record-keeping requirements. If any such changes were to be imposed, they could adversely affect the operation of our business. See section entitled “Business – Current and future healthcare reform legislation.”

 

Since its enactment, there have been numerous judicial, administrative, executive, and legislative challenges to certain aspects of the ACA. On June 17, 2021, the U.S. Supreme Court dismissed the most recent judicial challenge to the ACA brought by several states without specifically ruling on the constitutionality of the ACA. Prior to the Supreme Court's decision, President Biden issued an Executive Order to initiate a special enrollment period from February 15, 2021 through August 15, 2021 for purposes of obtaining health insurance coverage through the ACA marketplace. The Executive Order also instructed certain governmental agencies to review and reconsider their existing policies and rules that limit access to healthcare, including among others, reexamining Medicaid demonstration projects and waiver programs that include work requirements, and policies that create unnecessary barriers to obtaining access to health insurance coverage through Medicaid or the ACA. It is unclear how other healthcare reform measures of the Biden administration or other efforts, if any, to challenge repeal or replace the ACA, will impact our business.

Separately, increasing efforts by governmental and third-party payors in the United States and abroad to cap or reduce healthcare costs may cause such organizations to limit both coverage and the level of reimbursement for newly approved products and, as a result, they may not cover or may not provide adequate payment for our product candidates. There has been increasing legislative and enforcement interest in the United States with respect to specialty drug pricing practices. Specifically, there have been several recent U.S. Congressional inquiries and proposed and enacted federal and state legislation designed to, among other things, bring more transparency to drug pricing, reduce the cost of prescription drugs under Medicare, review the relationship between pricing and manufacturer patient programs, and reform government program reimbursement methodologies for drugs.

In addition, there have been several changes to the 340B drug pricing program, which imposes ceilings on prices that drug manufacturers can charge for medications sold to certain health care facilities. On December 27, 2018, the District Court for the District of Columbia invalidated a reimbursement formula change under the 340B drug pricing program, and CMS subsequently altered the Fiscal Years 2019 and 2018 reimbursement formula on specified covered outpatient drugs, or SCODs. The court ruled this change was not an “adjustment” which was within the Secretary’s discretion to make but was instead a fundamental change in the reimbursement calculation. However, most recently, on July 31, 2020, the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit overturned the district court’s decision and found that the changes were within the Secretary’s authority. On September 14, 2020, the plaintiffs-appellees filed a Petition for Rehearing En Banc (i.e., before the full court), but was denied on October 16, 2020. It is unclear how these developments could affect covered hospitals who might purchase our future products and affect the rates we may charge such facilities for our approved products in the future, if any.

At the federal level, the Trump administration used several means to propose or implement drug pricing reform, including through federal budget proposals, executive orders and policy initiatives. For example, on July 24, 2020 and September 13, 2020, former President Trump announced several executive orders related to prescription drug pricing that seek to implement several of the administration’s proposals. In response, the FDA released a final rule on September 24, 2020, which went into effect on November 30, 2020, providing guidance for states to build and submit importation plans for drugs from Canada. Further, on November 20, 2020 CMS issued an Interim Final Rule implementing the Most Favored Nation, or MFN, Model under which Medicare Part B reimbursement rates will be calculated for certain drugs and biologicals based on the lowest price drug manufacturers receive in Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development countries with a similar gross domestic product per capita. The MFN Model regulations mandate participation by identified Part B providers and will apply in all U.S. states and territories for a seven-year period beginning January 1,

77


 

2021 and ending December 31, 2027. The Interim Final Rule has not been finalized and is subject to revision and challenge. Additionally, on November 20, 2020, DHHS finalized a regulation removing safe harbor protection for price reductions from pharmaceutical manufacturers to plan sponsors under Part D, either directly or through pharmacy benefit managers, unless the price reduction is required by law. The rule also creates a new safe harbor for price reductions reflected at the point-of-sale, as well as a safe harbor for certain fixed fee arrangements between pharmacy benefit managers and manufacturers. Implementation of the amendments to the discount safe harbor have been delayed until at least January 1, 2023. Although a number of these and other proposed measures may require authorization through additional legislation to become effective, and the Biden administration may reverse or otherwise change these measures, Congress has indicated that it will continue to seek new legislative measures to control drug costs.

Any reduction in reimbursement from Medicare and other government programs may result in a similar reduction in payments from private payers. In addition, individual states in the United States have also increasingly passed legislation and implemented regulations designed to control pharmaceutical product pricing, including price or patient reimbursement constraints, discounts, restrictions on certain product access and marketing cost disclosure and transparency measures, and, in some cases, designed to encourage importation from other countries and bulk purchasing.

These laws, and future state and federal healthcare reform measures may be adopted in the future, any of which may result in additional reductions in Medicare and other healthcare funding and otherwise affect the prices we may obtain for any of our product candidates for which we may obtain regulatory approval or the frequency with which any such product candidate is prescribed or used. Additionally, we expect to experience pricing pressures in connection with the sale of any future approved product candidates due to the trend toward managed healthcare, the increasing influence of health maintenance organizations, cost containment initiatives and additional legislative changes.

Our relationships with customers and third-party payors will be subject to applicable anti-kickback, fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations, which could expose us to criminal sanctions, civil penalties, exclusion from government healthcare programs, contractual damages, reputational harm and diminished profits and future earnings.

Although we do not currently have any products on the market, once we begin commercializing our product candidates, we will be subject to additional healthcare statutory and regulatory requirements and enforcement by the federal government and the states and foreign governments in which we conduct our business. Healthcare providers, physicians and third-party payors play a primary role in the recommendation and prescription of any product candidates for which we obtain regulatory approval. Our future arrangements with third-party payors and customers may expose us to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations that may constrain the business or financial arrangements and relationships through which we market, sell and distribute our product candidates for which we obtain regulatory approval. See section entitled “Business – Other healthcare laws.

Ensuring that our future business arrangements with third parties comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations could involve substantial costs. It is possible that governmental authorities will conclude that our business practices do not comply with current or future statutes, regulations or case law involving applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations. If our operations, including future sales of our product candidates (following regulatory approval of such therapy) by us or third-parties that we engage, were to be found to be in violation of any of these laws or any other governmental regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, fines, imprisonment, exclusion from government funded healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, and the curtailment or restructuring of our operations. If any of the physicians or other providers or entities with whom we expect to do business is found not to be in compliance with applicable laws, they may be subject to criminal, civil or administrative sanctions, including exclusions from government funded healthcare programs. Further, defending against any such actions can be costly and time consuming, and may require significant financial and personnel resources. Therefore, even if we are successful in defending against any such actions that may be brought against us, our business may be impaired. If any of the physicians or other providers or entities with whom we expect to do business are found to not be in compliance with applicable laws, they may be subject to criminal, civil or administrative sanctions, including exclusions from government funded healthcare programs and imprisonment. If any of the above occur, our ability to operate our business and our results of operations could be adversely affected.

If we fail to comply with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, we could become subject to fines or penalties or incur costs that could have a material adverse effect on the success of our business.

We are subject to numerous environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including those governing laboratory procedures and the handling, use, storage, treatment and disposal of hazardous materials and wastes. Our operations involve the use of hazardous and flammable materials, including chemicals and biological and radioactive

78


 

materials. Our operations also produce hazardous waste products. We generally contract with third parties for the disposal of these materials and wastes. We cannot, however, eliminate the risk of contamination or injury from these materials. In the event of contamination or injury resulting from our use of hazardous materials, we could be held liable for any resulting damages, and any liability could exceed our resources. We also could incur significant costs associated with civil or criminal fines and penalties.

Although we maintain workers’ compensation insurance to cover us for costs and expenses we may incur due to injuries to our employees resulting from the use of hazardous materials, this insurance may not provide adequate coverage against potential liabilities. We do not maintain insurance for environmental liability or toxic tort claims that may be asserted against us in connection with our storage or disposal of biological, hazardous or radioactive materials.

Even if we receive regulatory approval for any of our product candidates, we will be subject to ongoing regulatory obligations and continued regulatory review, which may result in significant additional expense. Additionally, our product candidates, if approved, could be subject to post-market study requirements, marketing and labeling restrictions, and even recall or market withdrawal if unanticipated safety issues are discovered following approval. In addition, we may be subject to penalties or other enforcement action if we fail to comply with regulatory requirements.

Any regulatory approvals that we receive for our product candidates will require surveillance to monitor the safety and efficacy of the product candidate. If the FDA or a comparable foreign regulatory authority approves any of our product candidates, the manufacturing processes, labeling, packaging, distribution, import, export, adverse event reporting, storage, advertising, promotion, monitoring, and recordkeeping for the product will be subject to extensive and ongoing regulatory requirements. These requirements include submissions of safety and other post-marketing information and reports, establishment registration and listing, as well as continued compliance with cGMPs and GCPs for any clinical trials that we conduct post-approval and pharmacovigilance reporting obligations. Any regulatory approvals that we receive for our product candidates may also be subject to limitations on the approved indicated uses for which the product may be marketed or to the conditions of approval, or contain requirements for potentially costly post-marketing studies, including Phase 4 clinical trials, and surveillance to monitor the safety and efficacy of the product. The FDA may also require a REMS in order to approve our product candidates, which could entail requirements for a medication guide, physician communication plans or additional elements to ensure safe use, such as restricted distribution methods, patient registries and other risk minimization tools. Later discovery of previously unknown problems with a product, including adverse events of unanticipated severity or frequency, or with our third-party manufacturers or manufacturing processes, or failure to comply with regulatory requirements, may result in, among other things:

 

restrictions on the marketing or manufacturing of the product, withdrawal of the product from the market, or voluntary or mandatory product recalls;

manufacturing delays and supply disruptions where regulatory inspections identify observations of noncompliance requiring remediation;

revisions to the labeling, including limitation on approved uses or the addition of additional warnings, contraindications or other safety information, including boxed warnings;

imposition of a REMS which may include distribution or use restrictions;

requirements to conduct additional post-market clinical trials to assess the safety of the product;

clinical trial holds;

fines, warning letters or other regulatory enforcement action;

refusal by the FDA to approve pending applications or supplements to approved applications filed by us or suspension or revocation of approvals;

product seizure or detention, or refusal to permit the import or export of products; and

injunctions or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties.

 

The FDA’s and other regulatory authorities’ policies may change and additional government regulations may be enacted that could prevent, limit or delay regulatory approval of our product candidates. If we are slow or unable to adapt to changes in existing requirements or the adoption of new requirements or policies, or if we are not able to maintain regulatory compliance, we may lose any regulatory approval that we may have obtained, which would adversely affect our business, prospects and ability to achieve or sustain profitability.

79


 

European data collection is governed by restrictive regulations governing the use, processing and cross-border transfer of personal information.

We plan to conduct clinical trials and enroll subjects in our planned or future clinical trials, and therefore we will be subject to additional privacy restrictions. The collection, use, storage, disclosure, transfer, or other processing of personal data regarding individuals in the European Union, including personal health data, is subject to the EU General Data Protection Regulation, or GDPR. The GDPR is wide-ranging in scope and imposes numerous requirements on companies that process personal data, including requirements relating to processing health and other sensitive data, obtaining consent of the individuals to whom the personal data relates, providing information to individuals regarding data processing activities, implementing safeguards to protect the security and confidentiality of personal data, providing notification of data breaches, and taking certain measures when engaging third-party processors. While we have commenced the process of implementing procedures to comply with the GDPR, compliance with these regulations will be a rigorous and time-intensive process that we expect will increase our cost of doing business and require us to change certain of our business practices, and despite those efforts, there is a risk that we may be subject to fines and penalties, litigation, and reputational harm in connection with our European activities. Further, many countries interpret the application of the provisions of the GDPR in different manner, making compliance in certain countries and across the European Union challenging.

Laws and regulations governing any international operations we may have in the future may preclude us from developing, manufacturing and selling certain products outside of the United States and require us to develop and implement costly compliance programs.

If we expand our operations outside of the United States, we must dedicate additional resources to comply with numerous laws and regulations in each jurisdiction in which we plan to operate. The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, prohibits any U.S. individual or business from paying, offering, authorizing payment or offering of anything of value, directly or indirectly, to any foreign official, political party or candidate for the purpose of influencing any act or decision of the foreign entity in order to assist the individual or business in obtaining or retaining business. The FCPA also obligates companies whose securities are listed in the United States to comply with certain accounting provisions requiring the company to maintain books and records that accurately and fairly reflect all transactions of the corporation, including international subsidiaries, and to devise and maintain an adequate system of internal accounting controls for international operations.

Compliance with the FCPA is expensive and difficult, particularly in countries in which corruption is a recognized problem. In addition, the FCPA presents particular challenges in the pharmaceutical industry, because, in many countries, hospitals are operated by the government, and doctors and other hospital employees are considered foreign officials. Certain payments to hospitals in connection with clinical trials and other work have been deemed to be improper payments to government officials and have led to FCPA enforcement actions.

Various laws, regulations and executive orders also restrict the use and dissemination outside of the United States, or the sharing with certain non-U.S. nationals, of information classified for national security purposes, as well as certain products and technical data relating to those products. If we expand our presence outside of the United States, it will require us to dedicate additional resources to comply with these laws, and these laws may preclude us from developing, manufacturing, or selling certain products and product candidates outside of the United States, which could limit our growth potential and increase our development costs.

The failure to comply with laws governing international business practices may result in substantial civil and criminal penalties and suspension or debarment from government contracting. The SEC also may suspend or bar issuers from trading securities on U.S. exchanges for violations of the FCPA’s accounting provisions.

 

Risks Relating to Employee Matters and Managing Anticipated Growth

Our future success depends on our ability to retain key executives and experienced scientists and to attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel.

We are highly dependent on many of our key employees and members of our executive management team as well as the other principal members of our management, scientific and clinical team. Although we have entered into employment letter agreements with certain of our executive officers, each of them may terminate their employment with us at any time. We do not maintain “key person” insurance for any of our executives or other employees. In addition, we rely on consultants and advisors, including scientific and clinical advisors, to assist us in formulating our research and development and commercialization strategy. Our consultants and advisors may be employed by employers other than us and may have

80


 

commitments under consulting or advisory contracts with other entities that may limit their availability to us. If we are unable to continue to attract and retain high quality personnel, our ability to pursue our growth strategy will be limited.

Recruiting and retaining qualified scientific, clinical, medical, manufacturing and sales and marketing personnel will also be critical to our success. The loss of the services of our executive officers or other key employees, including temporary loss due to illness, could impede the achievement of our research, development and commercialization objectives and seriously harm our ability to successfully implement our business strategy. Furthermore, replacing executive officers and key employees may be difficult and may take an extended period of time because of the limited number of individuals in our industry with the breadth of skills and experience required to successfully develop, gain regulatory approval of and commercialize products. Competition to hire from this limited pool is intense, and we may be unable to hire, train, retain or motivate these key personnel on acceptable terms given the competition among numerous pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies for similar personnel. We also experience competition for the hiring of scientific, medical and clinical personnel from universities and research institutions. Failure to succeed in clinical trials may make it more challenging to recruit and retain qualified scientific personnel.

In particular, we have experienced a very competitive hiring environment in Cambridge, Massachusetts, where we are headquartered. Many of the other pharmaceutical companies that we compete against for qualified personnel have greater financial and other resources, different risk profiles and a longer history in the industry than we do. They also may provide more diverse opportunities and better chances for career advancement. Some of these characteristics may be more appealing to high-quality candidates than what we have to offer. If we are unable to continue to attract and retain high-quality personnel, the rate and success with which we can discover and develop product candidates and our business will be limited.

We may be unable to adequately protect our information systems from cyberattacks, which could result in the disclosure of confidential or proprietary information, including personal data, damage our reputation, and subject us to significant financial and legal exposure.

We rely on information technology systems that we or our third-party providers operate to process, transmit and store electronic information in our day-to-day operations. In connection with our product discovery efforts, we collect and use a variety of personal data, such as names, mailing addresses, email addresses, phone numbers. In addition, in connection with our planned Phase 1/2 clinical trial, which we expect to initiate in the second quarter of 2022, we will have access to, and may store, clinical and health information of the patients participating in the trial.

A successful cyberattack could result in the theft or destruction of intellectual property, data, or other misappropriation of assets, or otherwise compromise our confidential or proprietary information and disrupt our operations. Cyberattacks are increasing in their frequency, sophistication and intensity, and have become increasingly difficult to detect. Cyberattacks could include wrongful conduct by hostile foreign governments, industrial espionage, wire fraud and other forms of cyber fraud, the deployment of harmful malware, denial-of-service, social engineering fraud or other means to threaten data security, confidentiality, integrity and availability. A successful cyberattack could cause serious negative consequences for us, including, without limitation, the disruption of operations, the misappropriation of confidential business information, including financial information, trade secrets, financial loss and the disclosure of corporate strategic plans. Although we devote resources to protect our information systems, we realize that cyberattacks are a threat, and there can be no assurance that our efforts will prevent information security breaches that would result in business, legal, financial or reputational harm to us, or would have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. Any failure to prevent or mitigate security breaches or improper access to, use of, or disclosure of our clinical data or patients’ personal data could result in significant liability under state (e.g., state breach notification laws), federal (e.g., HIPAA, as amended by HITECH), and international law (e.g., the GDPR) and may cause a material adverse impact to our reputation, affect our ability to conduct new studies and potentially disrupt our business.

We rely on our third-party providers to implement effective security measures and identify and correct for any such failures, deficiencies or breaches. If we or our third-party providers fail to maintain or protect our information technology systems and data integrity effectively or fail to anticipate, plan for or manage significant disruptions to our information technology systems, we or our third-party providers could have difficulty preventing, detecting and controlling such cyber-attacks and any such attacks could result in the losses described above as well as disputes with physicians, patients and our partners, regulatory sanctions or penalties, increases in operating expenses, expenses or lost revenue or other adverse consequences, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, prospects and cash flows. Any failure by such third parties to prevent or mitigate security breaches or improper access to or disclosure of such information could have similarly adverse consequences for us. If we are unable to prevent or mitigate the impact of such security or data privacy breaches, we could be exposed to litigation and governmental investigations, which could lead to a potential disruption to our business. By way of example, the California Consumer Privacy Act, or CCPA,

81


 

which went into effect on January 1, 2020, creates individual privacy rights for California consumers and increases the privacy and security obligations of entities handling certain personal data. The CCPA provides for civil penalties for violations, as well as a private right of action for data breaches that is expected to increase data breach litigation. The CCPA may increase our compliance costs and potential liability, and many similar laws have been proposed at the federal level and in other states.

 

Further, a new California privacy law, the California Privacy Rights Act, or CPRA, was passed by California voters on November 3, 2020. The CPRA will create additional obligations with respect to processing and storing personal information that are scheduled to take effect on January 1, 2023 (with certain provisions having retroactive effect to January 1, 2022). Additionally, some observers have noted that the CCPA and CPRA could mark the beginning of a trend toward more stringent privacy legislation in the U.S., which could increase our potential liability and adversely affect our business. Already, in the United States, we have witnessed significant developments at the state level. For example, on March 2, 2021, Virginia enacted the Consumer Data Protection Act (the “CDPA”) and, on July 8, 2021, Colorado’s governor signed the Colorado Privacy Act (“CPA”), into law. The CDPA and the CPA will both become effective January 1, 2023. While the CDPA and CPA incorporate many similar concepts of the CCPA and CPRA, there are also several key differences in the scope, application, and enforcement of the law that will change the operational practices of regulated businesses. The new laws will, among other things, impact how regulated businesses collect and process personal sensitive data, conduct data protection assessments, transfer personal data to affiliates, and respond to consumer rights requests.

 

A number of other states have proposed new privacy laws, some of which are similar to the above discussed recently passed laws. Such proposed legislation, if enacted, may add additional complexity, variation in requirements, restrictions and potential legal risk, require additional investment of resources in compliance programs, impact strategies and the availability of previously useful data and could result in increased compliance costs and/or changes in business practices and policies. The existence of comprehensive privacy laws in different states in the country would make our compliance obligations more complex and costly and may increase the likelihood that we may be subject to enforcement actions or otherwise incur liability for noncompliance.

 

By way of example regarding foreign laws and regulations with respect to data privacy and security, the GDPR went into effect in the European Union in May 2018 and introduces strict requirements for processing the personal data of EU data subjects. Companies that must comply with the GDPR face increased compliance obligations and risk, including more robust regulatory enforcement of data protection requirements and potential fines for noncompliance of up to €20 million or 4% of the annual global revenue of the noncompliant company, whichever is greater. In addition, further to the U.K.’s exit from the EU on January 31, 2020, the GDPR ceased to apply in the U.K. at the end of the transition period on December 31, 2020. However, as of January 1, 2021, the U.K.’s European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018 incorporated the U.K. GDPR into U.K. law. The U.K. GDPR and the U.K. Data Protection Act 2018 set out the U.K.’s data protection regime, which is independent from but aligned to the EU’s data protection regime. Non-compliance with the U.K. GDPR may result in monetary penalties of up to £17.5 million or 4% of worldwide revenue, whichever is higher. Although the UK is regarded as a third country under the EU’s GDPR, the European Commission has now issued a decision recognizing the UK as providing adequate protection under the EU GDPR and, therefore, transfers of personal data originating in the EU to the UK remain unrestricted. Like the EU GDPR, the UK GDPR restricts personal data transfers outside the UK to countries not regarded by the UK as providing adequate protection. The UK government has confirmed that personal data transfers from the UK to the EEA remain free flowing.

 

To enable the transfer of personal data outside of the EEA or the UK, adequate safeguards must be implemented in compliance with European and UK data protection laws. On June 4, 2021, the EC issued new forms of standard contractual clauses for data transfers from controllers or processors in the EU/EEA (or otherwise subject to the GDPR) to controllers or processors established outside the EU/EEA (and not subject to the GDPR). The new standard contractual clauses replace the standard contractual clauses that were adopted previously under the EU Data Protection Directive. The UK is not subject to the EC’s new standard contractual clauses but has published a draft version of a UK-specific transfer mechanism, which, once finalized, will enable transfers from the UK. We will be required to implement these new safeguards when conducting restricted data transfers under the EU and UK GDPR and doing so will require significant effort and cost.

 

Compliance with these and any other applicable privacy and data security laws and regulations is a rigorous and time-intensive process, and we may be required to put in place additional mechanisms ensuring compliance with the new data protection rules. If we fail to comply with any such laws or regulations, we may face significant fines and penalties that could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we or third-party CMOs, CROs or other contractors or consultants fail to comply with U.S. and international data protection laws and regulations, it could result in government enforcement actions (which could include civil or criminal

82


 

penalties), private litigation, and/or adverse publicity and could negatively affect our operating results and business. Moreover, clinical trial subjects about whom we, our CRO operating our trials, or our potential collaborators obtain information, as well as the providers who share this information with us, may contractually limit our ability to use and disclose the information. Claims that we or such third-party have violated individuals’ privacy rights, failed to comply with data protection laws, or breached our contractual obligations, even if we are not found liable, could be expensive and time-consuming to defend and could result in adverse publicity that could harm our business.

We expect to expand our development and regulatory capabilities and potentially implement sales, marketing and distribution capabilities, and as a result, we may encounter difficulties in managing our growth, which could disrupt our operations.

As of December 31, 2021, we had 91 full-time employees. We expect to experience significant growth in the number of our employees and the scope of our operations, particularly as we function as a public company and in the areas of product development, regulatory affairs and, if any of our product candidates receives regulatory approval, sales, medical affairs, marketing and distribution. To manage our anticipated future growth, we must continue to implement and improve our managerial, operational and financial systems, expand our facilities and continue to recruit and train additional qualified personnel. Due to our limited financial resources, we may not be able to effectively manage the planned expansion of our operations or recruit and train additional qualified personnel. The expansion of our operations may lead to significant costs and may divert our management and business development resources. Any inability to manage growth could delay the execution of our business plans or disrupt our operations.

We may acquire additional businesses or products, form strategic alliances or create joint ventures with third parties that we believe will complement or augment our existing business. If we acquire businesses with promising markets or technologies, we may not be able to realize the benefit of acquiring such businesses if we are unable to successfully integrate them with our existing operations and company culture. We may encounter numerous difficulties in developing, manufacturing and marketing any new products resulting from a strategic alliance or acquisition that delay or prevent us from realizing their expected benefits or enhancing our business. We cannot assure you that, following any such acquisition, we will achieve the expected synergies to justify the transaction.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock

Our executive officers, directors, principal stockholders and their affiliates own a significant percentage of our stock and will be able to exert significant control over matters subject to stockholder approval.

Based on our common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2021, our executive officers, directors and their affiliates and our principal stockholders beneficially held, in the aggregate, approximately 40% of our outstanding voting stock. These stockholders, acting together, would be able to significantly influence all matters requiring stockholder approval. For example, these stockholders would be able to significantly influence elections of directors, amendments of our organizational documents, or approval of any merger, sale of assets, or other major corporate transaction. These stockholders may have interests, with respect to their common stock, that are different from those of other investors and the concentration of voting power among these stockholders may have an adverse effect on the price of our common stock. In addition, this concentration of ownership might adversely affect the market price of our common stock by delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control of us, impeding a merger, consolidation, takeover or other business combination involving us or discouraging a potential acquirer from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us.

Our ability to utilize our net operating loss carryforwards and certain other tax attributes may be limited.

Under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended, or the Code, if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change” (generally defined as a greater than 50 percentage point change (by value) in the ownership of its equity over a three-year period), the corporation’s ability to use its pre-change net operating loss carryforwards and certain other pre-change tax attributes to offset its post-change income may be limited. We have experienced such ownership changes in the past, and we may experience ownership changes in the future as a result of shifts in our stock ownership, some of which are outside our control. The Company has performed an analysis of ownership changes through December 31, 2021, and determined that on February 6, 2017 and August 17, 2020, ownership changes had occurred. Based on this analysis, the Company’s ability to use its pre-change tax attributes to offset federal and state taxable income are subject to annual limitations and a portion of the attributes generated prior to February 6, 2017, will expire unutilized, which could potentially result in an increased future tax liability. The Company has adjusted its deferred tax assets and valuation allowance balance for the affected tax attribute carryforwards to reflect the expiration of the attributes.

83


 

Federal net operating loss carryforwards generated in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017 will not be subject to expiration. However, any such net operating loss carryforwards may only offset 80% of our annual taxable income in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2020. There is also a risk that due to regulatory changes, such as suspensions on the use of net operating loss carryforwards or other unforeseen reasons, our existing net operating loss carryforwards could expire or otherwise be unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities, including for state tax purposes. In future years, if and when a net deferred tax asset is recognized related to our net operating loss carryforwards, the changes in the carryforward/carryback periods as well as the new limitation on use of net operating loss carryforwards may significantly impact our valuation allowance assessments for net operating loss carryforwards. For these reasons, we may not be able to utilize some portion of our net operating loss carryforwards, none of which are currently reflected on our balance sheet, even if we attain profitability.

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of us, which may be beneficial to our stockholders, more difficult and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws contain provisions that could delay or prevent a change of control of our company or changes in our board of directors that our stockholders might consider favorable. Some of these provisions include:

a board of directors divided into three classes serving staggered three-year terms, such that not all members of the board will be elected at one time;

a prohibition on stockholder action through written consent, which requires that all stockholder actions be taken at a meeting of our stockholders;

a requirement that special meetings of the stockholders may be called only by the board of directors acting pursuant to a resolution approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, and special meetings of stockholders may not be called by any other person or persons;

advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and nominations for election to our board of directors;

a requirement that no member of our board of directors may be removed from office by our stockholders except for cause and then, in addition to any other vote required by law, only upon the approval of not less than 66 2/3% of all outstanding shares of our capital stock then entitled to vote in the election of directors;

supermajority voting requirements to amend our bylaws by stockholder action (unless our board recommends that our stockholders approve such amendment(s)) and to amend specific provisions of our certificate of incorporation; and

the authority of the board of directors to issue preferred stock on terms determined by the board of directors without stockholder approval, which preferred stock may include rights superior to the rights of the holders of common stock.

These anti-takeover provisions and other provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws could make it more difficult for stockholders or potential acquirers to obtain control of our board of directors or initiate actions that are opposed by the then-current board of directors and could also delay or impede a merger, tender offer or proxy contest involving our company. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect directors of your choosing or cause us to take other corporate actions you desire. Any delay or prevention of a change of control transaction or changes in our board of directors could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

Our bylaws designate specific courts as the exclusive forum for certain litigation that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us.

Pursuant to our bylaws, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for any state law claims for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers, or other employees to us or our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, or the DGCL, or our certificate of incorporation or bylaws (including the interpretation, validity or enforceability thereof), or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. We refer to the foregoing provision as the Delaware Forum Provision. The Delaware Forum Provision will not apply to any causes of action arising under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act. Our bylaws further provide that unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States shall be the sole and exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. We refer to such provision as the Federal Forum Provision. Our bylaws provide that any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock is deemed to have notice of and consented to the Delaware Forum Provision and the Federal Forum Provision; provided, however, that stockholders cannot and will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder.

84


 

The Delaware Forum Provision and the Federal Forum Provision in our bylaws may impose additional litigation costs on stockholders in pursuing any such claims. Additionally, these forum selection clauses may limit our stockholders’ ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that they find favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees, which may discourage the filing of lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and employees, even though an action, if successful, might benefit our stockholders. While the Delaware Supreme Court and courts in other states have upheld federal forum selection provisions purporting to require claims under the Securities Act be brought in federal court, there is uncertainty as to whether other courts will enforce our Federal Forum Provision. If the Federal Forum Provision is found to be unenforceable, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters. The Federal Forum Provision may also impose additional litigation costs on us and/or our stockholders who assert that the provision is not enforceable or invalid. The Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware and the federal district courts of the United States may also reach different judgments or results than would other courts, including courts where a stockholder considering an action may be located or would otherwise choose to bring the action, and such judgments may be more or less favorable to us than our stockholders.

We are subject to certain U.S. and foreign anti-corruption, anti-money laundering, export control, sanctions, and other trade laws and regulations. We can face serious consequences for violations.

Among other matters, U.S. and foreign anti-corruption, anti-money laundering, export control, sanctions, and other trade laws and regulations, which are collectively referred to as Trade Laws, prohibit companies and their employees, agents, clinical research organizations, legal counsel, accountants, consultants, contractors, and other partners and representatives from authorizing, promising, offering, providing, soliciting, or receiving directly or indirectly, corrupt or improper payments or anything else of value to or from recipients in the public or private sector. Violations of Trade Laws can result in substantial criminal fines and civil penalties, imprisonment, the loss of trade privileges, debarment, tax reassessments, breach of contract and fraud litigation, reputational harm, and other consequences. We have direct or indirect interactions with officials and employees of government agencies or government-affiliated hospitals, universities, and other organizations. We also expect our non-U.S. activities to increase in time. We have, and we expect we will continue to, engage third parties for clinical trials and/or to obtain necessary permits, licenses, patent registrations, and other regulatory approvals and we can be held liable for the corrupt or other illegal activities of our personnel, agents, representatives or partners, even if we do not explicitly authorize or have prior knowledge of such activities.

Our employees, principal investigators, CROs and consultants may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including non-compliance with regulatory standards and requirements and insider trading.

We are exposed to the risk that our employees, principal investigators, CROs and consultants may engage in fraudulent conduct or other illegal activity. Misconduct by these parties could include intentional, reckless and/or negligent conduct or disclosure of unauthorized activities to us that violate the regulations of the FDA and other regulatory authorities, including those laws requiring the reporting of true, complete and accurate information to such authorities; healthcare fraud and abuse laws and regulations in the United States and abroad; or laws that require the reporting of financial information or data accurately. In particular, sales, marketing and business arrangements in the healthcare industry are subject to extensive laws and regulations intended to prevent fraud, misconduct, kickbacks, self-dealing and other abusive practices. These laws and regulations may restrict or prohibit a wide range of pricing, discounting, marketing and promotion, sales commission, customer incentive programs and other business arrangements. Activities subject to these laws also involve the improper use of information obtained in the course of clinical trials or creating fraudulent data in our preclinical studies or clinical trials, which could result in regulatory sanctions and cause serious harm to our reputation. We have adopted a code of conduct applicable to all of our employees, but it is not always possible to identify and deter misconduct by employees and other third parties, and the precautions we take to detect and prevent this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to comply with these laws or regulations. Additionally, we are subject to the risk that a person could allege such fraud or other misconduct, even if none occurred. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we are not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our rights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business, including the imposition of civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, monetary fines, imposition of a monitor, possible exclusion from participation in federal healthcare programs, contractual damages, reputational harm, diminished profits and future earnings, and curtailment of our operations, any of which could adversely affect our ability to operate our business and our results of operations.

85


 

Because we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our capital stock in the foreseeable future, capital appreciation, if any, will be your sole source of gain.

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all of our future earnings, if any, to finance the growth and development of our business. In addition, the terms of any future debt agreements may preclude us from paying dividends. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock will be your sole source of gain for the foreseeable future.

The price of our common stock may be volatile and fluctuate substantially, which could result in substantial losses for purchasers of our common stock.

Our stock price has been and is likely to continue to be volatile. The stock market in general, and the market for biopharmaceutical companies in particular, have experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. As a result of this volatility, you may not be able to sell your common stock. The market price for our common stock may be influenced by many factors, including:

 

the success of competitive products or technologies;

advancement of our preclinical programs, such as our targeted oncology programs, into clinical testing;

results of clinical trials of our product candidates or those of our competitors;

regulatory or legal developments in the United States and other countries;

developments or disputes concerning patent applications, issued patents or other proprietary rights;

the recruitment or departure of key personnel;

the level of expenses related to any of our programs and product candidates or preclinical and clinical development programs;

the results of our efforts to discover, develop, acquire or in-license additional product candidates or products;

actual or anticipated changes in estimates as to financial results, development timelines or recommendations by securities analysts;

variations in our financial results or those of companies that are perceived to be similar to us;

changes in the structure of healthcare payment systems and third-party reimbursement decisions;

market conditions in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology sectors;

limited trading volume;

future sales of common stock by our officers, directors and significant stockholders;

general economic, industry and market conditions; and

the other factors described in this “Risk Factors” section.

 

We will incur increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives.

As a public company, and particularly after we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and rules subsequently implemented by the SEC and The Nasdaq Global Market, or Nasdaq, have imposed various requirements on public companies, including establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and corporate governance practices. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance initiatives. Moreover, these rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, these rules and regulations have made it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance.

Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, we are required to furnish a report by our management on our internal control over financial reporting, including an attestation report on internal control over financial reporting issued by our independent registered public accounting firm. However, while we remain an emerging growth company, we will not be required to include an attestation report on internal control over financial reporting issued by our independent registered public accounting firm. To achieve compliance with Section 404 within the prescribed period, we will be engaged in a process to document and evaluate our internal control over financial reporting, which is both costly and challenging. In this regard, we will need to continue to dedicate internal resources, potentially engage outside consultants and adopt a detailed work plan to assess and document the adequacy of internal control over financial reporting, continue steps to improve control processes as appropriate, validate through testing that controls are functioning as documented and implement a continuous reporting and improvement process for internal control over financial reporting. Despite our efforts, there is a risk that neither we nor our independent registered public accounting firm will be able to conclude within the prescribed timeframe that our

86


 

internal control over financial reporting is effective as required by Section 404. This could result in an adverse reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of confidence in the reliability of our financial statements. In addition, if we are not able to continue to meet these requirements, we may not be able to remain listed on Nasdaq.

Our disclosure controls and procedures may not prevent or detect all errors or acts of fraud.

We are subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. We designed our disclosure controls and procedures to reasonably assure that information we must disclose in reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, and recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC. We believe that any disclosure controls and procedures or internal controls and procedures, no matter how well-conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people or by an unauthorized override of the controls. Accordingly, because of the inherent limitations in our control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

If securities analysts do not publish research or reports about our business or if they publish negative evaluations of our stock, the price of our stock could decline.

The trading market for our common stock relies in part on the research and reports that industry or financial analysts publish about us or our business. We do not control these analysts. If one or more of the analysts covering our business downgrade their evaluations of our stock, the price target for our stock or publish inaccurate or unfavorable evaluations of our company or our stock, the price of our stock could decline. If one or more of these analysts cease to cover our stock or fail to publish reports covering our company regularly, we could lose visibility in the market for our stock, which in turn could cause our stock price to decline. In addition, if we are the subject of negative publicity, whether from an analyst, academic, industry group or the general or financial press, our stock price may decline.

We may be subject to securities litigation, which is expensive and could divert management attention.

The market price of our common stock may be volatile. The stock market in general, and Nasdaq and biopharmaceutical companies in particular, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of these companies. In the past, companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future. Securities litigation against us could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention from other business concerns, which could seriously harm our business.

General Risk Factors

Comprehensive tax reform legislation could adversely affect our business and financial condition.

The tax regimes we are subject to or operate under are unsettled and may be subject to significant change. Changes in tax laws (including in response to the COVID-19 pandemic) or tax rulings, or changes in interpretations of existing laws, could cause us to be subject to additional income-based taxes and non- income taxes (such as payroll, sales, use, value-added, digital tax, net worth, property, and goods and services taxes), which in turn could materially affect our financial position and results of operations. Additionally, new, changed, modified, or newly interpreted or applied tax laws could increase our customers’ and our compliance, operating and other costs, as well as the costs of our products, if approved. As we expand the scale of our business activities, any changes in the U.S. taxation of such activities may increase our effective tax rate and harm our business, financial condition, and results of operations. For example, the change in administration and control of Congress in the United States following the 2020 elections may result in additional U.S. tax law changes that could have a material impact on our future effective tax rate, which could have a negative impact on our results of operations in the future. Complying with these tax laws is complex and the statutes and regulations can be subject to varying interpretation which can make compliance challenging.

Unfavorable global economic conditions could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our results of operations could be adversely affected by general conditions in the global economy and in the global financial markets. For example, in 2008, the global financial crisis caused extreme volatility and disruptions in the capital and credit markets and the current COVID-19 pandemic has caused significant volatility and uncertainty in U.S. and international

87


 

markets. A severe or prolonged economic downturn could result in a variety of risks to our business, including, weakened demand for our product candidates and our ability to raise additional capital when needed on acceptable terms, if at all. In addition, our business may be generally exposed to the impact of political or civil unrest or military action, including the current conflict between Russia and Ukraine (where a vendor that performs chemistry related work on our pre-clinical product candidates is located) and, while we do not otherwise have direct exposure to Ukraine, our business and results of operations may be impacted based upon the events taking place there. A weak or declining economy could also strain our suppliers, possibly resulting in supply disruption, or cause our customers to delay making payments for our services. Any of the foregoing could harm our business and we cannot anticipate all of the ways in which the current economic climate and financial market conditions could adversely impact our business.

An active trading market for our common stock may not be sustained, and you may not be able to resell your shares at the price you paid.

Although our common stock is listed on The Nasdaq Global Market, an active trading market for our shares may not be sustained. In the absence of an active trading market for our common stock, investors may be unable to sell their shares.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

Not Applicable.

Item 2. Properties

Our corporate headquarters is located at 100 Binney Street, Cambridge, Massachusetts, where we lease and occupy approximately 22,383 square feet of office and laboratory space. The term of our amended lease with respect to this facility expires on October 15, 2022, however, under certain circumstances, this lease may terminate on an earlier date.

In September 2019, we entered into a new lease to move our corporate headquarters to 201 Brookline Avenue, Boston, Massachusetts, where we will lease and occupy approximately 64,805 square feet of office and laboratory space. The leased space is currently undergoing construction. The term of the new lease is ten years from the rent commencement date, which is expected to occur in the second half of 2022.

From time to time, we may become involved in litigation or other legal proceedings. Regardless of outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors.

We are not currently a party to any litigation or legal proceedings that, in the opinion of our management, are probable to have a material adverse effect on our business.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

 

88


 

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market Information

Our common stock currently trades on The Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol "TNGX".

Holders of Common Stock

As of March 4, 2022, there were approximately 61 stockholders of record of our common stock. Certain shares are held in “street” name and accordingly, the number of beneficial owners of such shares is not known or included in the foregoing number of stockholders of record.

Dividend Policy

We currently intend to retain all available funds and future earnings, if any, to fund the development and expansion of our business. We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock, and we do not expect to pay any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Payment of future dividends, if any, on our common stock will be at the discretion of our board of directors after taking into account various factors, including our financial condition, operating results, anticipated cash needs, and other factors that the board of directors may deem relevant.

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

The information required by Item 5 of Form 10-K regarding equity compensation plans is incorporated herein by reference to Item 12 of Part III of this Annual Report.

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities

The information required by Item 701 of Regulation S-K was previously included in our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on November 9, 2021.

Use of Proceeds

Of the gross proceeds received from the Initial Public Offering, including an additional 2,175,000 shares of common stock to cover the over-allotments, $166.8 million was placed in a trust account. The net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering were applied to fund the Business Combination and related expenses.

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

None.

Item 6. [Reserved]

Not applicable.

89


 

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing at the end of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. As a result of many factors, including those factors set forth in the “Risk Factors” section of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, our actual results could differ materially from the results described in, or implied by, the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis.

 

Unless otherwise indicated, references in this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations section to “Tango,” “we,” “us,” “our” and other similar terms refer to our wholly-owned subsidiary Tango Therapeutics Sub, Inc. and its subsidiary prior to the closing of the business combination with BCTG Acquisition Corp. and to Tango Therapeutics, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries after giving effect to the Business Combination.

Overview

We are a precision oncology company leveraging our state-of-the-art target discovery platform to identify novel targets and develop new drugs directed at tumor suppressor gene loss in defined patient populations with high unmet medical need. Tumor suppressor gene loss remains a largely untouched target space specifically because these genetic events cannot be directly targeted. Empowered by recent advances in CRISPR technology, we are now able to employ a unique functional genomics approach and apply the principles of synthetic lethality to target the loss of specific tumor suppressor genes at scale. We believe this will result in establishing a sustainable pipeline designed to deliver meaningfully clinical benefit to patients. Our novel small molecules are designed to be selectively active in cancer cells with specific tumor suppressor gene loss, killing those cancer cells while being relatively inert in normal cells. We also are extending this target space beyond the classic, cell-autonomous effects of tumor suppressor gene loss to include the discovery of novel targets that reverse the effects of tumor suppressor gene loss that prevent the immune system from recognizing and killing cancer cells (immune evasion). We believe this approach will provide the ability to deliver the deep, sustained target inhibition necessary for prolonged tumor regression and meaningful clinical benefit as a result of the unique ability of synthetic lethal targeting to spare normal cells.

Our lead program, TNG908, a protein arginine methyl transferase 5, or PRMT5, inhibitor is synthetic lethal with MTAP deletion, is being developed as a treatment for cancers with MTAP deletions. MTAP deletions occur in 10% to 15% of all human cancers. In preclinical studies, TNG908 demonstrated 15-fold greater potency in cells with MTAP deletions than those without and showed strong regressions in multiple cancer types. In the first quarter of 2022, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) cleared the Investigational New Drug (IND) application for the Phase 1/2 clinical trial and granted Fast Track designation to TNG908. We plan to initiate a Phase 1/2 clinical trial in the second quarter of 2022. Our Target 3 program, an undisclosed synthetic lethal target, reverses the immune evasion effect of serine-threonine kinase 11 (STK11) loss-of-function mutations. In animal models, the combination of Target 3 with a PD1 inhibitor sustained strong tumor regressions and the induction of immune memory against re-implantation of tumors. We expect to advance a development candidate in the second quarter of 2022 and file an IND in 2023. We are also developing a ubiquitin-specific protease 1, or USP1, inhibitor that is synthetic lethal with BRCA1 and BRCA2-mutant tumors. In vitro and in vivo preclinical data for USP1 demonstrated potent anti-tumor activity. We expect this molecule to have both single agent activity in PARPi-naïve and PARPi-resistant BRCA1/2 mutant cancers and to synergize with PARP inhibitors. We anticipate declaring a development candidate in the second half of 2022 and filing an IND for this program in 2023.

Business Combination

On April 13, 2021, the Company, BCTG Merger Sub Inc., a Delaware corporation, and Tango Therapeutics, Inc. (now known as Tango Therapeutics Sub, Inc., or “Old Tango”) signed a definitive merger agreement, or the Merger Agreement, memorializing the terms of BCTG’s acquisition of 100% of Old Tango’s issued and outstanding equity securities in exchange for $550.0 million worth of consideration in the form of BCTG common stock, or the Business Combination. The Business Combination was approved on August 9, 2021 by shareholders of BCTG, resulting in BCTG acquiring 100% of our issued and outstanding equity securities on August 10, 2021. Upon the closing of the Business Combination, BCTG Merger Sub Inc. merged with and into Tango, with Tango as the surviving company in the Merger, and BCTG changed its name to “Tango Therapeutics, Inc.”, or New Tango. For additional information on the Business Combination, see Note 3 to the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

90


 

We received gross proceeds of $167.1 million upon the closing of the Business Combination. Simultaneous with the closing of the Business Combination, Tango entered into agreements with certain investors, the PIPE Investors, pursuant to which these PIPE Investors purchased 18,610,000 shares of our common stock at $10.00 per share, for aggregate gross proceeds of $186.1 million, upon the closing of the PIPE financing. Total transaction costs and redemptions totaled $26.9 million, resulting in total net proceeds of $326.3 million.

Subject to the terms of the Merger Agreement, at the effective time of the Business Combination, each share of Old Tango redeemable convertible preferred stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of the Business Combination was converted into a share of New Tango common stock. At the effective time of the Business Combination, each option to purchase Old Tango common stock became an option to purchase shares of New Tango common stock, subject to adjustment in accordance with the exchange ratio.

Financial Overview

Since the Company's inception, we have focused primarily on organizing and staffing our company, business planning, raising capital, discovering product candidates, securing related intellectual property, and conducting research and development activities for our programs. Since our inception, we have funded our operations primarily through equity financings and from the proceeds received from our collaboration agreement with Gilead Sciences, Inc., or Gilead. Since inception, we have raised an aggregate of $166.9 million of gross proceeds from the sale of our preferred shares, $342.1 million in gross proceeds through the closing of the Business Combination and PIPE Financing transactions (as described below) and another $212.1 million through our collaboration with Gilead.

We believe that our existing cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities on hand as of December 31, 2021 of $485.3 million will enable us to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements at least into the second half of 2024. Since inception, we have incurred significant operating losses. For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, our net losses were $58.2 million and $52.0 million, respectively. We had an accumulated deficit of $161.3 million as of December 31, 2021. We expect to continue to incur significant and increasing expenses and operating losses for the foreseeable future, as we advance our product candidates through preclinical and clinical development and seek regulatory approvals, manufacture drug product and drug supply, maintain and expand our intellectual property portfolio, as well as hire additional personnel, pay for accounting, audit, legal, regulatory and consulting services, and pay costs associated with maintaining compliance with Nasdaq listing rules and the requirements of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, director and officer liability insurance, investor and public relations activities and other expenses associated with operating as a public company. Our net losses may fluctuate significantly from quarter-to-quarter and year-to-year, depending on the timing of our preclinical studies, our clinical trials and our expenditures on other research and development activities.

We do not have any product candidates approved for sale and have not generated any revenue from product sales. We will not generate revenue from product sales unless and until we successfully complete clinical development and obtain regulatory approval for our product candidates, if ever. In addition, if we obtain regulatory approval for our product candidates and do not enter into a third-party commercialization partnership, we expect to incur significant expenses related to developing our commercialization capability to support product sales, marketing, manufacturing and distribution activities. As a result, we will need substantial additional funding to support our continuing operations and pursue our growth strategy. Until we can generate significant revenue from product sales, if ever, we expect to finance our operations through a combination of public or private equity offerings and debt financings or other sources, such as potential collaboration agreements, strategic alliances and licensing arrangements. We may be unable to raise additional funds or enter into such other agreements or arrangements when needed on acceptable terms, or at all. Our failure to raise capital or enter into such agreements as, and when needed, could have a negative effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with pharmaceutical development, we are unable to predict the timing or amount of increased expenses or when or if we will be able to achieve or maintain profitability. Even if we are able to generate revenues from the sale of our therapies, we may not become profitable. If we fail to become profitable or are unable to sustain profitability on a continuing basis, then we may be unable to continue our operations at planned levels and be forced to reduce our operations.

Revenue

To date, we have not recognized any revenue from product sales, and we do not expect to generate any revenue from the sale of products in the next several years. If our development efforts for our product candidates are successful and result in regulatory approval, or license agreements with third parties, we may generate revenue in the future from product sales. However, there can be no assurance as to when we will generate such revenue, if at all.

91


 

Collaboration Agreements with Gilead Sciences

In October 2018, we entered into a collaboration agreement with Gilead, or the 2018 Gilead Agreement. Pursuant to the terms of the 2018 Gilead Agreement, we received an initial upfront payment of $50.0 million. The upfront payment was initially recorded as deferred revenue on our balance sheet and is recognized as revenue as or when the performance obligation under the contract is satisfied.

In July 2019, Gilead licensed a program from us, and also separately contracted for additional services related to the program through a letter agreement. By December 2019, we had substantially completed our required obligations under the license and side letter agreement, and as a result, recognized $9.4 million of revenue. By December 2020, all remaining obligations under the license and side letter agreement were completed, resulting in the recognition of the remaining consideration of $0.7 million of revenue.

In August 2020, the 2018 Gilead Agreement was expanded into a broader collaboration via an amended and restated research collaboration and license agreement, or the Gilead Agreement. Pursuant to the terms of the Gilead Agreement, we received an upfront payment of $125.0 million. Consistent with the treatment of the previously received upfront payment, this upfront payment was recorded as deferred revenue on our balance sheet and is recognized as revenue as or when the performance obligation under the contract is satisfied.

In December 2020 and September 2021, Gilead elected to extend two programs for research extension fees totaling $24.0 million, which was added to our estimate of the transaction price to total $199.0 million. A total of $10.0 million of fees related to the research extensions have not been received as of December 31, 2021 as these were determined to be conditional upon the satisfaction of additional research obligations, and thus a contract asset, however, we determined that achievement of the entire research extension fees was probable and that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized would not occur.

In April 2021, Gilead licensed a program for an $11.0 million fee. The $11.0 million license fee was received and recognized as revenue in the second quarter of 2021 since we have no continued involvement in the advancement of the program, Gilead can benefit from the license on its own and the license is separately identifiable from the research services.

As of December 31, 2021, $50.3 million has been recognized as collaboration revenue related to the upfront and research extension payments from the Gilead Agreement.

During the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, we recognized $26.0 million and $7.0 million, respectively, of collaboration revenue associated with the Gilead Agreements based on performance completed during each period.

Refer to Note 2 and Note 4 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information regarding our revenue recognition accounting policy and our collaboration agreement with Gilead.

Operating Expenses

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses consist primarily of costs incurred for our research activities, including our drug discovery efforts and the development of our product candidates. We expense research and development costs as incurred, which include:

employee-related expenses, including salaries, bonuses, benefits, stock-based compensation, other related costs for those employees involved in research and development efforts;
external research and development expenses incurred under agreements with contract research organizations, or CROs, as well as consultants that conduct our preclinical studies and development services;
costs related to manufacturing material for our preclinical and clinical studies;
laboratory supplies and research materials;
costs to fulfill our obligations under the collaboration with Gilead;
costs related to compliance with regulatory requirements; and

92


 

facilities, depreciation and other allocated expenses, which include direct and allocated expenses for rent, utilities and insurance.

 

Costs for certain activities are recognized based on an evaluation of the progress to completion of specific tasks using data such as information provided to us by our vendors and analyzing the progress of our preclinical studies or other services performed. Significant judgment and estimates are made in determining the accrued expense balances at the end of any reporting period.

Our direct external research and development expenses consist primarily of fees paid to CROs and outside consultants in connection with our preclinical and clinical development and manufacturing activities. Our direct external research and development expenses also include fees incurred under license agreements. We track these external research and development costs on a program-by-program basis once we have identified a product candidate.

We do not allocate employee costs, costs associated with our target discovery efforts, laboratory supplies, and facilities, including depreciation or other indirect costs, to specific programs because these costs are deployed across multiple programs and, as such, are not separately classified. We characterize research and development costs incurred prior to the identification of a product candidate as discovery costs. We use internal resources primarily to conduct our research and discovery activities as well as for managing our preclinical development and manufacturing activities.

The following table summarizes our research and development expenses:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

TNG908 direct program expenses

 

$

11,012

 

 

$

9,548

 

USP1 direct program expenses

 

 

8,009

 

 

 

4,594

 

Discovery direct program expenses

 

 

28,031

 

 

 

13,365

 

Unallocated research and development expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

       Personnel related expenses

 

 

21,276

 

 

 

12,937

 

       Facilities and other related expenses

 

 

9,308

 

 

 

9,547

 

Total research and development expenses

 

$

77,636

 

 

$

49,991

 

The successful development of our product candidates is highly uncertain. We plan to substantially increase our research and development expenses for the foreseeable future as we continue the development of our product candidates and manufacturing processes and conduct discovery and research activities for our preclinical programs. We cannot determine with certainty the timing of initiation, the duration or the completion costs of current or future preclinical studies and clinical trials of our product candidates or the timing of regulatory filings in connection with clinical trials or regulatory approval, due to the inherently unpredictable nature of preclinical and clinical development. Clinical and preclinical development timelines, the probability of success and development costs can differ materially from expectations. We anticipate that we will make determinations as to which product candidates to pursue and how much funding to direct to each product candidate on an ongoing basis in response to the results of ongoing and future preclinical studies and clinical trials, regulatory developments and our ongoing assessments as to each product candidate’s commercial potential. Our clinical development costs are expected to increase significantly as we commence clinical trials. We anticipate that our expenses will increase substantially, particularly due to the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with developing product candidates, including the uncertainty of:

the scope, rate of progress, and expenses of our ongoing research activities as well as any preclinical studies, clinical trials and other research and development activities;
establishing an appropriate safety profile with IND enabling studies;
successful enrollment in and completion of clinical trials;
whether our product candidates show safety and efficacy in our clinical trials;
receipt of marketing approvals from applicable regulatory authorities;
the progress of our collaboration with Gilead;
establishing commercial manufacturing capabilities or making arrangements with third-party manufacturers;

93


 

obtaining and maintaining patent and trade secret protection and regulatory exclusivity for our product candidates;
commercializing product candidates, if and when approved, whether alone or in collaboration with others; and
continued acceptable safety profile of products following any regulatory approval.

Any changes in the outcome of any of these variables with respect to the development of our product candidates in preclinical and clinical development could mean a significant change in the costs and timing associated with the development of these product candidates. We may never succeed in achieving regulatory approval for any of our product candidates. We may obtain unexpected results from our clinical trials. We may elect to discontinue, delay or modify clinical trials of some product candidates or focus on other product candidates. For example, if the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, European Medicines Agency, or EMA, or another regulatory authority were to delay our planned start of clinical trials or require us to conduct clinical trials or other testing beyond those that we currently expect or if we experience significant delays in enrollment in any of our planned clinical trials, we could be required to expend significant additional financial resources and time on the completion of clinical development of that product candidate.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expense consists primarily of employee related costs, including salaries, bonuses, benefits, stock-based compensation and other related costs. General and administrative expense also includes professional services, including legal, accounting and audit services and other consulting fees as well as facility costs not otherwise included in research and development expenses, insurance and other general administrative expenses.

We anticipate that our general and administrative expenses will increase in the future as we increase our headcount to support our continued research activities and development of our product candidates. We also anticipate that we will incur significantly increased accounting, audit, legal, regulatory, compliance and director and officer insurance costs as well as investor and public relations expenses associated with operating as a public company.

Other Income (Expense), Net

Interest Income

Interest income consists of income earned and losses incurred in connection with our investments in money market funds, U.S. Treasury bills and U.S. government agency bonds.

Other (Expense) Income, Net

Other (expense) income, net consists of miscellaneous income and expense unrelated to our core operations.

Provision for Income Taxes

Our provision for income tax consists of an estimate for U.S. federal and state income taxes based on enacted rates, as adjusted for allowable credits, deductions, uncertain tax positions, changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities and changes in tax law. We have recorded a provision for income taxes in the amount of $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. There was no provision for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2020 because we have historically incurred net operating losses and maintain a full valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets.

94


 

Results of Operations

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2021 and 2020

The following table summarizes our results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

Change

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Collaboration revenue

 

$

26,042

 

 

$

6,972

 

 

$

19,070

 

License revenue

 

 

11,000

 

 

 

684

 

 

 

10,316

 

Total revenue

 

 

37,042

 

 

 

7,656

 

 

 

29,386

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

 

 

77,636

 

 

 

49,991

 

 

 

27,645

 

General and administrative

 

 

17,596

 

 

 

9,865

 

 

 

7,731

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

95,232

 

 

 

59,856

 

 

 

35,376

 

Loss from operations

 

 

(58,190

)

 

 

(52,200

)

 

 

(5,990

)

Other income (expense), net:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

495

 

 

 

108

 

 

 

387

 

Other (expense) income, net

 

 

(248

)

 

 

120

 

 

 

(368

)

Total other income, net

 

 

247

 

 

 

228

 

 

 

19

 

Loss before income taxes

 

 

(57,943

)

 

 

(51,972

)

 

 

(5,971

)

Provision for income taxes

 

 

(292

)

 

 

 

 

 

(292

)

Net loss

 

 

(58,235

)

 

 

(51,972

)

 

 

(6,263

)

Net loss and comprehensive loss

 

$

(59,017

)

 

$

(51,965

)

 

$

(7,052

)

 

Collaboration Revenue

Collaboration revenue of $26.0 million and $7.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, was derived from the Gilead collaboration. The increase of $19.1 million is primarily due to the charge against revenue of $11.3 million in the third quarter of 2020 driven by a cumulative catch-up adjustment to the revenue previously recognized from the Gilead collaboration due to a change to the transaction price resulting from the execution of the Gilead Agreement as well as incremental costs incurred during the year ended December 31, 2021 resulting in greater collaboration revenue recognition.

License Revenue

License revenue of $11.0 million and $0.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, was derived from the Gilead collaboration. The increase of $10.3 million is primarily due to Gilead licensing a program for $11.0 million during the second quarter of 2021 as compared to residual 2019 Gilead Letter Agreement revenue of $0.7 million recognized during the year ended December 31, 2020.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expense was $77.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to $50.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase of $27.6 million was primarily due to a $18.6 million increase in external CRO expenses and lab supplies primarily relating to the advancement of our programs. Additionally, personnel-related costs increased $6.8 million primarily due to an increase of share-based compensation expense and additional headcount to support our research and development activities, as well as a $2.5 million increase in IT spend, consulting and professional fees.

General and Administrative Expenses

General and administrative expense was $17.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to $9.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase of $7.7 million was primarily due to a $4.8 million increase in personnel-related costs due to an increase in share-based compensation expense and additional headcount, as well as a $1.4 million increase in consulting and professional fees.

95


 

Interest Income

Interest income was $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase of $0.4 million was primarily due to an increase in cash invested and interest rates in 2021 as compared to 2020.

Other (Expense) Income, Net

Other expense, net was $0.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to other income of $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. Other (expense) income was not significant for both the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.

Provision for Income Taxes

Provision for income taxes was $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to $0 for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase of $0.3 million is primarily attributable to taxable deferred revenue partially offset by the utilization of federal and state net operating losses and federal and state tax credits.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Sources of Liquidity

Since our inception, we have generated recurring net losses. We have not yet commercialized any product and we do not expect to generate revenue from sales of any products for several years, if at all. Since our inception, we have funded our operations primarily through proceeds from the issuance of equity in the form of stock and from the proceeds received from our collaboration with Gilead. To date, we have raised an aggregate of $166.9 million of gross proceeds from the private placement of preferred shares, $342.1 million of gross proceeds from the Business Combination and PIPE Financing transactions, and $212.1 million through the collaboration and license agreement with Gilead. As of December 31, 2021, we had cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities of $485.3 million.

Funding Requirements

We believe that our existing cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities on hand as of December 31, 2021 of $485.3 million will enable us to fund our operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements at least into the second half of 2024. We have based this estimate on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could expend our capital resources sooner than we expect.

Cash Flows

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2021 and 2020

The following table summarizes our cash flows for each of the years presented:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

Change

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

 

$

(59,527

)

 

$

70,074

 

 

$

(129,601

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(183,434

)

 

 

(145,466

)

 

 

(37,968

)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

357,325

 

 

 

80,884

 

 

 

276,441

 

Net increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

 

$

114,364

 

 

$

5,492

 

 

$

108,872

 

Operating Activities

Net cash used in operating activities was $59.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to net cash provided by operating activities of $70.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The net cash used in operations for the year ended December 31, 2021 was primarily driven by the net loss of $58.2 million as a direct result of higher operating expenses related to the advancement of our programs and personnel-related costs. The net cash provided by operations for the year

96


 

ended December 31, 2020 was primarily driven by a $125.0 million non-refundable upfront payment received from Gilead that was recorded as deferred revenue in 2020 and was partially offset by a net loss of $52.0 million.

Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $183.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to net cash used in investing activities of $145.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase in cash used in investing activities was primarily due to increased purchases of marketable securities and was partially offset by an increase in sales and maturities of marketable securities.

Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities was $357.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to net cash provided by financing activities of $80.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The increase in net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2021 was primarily due to net proceeds of $326.3 million received upon the closing of the Business Combination and PIPE Financing in August 2021, as well as $30.0 million in proceeds related to the issuance of shares of redeemable convertible Series B preferred stock in March 2021. The net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2020 was primarily due to net proceeds of $30.0 million related to the issuance of shares of redeemable convertible Series B preferred stock in April 2020 and net proceeds of $51.2 million related to the issuance of shares of redeemable convertible Series-B-1 preferred stock in August 2020.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations at December 31, 2021 and the effects that such obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flows in future periods:

 

 

 

Payments Due by Period

 

 

 

Total

 

 

Less than
1 Year

 

 

1 – 3 Years

 

 

3 – 5 Years

 

 

More than
5 Years

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Operating lease commitments

 

$

1,572

 

 

$

1,572

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Total

 

$

1,572

 

 

$

1,572

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

The commitment amounts in the table above reflect the minimum payments due under our amended operating lease for office and laboratory space at our 100 Binney Street, Cambridge, Massachusetts location. These commitments are also recognized as operating lease liabilities in our balance sheet at December 31, 2021. In November 2021, we entered into a lease termination agreement for our leased office and laboratory space at 100 Binney Street in Cambridge, Massachusetts. The lease termination agreement is a modification of the lease agreement for these premises that provides, among other things, the acceleration of the expiration of the original term of the lease from June 30, 2026 to an earlier lease termination date, for which the earlier date shall be no later than October 15, 2022. Refer to Note 8 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional discussion of the impact resulting from the lease termination agreement.

The table does not include the minimum payments due under our new operating lease for office and laboratory space at the 201 Brookline Avenue, Boston, Massachusetts as we have not occupied the premises and the lease payments in connection with this lease are yet to commence as of December 31, 2021. Commitments pertaining to the 201 Brookline Avenue lease will be added to the table above, and also recognized as operating lease liabilities on our balance sheet upon achievement of the new lease commencement date. The fixed annual rent payable under the lease is $5.1 million, increasing by 3% annually from the rent commencement date.

Purchase Obligations

In the normal course of business, we enter into contracts with third parties for preclinical studies, clinical operations and research and development supplies. These contracts generally do not contain minimum purchase commitments and provide for termination on notice, and therefore are cancellable contracts. These payments are not included in the table above as the amount and timing of such payments are not known as of December 31, 2021.

97


 

License Agreement Obligations

We have also entered into license agreements under which we may be obligated to make milestone and royalty payments. We have not included future milestone or royalty payments under these agreements in the table above since the payment obligations are contingent upon future events, such as achieving certain development, regulatory, and commercial milestones or generating product sales. As of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, we were unable to estimate the timing or likelihood of achieving these milestones or generating future product sales. Refer to Note 9 to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a description of our license agreements.

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates

Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make judgments and estimates that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities in our financial statements. We base our estimates on historical experience, known trends and events and various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances and at the time these estimates are made, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Some of the judgments and estimates we make can be subjective and complex. Our actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our judgments and estimates in light of changes in circumstances, facts, and experience. The effects of material revisions in estimates, if any, will be reflected in the consolidated financial statements prospectively from the date of change in estimates.

While our significant accounting policies are described in more detail in Note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, we believe that the following accounting policies are those most critical to the judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our financial statements.

Revenue Recognition

The terms of our collaboration agreements may include consideration such as non-refundable up-front payments, license fees, research extension fees, and clinical, regulatory and sales-based milestones and royalties on product sales.

We recognize revenue under ASC Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, or ASC 606, which applies to all contracts with customers, except for contracts that are within the scope of other standards, such as leases, insurance, collaboration arrangements and financial instruments. ASC 606 provides a five-step framework whereby revenue is recognized when control of promised goods or services is transferred to a customer at an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. To determine revenue recognition for arrangements that we determine are within the scope of the revenue standard, we perform the following five steps: (i) identify the promised goods or services in the contract; (ii) determine whether the promised goods or services are performance obligations including whether they are distinct in the context of the contract; (iii) measure the transaction price, including the constraint on variable consideration; (iv) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations; and (v) recognize revenue when (or as) we satisfy each performance obligation. We only apply the five-step model to contracts when collectability of the consideration to which we are entitled in exchange for the goods or services we transfer to the customer is determined to be probable. At contract inception, once the contract is determined to be within the scope of ASC 606, we assess whether the goods or services promised within each contract are distinct and, therefore, represent a separate performance obligation. Goods and services that are determined not to be distinct are combined with other promised goods and services until a distinct bundle is identified. We then allocate the transaction price (the amount of consideration we expect to be entitled to from a customer in exchange for the promised goods or services) to each performance obligation and recognize the associated revenue when (or as) each performance obligation is satisfied. Our estimate of the transaction price for each contract includes all variable consideration to which we expect to be entitled.

We recognize the transaction price allocated to license payments as revenue upon delivery of the license to the customer and resulting ability of the customer to use and benefit from the license, if the license is determined to be distinct from the other performance obligations identified in the contract. If the license is considered to not be distinct from other performance obligations, we utilize judgment to assess the nature of the combined performance obligation to determine whether the combined performance obligation is satisfied (i) at a point in time, but only for licenses determined to be distinct from other performance obligations in the contract, or (ii) over time; and, if over time, the appropriate method of measuring progress for purposes of recognizing revenue from license payments. We evaluate the measure of progress each reporting period and, if necessary, adjust the measure of performance and related revenue recognition.

98


 

We evaluate whether it is probable that the consideration associated with each milestone payment will not be subject to a significant reversal in the cumulative amount of revenue recognized. Amounts that meet this threshold are included in the transaction price using the most likely amount method, whereas amounts that do not meet this threshold are considered constrained and excluded from the transaction price until they meet this threshold. Milestones tied to regulatory approval, and therefore not within our control, are considered constrained until such approval is received. Upfront and ongoing development milestones under our collaboration agreements are not subject to refund if the development activities are not successful. At the end of each subsequent reporting period, we re-evaluate the probability of a significant reversal of the cumulative revenue recognized for the milestones, and, if necessary, adjust the estimate of the overall transaction price. Any such adjustments are recorded on a cumulative catch-up basis, which would affect revenues from collaborators in the period of adjustment. We exclude sales-based milestone payments and royalties from the transaction price until the sale occurs (or, if later, until the underlying performance obligation to which some or all of the royalty has been allocated has been satisfied or partially satisfied), because the license to our intellectual property is deemed to be the predominant item to which the royalties relate as it is the primary driver of value.

ASC 606 requires us to allocate the arrangement consideration on a relative standalone selling price basis for each performance obligation after determining the transaction price of the contract and identifying the performance obligations to which that amount should be allocated. The relative standalone selling price is defined in ASC 606 as the price at which an entity would sell a promised good or service separately to a customer. If other observable transactions in which we have sold the same performance obligation separately are not available, we are required to estimate the standalone selling price of each performance obligation. Key assumptions to determine the standalone selling price may include forecasted revenues, development timelines, reimbursement rates for personnel costs, discount rates and probabilities of technical and regulatory success.

Whenever we determine that multiple promises to a customer are not distinct and comprise a combined performance obligation that includes services, we recognize revenue over time using the cost-to-cost input method, based on the total estimated cost to fulfill the obligation. Significant management judgment is required in determining the level of effort required under an arrangement and the period over which we are expected to complete our performance obligations under an arrangement.

Consideration that does not meet the requirements to satisfy the above revenue recognition criteria is a contract liability and is recorded as deferred revenue in the consolidated balance sheets. We have recorded short-term and long-term deferred revenue on our consolidated balance sheets based on our best estimate of when such revenue will be recognized. Short-term deferred revenue consists of amounts that are expected to be recognized as revenue in the next 12 months. Amounts that we expect will not be recognized within the next 12 months are classified as long-term deferred revenue.

In certain instances, the timing of and total costs of satisfying these obligations under our collaboration agreement can be difficult to estimate. Accordingly, our estimates may change in the future. Such changes to estimates would result in a change in revenue recognition amounts. If these estimates and judgments change over the course of these agreements, it may affect the timing and amount of revenue that we will recognize and record in future periods.

Under ASC 606, we will recognize revenue when we fulfill our performance obligations under the agreement with Gilead. As the required performance obligation is satisfied, we will recognize revenue for the portion satisfied and record a receivable for any fees that have not been received. Amounts are recorded as short-term collaboration receivables when our right to consideration is unconditional. A contract liability is recognized when a customer prepays consideration or owes payment to an entity in advance of our performance according to a contract. We do not assess whether a contract has a significant financing component if the expectation at contract inception is that the period between payment by the customer and the transfer of the promised goods or services to the customer will be one year or less. We expense incremental costs of obtaining a contract as and when incurred if the expected amortization period of the asset that we would have recognized is one year or less or the amount is immaterial.

Accrued Research and Development Expenses

As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements, we are required to estimate our accrued research and development expenses. This process involves estimating the level of service performed and the associated cost incurred for the service when we have not yet been invoiced or otherwise notified of actual costs. The majority of our service providers invoice us in arrears for services performed, on a pre-determined schedule or when contractual milestones are met; however, some require advance payments, which would be recorded as a prepaid expense in other assets, or if there is the right of offset, offset against our liability balance with the counterparty. We make estimates of our accrued expenses as of each balance sheet date in the consolidated financial statements based on facts and circumstances known to us at that time. At

99


 

each period end, we corroborate the accuracy of these estimates with the service providers and make adjustments, if necessary.

We record the expense and accrual related to research and development activities performed by our vendors based on our estimates of the services received and efforts expended considering a number of factors, including our knowledge of the progress towards completion of the research and development activities; invoicing to date under the contracts; communication from the vendors of any actual costs incurred during the period that have not yet been invoiced; and the costs included in the contracts and purchase orders. The financial terms of these agreements are subject to negotiation, vary from contract to contract and may result in uneven payment flows. There may be instances in which payments made to our vendors will exceed the level of services provided and result in a prepayment of the expense. In accruing service fees, we estimate the time period over which services will be performed and the level of effort to be expended in each period. If the actual timing of the performance of services or the level of effort varies from the estimate, we adjust the accrual or prepaid expense accordingly. Although we do not expect our estimates to be materially different from amounts actually incurred, our understanding of the status and timing of services performed relative to the actual status and timing of services performed may vary and may result in reporting amounts that are too high or too low in any particular period. To date, there have not been any material adjustments to our prior estimates of accrued research and development expenses.

Stock-Based Compensation

We estimate the fair value of our stock option awards using the Black-Scholes method utilizing the “simplified method,” for determining the expected life of the award, which is based on the mid-point between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term as all options granted after becoming a public entity will be granted “at-the-money.” We determine the volatility for options granted based on an analysis of reported data for a peer group of companies. The expected volatility of granted options has been determined using a weighted-average of the historical volatility measures of this peer group of companies. We will continue to apply this method until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of our own stock price becomes available. The fair value of each share of common stock underlying stock-based awards is based on the closing price of our common stock as reported by Nasdaq on the date of grant. The risk-free interest rate utilized in our calculations is based on a treasury instrument whose term is consistent with the expected life of the stock options. The expected dividend yield is assumed to be zero as we have never paid dividends and do not have current plans to pay any dividends on our common stock.

We measured stock-based awards granted to employees, non-employees and directors based on their fair value on the date of the grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model for options or the difference between the purchase price per share of the award, if any, and the fair value of our common stock for restricted common stock awards.

Prior to the consummation of the Business Combination, as there was not a public market for our common stock prior to becoming publicly traded in August 2021, the estimated fair value of our common stock was determined by our board of directors as of the date of grant of each option or restricted stock award, considering our most recently available third-party valuations of common stock and our board of directors’ assessment of additional objective and subjective factors that it believed were relevant and which may have changed from the date of the most recent valuation through the date of the grant. These third-party valuations were performed in accordance with the guidance outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants’ Accounting and Valuation Guide, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation. Our common stock valuations were prepared using either an option pricing method, or OPM, or a hybrid method, both of which used market approaches to estimate our enterprise value. The OPM treats common stock and preferred stock as call options on the total equity value of a company, with exercise prices based on the value thresholds at which the allocation among the various holders of a company’s securities changes. Under this method, the common stock had value only if the funds available for distribution to stockholders exceed the value of the preferred stock liquidation preferences at the time of the liquidity event, such as a strategic sale or a merger. The hybrid method was a probability-weighted expected return method, or PWERM, where the equity value in one or more scenarios is calculated using an OPM. The PWERM is a scenario-based methodology that estimated the fair value of common stock based upon an analysis of future values for the company, assuming various outcomes. The common stock value was based on the probability-weighted present value of expected future investment returns considering each of the possible outcomes available as well as the rights of each class of stock. The future value of the common stock under each outcome was discounted back to the valuation date at an appropriate risk-adjusted discount rate and probability weighted to arrive at an indication of value for the common stock. A discount for lack of marketability of the common stock is then applied to arrive at an indication of value for the common stock. The Black-Scholes option-pricing model also uses as inputs the fair value of our common stock and assumptions we make for the

100


 

volatility of our common stock, the expected term of our common stock options, the risk-free interest rate for a period that approximates the expected term of our common stock options, and our expected dividend yield.

Compensation expense for awards is recognized over the requisite service period, which is generally the vesting period of the respective award for employees and directors and the period during which services are performed for non-employees. We use the straight-line method to record the expense of awards with service-based vesting conditions.

We believe our methodologies are reasonable based upon our internal peer company analyses. If different assumptions had been made, equity-based compensation expense, consolidated net loss and consolidated net loss per share could have been significantly different.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

A description of recently issued accounting pronouncements that may potentially impact our financial position, results of operations or cash flows is disclosed in Note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Emerging Growth Company and Smaller Reporting Company Status

We are an “emerging growth company,” under the JOBS Act. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. Thus, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of delayed adoption of new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, we will be subject to the same requirements to adopt new or revised accounting standards as private entities. As an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of certain exemptions and reduced reporting requirements under the JOBS Act. Subject to certain conditions, as an emerging growth company:

we may present only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in our periodic reports and registration statements, including this Annual Report on Form 10-K;
we may avail ourselves of the exemption from providing an auditor’s attestation report on our system of internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;
we may provide reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements; and
we may not require nonbinding advisory votes on executive compensation or stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (i) December 31, 2025, (ii) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenues of $1.07 billion or more, (iii) the last day of the fiscal year in which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates exceeded $700.0 million as of the last business day of the second fiscal quarter of such year, provided we have been subject to the Exchange Act for at least 12 calendar months and have filed at least one annual report pursuant to the Exchange Act or (iv) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period. We may choose to take advantage of some but not all of these exemptions.

We are also a “smaller reporting company,” meaning that the market value of our stock held by non-affiliates is less than $700 million and our annual revenue was less than $100 million during the most recently completed fiscal year. We may continue to be a smaller reporting company if either (i) the market value of our stock held by non-affiliates is less than $250 million or (ii) our annual revenue was less than $100 million during the most recently completed fiscal year and the market value of our stock held by non-affiliates is less than $700 million. If we are a smaller reporting company at the time we cease to be an emerging growth company, we may continue to rely on exemptions from certain disclosure requirements that are available to smaller reporting companies. Specifically, as a smaller reporting company we may choose to present only the two most recent fiscal years of audited financial statements in our Annual Report on Form 10-K and, similar to emerging growth companies, smaller reporting companies have reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation.

101


 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

We are exposed to certain market risks in the ordinary course of our business. Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our financial position due to adverse changes in financial market prices and rates.

Interest Rate Risk

We had cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities of $485.3 million and $190.3 million as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively, which consisted of cash, money market funds, U.S. Treasury bills and U.S. government agency bonds. Interest income is sensitive to changes in the general level of interest rates; however, due to the nature of these investments, an immediate 1% change in interest rates would not have a material effect on the fair market value of our investment portfolio.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

Our reporting and functional currency is the U.S. dollar. We currently do not have significant exposure to foreign currencies as we hold no foreign exchange contracts, option contracts, or other foreign hedging arrangements. Our operations may be subject to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates in the future.

Effects of Inflation

We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. Our operations may be subject to inflation in the future.

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

Our consolidated financial statements, together with the report of the independent registered public accounting firm, are appended to this Annual Report on Form 10-K and an index of those consolidated financial statements can be found beginning on page F-1.

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

None.
 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of December 31, 2021. Management recognizes that any disclosure controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives. Our disclosure controls and procedures have been designed to provide reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives. Based on such evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at the reasonable assurance level as of December 31, 2021.

Changes in Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with the evaluation required by paragraph (d) of Exchange Act Rules 13a-15 or 15d-15 that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2021 that materially affected, or were reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Our management, including our Chief

102


 

Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the criteria set forth in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organization of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, management concluded that, as of December 31, 2021, our internal control over financial reporting was effective.

This Annual Report on Form 10-K does not include an attestation report of the independent registered public accounting firm due to an exemption established by the JOBS Act for “emerging growth companies."

Item 9B. Other Information

None.

Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

Not applicable.

103


 

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Management

The following sets forth certain information, as of February 1, 2022, concerning our directors and executive officers.

 

Name

 

   Age

 

 

Position

 

Barbara Weber, M.D.

 

 

65

 

 

President, Chief Executive Officer and Class III Director

Daniella Beckman

 

 

43

 

 

Chief Financial Officer

Alan Huang, Ph.D.

 

 

49

 

 

Chief Scientific Officer

Marc Rudoltz, M.D.

 

 

58

 

 

Chief Medical Officer

Douglas Barry

 

 

52

 

 

General Counsel, Chief Compliance Officer and Corporate Secretary

Alexis Borisy

 

 

50

 

 

Class III Director and Chair

Lesley Calhoun

 

 

56

 

 

Class I Director

Aaron Davis

 

 

43

 

 

Class III Director

Reid Huber, Ph.D.

 

 

50

 

 

Class I Director

Malte Peters, M.D.

 

 

59

 

 

Class II Director

Mace Rothenberg, M.D.

 

 

65

 

 

Class II Director

 

Executive Officers

Barbara Weber, M.D. has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer since March 2017. Dr. Weber has been a Venture Partner at Third Rock Ventures since March 2015. Previously, Dr. Weber served as Senior Vice President, Oncology Translational Medicine, Novartis from 2009 to 2015, Vice President, Oncology, GSK from 2005 to 2009 and Professor, Medicine and Genetics, University of Pennsylvania from 1994 to 2005. Dr. Weber has served on the board of directors of Revolution Medicines, Inc. (NASDAQ: RVMD), a biotechnology company, since April 2018, Fog Pharma, a private biopharmaceutical company, since October 2018, and OPY Acquisition Corp. I (NASDAQ: OHAA), a special purpose acquisition company, since October 2021. Dr. Weber received a B.S. in Chemistry and an M.D. from the University of Washington, was a resident in internal medicine at Yale University and fellow in Medical Oncology at the Dana Farber Cancer Institute. We believe Dr. Weber qualifies to serve on our board based on her position as our President and Chief Executive Officer, her leadership experience and her extensive experience in the biopharmaceutical industry.

Daniella Beckman has served as our Chief Financial Officer since September 2019 and served as our interim Chief Financial Officer from October 2016 to August 2019. Prior to joining us, she provided consulting and interim chief financial officer services for early-stage biotechnology companies since November 2015. Previously, Ms. Beckman was the Chief Financial Officer of Idenix Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company, from June 2011 until it was acquired by Merck & Co., Inc., a pharmaceutical company, in August 2014. Ms. Beckman has served on the board of directors of Translate Bio, Inc., a clinical-stage mRNA therapeutics company, since October 2017, and currently serves on the board of directors of Vor Biopharma Inc. (NASDAQ: VOR), a cell therapies company, since July 2020, on the board of directors of 5:01 Acquisition Corp (NASDAQ: FVAM), a special purpose acquisition company, since October 2020, and on the board of directors of Blueprint Medicines Corporation (NASDAQ: BPMC), a global precision therapy company, since December 2021. Ms. Beckman holds a B.S. in business administration-accounting from Boston University.

Alan Huang, Ph.D., has served as our Chief Scientific Officer since April 2018. Before being appointed as Chief Scientific Officer, Dr. Huang served as Senior Vice President, Head of Biology. From 2016 to 2017, he served as a consultant at Third Rock Ventures. Previously, Dr. Huang was Senior Director and interim Global Head of Oncology Translational Research at Novartis Institute for Biomedical Research. Prior to joining Novartis, Dr. Huang was a senior scientist at Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Dr. Huang obtained his B.S. in biochemistry from Fudan University and his doctorate in biochemistry & molecular biology from the University of South Alabama. He completed a postdoctoral fellowship at Schepen’s Eye Research Institute of Harvard Medical School.

Marc Rudoltz, M.D. has served as our Chief Medical Officer since October 2021. From December 2012 through October 2021, Dr. Rudoltz was the founder and served as the principal of MSR Healthcare Consultants LLC, which provides clinical,

104


 

regulatory, business development, and organizational (executive) management support to companies in the pharmaceutical and biotechnology industry. In his capacity as principal at MSR Healthcare Consultants, Dr. Rudoltz served as interim Chief Medical Officer for a number of companies including Deciphera Pharmaceuticals, and Constellation Pharmaceuticals and as a clinical consultant for Blueprint Medicines. Prior to December 2012, he worked in clinical development roles for several companies, including Novartis where he played a role in the development and commercialization of imatinib (Gleevec®) and nilotinib (Tasigna®). Dr. Rudoltz obtained his B.S. in Chemical Biology from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology and M.D. from SUNY-Upstate Medical University. He completed his residency training in Radiation Oncology at Thomas Jefferson University followed by fellowship training in Cancer Biology at the University of Pennsylvania.

 

Douglas Barry has served as our General Counsel, Chief Compliance Officer and Corporate Secretary since August 2021. Mr. Barry has been practicing law for over 20 years, and joins Tango from Alexion Pharmaceuticals, a biopharmaceutical company the develops and commercializes therapies that serve patients affected by certain rare diseases, where he served as Vice President of Corporate Law from May 2018 to July 2021. Prior to Alexion, he was Associate General Counsel at Alere Inc., a manufacturer and seller of point-of-care diagnostic equipment, from 2015 to March 2018 (Alere was acquired by Abbott Laboratories in 2018). Earlier in his career, Mr. Barry spent 10 years as an attorney in the corporate department at Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr LLP. Mr. Barry has a B.A. degree in Political Science from Hobart College, a Master’s degree from University of Virginia in International Relations and a juris doctor from Northwestern University School of Law.

 

Non-Employee Directors

Alexis Borisy has served as a member of our board of directors since our founding in 2017 and as the chairman of the board of directors since August 2021. Since June 2019, Mr. Borisy has served as Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of EQRx, Inc., a biotechnology company. From 2010 to June 2019, Mr. Borisy was a partner at Third Rock Ventures, a series of venture capital funds investing in life science companies. Mr. Borisy co-founded Blueprint Medicines Corporation (NASDAQ: BPMC), a biopharmaceutical company, and served as its Interim Chief Executive Officer from 2013 to 2014 and has served as a member of its board of directors since 2011. Mr. Borisy co-founded Foundation Medicine, Inc. and served as its Interim Chief Executive Officer from 2009 to 2011 and served as a member of its board of directors from 2009 to July 2018, until its acquisition by Roche. In addition, during the past five years Mr. Borisy has served as a member of the board of directors of various public companies, including Relay Therapeutics, Inc. (NASDAQ: RLAY), Revolution Medicines, Inc. (NASDAQ: RVMD), Magenta Therapeutics, Inc. (NASDAQ: MGTA) and Editas Medicine, Inc. (NASDAQ: EDIT). Mr. Borisy received an A.B. in Chemistry from the University of Chicago and an A.M. in Chemistry and Chemical Biology from Harvard University. We believe Mr. Borisy’s extensive experience as an executive of, and working with and serving on the boards of directors of, multiple biopharmaceutical and life sciences companies, his educational background and his experience working in the venture capital industry provide him with the qualifications and skills necessary to serve as a member of our board of directors.

Lesley Ann Calhoun has served as a member of our board of directors since March 2021. Since June 2020, Ms. Calhoun has served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer at Aligos Therapeutics, Inc., a clinical stage biopharmaceutical company. From August 2016 to June 2020, Ms. Calhoun served as Senior Vice President of Finance & Administration and Chief Accounting Officer at Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. From January 2013 to September 2015, Ms. Calhoun served as Vice President of Finance at Hyperion Therapeutics, Inc., a commercial pharmaceutical company, which was acquired by Horizon Pharma plc, a biopharmaceutical company, in May 2015. Prior to Horizon Pharma, Ms. Calhoun served as Senior Director of Finance and Corporate Controller at Theravance, Inc., a biopharmaceutical company, from August 2005 to January 2013. Prior to Theravance, Ms. Calhoun held various senior finance positions of increasing responsibility where she oversaw all aspects of finance and accounting operations for U.S. and multinational, publicly-traded and pre-IPO stage technology companies and in the biopharmaceutical industry. Earlier in her career, Ms. Calhoun was a member of the audit practice of Deloitte & Touche LLP from 1989 to 2001. Ms. Calhoun holds a B.S. in business administration with a concentration in accounting from San Francisco State University and is a Certified Public Accountant (inactive). We believe that Ms. Calhoun’s financial and accounting expertise and her experience in the finance and life sciences industries qualify her to serve as a member of our board of directors.

Aaron Davis has served as a member of our board of directors since April 2020. Mr. Davis is Co-Founder and Chief Executive Officer of Boxer Capital, LLC. After joining Tavistock Group as Portfolio Manager in 2005, Mr. Davis scaled Tavistock Group’s public healthcare investing activities and founded Boxer Capital, LLC. Prior to the Business Combination, Mr. Davis was the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of BCTG Acquisition Corp., our predecessor company. Mr. Davis is a Member of the Board of Directors of iTeos Therapeutics, Inc. (NASDAQ: ITOS), Mirati Therapeutics Inc. (NASDAQ: MRTX), and Rain Therapeutics Inc. (NASDAQ: RAIN). From 2006 to 2008, Mr. Davis served as a director of Kalypsys, Inc., and from 2000 to 2004, Mr. Davis worked in the Global Healthcare Investment Banking and Private Equity Group at

105


 

UBS Warburg, LLC. Mr. Davis received an M.A. degree in biotechnology from Columbia University and a B.B.A. degree in finance from Emory University. We believe that Mr. Davis is qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors because of his experience serving as a director of biotechnology companies and as a manager of funds specializing in the area of life sciences. We believe that Mr. Davis’s experience serving as a director of multiple biotechnology companies and his knowledge of funds specializing in the area of life sciences makes him qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors.

 

Reid M. Huber, Ph.D., has served as a member of our board of directors since July 2019. Dr. Huber has served as a Partner at Third Rock Ventures since December 2018. From April 2014 to December 2018, Dr. Huber served as Executive Vice President and Chief Scientific Officer at Incyte Corporation, a pharmaceutical company. From 2002 to 2014, Dr. Huber held various roles of increasing responsibility at Incyte. Prior to joining Incyte, Dr. Huber held scientific research positions at DuPont Pharmaceuticals and Bristol-Myers Squibb from 1997 to 2002. Dr. Huber has served on the board of directors of Bellicum Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (NASDAQ: BLCM) since October 2014 and also currently serves on the board of MOMA Therapeutics, Asher Bio, Insitro and The American Cancer Society. Dr. Huber received his Ph.D. in molecular genetics from the Washington University School of Medicine and held pre- and post-doctoral fellowships at the National Institutes of Health. We believe that Dr. Huber’s extensive background in the pharmaceutical industry and senior management experience qualify him to serve on our board of directors.

Malte Peters, M.D., has served on our board of directors since September 2018. Since March 2020, Dr. Peters has served as Chief Research and Development Officer of MorphoSys AG, a biopharmaceutical company, and prior to that served as its Chief Development Officer and member of its management board since March 2017. Prior to his time at MorphoSys, Dr. Peters served as the Global Head of Clinical Development of the Biopharmaceuticals Business Unit at Sandoz International. From 2004 to 2015, he served as Clinical Head and Site Head for Basel and East Hanover in the Department of Oncology Translational Medicine at Novartis. Dr. Peters has also held teaching appointments in Internal Medicine and Biochemistry at the University of Mainz, Germany, served as Research Scientist at the Amgen Research Institute in Toronto, Canada, as Director of Cancer Research at Merck KGaA and as Medical Director at Micromet AG. Dr. Peters received his Doctor of Medicine from the Freie Universität Berlin, Germany, and was trained at the Universities of Padova, Italy, and Bochum and Berlin, Germany. After scientific work at different universities he habilitated in Internal Medicine at the University of Mainz, Germany. We believe Dr. Peters’ extensive knowledge of the biotechnology industry makes him qualified to serve on our board of directors.

Mace Rothenberg, M.D., has served on our board of directors since March 2021. Dr. Rothenberg was previously at Pfizer, Inc., a pharmaceutical company, where he served as Chief Medical Officer and Head of Worldwide Medical and Safety from 2019 to 2021, Chief Development Officer for Oncology from 2016 to 2018, and Senior Vice President for Clinical Development and Medical Affairs for Pfizer Oncology from 2008 to 2016. Prior to joining Pfizer, Dr. Rothenberg spent 25 years in academia, serving on the faculties of the University of Texas Health Science Center — San Antonio and Vanderbilt University Medical Center. Dr. Rothenberg is a fellow of the American College of Physicians and the American Society of Clinical Oncology and is board-certified in Internal Medicine and Medical Oncology. Dr. Rothenberg has been a member of the board of directors of Surrozen, Inc., a biotechnology company discovering and developing drug candidates to selectively modulate the Wnt pathway, since May 2021 and Aulos Bioscience, a privately-held immuno-oncology company, since March 2021. Dr. Rothenberg received his B.A. from the University of Pennsylvania, his M.D. from the New York University School of Medicine, completed his residency in Internal Medicine at Vanderbilt University and his fellowship in Medical Oncology at the National Cancer Institute. We believe Dr. Rothenberg’s industry experience and life science expertise make him qualified to serve on our board of directors.

Family Relationships

There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Our Board of Directors

Our board of directors is divided into three staggered classes of directors, with each director assigned to one of the three classes. At each annual meeting of our stockholders, a class of directors will be elected for a three-year term to succeed the directors of the same class whose terms are then expiring. The terms of the directors will expire upon the election and qualification of successor directors at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held during the year 2022 for Class I directors, 2023 for Class II directors and 2024 for Class III directors. Lesley Calhoun and Reid Huber currently serve as our Class I directors, Malte Peters and Mace Rothenberg currently serve as our Class II directors and Alexis Borisy, Aaron Davis and Barbara Weber currently serve as our Class III directors.

106


 

Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that the number of directors shall be fixed solely and exclusively by a resolution adopted from time to time by our board of directors.

The division of our board of directors into staggered classes may delay or prevent stockholder efforts to effect a change of our management or a change in our control.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our board of directors has established three standing committees: an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, each of which operates pursuant to a written charter adopted by our board of directors. The current members of our audit committee are Lesley Calhoun, Mace Rothenberg and Alexis Borisy, and Lesley Calhoun serves as the chairperson of the audit committee. The current members of our compensation committee are Malte Peters, Mace Rothenberg and Alexis Borisy, and Malte Peters is the chairperson of the compensation committee. The current members of our nominating and corporate governance committee are Reid Huber, Aaron Davis, and Lesley Calhoun, and Reid Huber is the chairperson of the nominating and corporate governance committee.

Audit Committee

The audit committee currently consists of Lesley Calhoun, Mace Rothenberg and Alexis Borisy. Our board has determined that each member of our audit committee is independent under Nasdaq listing standards and Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Exchange Act. The chairperson of the audit committee is Lesley Calhoun. Our board has determined that Lesley Calhoun is an “audit committee financial expert” within the meaning of SEC regulations. Our board has also determined that each member of the audit committee has the requisite financial expertise required under the applicable requirements of Nasdaq. In arriving at this determination, our board has examined each audit committee member’s scope of experience and the nature of their employment in the corporate finance sector.

The primary purpose of our audit committee is to discharge the responsibilities of our board of directors with respect to our accounting, financial, and other reporting and internal control practices and to oversee the independent registered accounting firm. Specific responsibilities of our audit committee include:

 

 

 

 

 

 

helping our board of directors oversee corporate accounting and financial reporting processes;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

managing the selection, engagement and qualifications of a qualified firm to serve as the independent registered public accounting firm to audit our financial statements;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

helping to ensure the independence and performance of the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

discussing the scope and results of the audit with the independent registered public accounting firm, and reviewing, with management and the independent accountants, our interim and year-end operating results;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

developing procedures for employees to submit concerns anonymously about questionable accounting or audit matters;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

reviewing policies on financial risk assessment and financial risk management, as well as discussing with management the guidelines and policies that govern the process by which the Company's exposure to risk is assessed and managed by management;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

reviewing related party transactions;

 

107


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

obtaining and reviewing a report by the independent registered public accounting firm at least annually, that describes our internal quality-control procedures, any material issues with such procedures, and any steps taken to deal with such issues when required by applicable law; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

approving (or, as permitted, pre-approving) all audit and all permissible non-audit service to be performed by the independent registered public accounting firm.

 

Compensation Committee

Our compensation committee currently consists of Malte Peters, Mace Rothenberg and Alexis Borisy. Our board has determined each member of our compensation committee is a “non-employee director” as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act. The chairperson of the compensation committee is Malte Peters. The primary purpose of our compensation committee is to discharge the responsibilities of our board of directors to oversee our compensation policies, plans and programs and to review and determine the compensation to be paid to our executive officers, directors and other senior management, as appropriate.

 

Specific responsibilities of our compensation committee include:

 

 

 

 

 

 

reviewing and approving, or recommending that our board approve, the compensation of our executive officers and senior management;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

reviewing and recommending to our board the compensation of our directors;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

administering our stock and equity incentive plans;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

selecting independent compensation consultants and assessing whether there are any conflicts of interest with any of the committee’s compensation advisors;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

reviewing, approving, amending and terminating, or recommending that our board approve, amend or terminate, incentive compensation and equity plans, severance agreements, change-of-control protections and any other compensatory arrangements for our executive officers and other senior management, as appropriate;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

reviewing and establishing general policies relating to compensation and benefits of our employees; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

reviewing our overall compensation philosophy.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
 

None of the members of our compensation committee has at any time during the prior three years been one of our officers or employees. None of our named executive officers currently serves, or in the past fiscal year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Our nominating and corporate governance committee currently consists of Reid Huber, Aaron Davis, and Lesley Calhoun. Our board has determined each member is independent under Nasdaq listing standards. The chairperson of the nominating and corporate governance committee is Reid Huber.

108


 

Specific responsibilities of our nominating and corporate governance committee include:

 

 

 

 

 

 

identifying, evaluating and selecting, or recommending that our board approve, nominees for election to our board;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

evaluating the performance of our board and of individual directors;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

evaluating the adequacy of our corporate governance practices and reporting;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

reviewing management succession plans; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

developing and making recommendations to our board regarding corporate governance guidelines and matters.

 

Role of Our Board of Directors in Risk Oversight

One of the key functions of our board of directors is informed oversight of our risk management process. Our board does not have a standing risk management committee, but rather administers this oversight function directly through our board as a whole, as well as through various standing committees of our board that address risks inherent in their respective areas of oversight. In particular, our board is responsible for monitoring and assessing strategic risk exposure and our audit committee is responsible for considering and discussing our major financial risk exposures and the steps our management will take to monitor and control such exposures, including guidelines and policies to govern the process by which risk assessment and management is undertaken. Our audit committee also monitors compliance with legal and regulatory requirements. Our compensation committee assesses and monitors whether our compensation plans, policies and programs comply with applicable legal and regulatory requirements.

Code of Ethics

We have adopted a Code of Conduct that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors, including those officers responsible for financial reporting. The Code of Conduct is available on our website at https://www.tangotx.com under “Investors – Corporate Governance”. Information contained on or accessible through such website is not a part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and the inclusion of the website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.

We intend to satisfy the disclosure requirement under Item 5.05 of Form 8-K regarding an amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of this Code of Conduct and disclose any amendments to the Code of Conduct by posting such information on our website, at the address and location specified above and, to the extent required by the listing standards of Nasdaq, by filing a Current Report on Form 8-K with the SEC, disclosing such information.

 

Director Nomination Process

 

In considering candidates for Board membership, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee considers recommendations by: Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee members and other Board members; management; our shareholders; third-party search firms; and any other appropriate sources. If a shareholder submits a nominee, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee will evaluate the qualifications of such shareholder nominee using the same selection criteria the Committee uses to evaluate other potential nominees. Our bylaws contain provisions addressing the process by which a shareholder may recommend a person for consideration as a nominee for director at an annual meeting.

 

Our bylaws provide that stockholders seeking to nominate candidates for election as directors at our annual meeting of stockholders must provide timely notice of their intent in writing. To be timely, a stockholder’s written notice will need to be delivered to our principal executive offices not later than the close of business on the 90th day nor earlier than the opening of business on the 120th day prior to the scheduled date of the annual meeting of stockholders. In the event that no annual meeting was held during the preceding year (as will be the case for our first annual meeting that will be held in 2022) or the annual meeting is advanced more than 30 days before, or more than 60 days after such anniversary date, a timely notice must be received not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to the scheduled date of such annual meeting

109


 

or the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. Our bylaws also specify certain requirements as to the form and content of a stockholders’ notice. These provisions may preclude our stockholders from bringing matters before our annual meeting of stockholders or from making nominations for directors at our annual meeting of stockholders.

 

Pursuant to the terms of its charter, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee requires the following qualifications to be satisfied by any nominee for a position on the Board:

High standards of personal and professional ethics and integrity;
Proven achievement and competence in the nominee’s field and the ability to exercise sound business judgment;
Skills that are complementary to those of members of the existing Board;
The ability to assist and support management and make significant contributions to the Company’s success; and
An understanding of the fiduciary responsibilities required of a director and a commitment to devote the time and energy necessary to perform those responsibilities.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

Historically, our executive compensation program has reflected our growth and development-oriented corporate culture. To date, the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer and President and our other executive officers identified in the Summary Compensation Table below, who we refer to as the named executive officers, has consisted of a combination of base salary, bonuses and long-term incentive compensation in the form of stock options to purchase shares of our common stock. The Company awarded restricted stock to certain executives in 2017, and the restrictions on such awards have lapsed. Our named executive officers who are full-time employees, like all other full-time employees, are eligible to participate in our retirement and health and welfare benefit plans. As a publicly traded company, we plan to evaluate our compensation values and philosophy and compensation plans and arrangements as circumstances merit. At a minimum, we expect to review executive compensation annually with input from an independent compensation consultant. As part of this review process, we expect the board of directors and the compensation committee to apply our values and philosophy, while considering the compensation levels needed to ensure our executive compensation program remains competitive with our peers. In connection with our executive compensation program, we will also review whether we are meeting our retention objectives and the potential cost of replacing a key employee.

Tango has assembled a team of highly experienced senior leaders and oncology drug developers who combine a flexible and adaptive approach to drug development that follows cutting-edge science with the proven expertise of large pharmaceutical company drug discovery and development. The management team and the employees at Tango are what, we believe, will be the ultimate differentiator that sets us apart from the competition as we move our products toward the market. This is based on our innovative approach to target drug-discovery using synthetic lethality and our innovative capabilities and expertise in drug discovery, research and drug development. Building a management team to provide structure and direction will require retaining talent with proven leadership and results, extensive technical expertise, broad experience in building and constructing a drug development and commercialization organization, all the while establishing the broader vision of improving care and therapeutic options for cancer patients. Attracting, recruiting and hiring talent who have the requisite skill set, background and track record to lead and manage a growing business in a competitive environment is one of our primary goals.

 

Compensation Philosophy

Our compensation philosophy is focused on building a world-class research and development organization with deep experience and understanding in synthetic lethality in order that we may identify novel targets and develop new drugs directed at tumor suppressor gene loss in defined patient populations with high unmet medical need. Attracting and retaining executives and employees that position Tango to meet these objectives, particularly as we move toward initiating a Phase 1/2 clinical trial for TNG908 in the second quarter of 2022 (following the FDA's clearance of the IND application in the first quarter of 2022), is a paramount goal of the Company's compensation program. By building a talented and motivated organization around extraordinary leaders, we believe we can advance our product candidates, grow our pipeline and, ultimately, drive long-term and sustainable stockholder value creation.

 

110


 

Tango's compensation programs are designed by our Compensation Committee and our Board of Directors around the following imperatives:

Attract, Retain and Incentivize: We are committed to attracting and retaining industry-leading talented individuals and designing our compensation programs and pay-outs that incentivize our employees to achieve rigorous corporate and individual objectives that are important to our long-term business and success.
Performance-based compensation pay-outs: Rewarding performance is the keystone of our total compensation program. In our annual bonus program, performance is measured by research and development advances, operating and strategic and individual contributions. The amount actually earned is scaled with the achievement of these performance metrics.
Compensation structure competitive with peers: We believe that compensation paid by our peer companies matters when we determine overall compensation. We evaluate the practices of our peers to validate that we are competitive with other companies with whom we compete for talent.
Balanced combination of compensation components: We strive for an appropriate balance between cash and equity incentives. The rationale being that annual cash incentive motivates individuals to successfully execute on short-term financial and strategic objectives and equity incentives focus executives on the long-term success of the organization and align the interests of our executives with those of our stockholders.

 

Named Executive Officer Compensation

The following table shows the total compensation awarded to, earned by, or paid to during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 to (1) our principal executive officer, (2) our two next most highly compensated executive officers who earned more than $100,000 during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021 and were serving as executive officers as of such date.

Our named executive officers, or the NEOs, for 2021 who appear in the Summary Compensation Table are:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Barbara Weber, M.D., our President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Daniella Beckman, our Chief Financial Officer; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Alan Huang, Ph.D., our Chief Scientific Officer

 

2021 Summary Compensation Table

Name and Principal Position

 

Year

 

 

Salary(1) ($)

 

Bonus ($)

 

Option Awards(7) ($)

 

 

Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation (9)($)

 

 

All Other Compensation ($)

 

Total ($)

 

Barbara Weber, M.D.(6)

 

 

2021

 

 

$

 

513,685

 

(2)

 

$

 

$

 

10,719,769

 

 

$

 

277,910

 

 

$

 

4,609

 

(10)

 

$

 

11,515,974

 

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

 

 

2020

 

 

$

 

491,617

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

227,622

 

 

$

 

226,194

 

 

$

 

12,788

 

(11)

 

$

 

958,221

 

Daniella Beckman

 

 

2021

 

 

$

 

377,945

 

(3)

 

$

 

$

 

2,630,841

 

 

$

 

164,562

 

 

$

 

3,317

 

(12)

 

$

 

3,176,664

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

2020

 

 

$

 

323,447

 

(4)

 

$

 

$

 

368,323

 

(8)

$

 

131,828

 

 

$

 

10,776

 

(13)

 

$

 

834,374

 

Alan Huang, Ph.D.

 

 

2021

 

 

$

 

394,793

 

(5)

 

$

 

$

 

1,649,121

 

 

$

 

168,347

 

 

$

 

3,396

 

(14)

 

$

 

2,215,657

 

Chief Scientific Officer

 

 

2020

 

 

$

 

373,806

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

70,566

 

 

$

 

135,769

 

 

$

 

9,376

 

(15)

 

$

 

589,517

 

 

(1) Salary amount represents actual amounts paid during year noted. See “— Narrative to the Summary Compensation Table —Base Salaries” below.

(2) Dr. Weber earned a base salary of $506,479 for the period between January 1, 2021 and August 10, 2021. Upon the closing of Business Combination on August 10, 2021, her salary was increased to $526,000.

(3) Mrs. Beckman earned a base salary of $370,800 for the period between January 1, 2021 and August 10, 2021. Upon the closing of Business Combination on August 10, 2021, her salary was increased to $390,000.

(4) Mrs. Beckman earned a base salary of $288,000 for the period between January 1, 2020 and June 30, 2020, which reflected her part-time status. Upon her appointment to full-time on July 1, 2020, her salary was increased to $360,000. Her base salary and bonus were prorated to reflect her partial year of full-time employment from July 1, 2020 through December 31, 2020.

111


 

(5) Mr. Huang earned a base salary of $385,107 for the period between January 1, 2021 and August 10, 2021. Upon the closing of Business Combination on August 10, 2021, his salary was increased to $411,000.

(6) Dr. Weber also serves as a member of our board of directors but does not receive any additional compensation for her service as a director.

(7) In accordance with SEC rules, this column reflects the aggregate grant date fair value of the option awards granted during fiscal years 2021 and 2020 computed in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, or ASC Topic 718, for share-based compensation transactions. These amounts do not reflect the actual economic value that will be realized by the named executive officer upon the vesting of the share options, the exercise of the share options or the sale of the common shares underlying such share options.

(8) The amounts reflected include an increase to Mrs. Beckman’s stock options to reflect her appointment full-time status, effective on July 1, 2020.

(9) Reflects performance-based cash bonuses awarded to our named executive officers. See “— Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” below for a description of the material terms of the program pursuant to which this compensation was awarded.

(10) The amounts reported reflect $1,390 of commuter benefits and $3,219 for life & disability premiums that our company paid for on behalf of Dr. Weber.

(11) The amounts reported reflect $4,320 of commuter benefits, $2,865 of health benefits and life & disability insurance and $5,603 of expenses for phone services and home office expenses that our company paid for on behalf of Dr. Weber.

(12) The amounts reported reflect $1,390 of commuter benefits and $1,927 for life & disability premiums that our company paid for on behalf of Mrs. Beckman.

(13) The amounts reported reflect $4,320 of commuter benefits, $1,684 for life & disability premiums and $4,772 of expenses for phone services and home office expenses that our company paid for on behalf of Mrs. Beckman.

(14) The amounts reported reflect $1,390 of commuter benefits and $2,006 for life & disability premiums that our company paid for on behalf of Mr. Huang.

(15) The amounts reported reflect $4,320 of commuter benefits, $1,684 for life & disability premiums and $3,372 of expenses for phone services and home office expenses that our company paid for on behalf of Mr. Huang.

Narrative to the Summary Compensation Table

With respect to our 2021 compensation program, our board of directors reviewed compensation for all employees, including our named executive officers. In setting executive base salaries and bonuses and granting equity incentive awards, the board of directors considered compensation for comparable positions in the market, historical compensation level of our executives, individual performance as compared to our expectations and objectives, our desire to motivate employees to achieve short- and long-term results that are in the best interests of our stockholders and a long-term commitment to value creation for our company.

Our board of directors established a compensation committee, and delegated to such committee certain compensation-related functions for the Company in early 2021. Prior to establishing the compensation committee, the board of directors made compensation decisions with respect to our named executive officers.

 

When setting named executive officer compensation, our board of directors, and now our compensation committee, targets a general competitive position, based on independent third-party benchmark analytics to inform the mix of compensation of base salary, bonus and long-term incentives.

 

Our compensation committee is primarily responsible for determining the compensation for all of our executive officers. Our compensation committee reviews and discusses management’s proposed compensation with our Chief Executive Officer for all executives other than the Chief Executive Officer. Based on those discussions and its discretion, taking into account the factors noted above, the compensation committee then sets the compensation for each executive officer other than the Chief Executive Officer and recommends the compensation for the Chief Executive Officer to our board of directors for approval. Our board of directors discusses the compensation committee’s recommendation and ultimately approves the compensation of our Chief Executive officer without the Chief Executive Officer present. Our compensation committee has the authority to engage the services of a consulting firm or other outside advisor to assist it in designing our executive compensation programs and in making compensation decisions. During 2020 and 2021, the board of directors and the compensation committee retained the services of Pearl Meyer & Partners, LLC as external compensation consultant to advise on executive compensation matters including our overall compensation program design and collection of market data to inform our compensation programs for our executive officers and members of our board of directors. Pearl Meyer & Partners, LLC reports directly to our compensation committee. Prior to engaging Pearl Meyer & Partners, LLC, our compensation committee assessed its independence consistent with Nasdaq listing standards and concluded that the engagement of such consultant did not raise any conflict of interest.

112


 

 

Base Salaries

The annual base salaries of our named executive officers are generally determined, approved and reviewed periodically by our compensation committee in order to compensate our named executive officers for their satisfactory performance of duties to our company. Annual base salaries are intended to provide a fixed component of compensation to our named executive officers, reflecting their skill sets, experience, roles and responsibilities. Base salaries for our named executive officers have generally been set at levels deemed necessary to attract and retain individuals with superior talent.

Name

 

2020 Base Salary ($)

 

 

2021 Base Salary ($)(2)

 

Barbara Weber, M.D.

 

$

 

491,617

 

 

$

 

526,000

 

Daniella Beckman

 

$

 

360,000

 

(1)

$

 

390,000

 

Alan Huang, Ph.D.

 

$

 

373,806

 

 

$

 

411,000

 

 

(1) Mrs. Beckman transitioned to full-time employment on July 1, 2020 and her 2020 base salary was adjusted to reflect her employment status with our company.

(2) 2021 Base Salary became effective upon the closing of the Business Combination on August 10, 2021.

The compensation committee determined that, in connection with the Business Combination and the Company becoming a publicly-traded company, the base salaries for each of the NEOs should be increased in order to reflect the additional responsibilities of each of these executive officers, as well as to align this fixed cash component of overall compensation at levels that are comparable to those companies in our compensation peer group.

Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation

Our bonus program is intended to recognize and reward associates for achieving established objectives that are linked to the company’s growth and success, with the goal of increasing the Company's intrinsic long-term value. The program rewards performance based on corporate and individual accomplishments. The board endeavors to deliver a meaningful portion of total cash compensation in the form of performance-based annual cash incentives. Doing so, the board believes, is critical because the opportunity for a meaningful cash award will, together with strong management and accountability, drive executives to individually and collectively achieve and exceed our annual objectives.

 

The compensation committee and the board of directors established bonus metrics in connection with the 2021 bonus plan. As with 2021 base salary, the target bonus percentage for each of the NEOs was increased in connection with the Business Combination and the Company becoming a publicly-traded company in order to reflect the additional responsibilities of each of these executive officers, as well as to align this variable portion of the cash component of overall compensation at levels that are comparable to those companies in our compensation peer group.

 

The 2021 corporate bonus plan provides for formula-based incentive payments based upon the achievement of certain corporate and individual performance goals and objectives approved by our compensation committee and board of directors. These targets were established early in 2021 and communicated to the executives (and remained unchanged during the year). Bonuses are targeted at a percentage of the executive officer’s base salary during the year, and are expected to be paid out in the first quarter of the following year. The following are the target percentages for the periods indicated:

 

Name

 

2020 Bonus Target (%)

 

2021 Bonus Target (%)(1)

Barbara Weber, M.D.

 

 

40

%

 

 

50

%

Daniella Beckman

 

 

35

%

 

 

40

%

Alan Huang, Ph.D.

 

 

35

%

 

 

40

%

 

The corporate bonus component of the 2021 bonus plan consisted of 5 separate metrics that were weighted as follows:

Target Discovery - weighted 20%. This target is designed to encourage our employees to identify validated targets to meet our goal of filing INDs in the future to establish an enhanced product pipeline.
Drug Discovery - weighted 30%. This target was established to incentivize our employees to continue to advance our identified programs into advanced drug discovery phases.
Preclinical Development - weighted 30%. This target is designed to meet our goal of filing an IND for TNG908 in the 4th quarter of 2021.

113


 

Corporate Strategy - weighted 10%. This target was established to incentivize our employees to meet budgetary and other important cash-based goals that are designed to allow for continued development of our product pipeline in the future.
People - weighted 10%. This target was designed to reward results with respect to building out critical functions of our organization as we advanced our first product into clinical trials, and to reduce employee turnover in a competitive environment for talent.

In connection with the 2021 annual cash bonus program, all corporate targets were met at 110% of the established target, with the exception of: (i) corporate strategy, which was met at 150% of target and (ii) people, which was met at 115% of target. These achievements, which were confirmed by our compensation committee, reflected, among other things, our continued advancements in drug discovery in the face of the COVID-19 pandemic, our continued advancement of our product candidates, including the acceleration of the Target 3 IND timeline, the hiring of our Chief Medical Officer, our successful IPO in August 2021 and our current strong cash position. As a result of this performance, which exceeded the objective goals set earlier in the year, the bonus payout was achieved at 115% of target. The following table reflects the target bonus as a percentage of base salary, the cash bonus payment at target and the actual bonus payout based on the success Tango achieved in 2021.

Name

 

2021 Bonus Target (%)

 

2021 Bonus Target ($)

 

 

2021 Bonus Achieved ($)

 

Barbara Weber, M.D.

 

50

%

 

$

 

263,000

 

 

$

 

277,910

 

Daniella Beckman

 

40

%

 

$

 

156,000

 

 

$

 

164,562

 

Alan Huang, Ph.D.

 

40

%

 

$

 

164,400

 

 

$

 

168,347

 

 

All final bonus payments to our named executive officers, if any, are determined by our compensation committee, which retains full discretion to adjust individual actual bonus awards based on the achievement of corporate and individual performance objectives, and may also adjust bonus awards based on other factors in their discretion. Individual performance objectives are generally related to each named executive officer’s performance in his area of responsibility and his contributions to Tango.

 

Equity Incentive Compensation

Our equity-based incentive awards granted to our named executive officers are designed to align their interests with those of our stockholders.

We have historically used share options as an incentive for long-term compensation to our executive officers because the share options allow our executive officers to profit from this form of equity compensation only if our share price increases relative to the share option’s exercise price, which exercise price is set at the fair market value of our common shares on the date of grant. We may grant equity awards at such times as our board of directors or compensation committee determines appropriate.

Along with the 2021 cash bonus program, stock options are a critical component of the variable portion of overall compensation that is designed to reward executive officer performance. Stock options align the interests of executives with those of our stockholders since the executive officers can only recognize increased compensation from these equity awards to the extent that our share price increases above the exercise price. These awards encourage our executives to focus on those corporate actions that drive increase in long-term value as reflected in the share price. Further, the four-year vesting schedule encourages executives to remain employed by the Company for an extended period.

Our executives generally are awarded an initial grant in the form of a share option in connection with their commencement of employment with us. Additional grants may occur periodically in order to specifically incentivize executives with respect to achieving corporate goals or to reward certain performance. Our stock options typically vest as to 25% of the underlying shares on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and in 36 equal monthly installments over the following three years, subject to the holder’s continued employment with us. From time to time, the board of directors or compensation committee may also construct alternative vesting schedules as it determines are appropriate to motivate particular employees. All options are granted with an exercise price that is no less than the fair market value of our common shares on the date of such grant of such award.

114


 

Outstanding Equity Awards at 2021 Fiscal Year-End

The following table presents information regarding all outstanding equity awards held by each of our named executive officers as of December 31, 2021.

Name and Principal Position

 

Grant Date

 

Vesting Commencement Date

 

Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) (Exercisable)

 

 

Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options (#) (UnExercisable)

 

Option Exercise Price (1)

 

 

Option Expiration Date

Barbara Weber, M.D.

 

 

1/24/2019

 

 

1/1/2019

 

 

 

159,793

 

 

 

 

59,358

 

(2)

 

$

 

1.53

 

 

 

1/23/2029

President,

 

 

1/30/2020

 

 

1/1/2020

 

 

 

105,005

 

 

 

 

114,145

 

(2)

 

$

1.65

 

 

 

1/29/2030

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

1/28/2021

 

 

1/1/2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,284,065

 

(2)

 

$

 

3.50

 

 

 

1/27/2031

and Director

 

 

8/12/2021

 

 

8/12/2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

961,404

 

(2)

 

$

9.56

 

 

 

8/11/2031

Daniella Beckman

 

 

10/18/2019

 

 

9/10/2019

 

 

 

93,056

 

 

 

 

72,377

 

(3)

 

$

1.53

 

 

 

10/17/2029

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

1/30/2020

 

 

11/1/2019

 

 

 

28,750

 

 

 

 

26,451

 

(3)

 

$

1.65

 

 

 

1/29/2030

 

 

 

10/1/2020

 

 

7/1/2020

 

 

 

24,114

 

 

 

 

43,994

 

(3)

 

$

3.21

 

 

 

9/30/2030

 

 

 

1/28/2021

 

 

1/1/2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

88,151

 

(2)

 

$

 

3.50

 

 

 

1/27/2031

 

 

 

8/12/2021

 

 

8/12/2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

380,485

 

(2)

 

$

9.56

 

 

 

8/11/2031

Alan Huang, Ph.D.

 

 

4/12/2018

 

 

1/1/2018

 

 

 

83,155

 

 

 

 

1,770

 

(3)

 

$

1.38

 

 

 

4/11/2028

Chief Scientific Officer

 

 

4/12/2018

 

 

4/1/2018

 

 

 

101,201

 

 

 

 

9,201

 

(3)

 

$

1.38

 

 

 

4/11/2028

 

 

 

1/24/2019

 

 

1/1/2019

 

 

 

49,532

 

 

 

 

18,407

 

(2)

 

$

1.53

 

 

 

1/23/2029

 

 

 

1/30/2020

 

 

1/1/2020

 

 

 

32,553

 

 

 

 

35,386

 

(2)

 

$

1.65

 

 

 

1/29/2030

 

 

 

1/28/2021

 

 

1/1/2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

163,054

 

(2)

 

$

 

3.50

 

 

 

1/27/2031

 

 

 

8/12/2021

 

 

8/12/2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

169,859

 

(2)

 

$

9.56

 

 

 

8/11/2031

 

(1) All of the option awards listed in the table were granted with an exercise price per share that is no less than the fair market value of our common shares on the date of grant of such award. For information regarding the valuation of equity awards, see Note 2 and Note 12 to our audited financial statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021.

(2) 25% vesting after 1st anniversary of the vesting commencement date and monthly vesting for 36 monthly installments thereafter, subject to continued employment with the company.

(3) Monthly vesting for 48 monthly installments following the vesting commencement date, subject to continued employment with our company.

Executive Compensation Arrangements

We initially entered into an offer letter with each of the named executive officers in connection with such officer’s employment with us, which set forth the terms and conditions of this officer’s employment, including base salary, target annual bonus opportunity, initial equity awards and standard employee benefit plan participation. Effective upon the closing of the Business Combination, we entered into an employment agreements with each of Dr. Weber, Ms. Beckman and Dr. Huang that replaced the offer letters and provide for specified payments and benefits in connection with a termination of employment in certain circumstances. Our goal in providing these severance and change in control payments and benefits is to offer sufficient cash continuity protection such that the named executive officers will focus their full time and attention on the requirements of the business rather than the potential implications for their respective positions. We prefer to have certainty regarding the potential severance amounts payable to the named executive officers, rather than negotiating severance at the time that a named executive officer’s employment terminates. We have also determined that accelerated vesting provisions with respect to outstanding equity awards in connection with a qualifying termination of employment in certain circumstances are appropriate because they encourage our named executive officers to stay focused on the business in those circumstances, rather than focusing on the potential implications for them personally. The employment agreements with our named executive officers require the named executive officers to execute a separation agreement containing a general release of claims in favor of us to receive any severance payments and benefits. The material terms of the employment agreements with Dr. Weber, Ms. Beckman and Dr. Huang are summarized below.

Barbara Weber, M.D.

Effective upon the closing of the Business Combination, we entered into a new employment agreement with Dr. Weber. Under Dr. Weber’s employment agreement, or the Weber Employment Agreement, Dr. Weber will serve as our Chief Executive Officer on an at-will basis. Dr. Weber’s 2022 annual base salary is $575,000, which is subject to periodic review and adjustment, and she is eligible to earn an annual bonus with a target amount equal to 50% of her base salary. Dr. Weber is eligible to participate in the employee benefit plans available to our employees, subject to the terms of those plans.

115


 

Pursuant to the Weber Employment Agreement, in the event that her employment is terminated by us without “cause” or Dr. Weber resigns for “good reason” (as each term is defined in the Weber Employment Agreement), subject to the execution and effectiveness of a separation agreement, including a general release of claims in our favor, (i) she will be entitled to receive base salary continuation for twelve (12) months following termination, (ii) she will be entitled to receive a prorated portion of her target annual cash incentive compensation for the year of termination, payable over the twelve (12) months following termination, (iii) subject to Dr. Weber’s copayment of premium amounts at the applicable active employees’ rate and proper election to continue COBRA health coverage, we will cover the portion of the premium amount equal to the amount that we would have paid to provide health insurance to Dr. Weber had she remained employed with us until the earliest of (A) twelve (12) months following termination, (B) Dr. Weber’s eligibility for group medical plan benefits under any other employer’s group medical plan or (C) the end of Dr. Weber’s COBRA health continuation period, and (iv) acceleration by 12 months of the unvested portion of all stock options and other stock-based awards subject solely to time-based vesting held by Dr. Weber.

In lieu of the payments and benefits described in the preceding sentence, in the event that Dr. Weber’s employment is terminated by us without cause or Dr. Weber resigns for good reason on or within twelve (12) months following a “change in control” (as defined in the Weber Employment Agreement), subject to the execution and effectiveness of a separation agreement, including a general release of claims in our favor, (i) she will be entitled to receive a lump sum in cash equal to 1.5 times Dr. Weber’s then-current annual base salary (or Dr. Weber’s annual base salary in effect immediately prior to the change in control, if higher), (ii) she will be entitled to receive a lump sum in cash equal to 1.5 times Dr. Weber’s target annual cash incentive compensation for the year of termination, (iii) she will be entitled to receive a lump sum in cash equal to a prorated portion of her target annual cash incentive compensation for the year of termination, (iv) subject to Dr. Weber’s copayment of premium amounts at the applicable active employees’ rate and proper election to continue COBRA health coverage, we will cover the portion of the premium amount equal to the amount that we would have paid to provide health insurance to Dr. Weber had she remained employed with us until the earliest of (A) eighteen (18) months following termination, (B) Dr. Weber’s eligibility for group medical plan benefits under any other employer’s group medical plan or (C) the end of Dr. Weber’s COBRA health continuation period, and (iv) 100% of all stock options and other stock-based awards subject solely to time-based vesting held by Dr. Weber shall be accelerated.

Daniella Beckman

Effective upon the closing of the Business Combination, we entered into a new employment agreement with Ms. Beckman. Under Ms. Beckman’s employment agreement, or the Beckman Employment Agreement, Ms. Beckman will serve as our Chief Financial Officer on an at-will basis. Ms. Beckman’s 2022 annual base salary is $425,100, which is subject to periodic review and adjustment, and she is eligible to earn an annual bonus with a target amount equal to 40% of her base salary. Ms. Beckman is eligible to participate in the employee benefit plans available to our employees, subject to the terms of those plans.

Pursuant to the Beckman Employment Agreement, in the event that her employment is terminated by us without “cause” or Ms. Beckman resigns for “good reason” (as each term is defined in the Beckman Employment Agreement), subject to the execution and effectiveness of a separation agreement, including a general release of claims in our favor, (i) she will be entitled to receive base salary continuation for twelve (12) months following termination, and (ii) subject to Ms. Beckman’s copayment of premium amounts at the applicable active employees’ rate and proper election to continue COBRA health coverage, we will cover the portion of the premium amount equal to the amount that we would have paid to provide health insurance to Ms. Beckman had she remained employed with us until the earliest of (A) twelve (12) months following termination, (B) Ms. Beckman’s eligibility for group medical plan benefits under any other employer’s group medical plan or (C) the end of Ms. Beckman’s COBRA health continuation period.

In lieu of the payments and benefits described in the preceding sentence, in the event that Ms. Beckman’s employment is terminated by us without cause or Ms. Beckman resigns for good reason on or within twelve (12) months following a “change in control” (as defined in the Beckman Employment Agreement), subject to the execution and effectiveness of a separation agreement, including a general release of claims in our favor, (i) she will be entitled to receive a lump sum in cash equal to 1.0 times Ms. Beckman’s then-current annual base salary (or Ms. Beckman’s annual base salary in effect immediately prior to the change in control, if higher), (ii) she will be entitled to receive a lump sum in cash equal to Ms. Beckman’s target annual cash incentive compensation for the year of termination, (iii) subject to Ms. Beckman’s copayment of premium amounts at the applicable active employees’ rate and proper election to continue COBRA health coverage, we will cover the portion of the premium amount equal to the amount that we would have paid to provide health insurance to Ms. Beckman had she remained employed with us until the earliest of (A) twelve (12) months following termination, (B) Ms. Beckman’s eligibility for group medical plan benefits under any other employer’s group medical plan or (C) the end of Ms.

116


 

Beckman’s COBRA health continuation period, and (iv) 100% of all stock options and other stock-based awards subject solely to time-based vesting held by Ms. Beckman shall be accelerated.

Alan Huang, Ph.D.

Effective upon the closing of the Business Combination, we entered into a new employment agreement with Dr. Huang. Under Dr. Huang’s employment agreement, or the Huang Employment Agreement, Dr. Huang will serve as our Chief Scientific Officer on an at-will basis. Dr. Huang’s 2022 annual base salary is $425,385, which is subject to periodic review and adjustment, and he is eligible to earn an annual bonus with a target amount equal to 40% of his base salary. Dr. Huang is eligible to participate in the employee benefit plans available to our employees, subject to the terms of those plans.

Pursuant to the Huang Employment Agreement, in the event that his employment is terminated by us without “cause” or Dr. Huang resigns for “good reason” (as each term is defined in the Huang Employment Agreement), subject to the execution and effectiveness of a separation agreement, including a general release of claims in our favor, (i) he will be entitled to receive base salary continuation for twelve (12) months following termination, and (ii) subject to Dr. Huang’s copayment of premium amounts at the applicable active employees’ rate and proper election to continue COBRA health coverage, we will cover the portion of the premium amount equal to the amount that we would have paid to provide health insurance to Dr. Huang had he remained employed with us until the earliest of (A) twelve (12) months following termination, (B) Dr. Huang’s eligibility for group medical plan benefits under any other employer’s group medical plan or (C) the end of Dr. Huang’s COBRA health continuation period.

In lieu of the payments and benefits described in the preceding sentence, in the event that Dr. Huang’s employment is terminated by us without cause or Dr. Huang resigns for good reason on or within twelve (12) months following a “change in control” (as defined in the Huang Employment Agreement), subject to the execution and effectiveness of a separation agreement, including a general release of claims in our favor, (i) he will be entitled to receive a lump sum in cash equal to 1.0 times Dr. Huang’s then-current annual base salary (or Dr. Huang’s annual base salary in effect immediately prior to the change in control, if higher), (ii) he will be entitled to receive a lump sum in cash equal to Dr. Huang’s target annual cash incentive compensation for the year of termination, (iii) subject to Dr. Huang’s copayment of premium amounts at the applicable active employees’ rate and proper election to continue COBRA health coverage, we will cover the portion of the premium amount equal to the amount that we would have paid to provide health insurance to Dr. Huang had he remained employed with us until the earliest of (A) twelve (12) months following termination, (B) Dr. Huang’s eligibility for group medical plan benefits under any other employer’s group medical plan or (C) the end of Dr. Huang’s COBRA health continuation period, and (iv) 100% of all stock options and other stock-based awards subject solely to time-based vesting held by Dr. Huang shall be accelerated.

Other Elements of Compensation; Perquisites

Health and Welfare Plans

During their employment, our named executive officers are eligible to participate in our employee benefit plans and programs, including medical and dental benefits, life insurance & disability benefits, to the same extent as our other full-time employees, subject to the terms and eligibility requirements of those plans.

Retirement Plan

We maintain a 401(k) retirement savings plan for our employees, including our named executive officers, who satisfy certain eligibility requirements. The savings plan is intended to qualify for favorable tax treatment under Section 401(a) of the Code and contains a cash or deferred feature that is intended to meet the requirements of Section 401(k) of the Code. Participants may make pre-tax and certain after-tax (Roth) salary deferral contributions to the plan from their eligible earnings up to the statutorily prescribed annual limit under the Code. Participants who are 50 years of age or older may contribute additional amounts based on the statutory limits for catch-up contributions. Participant contributions are held in trust as required by law. Under this plan, we did not, during the year ended December 31, 2021 offer company matching contributions to participants in the 401(k) plan. Our named executive officers are eligible to participate in the 401(k) plan on the same terms as other full-time employees.

Compensation Risk Assessment

We believe that although a portion of the compensation provided to our executive officers and other employees is performance-based, our executive compensation program does not encourage excessive or unnecessary risk taking. Our

117


 

compensation programs are designed to encourage our executive officers and other employees to remain focused on both short-term and long-term strategic goals. As a result, we do not believe that our compensation programs are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company.

Non-Employee Director Compensation

Effective upon the closing of the Business Combination, we adopted a compensation program for our non-employee directors under which each non-employee director will receive the following amounts for their services on our board of directors.

 

 

 

 

 

 

An option to purchase 80,000 shares of our common stock upon the director’s initial election or appointment to our board of directors that occurs after the Closing.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

An annual option to purchase 40,000 shares of our common stock on the date of the annual meeting for such year (the first such annual option award is scheduled to be made in connection with the annual meeting to be held later in 2022). Directors who were elected in the 12 months preceding the annual grant receive a pro-rated portion of the annual grant based on the number of months of time in service on the board.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

An annual director fee of $40,000,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

If the director serves on a committee of our board of directors or in the other capacities stated below, an additional annual fee as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-executive chairperson, $30,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lead independent director, $15,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Audit committee chairperson, $15,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Audit committee member, $7,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Compensation committee chairperson, $10,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Compensation committee member, $5,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nomination and governance committee chairperson, $8,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nomination and governance committee member, $4,000

 

Options granted to our non-employee directors under the director compensation program will have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant and will expire not later than ten years after the date of grant. The options granted upon a director’s initial election or appointment vest in 48 substantially equal monthly installments following the date of grant. In addition, all unvested options vest in full upon the occurrence of a change in control.

118


 

2021 Non-Employee Director Compensation Table

The table below shows the cash fees paid to our directors in connection with their service on our board of directors, and the stock option awards granted, during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021.

Name

 

Fees Earned or Paid
In Cash ($)(1)

 

 

Option Awards ($)(2)

 

Total ($)

 

Aaron Davis

 



 

33,444

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

33,444

 

Alexis Borisy

 



 

61,469

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

61,469

 

Lesley Ann Calhoun

 



 

45,028

 

 

 

419,900

 

(3)

 

 

 

464,928

 

Mace Rothenberg

 

 

 

39,353

 

 

 

419,900

 

(3)

 

 

 

459,253

 

Malte Peters

 



 

44,292

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

44,292

 

Reid Huber

 



 

20,170

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20,170

 

 

(1) Amounts represent cash compensation earned and paid pursuant to our non-employee director compensation policy.

(2) The amounts reported represent the aggregate grant-date fair value of stock options awarded to certain directors in 2021, calculated in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board, Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, or ASC Topic 718. The amounts presented do not correspond to the actual value that may be recognized by the named director upon vesting of the applicable awards.

(3) Ms. Calhoun and Dr. Rothenberg were each granted an option to purchase 84,925 shares of common stock on March 18, 2021, the date on which they were appointed to the board of directors.

The table below shows the aggregate number of total stock option awards (exercisable and unexercisable) held as of December 31, 2021 by each non-employee director who was serving as of December 31, 2021.

 

 

 

 

 

Name

 

Shares Subject to
Outstanding Options

 

Aaron Davis

 

 

 

Alexis Borisy

 

 

 

131,463

 

Lesley Ann Calhoun

 

 

 

84,925

 

Mace Rothenberg

 

 

 

84,925

 

Malte Peters

 

 

 

118,895

 

Reid Huber

 

 

 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The following table sets forth information as of December 31, 2021 regarding shares of common stock that may be issued under our equity compensation plans, consisting of our 2021 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, or the 2021 Plan, and our 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, or the ESPP. Upon the closing of the Business Combination in August 2021, the 2021 Plan replaced our previous 2017 Stock Option and Grant Plan. We do not have any non-stockholder approved equity compensation plans.

Plan Category

 

Number of Shares of Common Stock to be Issued Upon Exercise of Outstanding Options (#)

 

 

Weighted-Average Exercise Price of Outstanding Options ($)

 

Number of Shares of Common Stock Remaining Available for Future Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans (Excluding Securities Reflected in Column) (#)

 

 

Equity compensation plans approved by stockholders(1)

 

 

9,372,993

 



$

5.59



 

7,448,661

 

(2)

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

9,372,993

 

 

$

5.59

 

 

7,448,661

 

 

 

(1) The 2021 Plan provides that the number of shares reserved and available for issuance under the 2021 Plan will automatically increase each January 1, beginning on January 1, 2022, by 5.0% of the outstanding number of shares of Common Stock on the immediately preceding December 31, or such lesser amount as determined by the Board, or the

119


 

Annual Increase. This limit is subject to adjustment in the event of a reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, stock split, stock dividend, reverse stock split or other similar change in the Company's capitalization.

(2) Includes 949,873 shares available under the 2021 ESPP.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management

The following table sets forth information, to the extent known by us or ascertainable from public filings, with respect to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of February 1, 2022 by:

 

 

 

 

 

 

each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of Tango’s outstanding Common Stock;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

each of Tango’s executive officers and directors; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

all of Tango’s executive officers and directors as a group.

 

Beneficial ownership is determined according to the rules of the SEC, which generally provide that a person has beneficial ownership of a security if he, she, or it possesses sole or shared voting or investment power over that security. Under those rules, beneficial ownership includes securities that the individual or entity has the right to acquire, such as through the exercise of stock options or the vesting of restricted stock awards, within 60 days of February 1, 2022. Shares subject to options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of February 1, 2022, or subject to restricted stock awards that vest within 60 days of February 1, 2022, are considered outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding such options or restricted stock awards for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Except as noted by footnote, and subject to community property laws where applicable, based on the information provided to us, we believe that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned by them. Unless otherwise noted, the business address of each of our directors and executive officers is 100 Binney St, Suite 700, Cambridge, MA 02142. The percentage of beneficial ownership is calculated based on 87,649,385 shares of Common Stock outstanding as of February 1, 2022.

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner

 

Number of Shares

 

 

%

 

Named Executive Officers and Directors:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Barbara Weber, M.D.(1)

 

 

 

2,070,184

 

 

 

2.4

 

Daniella Beckman(2)

 

 

 

257,947

 

 

 

*

 

Alexis Borisy(3)

 

 

 

90,380

 

 

 

*

 

Lesley Calhoun(4)

 

 

 

21,231

 

 

 

*

 

Aaron Davis(8)

 

 

 

101,524

 

 

 

*

 

Alan Huang, Ph.D.(5)

 

 

 

475,572

 

 

 

*

 

Reid Huber Ph.D.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Malte Peters, M.D.(6)

 

 

 

104,033

 

 

 

*

 

Mace Rothenberg, M.D.(7)

 

 

 

21,231

 

 

 

*

 

Named Executive Officers and Directors as a group (eleven individuals)

 

 

 

3,040,578

 

 

 

3.5

 

5% Stockholders:

 





 







 

Entities affiliated with Boxer Capital, LLC(8)

 

 

 

13,988,577

 

 

 

 

16.0

 

Casdin Partners Master Fund, L.P.(9)

 

 

 

5,487,910

 

 

 

6.3

 

Gilead Sciences, Inc.(10)

 

 

 

4,854,443

 

 

 

5.5

 

Third Rock Ventures IV, L.P.(11)

 

 

 

19,363,975

 

 

 

 

22.1

 

Cormorant Asset Management L.P.(12)

 

 

 

4,899,184

 

 

 

5.6

 

FMR LLC(13)

 

 

 

7,182,188

 

 

 

8.2

 

 

* Less than one percent.

(1) Consists of 1,367,592 shares of Common Stock and options to purchase 702,592 shares of Common Stock exercisable within 60 days of February 1, 2022.

(2) Consists of 63,867 shares of Common Stock and options to purchase 189,675 shares of Common Stock exercisable within 60 days of February 1, 2022.

(3) Consists of options to purchase 87,642 shares of Common Stock exercisable within 60 days of February 1, 2022.

120


 

(4) Consists of options to purchase 21,231 shares of Common Stock exercisable within 60 days of February 1, 2022.

(5) Consists of 135,887 shares of Common Stock and options to purchase 331,157 shares of Common Stock exercisable within 60 days of February 1, 2022.

(6) Consists of options to purchase 104,033 shares of Common Stock exercisable within 60 days of February 1, 2022.

(7) Consists of options to purchase 21,231 shares of Common Stock exercisable within 60 days of February 1, 2022.

(8) This information is solely based on a Schedule 13D/A filed by Boxer Capital, LLC (“Boxer Capital”), Boxer Asset Management Inc. (“Boxer Management”), Joe Lewis, Aaron Davis, BCTG Holdings, LLC (“BCTG Holdings”), MVA Investors, LLC (“MVA Investors”), Braslyn Ltd. (“Braslyn,” together with Boxer Capital, Boxer Management, Joe Lewis, BCTG Holdings, MVA Investors and Aaron Davis, the “Reporting Persons”) with the SEC on January 4, 2022 Consists of 6,988,450 shares beneficially owned by BCTG Holdings, 6,871,642 shares beneficially owned by Boxer Capital and Boxer Management, 26,961 shares beneficially owned by Braslyn and 101,524 shares beneficially owned by MVA Investors. Boxer Capital, Boxer Management, and Joseph Lewis share voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Boxer Capital, and Aaron Davis has shared voting and dispositive power over the shares owned by MVA. Each of the individuals and entities listed above expressly disclaims beneficial interest of the shares listed above except to the extent of any pecuniary interest therein. The principal business address of the Reporting Persons is: 12860 El Camino Real, Suite 300, San Diego, CA 92130. The principal business address of Boxer Management, Braslyn and Joe Lewis is: c/o Cay House P.O. Box N-7776 E.P. Taylor Drive Lyford Cay, New Providence, Bahamas. Aaron Davis serves as the Chief Executive Officer of MVA Investors. A board consisting of Aaron Davis, Christopher Fuglesang and Andrew Ellis makes voting and dispositive decisions with respect to securities owned by BCTG Holdings. Each of Aaron Davis, Christopher Fuglesang and Andrew Ellis disclaims any pecuniary interest in BCTG Holdings except to the extent of his beneficial interest in the securities owned by BCTG Holdings.

(9) This information is solely based on a Schedule 13G filed by Casdin Capital, LLC, Casdin Partners Master Fund, L.P., Casdin Partners GP, LLC and Eli Casdin with the SEC on August 19, 2021. The general partner of Casdin Partners Master Fund, L.P. is Casdin Partners GP, LLC, or Casdin Partners GP. Casdin Capital, LLC is the investment manager of Casdin Master Fund, L.P. Eli Casdin is the managing member of Casdin Capital, LLC and makes the sole voting and investment decisions with respect to shares held by Casdin Master Fund, L.P. The address of Casdin Capital, LLC is 1350 Avenue of the Americas, Suite 2405, New York, NY 10019.

(10) This information is solely based on a Schedule 13G filed by Gilead Sciences, Inc. with the SEC on September 9, 2021. The address of Gilead Science, Inc. is 333 Lakeside Drive, Foster City, California 94404.

(11) This information is solely based on a Schedule 13G filed by Third Rock Ventures IV, L.P. (“TRV IV”), Third Rock Ventures GP IV, L.P. (“TRV GP IV”) and TRV GP IV, LLC (“TRV GP IV LLC,” and collectively with TRV IV and TRV GP IV, the “Reporting Persons”) with the SEC on August 19, 2021. The general partner of TRV IV is TRV GP IV. The general partner of TRV GP IV. is TRV GP IV LLC. Abbie Celniker, Ph.D., Robert Tepper, M.D., Craig Muir and Cary Pfeffer, M.D. are the managing members of TRV GP IV, LLC who collectively make voting and investment decisions with respect to shares held by TRV IV L.P. Dr. Huber is a partner at Third Rock Ventures, LLC, and a member of our board of directors. The address for each of the Reporting Persons is 29 Newbury Street, Suite 401, Boston, MA 02116.

(12) This information is solely based on a Schedule 13G filed by Cormorant Asset Management, LP with the SEC on February 14, 2022. Consists of 4,899,184 shares held for the benefit of private funds and a managed account for which Cormorant Asset Management, LP serves as investment manager. Bihua Chen serves as the general partner of Cormorant Asset Management, LP. The address of Cormorant Asset Management, LP is 200 Clarendon Street, 52nd Floor, Boston, MA 02116.

(13) This information is based solely on a Schedule 13G filed by FMR LLC and its affiliates with the SEC on February 9, 2022, which reported ownership as of December 31, 2021. The address for FMR LLC is 245 Summer Street, Boston, MA 02210.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Other than the compensation agreements and other arrangements described under the sections entitled “Executive Compensation” and “Director Compensation” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and the transactions described below, since January 1, 2020, there has not been and there is not currently proposed, any transaction or series of similar transactions to which:
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

we were, or will be, a participant;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

the amount involved exceeded, or will exceed, $120,000; and

 

121


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

in which any director, executive officer, holder of 5% or more of any class of our capital stock or any member of the immediate family of, or entities affiliated with, any of the foregoing persons, had, or will have, a direct or indirect material interest.

Amended and Restated Registration and Shareholder Rights Agreement

On the Closing Date, we entered into an Amended and Restated Registration and Stockholder Rights Agreement, or the Amended and Restated Registration and Stockholder Rights Agreement, with BCTG Holdings, LLC, or the Sponsor, certain persons and entities holding securities of New Tango, and entities receiving Common Stock pursuant to the Merger Agreement (the foregoing persons and entities, together with other persons or entities who become party to the Amended and Restated Registration and Stockholder Rights Agreement collectively referred to as the Holders), pursuant to which we (i) agreed to register for resale (1) certain shares of Common Stock held by, or issuable upon exercise of options held by, the Holders and (2) any warrants, shares of capital stock or other securities of our company issued as a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of the shares specified in clause (1) (the securities in clauses (1) and (2) collectively referred to as the Registrable Securities) and (ii) granted certain other registration rights to the Holders.

In particular, the Amended and Restated Registration and Stockholder Rights Agreement provides for the following registration rights:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shelf registration/demand registration rights. No later than 30 calendar days following the Closing Date, we were required to file with the SEC, a shelf registration statement registering the resale of the Registrable Securities, and use our commercially reasonable efforts to have such registration statement declared effective by the SEC within a specified period. At any time and from time to time when an effective shelf registration statement is on file with the SEC, a Holder may request to sell all or any portion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities by means of an underwritten takedown off of the shelf registration statement, except that we are only obligated to effect such underwritten shelf takedown if such offering will include Registrable Securities proposed to be sold by the requesting Holder, either individually or together with other requesting Holders, with a total offering price reasonably expected to exceed, in the aggregate, $20.0 million. Additionally, we are not required to effect more than one underwritten shelf takedown in any six-month period.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Piggyback registration rights. Subject to exceptions for certain offerings and registration statements, if at any time, we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act in connection with an offering of our equity securities or securities or other obligations exercisable or exchangeable for, or convertible into, our equity securities, either for our own account or for the account of our stockholders, the Holders are entitled to include their Registrable Securities in such registration statement.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expenses and indemnification. The fees, costs and expenses of registrations pursuant to the registration rights granted to the Holders under the Amended and Restated Registration and Stockholder Rights Agreement will be borne by us, except that underwriting discounts and selling commissions, brokerage fees, and certain other incremental selling expenses will be borne by the holders of the shares being registered. The Amended and Restated Registration and Shareholder Rights Agreement contains customary cross-indemnification provisions, under which we are obligated to indemnify holders of Registrable Securities in the event of material misstatements or omissions in the registration statement attributable to us, and holders of Registrable Securities are obligated to indemnify Tango for material misstatements or omissions attributable to them.

 

Our securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities when (i) a registration statement with respect to the sale of such securities shall have become effective under the Securities Act and such securities shall have been disposed of in accordance with such registration statement, (ii) such securities are freely saleable under Rule 144 under the Securities Act without any volume limitations or (iii) such securities shall have ceased to be outstanding.

The Amended and Restated Registration and Stockholder Rights Agreement shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the 10th anniversary of the date of the agreement and (ii) with respect to any Holder, on the date that such Holder no longer holds any Registrable Securities.

122


 

Lock-Up Agreements

In connection with the Merger, on the Closing Date, we entered into lock-up agreements with our directors, officers and certain of our stockholders, or collectively, the Lockup Holders. The terms of the lock-up agreements provide for the Common Stock held by the Lockup Holders as of immediately after the effective time of the Business Combination to be subject to transfer restrictions for a period of 180 days after the Closing Date, subject to certain exceptions. As of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, such transfer restrictions in effect for such 180 days have lapsed.

Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions — BCTG

Founders Shares

On June 4, 2020, BCTG issued 3,593,750 shares of common stock to the Sponsor in exchange for a payment of $25,000. We refer to such issued shares in this Annual Report on Form 10-K as the Founder Shares. On September 2, 2020, BCTG declared a dividend of 0.16 shares for each outstanding share of common stock (an aggregate of 575,000 shares), resulting in an aggregate of 4,168,750 Founder Shares outstanding. The Sponsor had agreed to forfeit up to an aggregate of 543,750 Founders Shares, so that the Founders Shares would represent 20% of BTCG’s issued and outstanding shares after BCTG’s initial public offering, to the extent the underwriters’ over-allotment option was not exercised in full or in part. On September 8, 2020, the underwriters exercised their 15% over-allotment option in full; thus, the Founders Shares were no longer subject to forfeiture. The Sponsor currently owns an aggregate of 4,493,450 shares of our common stock, and its independent directors and advisors collectively own 208,800 shares of our common stock.

The initial stockholders have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of their Founders Shares (except to certain permitted transferees) until the earlier of (i) one year after the date of the consummation of the Business Combination or (ii) the date on which the closing price of our common stock equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations and recapitalizations) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after the Business Combination, or earlier if, subsequent to the Business Combination, we consummate a subsequent liquidation, merger, stock exchange or other similar transaction which results in all of our stockholders having the right to exchange their shares of common stock for cash, securities or other property.

Private Shares

Concurrently with the closing of BCTG’s initial public offering, the Sponsor purchased 533,500 Private Shares, at a price of $10.00 per share, in a private placement for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $5.3 million. The Private Shares are identical to the shares of common stock sold in BCTG’s initial public offering, subject to certain limited exceptions.

Related Party Loans

On May 21, 2020 and June 10, 2020, the Sponsor agreed to loan BCTG up to $25,025 and $274,975, respectively, for an aggregate amount of $300,000 to be used for the payment of costs related to BCTG’s initial public offering pursuant to a promissory note, or each, a Note, and collectively, the Notes. The Notes were non-interest bearing, unsecured and due upon the date BCTG consummated its initial public offering. BCTG borrowed approximately $127,000 under the Notes and repaid the Notes in full on September 10, 2020.

In order to fund working capital deficiencies or finance transaction costs in connection with the Business Combination, the initial stockholders, officers and directors and their affiliates could have, but were not obligated to, loan BCTG funds as may be required, or the Working Capital Loans. Each loan would be evidenced by a promissory note. The notes would either be paid upon consummation of the Business Combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $1.5 million of the notes may be converted upon consummation of the Business Combination into additional private placement shares at a conversion price of $10.00 per share. If BCTG did not complete a business combination, the loans would not be repaid. Such private placement shares would be identical to the Private Shares. BCTG did not have any borrowings under the Working Capital Loans.

Administrative Support Agreement

Commencing on September 2, 2020, BCTG agreed to pay an affiliate of the Sponsor a total of $10,000 per month for office space and certain office and secretarial services. Upon completion of the Business Combination, BCTG ceased paying these monthly fees. For the period from May 21, 2020 (inception) through the completion of the Business Combination, BCTG

123


 

incurred approximately $110,000 related to these services. As of the date hereof, no amounts are payable related to this agreement.

Share Purchase Commitment

The Sponsor entered into an agreement to purchase an aggregate of at least 2,500,000 shares of BCTG’s common stock for an aggregate purchase price of $25.0 million, or $10.00 per share, prior to, concurrently with, or following the closing of the Business Combination in a private placement. The funds from such private placement could be used as part of the consideration to the sellers in the Business Combination, and any excess funds from such private placement may be used for working capital in the post-transaction company.

PIPE Financing

At Closing, PIPE Investors subscribed for and purchased an aggregate of 18,610,000 shares of Common Stock at a price of $10.00 per share for aggregate gross proceeds of $186,100,000.

Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions — Old Tango

Series B Preferred Stock Financing

On April 7, 2020, Old Tango entered into a Series B Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, or the Series B Purchase Agreement, pursuant to which Old Tango issued 45,372,050 shares of its Series B Preferred Stock for a per share price of $1.3224, for aggregate gross proceeds in the amount of $60.0 million in two closings. The first closing of the Series B Preferred Stock financing occurred on April 7, 2020, and the second closing of the Series B Preferred Stock financing occurred on March 11, 2021. The following holders of more than 5% of Old Tango’s capital stock participated in the Series B Preferred Stock financing.

Name of 5% Tango Stockholder

 

Number of Series B Preferred Stock Purchased – First Closing

 

 

Aggregate Purchase Price – First Closing

 

 

Number of Series B Preferred Stock Purchased – Second Closing

 

 

Aggregate Purchase Price – Second Closing

 

Boxer Capital, LLC and affiliated entities(1)

 

 

 

8,507,260

 

 

$

 

11,250,000

 

 

 

 

8,507,260

 

 

$

 

11,250,000

 

Casdin Capital

 

 

 

1,890,502

 

 

$

 

2,499,999

 

 

 

 

1,890,502

 

 

$

 

2,499,999

 

Cormorant Asset Management and affiliated entities(2)

 

 

 

3,781,004

 

 

$

 

4,999,999

 

 

 

 

3,781,004

 

 

$

 

4,999,999

 

 

(1) Includes Boxer Capital LLC, which purchased 8,417,650 shares at the first closing and 8,417,650 shares at the second closing; and MVA Investors, LLC, which purchased 89,610 shares at the first closing and 89,610 shares at the second closing. Aaron Davis, a member of our board of directors, is Chief Executive Officer of Boxer Capital, LLC. Boxer Capital, LLC and Mr. Davis are each affiliated with BCTG and the Sponsor.

(2) Includes Cormorant Private Healthcare Fund II, LP, which purchased 3,027,828 shares at the first closing and 3,027,828 shares at the second closing; Cormorant Global Healthcare Master Fund, LP, which purchased 707,048 shares at the first closing and 707,048 shares at the second closing; and CRMA SPV, LP, which purchased 46,128 shares at the first closing and 46,128 shares at the second closing.

Series B-1 Preferred Stock Financing

On August 17, 2020, Old Tango held the closing of its Series B-1 Preferred Stock financing, pursuant to its Series B-1 Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, or the Series B-1 Purchase Agreement, at which Old Tango issued 27,152,255 shares of its Series B-1 Preferred Stock for a per share price of $1.885, for aggregate gross proceeds in the amount of $51.2 million. The following holders of more than 5% of Old Tango’s capital stock participated in the Series B-1 Preferred Stock financing.

Name of 5% Tango Stockholder

 

Number of Series B-1
Preferred Stock

 

 

Aggregate Purchase Price

 

Boxer Capital, LLC and affiliated entities(1)

 

 

 

3,511,769

 

 

$

 

6,519,685

 

Casdin Capital

 

 

 

7,957,852

 

 

$

 

15,000,551

 

Cormorant Asset Management and affiliated entities(2)

 

 

 

1,560,786

 

 

$

 

2,942,082

 

Gilead Sciences, Inc.

 

 

 

10,610,079

 

 

$

 

19,999,999

 

 

124


 

(1) Includes Boxer Capital LLC, which purchased 3,392,141 shares; and MVA Investors, LLC, which purchased 119,628 shares. Aaron Davis, a member of our Board of Directors, is Chief Executive Officer of Boxer Capital, LLC. Boxer Capital, LLC and Mr. Davis are each affiliated with BCTG and the Sponsor.

(2) Includes Cormorant Private Healthcare Fund II, LP, which purchased 1,235,518 shares; and Cormorant Global Healthcare Master Fund, LP, which purchased 325,268 shares.

Gilead Collaboration Agreement

In October 2018, we entered into a Collaboration and License Agreement with Gilead Sciences, Inc. which collaboration was amended and restated on August 17, 2020, concurrently with the closing of the Series B-1 Preferred Stock financing in which Gilead Sciences, Inc. participated. Gilead Sciences, Inc. holds 5% or more of our capital stock. See the section titled “Business — Collaboration and License Agreements — Collaboration and License Agreement with Gilead Sciences” for more information.

Investors Rights Agreement

In connection with the initial closing of the Series B Preferred Stock financing, Old Tango entered into an Amended and Restated Investors Rights Agreement, or the Investors Rights Agreement with certain of its investors, including its 5% stockholders. Pursuant to the Investors Agreement, the investors were granted certain demand and registration rights as well as certain information rights. In connection with the Merger, the Investors Rights Agreement was terminated at the closing of the Business Combination.

Voting Agreement

In connection with the initial closing of the Series B Preferred Stock financing, Old Tango entered into an Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, or the Voting Agreement with certain of its investors, including its 5% stockholders. Pursuant to the Investors Agreement, certain investors were given the right to designate certain members of Old Tango’s board of directors. In connection with the Merger, the Voting Agreement was terminated at the closing of the Business Combination.

Indemnification Agreements

We are party to indemnity agreements with our directors and executive officers. These agreements, among other things, require us to indemnify these individuals for certain expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and settlement amounts reasonably incurred by such persons in any action or proceeding, including any action by or in our right, on account of any services undertaken by such person on behalf of our company or that person’s status as a member of our board of directors to the maximum extent allowed under Delaware law.

Policies for Approval of Related Party Transactions

Our Audit Committee reviews and approves transactions with directors, officers and holders of 5% or more our capital stock and their affiliates, or each, related party. Prior to the transaction, the material facts as to the related party’s relationship or interest in the transaction are disclosed to our Audit Committee prior to their consideration of such transaction, and the transaction is not considered approved unless approved by the Audit Committee. Further, when stockholders are entitled to vote on a transaction with a related party, the material facts of the related party’s relationship or interest in the transaction are disclosed to the stockholders, who must approve the transaction in good faith.

Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions

We have adopted a written related person transaction policy that sets forth the following policies and procedures for the review and approval or ratification of related person transactions.

 

A “Related Person Transaction” is a transaction, arrangement or relationship in which we or any our subsidiaries was, is or will be a participant, the amount of which involved exceeds $120,000, and in which any related person had, has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. A “Related Person” means:

 

 

 

 

 

 

any person who is, or at any time during the applicable period was, one of our officers, directors or director nominee;

 

125


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

any person who is known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our voting stock;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

any immediate family member of any of the foregoing persons, which means any child, stepchild, parent, stepparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law of a director, officer or a beneficial owner of more than 5% of its voting stock, and any person (other than a tenant or employee) sharing the household of such director, officer or beneficial owner of more than five percent 5% of our voting stock; and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

any firm, corporation or other entity in which any of the foregoing persons is a partner or principal or in a similar position or in which such person has a ten percent 10% or greater beneficial ownership interest.

 

We have policies and procedures designed to minimize potential conflicts of interest arising from any dealings we may have with our affiliates and to provide appropriate procedures for the disclosure of any real or potential conflicts of interest that may exist from time to time. The audit committee has the responsibility to review related party transactions.

Director Independence

The rules of the Nasdaq require that a majority of our board of directors be independent. An “independent director” is defined generally as a person other than an executive officer or employee of our company or any other individual having a relationship which, in the opinion of our board of directors, would interfere with the exercise of independent judgement in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. Our board of directors has determined that each individual who serves on our board, other than Dr. Weber, qualifies as an independent director under the rules of Nasdaq and the SEC.

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The following table sets forth the fees of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP billed to us for each of the last two fiscal years for audit services and billed to us in each of the last two fiscal years for other services:

Fee Category

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Audit Fees

 

$

 

1,775,000

 

 

$

 

635,000

 

Audit-Related Fees

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax Fees

 

 

 

170,000

 

 

 

 

30,200

 

All Other Fees

 

 

 

4,409

 

 

 

 

2,956

 

Total Fees

 

$

 

1,949,409

 

 

$

 

668,156

 

Audit Fees. Audit fees consist of fees billed for the audit of our annual consolidated financial statements, review of the interim consolidated financial statements, and the review of registration statements.

Tax Fees. Tax fees consist of aggregate fees for tax compliance and tax analysis related services.

All Other Fees. All other fees consist of fees for accounting research tools.

Audit Committee Pre-Approval Policy and Procedures

The Audit Committee has adopted a policy (the “Pre-Approval Policy”) that sets forth the procedures and conditions pursuant to which audit and non-audit services proposed to be performed by the independent auditor may be pre-approved. The Pre-Approval Policy generally provides that we will not engage PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP to render any audit, audit-related, tax or permissible non-audit service unless the service is either (i) explicitly approved by the Audit Committee (“specific pre-approval”) or (ii) entered into pursuant to the pre-approval policies and procedures described in the Pre-Approval Policy (“general pre-approval”). Unless a type of service to be provided by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP has received general pre-approval under the Pre-Approval Policy, it requires specific pre-approval by the Audit Committee or by a designated member of the Audit Committee to whom the committee has delegated the authority to grant pre-approvals. Any proposed services exceeding pre-approved cost levels or budgeted amounts will also require specific pre-approval. For both types of pre-approval, the Audit Committee will consider whether such services are consistent with the SEC’s rules on auditor independence. The Audit Committee will also consider whether the independent auditor is best positioned to provide the

126


 

most effective and efficient service, for reasons such as its familiarity with the Company’s business, people, culture, accounting systems, risk profile and other factors, and whether the service might enhance the Company’s ability to manage or control risk or improve audit quality. All such factors will be considered as a whole, and no one factor should necessarily be determinative. On an annual basis, the Audit Committee reviews and generally pre-approves the services (and related fee levels or budgeted amounts) that may be provided by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP without first obtaining specific pre-approval from the Audit Committee. The Audit Committee may revise the list of general pre-approved services from time to time, based on subsequent determinations.

127


 

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.

(1) Financial Statements

See the Index to the Consolidated Financial Statements section beginning on page F-1 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

(2) Financial Statement Schedules

All financial statement schedules have been omitted as they are not required, not applicable, or the required information is included in the financial statements or notes to the financial statements.

(3) Exhibits

The exhibits required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K and Item 15(b) of this Annual Report on Form 10-K are listed in the Exhibit Index below.

 

128


 

Exhibit Index

 

Exhibit

Number

 

Description

2.1†

 

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of April 13, 2021, by and among BCTG Acquisition Corp., BCTG Merger Sub Inc. and Tango Therapeutics, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Annex A to the Proxy Statement/ Prospectus) forming a part of the Registration Statement on Form S-4/A filed by the Registrant on July 15, 2021).

3.1

 

Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Tango Therapeutics, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s registration statement on Form S-1 filed with the SEC on September 10, 2021).

3.2

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Tango Therapeutics, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registrant’s registration statement on Form S-8 filed with the SEC on October 14, 2021).

4.1

 

Specimen Common Stock Certificate of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4/A filed by the Registrant on July 15, 2021).

4.2*

 

Description of Securities.
 

10.1

 

Form of Subscription Agreement, dated as of April 13, 2021 by and among BCTG Acquisition Corp. and certain institutional and accredited investors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on April 14, 2021).

10.2

 

Form of Lock-Up Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit D to Exhibit 2.1).

10.3

 

Amended and Restated Registration and Stockholder Rights Agreement, dated August 10, 2021, by and among Tango Therapeutics, Inc. and the stockholders party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on August 13, 2021).

10.4†

 

Amended and Restated Research Collaboration and License Agreement between Tango Therapeutics, Inc. and Gilead Sciences, Inc., dated August 17, 2020 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4/A filed by the Registrant on June 17, 2021).

10.5†

 

License Agreement between Tango Therapeutics, Inc. and Medivir AB, dated March 12, 2020 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4/A filed by the Registrant on June 17, 2021).

10.6#

 

Tango Therapeutics, Inc. 2021 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on August 13, 2021).

10.7#

 

Forms of Award Agreements under the Tango Therapeutics, Inc. 2021 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on August 13, 2021).

10.8#

 

Tango Therapeutics, Inc. 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on August 13, 2021).

10.9#

 

Form of Executive Employment Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on August 13, 2021).

10.10

 

Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on August 13, 2021).

10.11

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement (Directors) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on August 13, 2021).

10.12#

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement (Officers) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on August 13, 2021).

10.13#

 

Senior Executive Cash Annual Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on August 13, 2021).

10.14+

 

Lease Agreement between the Company and ARE-MA Region No. 87 Tenant, LLC dated as of November 4, 2021

16.1

 

Letter dated August 13, 2021 from Withum to the SEC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 16.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Registrant on August 13, 2021).

21.1

 

List of subsidiaries of Tango Therapeutics, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4/A filed by the Registrant on July 15, 2021).

23.1*

 

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm of Tango Therapeutics, Inc.

24.1*

 

Power of Attorney (included on signature page hereto).

31.1*

 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

129


 

31.2*

 

Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

32.1**

 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

32.2**

 

Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

101.INS

 

Inline XBRL Instance Document – the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document.

101.SCH

 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

101.CAL

 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

101.DEF

 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

101.LAB

 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

101.PRE

 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

104

 

Cover Page Interactive Data File (embedded within the Inline XBRL document)

 

* Filed herewith.

† Portions of this exhibit (indicated by asterisks) have been omitted in accordance with Item 601(b)(10) of Regulation S-K.
 

# Indicates a management contract or any compensatory plan, contract or arrangement.

+ Portions of this exhibit (indicated by brackets and asterisks) have been omitted because the registrant has determined that the information is both not material and is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.
 

** The certifications furnished in Exhibit 32 hereto are deemed to be furnished with this Annual Report on Form 10-K and will not be deemed to be “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, except to the extent that the registrant specifically incorporates it by reference.
 


 

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary

Not applicable.

 

130


 

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

 

Tango Therapeutics, Inc.

 

 

 

 

Date: March 28, 2022

 

By:

/s/ Barbara Weber

 

 

 

Barbara Weber, MD

 

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

Each person whose individual signature appears below hereby authorizes and appoints Barbara Weber, Daniella Beckman and Douglas Barry, and each of them, with full power of substitution and resubstitution and full power to act without the other, as his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent to act in his or her name, place and stead and to execute in the name and on behalf of each person, individually and in each capacity stated below, and to file any and all amendments to this annual report on Form 10-K and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing, ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them or their or his substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.
 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this Report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name

 

Title

 

Date

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Barbara Weber

 

President and Chief Executive Officer, Director

 

March 28, 2022

Barbara Weber, MD

 

 (Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Daniella Beckman

 

 Chief Financial Officer

 

 March 28, 2022

Daniella Beckman

 

 (Principal Financial Officer)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Alexis Borisy

 

 Chairman of the Board of Directors

 

 March 28, 2022

Alexis Borisy

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Lesley Ann Calhoun

 

 Director

 

 March 28, 2022

Lesley Ann Calhoun

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Aaron Davis

 

 Director

 

 March 28, 2022

Aaron Davis

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Reid Huber

 

 Director

 

 March 28, 2022

Reid Huber, Ph.D.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Malte Peters

 

 Director

 

 March 28, 2022

Malte Peters, MD

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Mace Rothenberg

 

 Director

 

 March 28, 2022

Mace Rothenberg, MD

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

131


 

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

Page

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID 238)

F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets

F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

F-4

Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

F-6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-7

 

 

 


 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Tango Therapeutics, Inc.

 

Opinion on the Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Tango Therapeutics, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, of redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit), and of cash flows for the years then ended, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audits of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

 

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

 

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

March 28, 2022

 

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2017.

 

F-2


 

TANGO THERAPEUTICS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

142,745

 

 

$

28,381

 

Marketable securities

 

 

342,510

 

 

 

161,939

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

2,000

 

 

 

2,000

 

Restricted cash

 

 

567

 

 

 

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

4,516

 

 

 

1,312

 

Total current assets

 

 

492,338

 

 

 

193,632

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

4,832

 

 

 

3,823

 

Operating lease right-of-use assets

 

 

1,254

 

 

 

7,480

 

Restricted cash, net of current portion

 

 

1,712

 

 

 

2,279

 

Other assets

 

 

19

 

 

 

38

 

Total assets

 

$

500,155

 

 

$

207,252

 

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

3,226

 

 

$

1,841

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

 

9,887

 

 

 

6,140

 

Operating lease liabilities

 

 

1,503

 

 

 

959

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

26,022

 

 

 

31,977

 

Income tax payable

 

 

52

 

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

40,690

 

 

 

40,917

 

Operating lease liabilities, net of current portion

 

 

 

 

 

6,925

 

Deferred revenue, net of current portion

 

 

114,718

 

 

 

120,805

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

Total liabilities

 

 

155,408

 

 

 

168,652

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 9)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued
   and outstanding as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders' equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, $0.001 par value; 200,000,000 and 56,393,261 shares
   authorized at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively;
   
87,598,184 and 40,372,133 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31,
   2021 and 2020, respectively

 

 

88

 

 

 

40

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

506,760

 

 

 

141,644

 

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income

 

 

(765

)

 

 

17

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(161,336

)

 

 

(103,101

)

Total stockholders’ equity

 

 

344,747

 

 

 

38,600

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

500,155

 

 

$

207,252

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


 

TANGO THERAPEUTICS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Collaboration revenue

 

$

26,042

 

 

$

6,972

 

License revenue

 

 

11,000

 

 

 

684

 

Total revenue

 

 

37,042

 

 

 

7,656

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Research and development

 

 

77,636

 

 

 

49,991

 

General and administrative

 

 

17,596

 

 

 

9,865

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

95,232

 

 

 

59,856

 

Loss from operations

 

 

(58,190

)

 

 

(52,200

)

Other income (expense):

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

 

495

 

 

 

108

 

Other (expense) income, net

 

 

(248

)

 

 

120

 

Total other income, net

 

 

247

 

 

 

228

 

Loss before income taxes

 

 

(57,943

)

 

 

(51,972

)

Provision for income taxes

 

 

(292

)

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(58,235

)

 

$

(51,972

)

Net loss per common share – basic and diluted

 

$

(0.94

)

 

$

(1.63

)

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding – basic and diluted

 

 

62,108,032

 

 

 

31,932,204

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(58,235

)

 

$

(51,972

)

Other comprehensive (loss) income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized (loss) gain on marketable securities

 

 

(782

)

 

 

7

 

Comprehensive loss

 

$

(59,017

)

 

$

(51,965

)

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-4


 

TANGO THERAPEUTICS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF REDEEMABLE CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

(in thousands, except share amounts)

 

 

 

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated
Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Series A

 

 

Series B

 

 

Series B-1

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

Additional

 

 

Comprehensive

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Paid-in
Capital

 

 

Income
(Loss)

 

 

Accumulated
Deficit

 

 

Stockholders’
Equity (Deficit)

 

Balance at December 31, 2019

 

 

55,700,000

 

 

$

55,700

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

4,530,115

 

 

$

5

 

 

$

3,319

 

 

$

10

 

 

$

(51,129

)

 

$

(47,795

)

Retrospective application of recapitalization

 

 

(55,700,000

)

 

 

(55,700

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18,922,317

 

 

 

19

 

 

 

55,681

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

55,700

 

Recasted balance as of December 31, 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23,452,432

 

 

 

24

 

 

 

59,000

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

(51,129

)

 

 

7,905

 

Issuance of Series B redeemable convertible
   preferred stock, net of issuance costs of less
   than $
0.2 million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22,686,025

 

 

 

29,761

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retroactive application of recapitalization

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(22,686,025

)

 

 

(29,761

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,706,861

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

29,753

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

29,761

 

Issuance of Series B-1 redeemable convertible
   preferred stock, net of issuance costs of less
   than $
0.2 million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

27,152,255

 

 

 

51,083

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retroactive application of recapitalization

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(27,152,255

)

 

 

(51,083

)

 

 

 

9,224,122

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

51,075

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

51,083

 

Vesting of restricted common
   stock awards

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12

 

Exercise of stock options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

27,813

 

 

 

 

 

 

40

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

40

 

Repurchases of restricted common
   stock awards

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(39,095

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,764

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,764

 

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(51,972

)

 

 

(51,972

)

Balance at December 31, 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

40,372,133

 

 

 

40

 

 

 

141,644

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

(103,101

)

 

 

38,600

 

Issuance of Series B redeemable
   convertible preferred stock, net
   of issuance costs of $
0.1 million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

22,686,025

 

 

 

29,990

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retroactive application of recapitalization

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(22,686,025

)

 

 

(29,990

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,706,861

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

29,982

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

29,990

 

Shares issued in Business Combination and PIPE
   Financing, net of issuance costs of $
15.8 million

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

38,880,436

 

 

 

39

 

 

 

326,238

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

326,277

 

Exercise of stock options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

638,754

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1,057

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,058

 

Vesting of restricted common
   stock awards

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

Stock based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,833

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,833

 

Other comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(782

)

 

 

 

 

 

(782

)

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(58,235

)

 

 

(58,235

)

Balance at December 31, 2021

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

87,598,184

 

 

$

88

 

 

$

506,760

 

 

$

(765

)

 

$

(161,336

)

 

$

344,747

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

F-5


 

TANGO THERAPEUTICS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

 

 

 

Year Ended
December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Cash flows from operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(58,235

)

 

$

(51,972

)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash (used in) provided by
   operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

 

897

 

 

 

718

 

Noncash operating lease expense

 

 

1,069

 

 

 

907

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

7,833

 

 

 

1,764

 

Other, net

 

 

254

 

 

 

(17

)

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

 

 

 

(2,000

)

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

(3,159

)

 

 

(81

)

Other long-term assets

 

 

(139

)

 

 

(38

)

Accounts payable

 

 

1,232

 

 

 

1,171

 

Accrued expenses and other liabilities

 

 

3,829

 

 

 

1,196

 

Operating lease liabilities

 

 

(1,066

)

 

 

(655

)

Deferred revenue

 

 

(12,042

)

 

 

119,081

 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

 

 

(59,527

)

 

 

70,074

 

Cash flows from investing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of property and equipment

 

 

(1,837

)

 

 

(1,106

)

Sales and maturities of marketable securities

 

 

190,764

 

 

 

63,220

 

Purchases of marketable securities

 

 

(372,361

)

 

 

(207,540

)

Other

 

 

 

 

 

(40

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(183,434

)

 

 

(145,466

)

Cash flows from financing activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock, net of issuance costs

 

 

29,990

 

 

 

80,844

 

Proceeds from issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

 

 

1,058

 

 

 

40

 

Business Combination and PIPE Financing, gross proceeds

 

 

342,113

 

 

 

 

Payment of Business Combination and PIPE Financing transaction costs

 

 

(15,836

)

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

357,325

 

 

 

80,884

 

Net change in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

 

 

114,364

 

 

 

5,492

 

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of period

 

 

30,660

 

 

 

25,168

 

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of period

 

$

145,024

 

 

$

30,660

 

Supplemental cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for leases

 

$

1,835

 

 

$

1,782

 

Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Conversion of Preferred Shares to Common Shares

 

$

166,534

 

 

$

 

Revaluation of right-of-use asset and lease liability upon lease modification

 

$

5,315

 

 

$

 

Purchases of property and equipment included in accounts payable and
   accrued expenses

 

$

154

 

 

$

29

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


 

TANGO THERAPEUTICS, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Nature of the Business and Basis of Presentation

Tango Therapeutics, Inc. (“Tango” or the “Company”) is a precision oncology company committed to the discovery and development of novel drugs in defined patient populations with high unmet medical need.

Tango Therapeutics, Inc. (together with its consolidated subsidiaries, “Tango” or the “Company”) formerly known as BCTG Acquisition Corp. (“BCTG”), was incorporated in Delaware on May 21, 2020. BCTG was a Special Purpose Acquisition Company (“SPAC”) formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination.

Merger with BCTG Acquisition Corporation

On April 13, 2021, the Company, BCTG Merger Sub Inc., a Delaware corporation, and Tango Therapeutics, Inc. (now known as Tango Therapeutics Sub, Inc. or “Old Tango”) signed a definitive merger agreement (the "Merger Agreement") memorializing the terms of BCTG’s acquisition of 100% of Old Tango's issued and outstanding equity securities in exchange for $550.0 million worth of consideration in the form of BCTG common stock (the “Business Combination”). The Business Combination was approved on August 9, 2021 by shareholders of BCTG, resulting in BCTG acquiring 100% of Old Tango's issued and outstanding equity securities on August 10, 2021. The Business Combination was accounted for as a “reverse recapitalization” in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). As a result of the Business Combination, BCTG was renamed Tango Therapeutics, Inc. The Company's common stock is trading on The Nasdaq Global Market under the ticker symbol TNGX.

Tango received gross proceeds of $167.1 million upon the closing of the Business Combination. Tango continues to operate under the Old Tango management team. Simultaneous with the closing of the Business Combination, an aggregate of 18,610,000 shares of common stock (the “PIPE Financing”) were issued, resulting in gross proceeds of an additional $186.1 million upon the closing of the PIPE Financing. Total transaction costs and redemptions approximated $26.9 million, resulting in total net proceeds of $326.3 million.

BCTG Acquisition Corporation IPO

The registration statement for BCTG’s initial public offering (“IPO”) was declared effective on September 2, 2020. On September 8, 2020, the Company consummated its Initial Public Offering of 16,675,000 shares of common stock (the “Public Shares”), including the 2,175,000 Public Shares as a result of the underwriters’ full exercise of their over-allotment option, at an offering price of $10.00 per Public Share, generating gross proceeds of approximately $166.8 million, and incurring offering costs of approximately $9.6 million, inclusive of approximately $5.8 million in deferred underwriting commissions. Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Company consummated the private placement (“Private Placement”) of 533,500 shares of common stock (the “Private Placement shares”), at a price of $10.00 per Private Placement Share to the Sponsor, generating gross proceeds of approximately $5.3 million. Upon the closing of the Initial Public Offering and the Private Placement, the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and certain of the proceeds of the Private Placement was placed in a trust account (“Trust Account”) in the United States maintained by Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as trustee, and remained invested only in U.S. government treasury bills, notes and bonds with a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act and which invest solely in U.S. Treasuries, until the completion of the Business Combination as described below.

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. GAAP. The accompanying consolidated financial statements reflect the operations of Tango and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. The functional and reporting currency of the Company and its subsidiaries is the U.S. dollar.

F-7


 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements requires that the Company make estimates, judgments and assumptions that may affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, equity, revenues and expenses and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. Significant estimates and assumptions made in the consolidated financial statements include, but are not limited to, the revenue recognized from collaboration agreements, the valuation of stock-based awards and the accrual for research and development expenses. On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates its estimates, judgments and methodologies. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets, liabilities and equity and the amount of revenues and expenses. As of the date of issuance of these consolidated financial statements, the Company is not aware of any specific event or circumstance that would require the Company to update estimates, judgments or revise the carrying value of any assets or liabilities. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. Changes in estimates are reflected in reported results in the period in which they become known.

Segment Information

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which separate financial information is available for evaluation by the chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company operates in one operating segment, the business of discovering and developing precision oncology therapies.

Cash Equivalents

All highly liquid marketable securities purchased with an original maturity date of 90 days or less at the date of purchase are considered to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents consisted of money market funds and U.S. Treasury bills as of December 31, 2021 and 2020.

Investments in Marketable Securities

Marketable debt securities consist of investments with original maturities greater than 90 days. The Company classifies its investments with maturities beyond one year as short-term, based on their highly liquid nature and because such marketable securities represent the investment of cash that is available for current operations. The Company considers its investment portfolio of marketable securities to be available-for-sale. Accordingly, these investments are recorded at fair value, which is based on quoted market prices. Unrealized gains are reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income in stockholders’ equity (deficit). Amortization and accretion of premiums and discounts are recorded in interest income. Realized gains and losses are included as a component of other income, net in the consolidated statements of operations.

The Company evaluates its investments with unrealized losses for impairment. When assessing investments for unrealized declines in value, the Company considers whether the decline in value is related to a credit loss or non-credit loss. For credit losses, the Company reduces the investment to fair value through an allowance for credit losses recorded to the balance sheet and corresponding charge to the statement of operations. The allowance for credit losses and corresponding impairment charge is adjusted each period for changes in fair value. For non-credit losses, the Company reduces the investment to fair value through a charge to the statement of comprehensive loss, reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in stockholders’ equity. No such credit losses were recorded during the periods presented.

Fair Value Measurements

The accounting standard for fair value measurements defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in accordance with U.S. GAAP, and requires certain disclosures about fair value measurements. Under this standard, fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. Financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value are to be

F-8


 

classified and disclosed in one of the following three levels of the fair value hierarchy, of which the first two are considered observable and the last is considered unobservable:

Level 1 — Fair values are determined utilizing prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access.
Level 2 — Fair values are determined by utilizing quoted prices for identical or similar assets and liabilities in active markets or other market observable inputs such as interest rates, yield curves, and foreign currency spot rates.
Level 3 — Prices or valuations that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable.

The fair value of the Company’s cash equivalents and marketable securities are determined according to the fair value hierarchy described below (see Note 5). The carrying values of the Company’s accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses approximate their fair values due to the short-term nature of these assets and liabilities.

Concentration of Credit Risk and Significant Suppliers

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist of cash, cash equivalents and marketable debt securities. The Company’s cash, cash equivalent and marketable securities balances are held by major financial institutions that management believes to be creditworthy. The Company uses multiple financial institutions to limit the amount of credit exposure to any one financial institution. Substantially all the Company’s cash, cash equivalent and marketable debt securities were invested in money market funds, U.S. Treasury bills, and U.S. government agency bonds at December 31, 2021 and 2020. At times, the Company’s cash deposits may exceed the amount of federal insurance provided on such deposits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts and believes it is not exposed to significant credit risk beyond the normal credit risk associated with commercial banking relationships.

The Company relies, and expects to continue to rely, on a small number of vendors to perform research activities and clinical trial activities that continue to progress its product candidates for its development programs. These programs could be adversely affected by a significant interruption in the related processes of these vendors.

Restricted Cash

Cash accounts with any type of restriction are considered restricted cash and are classified on the balance sheet based on the length of the restrictive obligation. As of both December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company recorded restricted cash of $2.3 million, all of which was related to security deposits associated with the Company’s facility leases in Boston, Massachusetts and Cambridge, Massachusetts. The security deposit associated with the Company's facility lease in Boston, Massachusetts is recorded as non-current in its balance sheet as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 because the deposit is required for the duration of the lease which is greater than a year. The security deposit associated with the Company's facility lease in Cambridge, Massachusetts is recorded as current in its balance sheet as of December 31, 2021 because the deposit is required for the duration of the amended lease which is less than a year from the balance sheet date. The security deposit associated with the Company's facility lease in Cambridge, Massachusetts was recorded as non-current in its balance sheet as of December 31, 2020 because the deposit was required for the duration of the original lease which, prior to the 2021 lease amendment, was for greater than a year from the December 31, 2020 balance sheet date.

The reconciliation of cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash to amounts presented in the consolidated statements of cash flows are as follows:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

142,745

 

 

$

28,381

 

Restricted cash

 

 

567

 

 

 

 

Restricted cash, net of current portion

 

 

1,712

 

 

 

2,279

 

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

 

$

145,024

 

 

$

30,660

 

 

F-9


 

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization expense is recognized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of each asset. Estimated useful lives are periodically assessed to determine if changes are appropriate. The estimated useful lives of the Company’s property and equipment are as follows:

 

Asset

 

Estimated useful life

Computer equipment

 

3 years

Computer software

 

5 years

Furniture and fixtures

 

7 years

Laboratory equipment

 

7 years

Leasehold improvements

 

Shorter of remaining lease term or 10 years

The Company reviews long-lived assets, such as property and equipment, for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of the assets may not be recoverable. If indicators of impairment are present, the assets are tested for recoverability by comparing the carrying amount of the assets to the related estimated future undiscounted cash flows that the assets are expected to generate. If the expected cash flows are less than the carrying value of the asset group, then the asset group is considered to be impaired and its carrying value is written down to fair value, based on the related estimated discounted future cash flows. To date, no such impairment losses have been recorded.

Costs for assets not yet placed into service are capitalized as construction-in-progress and depreciated or amortized in accordance with the above useful lives once placed into service. Upon retirement or sale, the related cost and accumulated depreciation and amortization are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is included in the consolidated statements of operations. Repairs and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.

Operating Leases

At the inception of an arrangement, the Company determines whether the arrangement is or contains a lease based on specific facts and circumstances and the existence of an identified asset(s), if any, and its control over the use of the identified asset(s), if applicable. Upon lease commencement, operating lease liabilities and their corresponding right-of-use assets are recorded on the balance sheet based at the present value of lease payments over the expected lease term. Leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are not recorded on the balance sheet. Lease expense is recognized over the expected term on a straight-line basis.

Lease payments are discounted at the lease commencement date using the interest rate implicit in the lease contract. As this rate is typically not readily determinable, the Company determines an incremental borrowing rate that is used to discount lease payments, which reflects the fixed rate at which the Company could borrow on a collateralized basis the amount of the lease payments in the same currency, for a similar term, in a similar economic environment. Certain prospective adjustments to the right-of-use asset may be required for items such as initial direct costs paid or incentives received.

The Company elected to account for lease and non-lease components as a single lease component, however non-lease components that are variable, such as common area maintenance and utilities, are generally paid separately from rent based on actual costs incurred and therefore are not included in the right-of-use asset and operating lease liability and are reflected as an expense in the period incurred. The Company’s lease terms often include renewal options. The amounts determined for the Company’s right-of-use assets and lease liabilities generally do not assume that any renewal options or any early-termination provisions, if any, are exercised, unless it is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise such options.

Revenue Recognition

At contract inception, the Company assesses whether the collaboration arrangements are within the scope of ASC Topic 808, Collaborative Arrangements, or ASC 808, to determine whether such arrangements involve joint operating activities performed by parties that are both active participants in the activities and exposed to significant risks and rewards dependent on the commercial success of such activities. This assessment is performed based on the responsibilities of all parties in the arrangement. For collaboration arrangements within the scope of ASC 808 that contain multiple elements, the Company first determines which elements of the arrangement are within the scope of ASC 808 and which elements are within the scope of ASC 606 (as described below). For elements of collaboration arrangements that are accounted for pursuant to ASC 808, an appropriate recognition method is determined and applied consistently, either by analogy to

F-10


 

authoritative accounting literature or by applying a reasonable and rational policy election. To date, the Company has not entered into any arrangements within the scope of ASC 808.

The Company’s revenues are generated through its license and collaboration agreements with Gilead. Refer to Note 4, “Collaboration Agreements.” elsewhere in these notes to the Company's consolidated financial statements.

The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with ASC Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. ASC 606 provides a five-step framework whereby revenue is recognized when control of promised goods or services is transferred to a customer at an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. To determine revenue recognition for arrangements that an entity determines are within the scope of ASC 606, the Company performs the following five steps: (i) identify the contract(s) with a customer; (ii) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (iii) determine the transaction price; (iv) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and (v) recognize revenue when (or as) performance obligations are satisfied. The Company only applies this framework to contracts when it is probable that the entity will collect the consideration it is entitled to in exchange for the goods or services it transfers to the customer. At contract inception, once the contract is determined to be within the scope of ASC 606, the Company assesses whether the goods or services promised within each contract are distinct and, therefore, represent a separate performance obligation. Goods and services that are determined not to be distinct are combined with other promised goods and services until a distinct bundle is identified. The Company then allocates the transaction price (that is, the amount of consideration the Company expects to be entitled to from a customer in exchange for the promised goods or services) to each performance obligation and recognizes the associated revenue when (or as) each performance obligation is satisfied. The Company’s estimate of the transaction price for each contract includes all variable consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled, subject to the constraint on variable consideration. Variable consideration is not constrained if the potential reversal of cumulative revenue recognized at the contract level is not significant.

In determining the appropriate amount of revenue to be recognized as the Company fulfills its obligations under active agreements, the Company must use its judgment to determine: (a) the number of performance obligations based on the determination under step (ii) above; (b) the transaction price under step (iii) above; (c) the stand-alone selling price for each performance obligation identified in the contract for the allocation of transaction price in step (iv) above; and (d) the contract term and pattern of satisfaction of the performance obligations under step (v) above. The Company uses judgment to determine whether milestones or other variable consideration, except for royalties, should be included in the transaction price as described further below. The transaction price is allocated to the identified performance obligations on a relative stand-alone selling price basis, for which the Company recognizes revenue as or when the performance obligations under the contract are satisfied. In certain instances, the timing of satisfying these obligations can be difficult to estimate. Accordingly, the Company’s estimates may change in the future and those changes could be material. Such changes to estimates would result in a change in amounts of revenue recognized. If these estimates and judgments change over the course of these agreements, it may affect the timing and amount of revenue that the Company recognizes and records in future periods.

Amounts due to the Company for satisfying the revenue recognition criteria or that are contractually due based upon the terms of the collaboration agreements are recorded as accounts receivable in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. Amounts received prior to satisfying the revenue recognition criteria are recorded as deferred revenue in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. Amounts expected to be recognized as revenue within the one year following the balance sheet date are classified as current deferred revenue. Amounts not expected to be recognized as revenue within the one year following the balance sheet date are classified as deferred revenue, net of current portion. Amounts recognized as revenue, but not yet received or invoiced are generally recognized as contract assets.

Exclusive License Rights — If the license to the Company’s intellectual property is determined to be distinct from the other promises or performance obligations identified in the arrangement, which generally include research and development services, the Company recognizes revenue from non-refundable, upfront fees allocated to the license when the license is transferred to the customer and the customer is able to use and benefit from the license. In assessing whether a license is distinct from the other promises, the Company considers relevant facts and circumstances of each arrangement, including the research and development capabilities of the collaboration partner and the availability of the associated expertise in the general marketplace. In addition, the Company considers whether the collaboration partner can benefit from the license for its intended purpose without the receipt of the remaining promises, whether the value of the license is dependent on the unsatisfied promises, whether there are other vendors that could provide the remaining promises and whether it is separately identifiable from the remaining promises. For licenses that are combined with other promises, the Company utilizes judgment to assess the nature of the combined performance obligation and whether the license is the predominant promise within the combined performance obligation to determine whether the combined performance obligation is satisfied over time or at a point in time and, if over time, the appropriate method of measuring progress for purposes of recognizing revenue. If the

F-11


 

license is the predominant promise, and it is determined that the license represents functional intellectual property (“IP”), revenue is recognized at the point in time when control of the license is transferred. If it is determined that the license does not represent functional IP, revenue is recognized over time using an appropriate method of measuring progress.

Research and Development Services — The obligations under the Company’s collaboration agreements may include research and development services to be performed by the Company to benefit the collaboration partner. For performance obligations that include research and development services, the Company generally recognizes revenue allocated to such performance obligations based on an appropriate measure of progress. The Company utilizes judgment to determine the appropriate method of measuring progress for purposes of recognizing revenue, which is generally an input measure such as costs incurred. The Company evaluates the measure of progress each reporting period and, if necessary, adjusts the measure of performance and related revenue recognition. The measure of progress, and thereby periods of which revenue should be recognized, are subject to estimates by management and may change over the course of the contract. Reimbursements from the partner that are the result of a collaborative relationship with the partner, instead of a customer relationship, such as co-development activities, are recorded as a reduction to research and development expense. No collaborative arrangements existed that would result in such reimbursements for the periods presented.

Customer Options — The Company’s arrangements may provide a collaborator with the right to acquire additional goods or services in the future. Under these agreements, fees may be due to the Company (i) upon the exercise of the customer option or (ii) in equal installment payments over an agreed upon period. If an arrangement is determined to contain customer options that allow the customer to acquire additional goods or services, the additional goods and services underlying the customer options are evaluated in order to determine if these additional goods or services are distinct from those included as a performance obligation at the outset of the arrangement. If the additional services are not determined to be distinct, the variable consideration pertaining to the customer option is added to the initial transaction price at the time in which the option exercise becomes probable, so long as a potential for reversal of cumulative revenue recognized at the contract level is not significant. Any such adjustments to the transaction price are recorded on a cumulative catch-up basis, which would affect revenues and earnings in the period of adjustment. If the additional services are distinct, the Company evaluates the customer options for material rights, or options to acquire additional goods or services for free or at a discount. If the customer options are determined to represent a material right, the material right is recognized as a separate performance obligation at the inception of the arrangement. The Company allocates the transaction price to material rights based on the relative stand-alone selling price, which is determined based on the identified discount and the probability that the customer will exercise the option. Amounts allocated to a material right are not recognized as revenue until, at the earliest, the option is exercised or expires.

Milestone Payments — At the inception of an arrangement that includes development milestone payments, the Company evaluates whether the milestones are considered probable of being achieved and estimates the amount to be included in the transaction price using the most likely amount method. If it is probable that a significant reversal of cumulative revenue recognized would not occur, the associated milestone value is included in the transaction price. Milestone payments that are not within the control of the Company, such as regulatory approvals, are not considered probable of being achieved until those approvals are received. The Company evaluates factors such as the scientific, clinical, regulatory, commercial and other risks that must be overcome to achieve the particular milestone in making this assessment. There is considerable judgment involved in determining whether it is probable that a significant revenue reversal would not occur. At the end of each subsequent reporting period, the Company reevaluates the probability of achievement of all milestones subject to constraint and, if necessary, adjusts its estimate of the overall transaction price. Any such adjustments are recorded on a cumulative catch-up basis, which would affect revenues and earnings in the period of adjustment. If a milestone or other variable consideration relates specifically to the Company’s efforts to satisfy a single performance obligation or to a specific outcome from satisfying the performance obligation, the Company generally allocates the milestone amount entirely to that performance obligation once it is probable that a significant revenue reversal would not occur.

Royalties — For arrangements that include sales-based royalties, including milestone payments based on a level of sales, where the license is deemed to be the predominant item to which the royalties relate, the Company recognizes revenue at the later of (i) when the related sales occur or (ii) when the performance obligation to which some or all of the royalty has been allocated has been satisfied (or partially satisfied). To date, the Company has not recognized any royalty revenue resulting from licensing agreements.

Research and Development Expenses

Research and development expenses include costs directly attributable to the conduct of research programs, including the cost of salaries, employee benefits, stock-based compensation expense, materials, supplies, depreciation on and maintenance of research equipment, the cost of services provided by outside contractors to conduct research and development

F-12


 

activities and the allocable portions of facility costs, such as rent, utilities, and general support services. All costs incurred to fulfill the Company’s obligations under the collaboration with Gilead are classified as research and development expenses. All costs associated with research and development are expensed as incurred.

Management estimates the Company’s accrued research and development expenses as of each balance sheet date in the Company’s financial statements based on facts and circumstances known to the Company at that time. If the actual timing of the performance of services or the level of effort varies from the estimate, the Company will adjust the accrual accordingly. Nonrefundable advance payments for goods and services are deferred and recognized as expense in the period that the related goods are consumed or services are performed.

Patent Costs

All patent-related costs incurred in connection with filing and prosecuting patent applications are expensed as incurred due to the uncertainty about the recovery of the expenditure. Amounts incurred are classified as general and administrative expenses.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company measures the cost of employee services received in exchange for stock-based awards based on the grant-date fair value of the awards. The Company calculates the fair value of restricted stock awards based on the grant date fair value of the underlying common stock. The Company recognizes stock-based compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the awards for service-based awards, which is generally the vesting period. The Company recognizes stock-based compensation for performance-based awards when the underlying performance conditions are considered probable of occurrence and recognizes the cumulative effect of current and prior period changes in the period of change.

Prior to the consummation of the Business Combination transaction, as there was not a public market for the common stock of the Company prior to becoming publicly traded, the fair value of common stock underlying stock-based awards was based on a valuation provided by the board of directors as derived from a recommendation by an unrelated third-party valuation firm. The Company determined the estimated per share fair value of its common stock at various dates considering contemporaneous and retrospective valuations that incorporated objective and subjective factors, including actual and forecasted financial results, market conditions and performance of comparable publicly traded companies, developments and milestones of the Company, the rights and preferences of common and redeemable convertible preferred stock, advice from the third-party valuation specialists, and transactions involving the Company’s stock. The estimated per share fair value of the Company’s common stock was determined in accordance with the guidance outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation. The fair value of each restricted common stock award was estimated on the date of grant based on the fair value of the Company’s common stock on that same date.

Subsequent to becoming a publicly traded Company upon the consummation of the Business Combination transaction, the fair value of common stock underlying stock-based awards is based on an estimate at each grant date using the market price of our common stock and each of the assumptions discussed below.

Expected Term: The expected term of the stock options is estimated using the “simplified method,” as prescribed in SEC’s Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 107, as the Company has limited historical information from which to develop reasonable expectations about future exercise patterns and post-vesting employment termination behavior for its stock option grants. The simplified method is the midpoint between the vesting period and the contractual term of the option.

Expected Volatility: Since there is limited historical data for the Company’s common stock and limited company-specific historical volatility, the Company has determined the share price volatility for options granted based on an analysis of the volatility used by a peer group of publicly traded companies. In evaluating similarity, the Company considers factors such as industry, stage of life cycle and size.

Risk-free Interest Rate: The risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve commensurate with the expected life of the option.

Dividend Rate: The expected dividend is assumed to be zero as the Company has never paid dividends and has no current plans to do so.

F-13


 

The assumptions used in estimating the fair value of stock-based awards represent management’s estimate and involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. As a result, if factors change and management uses different assumptions, stock-based compensation expense could be materially different for future awards.

Stock-based compensation is classified in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss based on the function to which the related services are provided. Forfeitures are accounted for as they occur. Any consideration paid by employees on exercising stock options and the corresponding portion previously credited to additional paid-in capital are credited to share capital.

Deferred Financing Costs

The Company capitalizes certain legal, professional accounting and other third-party fees that are directly associated with in-process equity financings as deferred offering costs until such financings are consummated. After consummation of an equity financing, these costs are recorded in shareholders’ equity (deficit) as a reduction of additional paid-in capital generated as a result of the offering.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period corresponding to the enactment date. A valuation allowance is established when it is more likely than not that all or some portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized through generating sufficient future taxable income.

The Company assesses all material positions taken in any income tax return, including all significant uncertain positions, in all tax years that are still subject to assessment or challenge by relevant taxing authorities. The Company may recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not such tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based solely on the technical merits of the respective tax position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a tax position should be measured based on the largest benefit having a more likely than not likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with the tax authority. The recognition and measurement of tax benefits requires significant judgments that are subject to change as new information becomes available.

Penalties and interest expense related to income taxes are included as components of income tax expense and interest expense, respectively, as necessary.

Comprehensive Gain (Loss)

Comprehensive loss includes net loss as well as other changes in stockholders’ equity (deficit) that result from transactions and economic events other than those with stockholders. The Company’s only element of other comprehensive loss for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 was unrealized gains (losses) on investments in marketable securities.

Net Loss Per Share

Basic net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted-average number of shares of common shares outstanding during each reporting period. The weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding used in the basic net loss per share calculation does not include unvested restricted stock awards as these instruments are considered contingently issuable shares until they vest. Diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders includes the effect, if any, from the potential exercise or conversion of securities, such as convertible preferred stock and stock options, which would result in the issuance of incremental shares of common stock. For diluted net loss per share, the weighted-average number of shares of common stock is the same for basic net loss per share due to the fact that when a net loss exists, dilutive securities are not included in the calculation as the impact is anti-dilutive. The Company’s unvested restricted stock entitles the holder to participate in dividends and earnings of the Company, and, if the Company were to recognize net income, it would apply the two-class method to calculate earnings per share. The two-class method is not applicable during periods with a net loss, as the holders of the unvested restricted stock have no obligation to fund losses.

F-14


 

The two-class method of computing net loss per share would be applicable in a reporting period that resulted in a net income position, as the Company has issued shares that meet the definition of participating securities. The two-class method determines net loss per share for each class of common and participating securities according to dividends declared or accumulated and participation rights in undistributed earnings. The two-class method requires income available to common stockholders for the period to be allocated between common and participating securities based upon their respective rights to receive dividends as if all income for the period had been distributed.

Commitments and Contingencies

Liabilities for loss contingencies arising from claims, assessments, litigation, fines and penalties and other sources are recorded when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Legal costs incurred in connection with loss contingencies are expensed as incurred.

Subsequent Events

The Company considers events or transactions that occur after the balance sheet date but before the financial statements are issued to provide additional evidence relative to certain estimates or to identify matters that require additional disclosure.

Emerging Growth Company Status

The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (“JOBS Act”), and may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period afforded by the JOBS Act for the implementation of new or revised accounting standards. The Company has elected to use the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards and as a result of this election, its consolidated financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with public company effective dates. The Company may take advantage of these exemptions up until the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of an initial public offering or such earlier time that it is no longer an emerging growth company. However, the Company has not yet delayed the adoption of any new accounting standards.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments — Credit Losses (Topic 326), Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. The standard amends the impairment model by requiring entities to use a forward-looking approach based on expected losses to estimate credit losses for most financial assets and certain other instruments that aren’t measured at fair value through net income. For available-for-sale debt securities, entities are required to recognize an allowance for credit losses rather than a reduction in carrying value of the asset. Entities are no longer permitted to consider the length of time that fair value has been less than amortized cost when evaluating when credit losses should be recognized. For public entities, the guidance was effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2019 and for interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption was permitted. The Company early adopted this standard as of January 1, 2020 on a prospective basis. The adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement. The amendments become effective for the Company’s fiscal year beginning January 1, 2020. Early adoption of the amendments in full or only the provisions that eliminate or modify the disclosure requirements for fair value measurements is permitted. Adoption of this standard on January 1, 2020 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

 

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-15, Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract. The new standard requires a customer in a cloud computing arrangement to determine which implementation costs to capitalize as assets or expense as incurred. Capitalized implementation costs related to a hosting arrangement that is a service contract will be amortized over the term of the hosting arrangement, beginning when the module or component of the hosting arrangement is ready for its intended use. The new standard became effective for the Company’s fiscal year beginning January 1, 2020. Early adoption was permitted. The early adoption of this standard on January 1, 2020 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

F-15


 

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes, (“ASC 740”). The ASU enhances and simplifies various aspects of the income tax accounting guidance in ASC 740, including requirements related to hybrid tax regimes, the tax basis step-up in goodwill obtained in a transaction that is not a business combination, separate financial statements of entities not subject to tax, the intra-period tax allocation exception to the incremental approach, ownership changes in investments, changes from a subsidiary to an equity method investment, interim-period accounting for enacted changes in tax law, and the year-to-date loss limitation in interim-period tax accounting. This guidance became effective for the Company's fiscal year beginning January 1, 2021. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-06, Debt — Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging — Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815 — 40). The amendments in this update affect entities that issue convertible instruments and/or contracts indexed to and potentially settled in an entity’s own equity. The new ASU eliminates the beneficial conversion and cash conversion accounting models for convertible instruments. It also amends the accounting for certain contracts in an entity’s own equity that are currently accounted for as derivatives because of specific settlement provisions. In addition, the new guidance modifies how particular convertible instruments and certain contracts that may be settled in cash or shares impact the diluted EPS computation. Early adoption is permitted, but no earlier than fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The Company elected to early adopt this guidance on January 1, 2021. Adoption of the ASU 2020-06 guidance as of January 1, 2021 had no impact on its consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2020. The Company issued the second tranche of its redeemable convertible Series B preferred stock in March 2021 at an original issue price of $1.32 per share, which would have resulted in the recognition of a beneficial conversion feature of $28.4 million prior to the adoption of ASU 2020-06. However, the consummation of the Business Combination and the application of a retroactive adjustment to historical redeemable convertible preferred stock in all periods presented under the reverse recapitalization accounting treatment have resulted in the adoption of this guidance not resulting in a material impact on the Company’s financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2021.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

From time to time, new accounting pronouncements are issued by the FASB or other standard setting bodies and adopted by the Company as of the specified effective date. Unless otherwise discussed, the Company believes that recently issued standards that are not yet effective will not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.  

3. Business Combination

On August 10, 2021 (the "Closing Date"), BCTG, a Delaware corporation and now predecessor of the Company, consummated the Business Combination, pursuant to the Merger Agreement, by and among BCTG, BCTG Merger Sub Inc., a Delaware corporation ("BCTG Merger Sub"), and Old Tango. Prior to consummation of the Business Combination, Old Tango changed its name from “Tango Therapeutics, Inc.” to “Tango Therapeutics Sub, Inc.” and in connection with the Business Combination, BCTG changed its name to “Tango Therapeutics, Inc.” (the former name of Old Tango). Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, on the Closing Date, BCTG Merger Sub merged with and into Old Tango, or the Merger, with Old Tango surviving the Merger as a wholly-owned subsidiary of BCTG, and BCTG changed its name to “Tango Therapeutics, Inc.”, or New Tango.

Pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Merger Agreement, the aggregate consideration paid to Old Tango equity holders upon the closing of the Merger was 55,000,000 shares of New Tango common stock. Subsequent to the closing of the Business Combination, New Tango entered into subscription agreements with certain investors ("PIPE Investors") pursuant to which the PIPE Investors purchased 18,610,000 shares of New Tango common stock at $10.00 per share, for aggregate gross proceeds of $186.1 million, under the PIPE Financing.

F-16


 

The following table summarizes the elements of the net proceeds from the Business Combination and PIPE Financing transaction as of December 31, 2021 (in thousands):

 

 

 

Recapitalization

 

Cash - BCTG's Trust Account and cash (net of redemptions)

 

$

156,013

 

Cash - PIPE Financing

 

 

186,100

 

Less transaction costs and advisory fees paid

 

 

(15,836

)

Net cash proceeds from the Business Combination and PIPE Financing

 

 

326,277

 

Add: non-cash net assets assumed from BCTG

 

 

3

 

Net contributions from Business Combination and PIPE Financing

 

$

326,280

 

The following table summarizes the number of shares of common stock outstanding immediately following the consummation of the Business Combination and PIPE Financing transaction:

 

 

 

Number of Shares

 

BCTG common shares outstanding prior to the Business Combination

 

 

21,377,250

 

Less redemption of BCTG shares

 

 

(1,106,814

)

Common shares of BCTG outstanding as of the Business Combination

 

 

20,270,436

 

Shares issued pursuant to the PIPE Financing

 

 

18,610,000

 

Business Combination and PIPE Financing shares

 

 

38,880,436

 

Old Tango common shares (after preferred shares were converted 1-for-1 for common shares)

 

 

48,593,803

 

Total shares of Common Stock immediately after Business Combination consummation

 

 

87,474,239

 

The merger consideration of 55,000,0000 shares of New Tango common stock issued to Old Tango equity holders consists of 48,593,803 shares issued in exchange for Old Tango common and preferred shares outstanding, included in the table above, as well as 6,406,197 shares issued in exchange for the Old Tango unvested restricted stock awards and unexercised stock options outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of the Business Combination.

Retrospective Application of Recapitalization

As discussed above, the Business Combination with BCTG, which was consummated on August 10, 2021, is accounted for as a reverse recapitalization of equity structure. Under the reverse recapitalization model, the Business Combination was treated as Old Tango issuing equity for the net assets of BCTG, with no goodwill or intangible assets recorded. Under this method of accounting, BCTG was treated as the “acquired” company for financial reporting purposes. This determination was primarily based on the fact that subsequent to the Business Combination, Old Tango’s stockholders possess a majority of the voting power of the combined company, the Company comprises all of the ongoing operations of Old Tango, the Company comprises a majority of the governing body of Old Tango, and the Company’s senior management comprises all of the senior management of Old Tango.

These consolidated financial statements contain recasted stockholders' equity balances resulting from the retroactive application of reverse recapitalization accounting in accordance with U.S. GAAP.

Retroactive Application of Recapitalization to the Consolidated Statements of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

Pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, upon the closing of the Business Combination on August 10, 2021 (the “Effective Time”), each share of Old Tango’s redeemable convertible preferred stock (the “Preferred Stock”) issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time was converted into a share of the Company’s common stock using the exchange ratio of 0.34 as follows:

 

Date

 

Description

 

Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

 

 

Preferred to Common Exchange Ratio

 

 

Common Stock Shares

 

 

8/10/2021 Merger Recapitalization Exchange Ratio

 

 

Recapitalization Common Stock

 

12/31/2019

 

Series A

 

 

55,700,000

 

 

 

1.00

 

 

 

55,700,000

 

 

 

0.34

 

 

 

18,922,317

 

4/7/2020

 

Series B (tranche 1)

 

 

22,686,025

 

 

 

1.00

 

 

 

22,686,025

 

 

 

0.34

 

 

 

7,706,861

 

8/17/2020

 

Series B-1

 

 

27,152,255

 

 

 

1.00

 

 

 

27,152,255

 

 

 

0.34

 

 

 

9,224,122

 

3/18/2021

 

Series B (tranche 2)

 

 

22,686,025

 

 

 

1.00

 

 

 

22,686,025

 

 

 

0.34

 

 

 

7,706,861

 

 

F-17


 

All common shares, as well as previously issued share options and restricted stock awards (“RSAs”), presented in the accompanying recasted consolidated statements of redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders' equity (deficit) and/or in the related notes are presented on an as-converted basis, converted at the ratio of 0.34.

Retroactive Application of Recapitalization to the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

In accordance with the retroactive application of recapitalization to the accompanying consolidated statements of redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders' equity (deficit), the basic and diluted weighted-average shares of common stock outstanding for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 have been retroactively converted using the exchange ratio of 0.34.

The following table summarizes the weighted-average common shares, basic and diluted, for the year ended December 31, 2020:

 

Date

 

Description

 

As previously recorded

 

 

8/10/2021 Merger Exchange Ratio

 

 

Recapitalized Common Stock

 

 

Days Outstanding in 2020

 

% of weighting

 

Weighted average common shares

 

12/31/2020

 

Weighted-average shares,
basic and diluted

 

 

11,461,011

 

 

 

0.34

 

 

 

3,893,305

 

 

 

 

100%

 

 

3,893,305

 

12/31/2019

 

Series A shares

 

 

55,700,000

 

 

 

0.34

 

 

 

18,922,317

 

 

365

 

100%

 

 

18,922,317

 

4/7/2020

 

Series B shares

 

 

22,686,025

 

 

 

0.34

 

 

 

7,706,443

 

 

268

 

73%

 

 

5,664,025

 

8/17/2020

 

Series B-1 shares

 

 

27,152,255

 

 

 

0.34

 

 

 

9,223,621

 

 

136

 

37%

 

 

3,452,558

 

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding – basic and diluted for the year ended December 31, 2020

 

 

31,932,204

 

Retroactive Application of Recapitalization to the Consolidated Balance Sheets

To conform to the retroactive application of recapitalization to the accompanying consolidated statements of redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders' equity (deficit), historical proceeds from the issuance of preferred stock, less the par value of the historical preferred shares that were converted into common shares using the 0.34 ratio at the Effective Time, have been reclassified to additional paid in capital for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

4. Collaboration Agreements

2018 Gilead Agreement

In October 2018, the Company entered into a Research Collaboration and License Agreement (the “2018 Gilead Agreement”) with Gilead Sciences, Inc. (“Gilead”). Pursuant to the 2018 Gilead Agreement, the Company performed target discovery and validation activities in accordance with an agreed-upon a multi-year research plan. During the initial three-year research term, Gilead had the option to obtain exclusive, worldwide licenses to develop and commercialize up to five validated programs (“Gilead Program License”).

In 2018, Gilead paid the Company a $50.0 million non-refundable upfront payment upon the execution of the 2018 Gilead Agreement. The Company was eligible to receive milestone payments of up to $1.7 billion across all programs and royalties on future sales of commercialized products, if any. For up to two programs licensed by Gilead, the Company had the option to co-develop and co-promote certain programs licensed by Gilead in the U.S. and was eligible to receive royalties on ex-U.S. sales.

The Company assessed this arrangement in accordance with ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, and concluded that the contract counterparty, Gilead, was a customer. The Company identified a single performance obligation under the arrangement consisting of the combination of participating on the joint steering committee and the research and development services provided during the research term. The identified promises were determined to not be individually distinct due to the specialized nature of the early-stage research services to be provided by the Company and the interdependent relationship between the promises. The Company determined that the option for Gilead to extend the term of the arrangement was not priced at a discount, and therefore did not provide Gilead with a material right. This option will be excluded from the transaction price until exercised. At the inception of the 2018 Gilead Agreement, the Company also determined that the Gilead program license options provided to Gilead did not include a material right.

F-18


 

The total transaction price, subject to variable consideration constraints, was allocated to the combined single performance obligation. The Company determined that the single combined performance obligation is satisfied over time as the customer is simultaneously receiving and consuming the benefit of the Company’s performance. The future milestone payments represent variable consideration that is fully constrained at inception of the arrangement as the achievement of the milestone events are highly uncertain.

Amended Gilead Agreement

In August 2020, Gilead made an equity investment of $20.0 million into the Company as a participant in the Company’s Series B-1 preferred stock offering. At the time of the original investment, as well as of the December 31, 2021 balance sheet date, Gilead maintains an ownership of less than 10% of the Company's common stock and is thus not considered to be a related party to the Company.

In August 2020, the Company and Gilead also entered into an Amended Research Collaboration and License Agreement (the “Gilead Agreement”), which superseded and replaced the 2018 Gilead agreement. The Gilead Agreement represents a continuation of the initial target discovery and validation research and development efforts begun under the 2018 Gilead Agreement. Under the Gilead Agreement:

The Company received upfront, non-refundable consideration of $125.0 million from Gilead upon execution of the Gilead Agreement in 2020;
The term of the 2018 Gilead Agreement ended on the date the Gilead Agreement was executed. The Gilead Agreement has a research term of seven years;
Gilead expanded its option to license up to 15 programs for which Gilead may obtain exclusive, worldwide licenses to develop and commercialize therapies, subject to applicable license fees;
Prior to exercising its option to license a program, Gilead may “extend” such program, in which case Gilead will pay research extension fees and the Company will continue to collaborate with Gilead to discover and develop programs, potentially through early clinical development;
Gilead has the option to “reserve” a target during which Gilead may: (i) license the target, (ii) “extend” the target, or (iii) decline the target, during the designated reserve target period. If, during the reserve target period Tango elects to work on the reserved target, Tango will retain full rights to the target program and Gilead receives a right of first negotiation in connection with any future partnering or licensing of such target by Tango, if any; and
For up to five programs licensed by Gilead, the Company has the option to co-develop and co-promote the lead product in the U.S., subject to certain exceptions, and is eligible to receive tiered royalties in the first decile on ex-U.S. sales.

The Company is eligible to receive up to $410.0 million per program in license, research extension, and clinical, regulatory, and commercial milestones.

The Gilead Agreement was accounted for as a modification of the 2018 Gilead Agreement under ASC 606 as both the scope and price of the contract were changed under the Gilead Agreement. The additional goods and services to be provided under the Gilead Agreement are not distinct from the combined performance obligation identified under the 2018 Gilead Agreement which was only partially satisfied at the date of contract modification. As such, the Company identified a single combined performance obligation under the Gilead Agreement consisting of the research services and continued participation on the joint steering committee during the research term. As a result, the Company’s progress towards completing its research services to Gilead over the seven-year term of the Amended Gilead Agreement was lower than its progress under the three-year term of the 2018 Gilead Agreement and a cumulative catch-up adjustment was recorded during the third quarter of 2020 resulting in a charge of $11.3 million against revenue previously recognized through the date of the Gilead Agreement.

In December 2020 and in September 2021, Gilead elected to extend two programs for a research extension fee of $12.0 million each. The Company determined that the additional goods and services relating to the continued research services were not distinct from the early-stage research services already promised to Gilead under the on-going research plan. Consideration pertaining to each of the research extensions is paid to the Company in equal quarterly installment payments over an agreed upon payment schedule. Although future research installment payments are not payable in the event of scientific failure, the Company determined that the variable consideration of $12.0 million for each of the extensions should

F-19


 

not be constrained as the potential for a significant reversal of cumulative revenue recognized at the contract level is remote, and therefore the research extension consideration was added to the transaction price under the Gilead Agreement.

In April 2021, Gilead licensed a program for an $11.0 million license fee. The $11.0 million license fee was received and recognized as revenue in the second quarter of 2021 since Tango has no continued involvement in the advancement of the program, Gilead can benefit from the license on its own and the license is separately identifiable from the research services.

Gilead Revenue Recognized

The total transaction price allocated to the combined performance obligation under the Gilead Agreement was $199.0 million at December 31, 2021. The total transaction price was comprised of the $50.0 million upfront payment pursuant to the 2018 Gilead Agreement, the $125.0 million upfront payment pursuant to the Gilead Agreement, the $12.0 million payment pursuant to the research extension fee in December 2020, and the $12.0 million payment pursuant to the research extension fee in September 2021. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company recognized $26.0 million of collaboration revenue associated with the Gilead Agreements based on performance completed during the period. During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company recognized $7.0 million of collaboration revenue associated with the Gilead Agreements based on performance completed during the period which was partially offset by a reduction in revenue resulting from a cumulative catch-up adjustment that was recorded during the third quarter in connection with the Amended Gilead Agreement. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company recognized license revenue of $11.0 million, associated with the payment received in the second quarter of 2021 pursuant to the April 2021 program license. During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company recognized license revenue $0.7 million associated with the payments received in 2019 pursuant to the program license and Gilead side letter agreement. The consideration allocated to the Gilead License was recognized upon delivery of the underlying license in 2019 as Gilead could benefit from the license on its own and the Gilead License was separately identifiable from the Gilead side letter agreement research services.

The Company reevaluates the transaction price and the total estimated costs expected to be incurred to satisfy the performance obligations at the end of each reporting period and as uncertain events, such as changes to the expected timing and cost of certain research and development activities that the Company is responsible for, are resolved or other changes in circumstances occur. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company had short-term deferred revenue of $26.0 million and $32.0 million, respectively, and long-term deferred revenue of $114.7 million and $120.8 million, respectively, related to the Gilead collaboration. The remaining long-term revenue is expected to be recognized proportionally to the completed obligations over an expected remaining contractual term of approximately 5.6 years.

Amounts due to the Company that have not yet been received are recorded as accounts receivable and amounts received that have not yet been recognized as revenue are recorded as deferred revenue on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2021, $14.0 million of the total research extension fees of $24.0 million had been received, $2.0 million had been recorded as accounts receivable and the remaining $8.0 million was determined to be conditional upon the satisfaction of additional research obligations, and thus a contract asset. The contract asset balance is presented net of the deferred revenue contract liability.

Costs incurred pursuant to the Gilead Agreements are recorded as research and development expense.

5. Fair Value Measurements

The following tables present information about the Company’s financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

 

 

 

Fair Market Value Measurements
as of December 31, 2021

 

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

 

Total

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Cash equivalents:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Money market funds

 

$

62,244

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

62,244

 

U.S. Treasury bills

 

 

 

 

 

38,433

 

 

 

 

 

 

38,433

 

Marketable debt securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury bills

 

 

 

 

 

287,123

 

 

 

 

 

 

287,123

 

U.S. government agency bonds

 

 

 

 

 

55,387

 

 

 

 

 

 

55,387

 

Total assets

 

$

62,244

 

 

$

380,943

 

 

$

 

 

$

443,187

 

 

F-20


 

 

 

 

Fair Market Value Measurements
as of December 31, 2020

 

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

 

Total

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Cash equivalents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Money market funds

 

$

12,698

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

12,698

 

U.S. Treasury bills

 

 

 

 

 

7,175

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,175

 

Marketable debt securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury bills

 

 

 

 

 

131,939

 

 

 

 

 

 

131,939

 

U.S. government agency bonds

 

 

 

 

 

30,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

30,000

 

Total assets

 

$

12,698

 

 

$

169,114

 

 

$

 

 

$

181,812

 

There were no transfers between fair value levels during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.

6. Marketable Securities

The Company values its marketable securities using independent pricing services which normally derive security prices from recently reported trades for identical or similar securities, making adjustments based on significant observable transactions. At each balance sheet date, observable market inputs may include trade information, broker or dealer quotes, bids, offers or a combination of these data sources.

The following table summarizes the Company’s marketable debt securities, classified as available-for-sale:

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements
as of December 31, 2021

 

 

 

Amortized
Cost

 

 

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

 

 

Gross
Unrealized
Loss

 

 

Fair
Value

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Marketable debt securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury bills

 

$

287,699

 

 

$

1

 

 

$

(577

)

 

$

287,123

 

U.S. government agency bonds

 

 

55,576

 

 

 

 

 

 

(189

)

 

 

55,387

 

 

 

$

343,275

 

 

$

1

 

 

$

(766

)

 

$

342,510

 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements
as of December 31, 2020

 

 

 

Amortized
Cost

 

 

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

 

 

Gross
Unrealized
Loss

 

 

Fair Value

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Marketable debt securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Treasury bills

 

$

131,927

 

 

$

12

 

 

$

 

 

$

131,939

 

U.S. government agency bonds

 

 

29,995

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

30,000

 

 

 

$

161,922

 

 

$

17

 

 

$

 

 

$

161,939

 

The Company holds investment grade marketable securities, with less than $0.8 million of marketable debt securities considered to be in an unrealized loss position as of December 31, 2021 and none considered to be in an unrealized loss position as of December 31, 2020. Although the marketable debt securities are held at an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2021, the Company does not intend to sell the marketable securities prior to the value of the securities being recovered. Further, the Company has concluded that it is more likely than not that the marketable securities cost basis values will be recovered prior to sale of the securities and that there are no conditions or events that might require the Company to sell the securities before recovery of the cost basis occurs. As a result, the Company did not record any impairments to marketable securities or reserves for credit losses related to its marketable debt securities during the periods then ended. Marketable securities include $0.2 million and $0.1 million in accrued interest at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively.

F-21


 

7. Supplemental Balance Sheet Information

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment, net as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 consists of the following:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Laboratory equipment

 

$

5,587

 

 

$

4,580

 

Computer equipment

 

 

198

 

 

 

172

 

Computer software

 

 

125

 

 

 

125

 

Furniture and fixtures

 

 

467

 

 

 

384

 

Leasehold improvements

 

 

246

 

 

 

246

 

Construction in progress

 

 

738

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,361

 

 

 

5,507

 

Less: Accumulated depreciation

 

 

(2,529

)

 

 

(1,684

)

Property and equipment, net

 

$

4,832

 

 

$

3,823

 

Depreciation expense was $0.9 million and $0.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 include the following:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Payroll and employee-related costs

 

$

3,688

 

 

$

2,652

 

Research and development costs

 

 

5,533

 

 

 

2,695

 

Other

 

 

666

 

 

 

793

 

Total accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

$

9,887

 

 

$

6,140

 

 

8. Leases

Operating Leases

In July 2017, the Company entered into a lease of office and laboratory space at 100 Binney Street in Cambridge, Massachusetts for the Company’s corporate headquarters. The lease commenced in March 2018 and rent commenced in June 2018. This lease had an original term of eight years with an option to extend for one additional three-year period.

Upon commencement of the lease, the Company recorded an operating lease liability in the amount of $9.5 million and related operating lease right-of-use asset in the amount of $9.8 million. Upfront payments totaling $0.3 million for rent and tenant improvements were included as a reduction in the calculation of the lease liability amount upon the commencement of the lease. There were no tenant obligation payments made for leasehold improvements for the periods ended December 31, 2021 and 2020. The fixed annual rent payable under the lease was $1.7 million, increasing by 3% annually from the rent commencement date. The minimum rent payments to be paid over the original term of the lease totaled $15.6 million. The additional rental payments associated with the renewal option are not included in the calculation of the operating lease right-of-use asset and associated operating lease liability as the renewal is not considered probable of occurring. The lease agreement required the Company to provide a letter of credit for $0.6 million that is collateralized with cash that is recorded as restricted cash in the accompanying balance sheet.

In September 2019, the Company entered into a new lease for office and laboratory space at 201 Brookline Avenue in Boston, Massachusetts. As of December 31, 2021, the space was undergoing construction and the lease is expected to commence for accounting purposes in the first half of 2022. The Company is not deemed to be the accounting owner of the construction project due to the nature of the work being performed and the Company’s lack of control over the project. In conjunction with executing the lease, the Company provided the landlord a letter of credit for $1.7 million. The letter of credit is collateralized with cash that is recorded as restricted cash in the accompanying balance sheet as of December 31,

F-22


 

2021. In January 2022, the Company provided an additional letter of credit in the amount of $1.7 million for the remaining security deposit balance on the lease.

Upon commencement of the 201 Brookline Avenue lease, the Company will determine the appropriate classification of the lease, the amount of the associated lease liability and the amount of the right-of-use asset that will be recognized on the balance sheet. The lease has a non-cancelable term of ten years with an option to extend for up to two five-year periods. The fixed annual rent payable under the lease is $5.1 million, increasing by 3% annually from the rent commencement date. The Company is entitled to a tenant improvements allowance of up to $12.7 million.

In November 2021, the Company entered into a lease termination agreement for the leased office and laboratory space at 100 Binney Street in Cambridge, Massachusetts. The lease termination agreement is a modification of the original lease agreement that provides for, among other things, the acceleration of the expiration of the original term of the lease from June 30, 2026 to an earlier lease termination date, for which the earlier date shall be no later than October 15, 2022.

The execution of the lease termination agreement resulted in reductions to the associated lease liability and right-of-use asset balances of $5.3 million and $5.2 million, respectively, in the fourth quarter of 2021. The $0.6 million letter of credit associated with the lease and recorded as restricted cash on the balance sheet as of December 31, 2021 will be returned to the Company on the last day of the modified lease term.

The Company’s rent payments for the lease at 100 Binney Street are classified as operating lease costs in the chart below. The lease is a net lease and therefore the non-lease components, such as common area maintenance, are paid separately from rent based on actual costs incurred; therefore, the non-lease components are not included in the right-of-use asset and liability and are reflected as an expense in the period incurred. The non-lease components are classified as variable costs in the chart below. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, assets under the operating lease totaled $1.3 million and $7.5 million, respectively. The elements of lease cost were as follows:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

Operating leases

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Operating lease cost

 

$

1,889

 

 

$

1,889

 

Short-term lease cost

 

 

133

 

 

 

93

 

Variable lease cost

 

 

673

 

 

 

643

 

Total operating lease costs

 

$

2,695

 

 

$

2,625

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other information

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

December 31, 2020

 

Operating cash flows used for operating leases

 

$

1,835

 

 

$

1,782

 

Weighted average remaining lease term in years

 

 

0.9

 

 

 

5.5

 

Weighted average discount rate

 

 

12

%

 

 

12

%

Future minimum lease payments under leases that have commenced as of December 31, 2021 are as follows:

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

Maturity of Lease
Liabilities

 

2021

 

$

1,572

 

Thereafter

 

 

 

Total lease payments

 

 

1,572

 

Less: imputed interest

 

 

(69

)

Total operating lease liabilities

 

$

1,503

 

 

9. Commitments and Contingencies

Research Collaboration Agreement

In September 2017, the Company entered into a Research Collaboration Agreement (the “HitGen Agreement”) with HitGen Ltd (“HitGen”). Under the terms of the HitGen Agreement, HitGen would use its DNA-encoded library technology to screen up to three targets and deliver to the Company the structures of certain compounds that bind to the targets. The Company would provide certain materials containing each target for purposes of the screen. The Company could have been obligated to make certain milestone payments. The Company and HitGen mutually agreed to terminate the HitGen

F-23


 

Agreement in March 2021. No milestones were achieved or owed upon the termination of the agreement and the Company did not make any payments upon termination of the HitGen Agreement.

License Agreement

In March 2020, the Company entered into a License Agreement (the “Medivir Agreement”) with Medivir AB (“Medivir”), pursuant to which the Company obtained an exclusive license to all patents, know-how and other intellectual property associated with a preclinical-stage research program. Pursuant to the Medivir Agreement, the Company made an upfront payment of $0.4 million.

Under the terms of the Medivir Agreement, the Company is obligated to pay Medivir in connection with development, regulatory and commercial activities. The Company has agreed to make certain milestone payments of $1.4 million in the aggregate for the first licensed product that achieves specified clinical milestones, plus $25.0 million for the first licensed product that achieves specified regulatory approval and sales milestones, in each case, in either of the first two specified genetic contexts and $0.7 million in the aggregate if that first licensed product achieves specified clinical milestones, plus $5.0 million if that first licensed product achieves specified regulatory and sales milestones for a third genetic context or the second licensed product achieves such specified development, regulatory and sales milestones in either of the first two specified genetic contexts. The Company has the right to reduce these milestone payments by a specified amount in the event the licensed product is not covered by Medivir’s patents or if payments are due to a third party for a license under such third party’s intellectual property rights. The Company is also obligated to pay Medivir a low single-digit royalty on net sales of any product covered by a licensed patent. The Medivir Agreement expires on the date of expiration of all royalty obligations. Either party may terminate the Medivir Agreement earlier upon an uncured material breach of the other party.

Upfront fees paid pursuant to the Medivir License Agreement were recorded to research and development expense. No milestones have been achieved to date.

Other Funding Commitments

As of December 31, 2021, the Company had ongoing non-clinical studies for its various pipeline programs. The Company enters into contracts in the normal course of business with contract research organizations in preparation for clinical trials, professional consultants for expert advice and other vendors for clinical supply manufacturing or other services. These contracts are generally cancellable, with notice, at the Company's option and do not have significant cancellation penalties.

Guarantees

The Company enters into certain agreements with other parties in the ordinary course of business that contain indemnification provisions. These typically include agreements with directors and officers, business partners, contractors, landlords, contract research organizations and clinical sites. Under these provisions, the Company generally indemnifies and holds harmless the indemnified party for losses suffered or incurred by the indemnified party under the terms of the contract, including as a result of the Company’s activities. These indemnification provisions generally survive termination of the underlying agreement. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these indemnification provisions is unlimited. However, to date the Company has not incurred material costs to defend lawsuits or settle claims related to these indemnification provisions. As a result, the estimated fair value of these obligations is minimal.

Litigation

The Company, from time to time, may be party to litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. The Company was not subject to any material legal proceedings as of December 31, 2021, and no material legal proceedings are currently pending or threatened. Because of uncertainties related to claims, proceedings and litigation, assessments of potential liabilities are based on the Company's best estimates based on information available at the time of the assessment. On a periodic basis, as additional information becomes available, or based on specific events such as the outcome of litigation, court decisions or settlement of claims (and offers of settlement), the Company may reassess the potential liability related to these matters and may revise these estimates, which could result in a material adverse effect on the operating results of the Company. Costs associated with involvement in legal proceedings are expensed as incurred. The outcome of any such proceedings, regardless of the merits, is inherently uncertain. If the Company were to be unable to prevail in any such proceedings, the consolidated financial position, results of operations, and future cash flows of the Company may be materially impacted.

F-24


 

10. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

In March 2017, Old Tango executed a stock purchase agreement to sell 55,000,000 shares of redeemable convertible series A preferred stock (“Series A”). This agreement was subsequently amended in July 2017 to increase the authorized capital to 55,700,000 shares of Series A.

Pursuant to the initial closing of the Series A stock purchase agreement, Old Tango issued an aggregate of 18,700,000 shares of Series A convertible preferred stock for $1.00 per share, resulting in net proceeds of $14.0 million after deducting $4.7 million related to the settlement of the convertible notes and accrued interest that were previously outstanding. During the year-ended December 31, 2018, Old Tango issued 26,000,000 additional shares of Series A preferred stock at a price of $1.00 per share resulting in total proceeds from this issuance of $26.0 million. In January 2019, Old Tango issued 11,000,000 additional shares of Series A preferred stock at a price of $1.00 per share resulting in total proceeds from this issuance of $11.0 million. The aggregate issuance costs associated with the issuance of all three issuances of Series A preferred stock was less than $0.1 million.

In April 2020, Old Tango executed a stock purchase agreement to sell shares of redeemable convertible series B preferred stock (“Series B”). The Series B stock purchase agreement allows for the issuance of up to 45,372,051 shares. In April 2020, Old Tango issued 22,686,025 shares of Series B at a price of $1.32 per share. Proceeds from this issuance totaled $29.8 million, net of $0.2 million in issuance costs. In March 2021, Old Tango sold 22,686,025 additional shares of Series B stock at a price of $1.32 per share upon the achievement of specified development milestones in connection with the second tranche of the Series B stock purchase agreement. Proceeds from this issuance totaled $30.0 million. Total issuance costs associated with the March 2021 issuance of Series B preferred stock was less than $0.1 million.

In August 2020, Old Tango executed a stock purchase agreement to sell shares of redeemable convertible series B-1 preferred stock (“Series B-1”). The Series B-1 stock purchase agreement allowed for the issuance of up to 27,152,255 shares. All 27,152,255 shares of Series B-1 were issued at a price of $1.89 per share in August 2020. Proceeds from this issuance was $51.1 million, net of $0.1 million in issuance costs.

Conversion of Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

Pursuant to the terms of the Merger Agreement, upon the Effective Time, each share of Old Tango’s Preferred Stock issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time was converted into a share of Old Tango’s common stock and subsequently converted into shares of New Tango common stock using an exchange ratio of 0.34. A retroactive adjustment has been applied to all periods presented to reflect the Business Combination and reverse recapitalization, therefore, resulting in no outstanding Preferred Stock as of December 31, 2021 and 2020. Refer to Note 3 for additional discussion.

Undesignated Preferred Stock

The Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended and restated, authorizes the Company to issue shares of preferred stock with a par value of $0.001 per share. The number of shares of preferred stock authorized to be issued is 10,000,000 shares as of December 31, 2021. The shares of preferred stock are currently undesignated.

11. Common Stock

The Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended and restated, authorizes the Company to issue shares of common stock with a par value of $0.001 per share. The holder of each share of common stock is entitled to one vote in respect of each share of stock held. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, the funds and assets available for distribution to the stockholders of the Company will be distributed among the holders of shares of common stock, pro rata based on the number of shares of common stock held by each such holder. The holders of Common Stock are also entitled to receive dividends whenever funds and assets are legally available and when declared by the Board of Directors. No dividends have been declared as of December 31, 2021.

The Company increased the number of shares of common stock authorized to be issued to 200,000,000 shares in August 2021, at the time in which the Certificate of Incorporation was amended and restated. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, there were 87,598,184 and 40,372,133 shares of common stock issued and outstanding, respectively, as adjusted to reflect the Business Combination and reverse recapitalization through the application of a retroactive adjustment.

F-25


 

12. Equity Incentive Plans

Pursuant to the terms of the Business Combination, upon the Closing Date, each option to purchase Old Tango’s common stock became an option to purchase shares of common stock of the surviving entity and was subsequently adjusted using an exchange ratio of 0.34. A retroactive adjustment has been applied to all periods presented to reflect the Business Combination and reverse recapitalization as discussed further in Note 3.

Founder and Advisor Awards

During 2017, the Company issued 4,690,000 shares of restricted common stock outside of the Company’s 2017 Stock Option and Grant Plan to nonemployee founders and advisors (the “Founders and Advisors”). The shares are issued under the terms of the respective restricted common stock agreements and are subject to repurchase by the Company at the original purchase price per share upon the termination of the grantee’s service relationship with the Company. As the restrictions are released and the awards vest, the value is recorded as common stock and excess of par value is recorded as additional paid in capital on the accompanying balance sheet. As of December 31, 2021, all founder and advisor restricted stock awards (“RSAs”) had vested.

2017 Stock Option and Grant Plan

In March 2017, the Company’s stockholders approved the 2017 Stock Option and Grant Plan (the “2017 Plan”), under which stock options and RSAs were granted to eligible employees, officers, directors, consultants, or other key persons who provide services to the Company. Such issuances under the 2017 Plan were subject to vesting, forfeiture and other restrictions as deemed appropriate by the board of directors (“Board of Directors”) at the time of issuance.

Upon effectiveness of the 2021 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (the "2021 Plan") in August 2021, the remaining shares available under the 2017 Plan ceased to be available for issuance and no future issuances will be made under the 2017 Plan. The shares of common stock underlying outstanding awards under the 2017 Plan that are forfeited, cancelled, reacquired by the Company prior to vesting, expire or are otherwise terminated (other than by exercise) will be added to the shares of common stock available for issuance under the 2021 Plan.

2021 Stock Option and Incentive Plan

Upon the closing of the Business Combination in August 2021, the Company's stockholders approved the 2021 Plan under which stock options, RSAs, unrestricted stock awards, restricted stock units, or any combination of the forgoing may be granted to eligible employees, officers, directors, consultants, or other key persons who provide services to the Company. Such issuances are subject to vesting, forfeiture and other restrictions as deemed appropriate by the Board of Directors at the time of issuance.

Upon approval, the maximum number of shares of stock reserved and available for issuance under the 2021 Plan was 9,498,725 shares. The number of shares available for future grant will automatically increase on the first day of each fiscal year by an amount equal to the least of: (i) five percent of the number of shares of Stock issued and outstanding on the immediately preceding December 31 or (ii) such lesser number of shares as determined by the 2021 Plan Administrator, as appointed by the Board of Directors. Awards that are returned to the Company's equity plan as a result of forfeiture, cancellation, are reacquired by the Company prior to vesting, expiration, or any other form of termination (other than by exercise) are automatically made available for issuance under the 2021 Plan. As of December 31, 2021, there were 6,271,873 shares available for future grant under the 2021 Plan and on January 1, 2022, the number of shares available for future grant under the 2021 Plan increased by 4,377,321 shares.

2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

The 2021 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “2021 ESPP”) was adopted and approved by the Company’s board of directors and by the Company’s stockholders and became effective upon the closing of the Business Combination in August 2021. An aggregate of 949,873 shares were reserved for issuance. The 2021 ESPP provides that the number of shares reserved and available for issuance will automatically increase each January 1, beginning on January 1, 2022 and each January 1 thereafter, by the least of (i) 1% of the outstanding number of shares of the Company’s common stock on the immediately preceding December 31, (ii) 949,873 shares or (iii) such number of shares as determined by the administrator. The 2021 ESPP was increased by 875,464 shares on January 1, 2022.
 

F-26


 

Restricted Stock Awards

The following table summarizes the RSA activity of the Company’s plans as of and for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020:

 

 

 

Number of
shares

 

 

Weighted Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value

 

Unvested restricted common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2019

 

 

1,084,125

 

 

$

1.07

 

Vested

 

 

(788,227

)

 

$

1.06

 

Forfeited

 

 

(39,087

)

 

$

0.23

 

Unvested restricted common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2020

 

 

256,811

 

 

$

1.22

 

Vested

 

 

(256,598

)

 

$

1.22

 

Forfeited

 

 

(213

)

 

$

1.35

 

Unvested restricted common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2021

 

 

 

 

$

 

RSAs represent an unsecured promise to grant at no cost a set number of shares of common stock upon vesting. RSA recipients are not entitled to cash dividends and have no voting rights during the vesting period. The RSAs are issued under the terms of the respective RSA agreements and are subject to repurchase upon the holder’s termination of their service relationship with the Company. The award restrictions are released as the awards vest. Upon vesting, the value is recorded as common stock and excess of par value as is recorded as additional paid in capital on the accompanying balance sheets. The common stock is subject to the Company’s right to repurchase at the original purchase price per share.

As of December 31, 2021, all RSAs had vested. The aggregate fair value of RSAs that vested during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 was $0.3 million and $0.5 million, respectively.

Stock Options

The following table summarizes the stock option activity of the Company’s plans as of and for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020:

 

 

 

Number of
shares

 

 

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

 

 

Weighted
Average
Contractual
Term

 

 

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

 

 

 

(in years)

 

Options outstanding as of December 31, 2020

 

 

4,094,544

 

 

$

1.88

 

 

 

8.58

 

 

$

6,635,627

 

Granted

 

 

6,200,841

 

 

$

7.53

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

(638,754

)

 

$

1.66

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cancelled

 

 

(283,638

)

 

$

3.34

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options outstanding as of December 31, 2021

 

 

9,372,993

 

 

$

5.59

 

 

 

8.55

 

 

$

51,415,394

 

Options exercisable as of December 31, 2021

 

 

2,117,654

 

 

$

2.56

 

 

 

6.52

 

 

$

17,759,485

 

The aggregate intrinsic value of options is calculated as the difference between the exercise price of the options and the fair value of the Company’s common stock for those options that had exercise prices lower than the fair value of the Company’s common stock.

The total intrinsic value of options exercised totaled $4.8 million and less than $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The weighted-average grant date fair value per share of stock options granted was $5.40 and $1.44 for the years ending December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

As of December 31, 2021, total unrecognized compensation expense related to stock options was $29.3 million, which the Company expects to recognize over a remaining weighted-average period of 3.0 years. Substantially all options outstanding as of December 31, 2021 are expected to vest.

F-27


 

Stock Option Valuation

The weighted average assumptions used to estimate the grant date fair value of the stock options using the Black-Scholes option pricing model were as follows:

 

 

 

2021

 

2020

Expected option life (in years)

 

6.2

 

5.0 – 6.1

Expected volatility

 

72%

 

67% – 72%

Risk-free interest rate

 

0.5%

 

0.4% – 1.4%

Expected dividend yield

 

— %

 

— %

Stock-Based Compensation Expense

The Company measures stock-based awards at their grant-date fair value and records compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the vesting period of the awards. The Company recorded stock-based compensation expense in the following expense categories in its accompanying statements of operations:

 

 

 

Year Ended
December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Research and development

 

$

4,616

 

 

$

1,003

 

General and administrative

 

 

3,217

 

 

 

761

 

Total

 

$

7,833

 

 

$

1,764

 

 

13. Income Taxes

During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company recorded a total tax provision of $0.3 million. During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company recorded no tax provision or benefits due to the losses incurred and the need for a full valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets. All of the Company’s operating losses since inception have been generated in the United States.

A reconciliation of the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate to the Company’s effective income tax rate is as follows:

 

 

 

Year Ended
December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Income taxes at U.S. federal statutory rate

 

 

21.0

%

 

 

21.0

%

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

 

6.1

 

 

 

5.9

 

Federal and state research and development tax credits

 

5.4

 

 

 

4.4

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

(1.1

)

 

 

(0.7

)

Nondeductible/nontaxable permanent items

 

 

0.6

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

(0.3

)

 

 

(1.7

)

Change in valuation allowance

 

 

(32.1

)

 

 

(28.9

)

Effective tax rate

 

 

(0.4

)%

 

—%

 

 

F-28


 

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant components of the deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

 

 

 

Year Ended
December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Deferred tax assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net operating loss carryforwards

 

$

4,403

 

 

$

11,085

 

Research and development credit carryforwards

 

 

7,084

 

 

 

5,213

 

Operating lease liability

 

 

411

 

 

 

2,154

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

34,625

 

 

 

11,891

 

Accruals and reserves

 

 

958

 

 

 

648

 

Capitalized research costs

 

 

2,193

 

 

 

2,506

 

Other

 

 

1,008

 

 

 

88

 

Total gross deferred tax assets

 

 

50,682

 

 

 

33,585

 

Valuation allowance

 

 

(49,568

)

 

 

(30,945

)

Net deferred tax assets

 

$

1,114

 

 

$

2,640

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

$

(771

)

 

$

(597

)

Right-of-use asset

 

 

(343

)

 

 

(2,043

)

Total gross deferred tax liabilities

 

 

(1,114

)

 

 

(2,640

)

Net deferred taxes

 

$

 

 

$

 

As of December 31, 2021, the Company had U.S. federal and state net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards of $19.3 million and $17.4 million, respectively, which may be available to offset future taxable income. The federal NOLs include $2.8 million which expire at various dates beginning in 2036 and $16.5 million which carry forward indefinitely. The state NOLs expire at various dates beginning in 2036. As of December 31, 2021, the Company also had U.S. federal and state research and development tax credit carryforwards of $4.9 million and $3.0 million, respectively, which may be available to offset future tax liabilities and begin to expire in 2034 and 2030, respectively.

Utilization of the U.S. federal and state net operating loss carryforwards and research and development tax credit carryforwards may be subject to a substantial annual limitation under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, and corresponding provisions of state law, due to ownership changes that have occurred previously or that could occur in the future. These ownership changes may limit the amount of carryforwards that can be utilized annually to offset future taxable income or tax liabilities. In general, an ownership change results from transactions increasing the ownership of certain stockholders or public groups in the stock of a corporation by more than 50% over a three-year period. The Company has performed an analysis of ownership changes through December 31, 2021 and determined that on February 6, 2017 and August 17, 2020, ownership changes had occurred. Based on this analysis, the Company’s ability to use its pre-change tax attributes to offset federal and state taxable income are subject to annual limitations and a portion of the attributes generated prior to February 6, 2017 will expire unutilized, which could potentially result in an increased future tax liability. The Company has adjusted its deferred tax assets and valuation allowance balance for the affected tax attribute carryforwards to reflect the expiration of the attributes.

ASC 740 requires a valuation allowance to reduce the deferred tax assets reported, if based on the weight of the evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The Company has evaluated the positive and negative evidence bearing upon its ability to realize the deferred tax assets. Management has considered the Company’s history of cumulative net losses incurred since inception and its lack of commercialization of any products or generation of any revenue from product sales since inception and has concluded that it is more likely than not that the Company will not realize the benefits of the deferred tax assets. Accordingly, a full valuation allowance has been established against the net deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2021 and 2020. Management reevaluates the positive and negative evidence at each reporting period. The Company recorded an increase to the valuation allowance of $18.6 million during 2021 related primarily to the increase in deferred revenue and research and development tax credit carryforwards.

As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company had not recorded any amounts for unrecognized tax benefits. The Company’s policy is to record interest and penalties related to income taxes as part of its income tax provision. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company had no accrued interest or penalties related to uncertain tax positions in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

F-29


 

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal and Massachusetts jurisdictions, as prescribed by tax laws. The Company will file a final California income tax return for the short-period through the Closing Date of the Business Combination. In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to examination by federal and state jurisdictions, where applicable. The statute of limitations for federal and state tax authorities is generally closed for years prior to December 31, 2018, although carryforward attributes that were generated prior to 2018 may still be subject to change upon examination if they are utilized to offset taxable income in subsequent tax years. There are currently no federal or state income tax audits in progress.

14. Net Loss Per Share

Basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders was calculated as follows:

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

(in thousands, except share and per
share data)

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Numerator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(58,235

)

 

$

(51,972

)

Denominator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average common stock outstanding – basic and diluted

 

$

62,108,032

 

 

 

31,932,204

 

Net loss per common share – basic and diluted

 

$

(0.94

)

 

$

(1.63

)

The Company’s potential dilutive securities, which include common stock options and unvested restricted common stock, have been excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share as the effect would be to reduce the net loss per share. Therefore, the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding used to calculate both basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is the same. The Company excluded the following potential common shares, presented based on amounts outstanding at each period end, from the computation of diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders for the periods indicated because including them would have had an anti-dilutive effect:

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Stock options to purchase common stock

 

 

9,372,993

 

 

 

4,094,544

 

Unvested restricted common stock

 

 

 

 

 

256,811

 

Total

 

 

9,372,993

 

 

 

4,353,375

 

 

F-30


EX-4.2

Exhibit 4.2

 

DESCRIPTION OF REGISTRANT’S SECURITIES
REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12 OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

The following summary of certain provisions of Tango Therapeutics, Inc.’s (“Tango”, “we”, “our”) securities does not purport to be complete and is subject to the Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Certificate of Incorporation” or “Charter”), the Amended and Restated Bylaws (the “Bylaws”) and the provisions of applicable law. The Certificate of Incorporation and the Bylaws are incorporated by reference to our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Authorized and Outstanding Stock

 

The Charter authorizes the issuance of 210,000,000 shares, consisting of 200,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, and 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.001 par value, all of which shares of preferred stock are undesignated.

 

Common Stock

 

The Charter provides the following with respect to the rights, powers, preferences and privileges of the common stock.

 

Voting Power. Except as otherwise required by law or as otherwise provided in any certificate of designation for any series of preferred stock, the holders of common stock possess all voting power for the election of Tango’s directors and all other matters requiring stockholder action. Holders of common stock are entitled to one vote per share on matters to be voted on by stockholders.

 

Dividends. Holders of common stock will be entitled to receive such dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors in its discretion out of funds legally available therefor. In no event will any stock dividends or stock splits or combinations of stock be declared or made on common stock unless the shares of common stock at the time outstanding are treated equally and identically.

 

Liquidation, Dissolution and Winding Up. In the event of Tango’s voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, distribution of assets or winding-up, the holders of the common stock will be entitled to receive an equal amount per share of all of Tango’s assets of whatever kind available for distribution to stockholders, after the rights of the holders of the preferred stock have been satisfied.

 

Preemptive or Other Rights. Our common stock has no preemptive rights, conversion rights or other subscription rights or redemption or sinking fund provisions.

 

Listing of Securities

 

Our common stock is listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “TNGX”.

 

Transfer Agent

 

The transfer agent for our common stock is Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

 

Preferred stock

 

Our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions thereof. These rights, preferences and privileges could include dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences, sinking fund terms and the number of shares constituting, or the designation of, such series, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of common stock. The issuance of our preferred stock

 

ACTIVE/115585734.3

 


could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock and the likelihood that such holders will receive dividend payments and payments upon our liquidation. In addition, the issuance of preferred stock could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company or other corporate action. No shares of convertible preferred stock are outstanding, and we have no present plan to issue any shares of convertible preferred stock

 

Registration Rights

 

Certain of our stockholders (“Holders”) hold registration rights pursuant to an amended and restated registration and stockholder rights agreement (the “Amended and Restated Registration and Stockholder Rights Agreement”). Stockholders holding a majority-in-interest of such registrable securities are entitled to make a written demand for registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), of all or part of their registrable securities.

 

In particular, the Amended and Restated Registration and Stockholder Rights Agreement provides for the following registration rights:

 

Shelf registration/demand registration rights. At any time and from time to time when an effective shelf registration statement is on file with the SEC, a Holder may request to sell all or any portion of such Holder’s registrable securities by means of an underwritten takedown off of the shelf registration statement, except that we are only obligated to effect such underwritten shelf takedown if such offering will include registrable securities proposed to be sold by the requesting Holder, either individually or together with other requesting Holders, with a total offering price reasonably expected to exceed, in the aggregate, $20.0 million. Additionally, we are not required to effect more than one underwritten shelf takedown in any six-month period.

 

Piggyback registration rights. Subject to exceptions for certain offerings and registration statements, if at any time, we propose to file a registration statement under the Securities Act, in connection with an offering of our equity securities or securities or other obligations exercisable or exchangeable for, or convertible into, our equity securities, either for our own account or for the account of other stockholders, the Holders are entitled to include their registrable securities in such registration statement.

 

Indemnification. The Amended and Restated Registration and Stockholder Rights Agreement contains customary cross-indemnification provisions, under which we are obligated to indemnify Holders of registrable securities in the event of material misstatements or omissions in the registration statement attributable to us, and Holders of registrable securities are obligated to indemnify us for material misstatements or omissions attributable to them.

 

Expiration of Registration Rights

 

The registration rights granted under the Amended and Restated Registration and Stockholder Rights Agreement will terminate on the earlier of (i) the 10th anniversary of the date of the agreement and (ii) with respect to any Holder, on the date that such Holder no longer holds any Registrable Securities.

 

Anti-Takeover Effects of our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws and Delaware Law

 

Charter and Bylaws

 

Our Charter and Bylaws include a number of provisions that may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing another party from acquiring control of us and encouraging persons considering unsolicited tender offers or other unilateral takeover proposals to negotiate with our board of directors rather than pursue non-negotiated takeover attempts. These provisions include the items described below:

 

permit our board of directors to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of preferred stock, with any rights, preferences and privileges as they may designate, including the right to approve an acquisition or other change of control;

 

ACTIVE/115585734.3

 


 

provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of our board of directors;

 

provide that, subject to the rights of any series of preferred stock to elect directors, directors may be removed only with cause by the holders of at least two thirds (2/3) of all of our then-outstanding shares of the capital stock entitled to vote generally at an election of directors;

 

provide that, subject to the rights of any series of preferred stock to fill director vacancies, all director vacancies, including newly created directorships, may, except as otherwise required by law, be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of directors then in office, even if less than a quorum;

 

provide that stockholders seeking to present proposals before a meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at a meeting of stockholders must provide advance notice in writing, and also specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder’s notice;

 

provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called by our board of directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors;

 

provide that our board of directors will be divided into three classes of directors, with the classes to be as nearly equal as possible, and with the directors serving three-year terms, therefore making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of our board of directors;

 

provide that any amendment of our Charter must first be approved by a majority of our board of directors, and if required by law or our certificate of incorporation, must thereafter be approved by a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment and a majority of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class, except that the amendment of the provisions relating to stockholder action, board composition, limitation of liability and certificate of incorporation must be approved by not less than two-thirds of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment, and not less than two-thirds of the outstanding shares of each class entitled to vote thereon as a class. Our Bylaws may be amended by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, subject to any limitations set forth in the bylaws; and may also be amended by the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on the amendment; and

 

not provide for cumulative voting rights, therefore allowing the holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors to elect all of the directors standing for election, if they should so choose.

 

Delaware Anti-Takeover Law

 

Tango has opted out of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”). Section 203 of the DGCL prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” (i.e. a stockholder owning 15% or more of company’s voting stock) for three years following the time that the “interested stockholder” becomes such, subject to certain exceptions.

 

Exclusive Jurisdiction of Certain Actions

 

The Bylaws require, to the fullest extent permitted by law, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, that derivative actions brought in the name of Tango, actions against any current or former directors, officers and employees for breach of fiduciary duty, actions asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws, actions to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws and actions asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine may be brought only in the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware (the “Delaware Forum Provision”). The Delaware Forum Provision will not apply to any causes of action arising under the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any

 

ACTIVE/115585734.3

 


interest in shares of capital stock of Tango shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to this choice of forum provision.

 

 

 

 

 

ACTIVE/115585734.3

 


EX-10.14

Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

201 BROOKLINE AVENUE

BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS

AMENDED AND RESTATED LEASE

FROM

ARE-MA REGION NO. 87 TENANT, LLC

TO

TANGO THERAPEUTICS, INC.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

 

Page

 

Article I BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS AND ENUMERATIONS OF EXHIBITS

2

1.1 Introduction

2

1.2 Basic Data

2

1.3 Measurement

9

1.4 Enumeration of Exhibits

9

Article II PREMISES

10

2.1 Demise and Lease of Premises; Condition of Premises

10

2.2 Appurtenant Rights and Reservations

10

2.3 Landlord’s Right to Modify the Project

14

2.4 Tenant’s Right of First Offer.

15

Article III LEASE TERM AND EXTENSION OPTIONS

18

3.1 Term

18

3.2 Intentionally Omitted.

18

3.3 Tenant’s Remedies in the Event of Delay in the Commencement Date.

19

3.4 Extension Option.

19

Article IV ANNUAL FIXED RENT; ADDITIONAL RENT

22

4.1 Payment of Rent

22

4.2 Management Fee Rent

22

4.3 Late Payment

23

4.4 Tenant’s Payments

23

4.5 Additional Allowance.

23

Article V TAXES

24

5.1 Definitions

24

5.2 Tenant’s Payment of Taxes

25

Article VI OPERATING EXPENSES

26

6.1 Definitions

26

6.2 Operating Expense Exclusions Defined

28

6.3 Payment of Tenant’s Expense Share.

30

6.4 Tenant’s Audit Rights.

31

Article VII BUILDING SERVICES

32

 

 

 

-i-

 

 

ACTIVE/115992888.1

 


Table of Contents

(continued)

Page

 

7.1 Building Services

32

7.2 Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning

33

7.3 Electricity

33

7.4 Water

34

7.5 Gas

34

7.6 Elevators

35

7.7 Common Areas

35

7.8 Access and Security

35

7.9 Tenant’s Telecommunications Provider

35

7.10 No Damage

36

7.11 Tenant’s Remedy in the Event of Service Interruption

36

7.12 Sustainability Initiative; Consumption Data. See Exhibit 7.12.

37

Article VIII TENANT’S REPAIRS

37

8.1 Structural Repairs

37

8.2 Other Repairs to be Made by Landlord

37

8.3 Tenant’s Repairs and Maintenance

38

Article IX ALTERATIONS

38

9.1 Landlord’s Approval

38

9.2 Conformity of Work

39

9.3 Performance of Work, Governmental Permits and Insurance

40

9.4 Liens

40

9.5 Nature of Alterations

41

9.6 Increases in Taxes

41

9.7 Alterations Permitted Without Landlord’s Consent.

42

Article X PARKING

42

10.1 Parking Privileges

42

10.2 Parking Charges

42

10.3 Parking Facilities Operation

43

10.4 Limitations

43

Article XI CERTAIN TENANT COVENANTS

44

 

 

 

-ii-

 

 

ACTIVE/115992888.1

 


Table of Contents

(continued)

Page

 

11.1 Rent.

44

11.2 Use.

44

11.3 Signage and Items Visible Outside of the Premises

45

11.4 Rules and Regulations

45

11.5 Licenses and Permits

45

11.6 Floor Load

46

11.7 Taxes on Personal Property

46

11.8 Payment of Legal Fees

46

11.9 Compliance with Law

46

11.10 Reserved

47

11.11 Transportation Access Plan Agreement

47

11.12 OFAC

47

11.13 Permits and Approvals

48

11.14 Premises Cleaning; Pest Control

49

11.15 Hazardous Materials

49

11.16 Landlord’s Representations, Covenants and Indemnity.

54

Article XII ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

55

12.1 Restrictions on Transfer

55

12.2 Tenant’s Notice

55

12.3 Landlord’s Termination Right

55

12.4 Consent of Landlord

56

12.5 Permitted Transfers

57

12.6 Profit on Subleasing or Assignment

58

12.7 Additional Conditions

58

Article XIII INDEMNITY AND INSURANCE

60

13.1 Tenant’s Insurance

60

13.2 Indemnification

61

13.3 Property of Tenant

62

13.4 Limitation of Landlord’s Liability for Damage or Injury

62

13.5 Waiver of Subrogation; Mutual Release

62

 

 

 

-iii-

 

 

ACTIVE/115992888.1

 


Table of Contents

(continued)

Page

 

13.6 Tenant’s Acts--Effect on Insurance

63

13.7 Landlord’s Insurance.

63

Article XIV FIRE, CASUALTY AND TAKING

64

14.1 Damage

64

14.2 Termination Rights.

65

14.3 Rent Abatement

66

14.4 Taking for Temporary Use

66

14.5 Disposition of Awards

66

Article XV DEFAULT

67

15.1 Tenant’s Default

67

15.2 Termination; Re-Entry

68

15.3 Continued Liability; Re-Letting

69

15.4 Liquidated Damages

69

15.5 Waiver of Redemption

70

15.6 Landlord’s Default

71

15.7 Tenant’s Self-Help Right

71

Article XVI MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

72

16.1 Waiver

72

16.2 Cumulative Remedies

72

16.3 Quiet Enjoyment

72

16.4 Surrender

73

16.5 Brokerage

75

16.6 Invalidity of Particular Provisions

75

16.7 Provisions Binding, etc.

75

16.8 Recording; Confidentiality

76

16.9 Notices and Time for Action

76

16.10 When Lease Becomes Binding and Authority

77

16.11 Paragraph Headings

77

16.12 Rights of Mortgagee

77

16.13 Rights of Ground Lessor

78

 

 

 

-iv-

 

 

ACTIVE/115992888.1

 


Table of Contents

(continued)

Page

 

16.14 Notice to Mortgagee and Ground Lessor

78

16.15 Assignment of Rents

79

16.16 Estoppel Certificate and Financial Statements

80

16.17 Self-Help

80

16.18 Holding Over

80

16.19 Entry by Landlord

81

16.20 Counterparts

82

16.21 Entire Agreement

82

16.22 Limitations on Liability

82

16.23 No Partnership

83

16.24 Security Deposit

83

16.25 Governing Law

86

16.26 Waiver of Trial by Jury

87

16.27 Signage

87

16.28 Landlord’s Future Redevelopment/Changes

87

16.29 Rooftop Equipment

89

16.30 Force Majeure

92

16.31 Landlord’s REIT Requirements

92

 

 

 

-v-

 

 

ACTIVE/115992888.1

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED LEASE AGREEMENT AMENDS, RESTATES AND SUPERSEDES IN ITS ENTIRETY THAT CERTAIN LEASE AGREEMENT DATED AS OF SEPTEMBER 26, 2019 (THE “ORIGINAL LEASE”), BY AND BETWEEN TENANT (AS DEFINED BELOW) AND LANDMARK CENTER PARK DRIVE LLC, A DELAWARE LIMITED LIABILITY COMPANY, THE PREDECESSOR-IN-INTEREST TO LANDLORD (AS DEFINED BELOW).

201 BROOKLINE AVENUE

THIS INSTRUMENT IS AN INDENTURE OF LEASE in which Landlord and Tenant are the parties hereinafter named, and which relates to space in the building to be constructed and known as 201 Brookline Avenue, Boston, Massachusetts.

The parties to this instrument hereby agree with each other as follows:

Article I
BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS AND ENUMERATIONS OF EXHIBITS

1.1 Introduction

The following sets forth the basic data and identifying Exhibits elsewhere hereinafter referred to in this Lease, and, where appropriate, constitute definitions of the terms hereinafter listed.

1.2 Basic Data

Effective Date:

November 4_, 2021

Landlord:

ARE-MA REGION NO. 87 TENANT, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company

Present Mailing Address of Landlord:

c/o Alexandria Real Estate Equities, Inc.
26 North Euclid Avenue
Pasadena, CA 91101
Attention: Corporate Secretary

Landlord’s Construction Representative:

Mr. Michael Carli and Ms. Shay Sims

Tenant:

TANGO THERAPEUTICS, INC.,
a Delaware corporation

Present Mailing Address of Tenant:

100 Binney Street, Cambridge, MA 02142

Tenant’s Construction Representative:

Dr. Dimitris Papoutsakis

 

1

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

Term or Lease Term: (sometimes called the “Original Term”)

The period beginning on the Commencement Date and expiring on the date that is one hundred twenty (120) full calendar months after the Rent Commencement Date (the “Expiration Date”), unless extended or sooner terminated as hereinafter provided.

Extension Option:

Two (2) periods of five (5) years as provided in and on the terms set forth in Section 3.4 hereof

Rent Year:

A period of twelve (12) consecutive calendar months beginning on the Rent Commencement Date or an anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date, except that if the Rent Commencement Date does not fall on the first day of a calendar month, then the first Rent Year shall begin on the Rent Commencement Date and end on the last day of the month containing the first anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date, and each succeeding Rent Year shall begin on the day following the last day of the prior Rent Year.

Estimated Commencement Date:

March 15, 2022

Commencement Date:

The date on which Landlord achieves Premises Substantial Completion, as defined in Section I of Exhibit 2.1.

Occupancy Date:

The date which is the earlier of (i) Outside Occupancy Date, as hereinafter defined, or (ii) the date on which Tenant first commences to use the Premises, or any portion thereof, for any Permitted Use. For the purposes of the definition of the Occupancy Date, neither the performance of Tenant’s Work nor the installation of any of Tenant’s furniture, fixtures or equipment shall be deemed to be “use of the Premises for any Permitted Use”.

 

2

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

Outside Occupancy Date:

The date seven (7) months after the Commencement Date, except that the Outside Occupancy Date shall be extended by the number of days, if any, that Tenant’s Work is actually delayed by any Landlord Delay. Subject to Section I.E of Exhibit 2.1 (Effect of Tenant Delay) and the second sentence of Section I.D(2) of Exhibit 2.1 (Exceptions from Requirement that All of Landlord’s Work Must Be Complete as of Substantial Completion), Landlord’s failure to achieve Substantial Completion of Landlord’s Work on or before the date seven (7) months after the Commencement Date shall be deemed to be a Landlord Delay.

Landlord Delay:

A delay in Tenant’s Work solely caused by any default by Landlord in its obligations under this Lease. Landlord shall not be charged with any period of Landlord Delay prior to the time that Landlord receives written notice of such Landlord Delay from Tenant.

Rent Commencement Date:

The date that is four (4) months after the Occupancy Date.

Premises:

A portion of the Building consisting of (a) the entire eighth (8th) floor (known as Suite 801) containing approximately 41,905 rentable square feet, (b) a portion of the ninth (9th) floor of the Building (known as Suite 901) containing approximately 22,513 rentable square feet, (c) those portions of the first floor of the Building, known as Room S103, containing approximately 86 rentable square feet of chemical storage space and , and Room S104, containing approximately 86 rentable square feet of chemical storage space (collectively, the “Chemical Storage Rooms”) (d) a portion of the penthouse floor of the Building, known as Room S1510, containing approximately 215 rentable square feet of mechanical space, all as shown on the floor plans annexed hereto as Exhibit 1.2-1, Sheets 1 and 2 and incorporated herein by reference, and as further defined and limited in Section 2.1 hereof

 

3

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

Rentable Floor Area of the Premises:

Approximately 64,805 square feet.

 

Annual Fixed Rent:

(a) During the Original Term:

Period of Time

Annual Fixed Rent

Monthly Fixed Rent

Commencement Date Through the day immediately preceding the Rent Commencement Date

$0

$0

Rent Year 1

$5,119,595.00

$426,632.92

Rent Year 2

$5,273,182.85

$439,431.90

Rent Year 3

$5,431,378.34

$452,614.86

Rent Year 4

$5,594,319.69

$466,193,31

Rent Year 5

$5,762,149.27

$480,179.11

Rent Year 6

$5,935,013.76

$494,584.48

Rent Year 7

$6,113,064.17

$509,422.01

Rent Year 8

$6,296,456.09

$524,704.67

Rent Year 9

$6,485,349.77

$540,445.81

Rent Year 10

$6,679,910.27

$556,659.19

 

 

(b) During any Extended Term (if any and if exercised), as determined pursuant to Section 3.4.

Additional Rent:

All charges and other sums payable by Tenant as set forth in this Lease, other than Annual Fixed Rent.

 

4

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

Tenant’s Share:

Tenant’s Share: Subject to Section 1.3, a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of rentable square feet of the Premises and the denominator of which is the number of rentable square feet in the Building (i.e., 12.73%).

Tenant’s Expense Share: See Section 6.1.

Building:

The fourteen-(14)-story building and other improvements on the Land to be constructed in accordance with Exhibit 2.1 hereto and to be known as 201 Brookline Avenue in Boston, Massachusetts, as the same may, subject to the provisions of Section 2.2 of the Lease and Exhibit 2.1 hereto, be altered, expanded, reduced or otherwise changed by Landlord from time to time.

Land:

The parcel of land described in Exhibit 1.2-2 attached hereto.

Landlord has advised Tenant that the Land has neither been subjected to a condominium nor subdivided, but in the future Landlord may elect to subject the parcel to a condominium or subdivide the parcel. If the Land is either subjected to a condominium or subdivided, Landlord will notify Tenant of the new definition of the “Land”, which will be either the condominium unit which includes the Building or the subdivided portion(s) of the Land on which the Building is located. Prior to creating any condominium or completing any subdivision, the portion of the Land which is reasonably related to the Building, as determined by Landlord in its reasonable discretion, shall be known as the “201 Building Land”.

 

5

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

Office Area:

The portions of the Building devoted from time to time for general office use, as the same may be altered, expanded, reduced or otherwise changed by Landlord from time to time. The Office Area shall not include any areas which are to be leased for laboratory, retail, restaurant or entertainment purposes, nor shall it include the parking facilities located within the Project.

Laboratory Area:

The portions of the Building devoted from time to time for research and development and laboratory use, as the same may be altered, expanded, reduced or otherwise changed by Landlord from time to time. The Laboratory Area shall not include any areas which are to be leased for general office, retail, restaurant or entertainment purposes, nor shall it include the parking facilities located within the Project.

Retail/Restaurant Area:

The portions of the Building devoted from time to time for retail, restaurant or entertainment purposes, as the same may be altered, expanded, reduced or otherwise changed by Landlord from time to time. The Retail/Restaurant Area shall not include any areas which are to be leased for general office, research and development and laboratory use, nor shall it include the parking facilities located within the Project.

Project:

The Building and the Land, together with the building commonly known as 401 Park Drive (the “401 Building”) and other buildings, land and garages, together with all common areas and other improvements thereon, commonly known as “The Landmark Center”. Tenant acknowledges that the Project is a mixed use project consisting of retail areas, office and laboratory buildings and other commercial uses and may be altered, expanded, reduced or otherwise changed from time to time and that Landlord reserves the right to modify the Project, to change the uses thereof, and to designate areas of the Project as common areas or as areas for the exclusive use of one or more occupants or one or more uses.

 

6

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

Permitted Use:

Subject in all events to applicable Legal Requirements, as hereinafter defined, Tenant shall have the right to use each portion of the Premises for the following purposes only:

Premises: General office purposes, research and development and laboratory purposes (which at Tenant’s election may include a vivarium), consistent with a first-class office and laboratory building in Boston and Cambridge. In addition, Tenant may use the lab portion of the Premises for the keeping of laboratory animals - such as, but without limitation, mice, rats, rabbits, and guinea pigs.

Chemical Storage Rooms: The storage of Hazardous Materials for Tenant’s use in, or produced from, the Premises.

Maximum Amount of Landlord’s Allowance:

Up to [***] (i.e., [***] per rentable square foot of the Premises), payable as set forth in Exhibit 2.1.

Maximum Additional Allowance:

Up to $[***] (i.e., [***] per rentable square foot of the Premises), payable as set forth in Exhibit 2.1.

Landlord’s Fit Plan Allowance:

Up to [***] (i.e., [***] per rentable square foot of the Premises).

Brokers:

CBRE Inc. (“Tenant’s Broker”) and Newmark Knight Frank (“Landlord’s Broker”)

Security Deposit Amount:

[***] in the form of cash or an irrevocable letter of credit, and subject to reduction as set forth in Section 16.24 hereof.

 

7

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

Normal Business Hours:

Normal Business Hours” are Monday through Friday of each week, from 8:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. on business days and 9:00 a.m. to 2:00 p.m. on Saturdays, excluding New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King Day, Presidents’ Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day and any other day on which the New York Stock Exchange is closed in observance of a holiday (“Holidays”). Landlord may designate additional Holidays that are commonly recognized by other office buildings in the area where the Building is located.

Tenant Party

Tenant, any affiliate of Tenant, any subtenant or any other occupant of the Premises, and each of their respective direct or indirect partners, officers, shareholders, directors, members, trustees, beneficiaries, servants, employees, principals, contractors, licensees, agents, invitees or representatives.

Landlord Party

Landlord, any affiliate of Landlord, Landlord’s managing agent for the Building and/or the Project, each mortgagee (if any), each ground lessor (if any), and each of their respective direct or indirect partners, officers, shareholders, directors, members, trustees, beneficiaries, servants, employees, principals, contractors, licensees, agents or representatives.

 

1.3 Measurement

The parties acknowledge that the Rentable Floor Area of: (i) the Premises will be approximately 64,805 rentable square feet, and (ii) the Building will be 512,749 rentable square feet, each as determined in accordance with the Base Building Plans and Specifications (as hereinafter defined) and the measurement spreadsheet attached hereto as Exhibit 1.3 (collectively referred to herein as the “Measurement Standard”). By not later than thirty (30) days following the Occupancy Date, Landlord shall cause Landlord’s architect to deliver a certificate to Tenant certifying the actual Rentable Floor Area of the Premises and the Building (“Landlord’s Architect’s Rentable Floor Area Certificate”). Landlord’s Architect’s Rentable Floor Area Certificate shall certify that the measurements the rentable area of the Premises and the Building as set forth in the Landlord’s Architect’s Rentable Floor Area Certificate have been determined in accordance with the Measurement Standard. In the event that the actual Rentable Floor Area of the Premises set forth in Landlord’s Architect’s Rentable Floor Area Certificate is greater than 64,805 rentable square feet, there shall be no increase in Fixed Rent, the Maximum Amount of

8

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

Landlord’s Allowance, the Maximum Additional Allowance, the Security Deposit Amount, or any other number or amount in this Lease which is based on the Rentable Floor Area of the Premises, except that Tenant’s Share shall be revised to equal a fraction, the numerator of which is the actual Rentable Floor Area of the Premises as certified by Landlord’s Architect in Landlord’s Architect’s Rentable Floor Area Certificate, and the denominator of which is the actual Rentable Floor Area of the Building as certified by Landlord’s Architect in Landlord’s Architect’s Rentable Floor Area Certificate. In the event that the actual Rentable Floor Area of the Premises set forth in Landlord’s Architect’s Rentable Floor Area Certificate is less than 64,805 rentable square feet, there shall be a proportionate reduction in Fixed Rent, the Maximum Amount of Landlord’s Allowance, the Maximum Additional Allowance, the Security Deposit Amount, and all other numbers or amounts in this Lease which are based on the Rentable Floor Area of the Premises. Landlord and Tenant shall enter into an agreement setting forth such reduced amounts within thirty (30) days of delivery of Landlord’s Architect’s Rentable Floor Area Certificate. In addition, in the event that either Landlord or Tenant has overpaid any amounts to the other party as a result of the reduction in the Rentable Floor Area of the Premises, the party who received the overpayment shall refund the amount of the overpayment to the other party within thirty (30) days following delivery of Landlord’s Architect’s Rentable Floor Area Certificate.

1.4 Enumeration of Exhibits

The following Exhibits attached hereto are a part of this Lease, are incorporated herein by reference, and are to be treated as a part of this Lease for all purposes. Undertakings contained in such Exhibits are agreements on the part of Landlord and Tenant, as the case may be, to perform the obligations stated therein to be performed by Landlord and Tenant, as and where stipulated therein.

Exhibit 1.2-1 Plans of Premises (Sheets 1 and 2)

Exhibit 1.2-2 Legal Description of the Land

Exhibit 1.3 Measurement Spreadsheet

Exhibit 2.1 Work Letter

Exhibit 2.1-1 Base Building Plans and Specifications

Exhibit 2.1-2 Landlord Work Matrix

Exhibit 2.1-3 Tenant Plan and Working Drawings Requirements

Exhibit 2.2(d) Roof Decks

Exhibit 3.1 Form of Declaration Affixing the Commencement Date of Lease

Exhibit 7.12 “Green” Lease Rider

Exhibit 7.12-1 Landlord’s Energy and Sustainability Construction Guidelines & Requirements

Exhibit 9.5-1 List of Required Removables

Exhibit 9.5-2 List of Installations which Must Remain

Exhibit 11.4 Rules and Regulations

Exhibit 11.4-1 Construction Rules and Regulations

Schedule 1 Insurance Requirements for Tenant’s Alterations

Exhibit 11.4-2 Loading Dock Rules and Regulations

Exhibit 11.11-1 Intentionally Omitted

Exhibit 11.11-2 Intentionally Omitted

Exhibit 11.15(a) Tenant’s Hazardous Materials

9

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

Exhibit 11.15(f) Form of Environmental Questionnaire

Exhibit 11.16 Environmental Assessment Reports

Exhibit 16.13 Form of Recognition Agreement

Exhibit 16.14 List of Mortgagees

Exhibit 16.24 Form of Letter of Credit

Article II
PREMISES

2.1 Demise and Lease of Premises; Condition of Premises

Landlord hereby demises and leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby hires and accepts from Landlord, the Premises for the Lease Term, excluding exterior faces of exterior walls, the common stairways and stairwells, elevators and elevator walls, mechanical rooms, electric and telephone closets, janitor closets, and pipes, ducts, shafts, conduits, wires and appurtenant fixtures serving exclusively or in common with other parts of the Building, and if the Premises includes less than the entire rentable area of any floor, excluding the common corridors, elevator lobbies and restrooms located on such floor. Without limiting the foregoing, the Premises extend to the middle of any interior demising walls. The condition of the Premises upon Landlord’s delivery along with any work to be performed by either Landlord or Tenant shall be as set forth on Exhibit 2.1 attached hereto and made a part hereof.

2.2 Appurtenant Rights and Reservations

(a) Subject to Landlord’s right to change or alter any of the following in Landlord’s discretion as herein provided so long as such changes or alterations do not materially and adversely affect Tenant’s use or occupancy of, or access to, the Premises, Tenant shall have, as appurtenant to the Premises, the non-exclusive right to use in common with others, but not in a manner or extent that would materially interfere with the normal operation and use of the Building as a multi-tenant office and laboratory building and subject to reasonable rules of general applicability to tenants of the Building from time to time made by Landlord in accordance with Section 11.4 of which Tenant is given notice: (a) the common lobbies, corridors, stairways, and elevators of the Building, and the pipes, ducts, shafts, conduits, wires and appurtenant meters and equipment serving the Premises in common with others, (b) the loading areas, loading docks, and freight elevators serving the Building and the common walkways and driveways necessary for access to the Building, (c) if the Premises include less than the entire rentable floor area of any floor, the common restrooms, corridors and elevator lobby of such floor, (d) the showers located on the first (1st) floor, (e) the bicycle storage area located on the first (1st) floor, and (f) the plazas and other common areas of the Project as Landlord makes the same available from time to time (collectively, the “Common Areas”); and no other appurtenant rights and easements, except as otherwise expressly set forth in the Lease. From and after the Occupancy Date, Tenant shall have reasonable access to the use of at least two (2) loading docks and two (2) freight elevators. Tenant shall have access to such loading docks during Normal Business Hours at no separate cost or fee to Tenant; provided, however, that Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the costs and expenses of operating and maintaining the loading docks may be included in Operating Expenses. Such access shall be subject to Landlord’s priority of use during the performance of Landlord’s Work and to Landlord’s reasonable requirements.

10

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

(b) Acid Neutralization System.

(i) Landlord shall provide Tenant with non-exclusive access to the acid neutralization system existing as of the date of this Lease (“Acid Neutralization System”) pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Lease. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that the Acid Neutralization System shall be shared with other tenants of the Building. Tenant’s obligation to pay its share of ongoing operation costs of the Acid Neutralization System shall be allocated among Tenant and other user tenants on a pro rata basis, with Tenant’s share based on the ratio of the rentable square footage of the Premises to the sum of the rentable square footages of the Premises and the premises of all other user tenants, provided, however, that, at any time and from time to time, Landlord may equitably adjust such allocation based on use by Tenant and other tenant users of the Acid Neutralization System. Landlord’s sole obligations for providing the Acid Neutralization System, or any acid neutralization system facilities, to Tenant shall be (the “Acid Neutralization Obligations”) to (i) to obtain and maintain the permit required from the Massachusetts Water Resources Authority for discharge through the Acid Neutralization System (the “Discharge Permit”), provided that Tenant reasonably cooperates with Landlord and provides all information and documents reasonably necessary in connection with the Discharge Permit, and (ii) contract with a third party to maintain the Acid Neutralization System as operating as per the manufacturer’s standard maintenance guidelines. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the Acid Neutralization System must be replaced and the cost thereof is not included in such third party maintenance contract, then, Landlord shall replace the Acid Neutralization System, it being acknowledged, however, that Tenant shall be responsible for its share of all costs incurred in connection therewith as an Operating Expense allocated to the Laboratory Area Expense Pool, as provided in Article VI below (subject to amortization set forth therein relating to Permitted Capital Expenditures).

(ii) Tenant shall be solely responsible for the use of the Acid Neutralization System by Tenant, its employees, any contractors, sublessees, invitees or any party other than Landlord or Landlord’s contractors, and Tenant shall be jointly and severally responsible for the use of the Acid Neutralization System with the other user tenants. Tenant shall use, and cause other parties under its control or for which it is responsible to use, the Acid Neutralization System in accordance with this Lease and in accordance with all applicable Legal Requirements, the Discharge Permit and any permits and approvals from Governmental Authorities for or applicable to Tenant’s use of the Acid Neutralization System. Neither Landlord nor Tenant shall take any action or make any omission that would result in a violation of the Discharge Permit or any other permit or Legal Requirements applicable to the Acid Neutralization System. Tenant’s compliance with applicable permits and Legal Requirements shall include but not be limited to posting signs at all sinks located in the Premises containing applicable notices regarding the use of sink drains for the disposal of chemicals and other Hazardous Materials. Tenant shall maintain a chemical management plan prohibiting the improper discharge or disposal of chemicals. Tenant shall train all laboratory personnel in the Premises on the proper disposal of chemicals and other Hazardous Materials. Landlord reserves the right, at any time and from time to time, to require reasonable limitations and restrictions on discharges by Tenant to the Acid Neutralization System as Landlord may reasonably determine to be necessary for the operation of the Acid Neutralization System. Landlord and its contractors and consultants shall be permitted to perform periodic sampling of all substances regulated under permits applicable to the Acid Neutralization System, including without limitation the Discharge Permit, or as otherwise deemed

11

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

appropriate by Landlord in its sole discretion. Landlord and its contractors and consultants shall be permitted to perform periodic inspections of the Acid Neutralization System and the discharge points and connections thereto located in the Premises. If requested by Landlord based on conditions pertaining to the Acid Neutralization System, Tenant shall promptly provide updates to its list of Tenant’s Hazardous Materials List (as defined in Section 11.15(a) below) to Landlord. Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord of any changes in the flow volume or properties that could impact the operation of the Acid Neutralization System or compliance with applicable permits or Legal Requirements, including without limitation a discharge known or reasonably believed to be non-compliant, changes in Tenant’s operations in the Premises and addition of new equipment by Tenant such as cage washers, glass washers or autoclaves.

(iii) The scope of the Surrender Plan (as defined in Section 16.4(b) of this Lease) shall include all actions for the proper cleaning, decommissioning and cessation of Tenant’s use of the Acid Neutralization System, and all requirements under this Lease for the surrender of the Premises shall also apply to Tenant’s cessation of use of the Acid Neutralization System, in each case whether at Lease expiration, termination or prior thereto (but Tenant shall not be required to complete the decommissioning of the Acid Neutralization System if other tenants or occupants will continue to use the same after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, nor shall Tenant be responsible for or bear any costs of decommissioning arising from the use of the Acid Neutralization System by any party other than Tenant; it being agreed that if multiple tenants use the Acid Neutralization System, then Landlord shall be responsible for completing the decommissioning thereof, and Tenant shall pay to Landlord within thirty (30) days after invoice therefor Tenant’s share of the reasonable, actual costs of decommissioning based on the ratio of the rentable square footage of the Premises to the rentable square footage of the Premises and the premises of all other user tenants). The obligations of Tenant under this Lease with respect to the Acid Neutralization System shall be joint and several with such other tenants as aforesaid, except in the event that Tenant can provide evidence to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction that neither Tenant nor any Tenant Party caused, contributed to or exacerbated the matter for which Tenant would otherwise be responsible but for this exception. Without in any way limiting the Acid Neutralization Obligations, Landlord shall have no obligation to provide Tenant with operational emergency or back-up acid neutralization facilities or to supervise, oversee or confirm that the third party maintaining the Acid Neutralization System is maintaining such system as per the manufacturer’s standard guidelines or otherwise. During any period of replacement, repair or maintenance of the Acid Neutralization System when such system is not operational, including any delays thereto due to the inability to obtain parts or replacement equipment, Landlord shall have no obligation to provide Tenant with an alternative back-up system or facilities. Tenant expressly acknowledges and agrees that Landlord does not guaranty that such Acid Neutralization System will be operational at all times or that such system will be available to the Premises when needed. Without in any way limiting the Acid Neutralization Obligations, in no event shall Landlord be liable to Tenant or any other party for any damages of any type, whether actual or consequential, suffered by Tenant or any such other person in the event that the Acid Neutralization System or back-up system, if any, or any replacement thereof fails or does not operate in a manner that meets Tenant’s requirements. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing shall not abrogate Landlord’s responsibilities under this Lease.

(c) Emergency Generator. Landlord’s sole obligation for either providing an emergency generator or providing emergency back-up power to Tenant shall be: (i) to provide an

12

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

emergency generator with not less than the capacity of the emergency generator serving the Building as of the Occupancy Date, and (ii) to contract with a third party to maintain the life safety back-up generator as per the manufacturer’s standard maintenance guidelines. Except as otherwise provide in the immediately preceding sentence, Landlord shall have no obligation to provide Tenant with operational emergency or life safety back-up generators or back-up power or to supervise, oversee or confirm that the third party maintaining the life safety back-up generator is maintaining the generator as per the manufacturer’s standard guidelines or otherwise. During any period of replacement, repair or maintenance of the life safety back-up generator when the life safety back-up generator is not operational, including any delays thereto due to the inability to obtain parts or replacement equipment, Landlord shall have no obligation to provide Tenant with an alternative life safety back-up or emergency generator or generators or alternative sources of back-up power. Tenant expressly acknowledges and agrees that Landlord does not guaranty that such life safety back-up or emergency generators will be operational at all times or that life safety back-up or emergency power will be available to the Premises when needed. In no event shall Landlord be liable to Tenant or any other person for any damages of any type, whether actual or consequential, suffered by Tenant or any such other person in the event that any life safety backup or emergency generator or life safety back-up power or any replacement thereof fails or does not provide sufficient power.

(d) Roo f Decks. Landlord shall construct and maintain rooftop decks (the “Roof Decks”) on the penthouse level of the Office Area (“Penthouse Roof Deck”) and above the fourth floor (“Fourth Floor Roof Deck”) for nonexclusive use by tenants and occupants of the Building and others entitled thereto. Subject to Force Majeure (as hereinafter defined), construction of the Roof Decks shall be completed on or prior to the Occupancy Date (except for any items which, due to construction limitations caused by the weather or season, cannot be completed by the Occupancy Date, in which event Landlord shall complete such items as soon as possible after the Occupancy Date). Subject to Force Majeure and closures for repair and maintenance, and subject to Landlord’s rights to modify one or both of the Roof Decks in accordance with Section 2.2 (but subject to Section 16.28(a) and (c) below), Tenant shall have the right, during such times as Landlord makes the Roof Decks available for use by the tenants and occupants of the Building and others entitled thereto: (i) to use the Roof Decks on a nonexclusive basis in common with other tenants, at no additional charge (other than inclusion in Operating Expenses), and (ii) to reserve the Roof Decks for its exclusive use from time to time on a first- come, first-served basis. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon invoice therefor, for all of Landlord’s reasonable third party out-of-pocket costs and the provision of Building personnel (including additional security, janitorial or other services reasonably needed to facilitate Tenant’s exclusive use of the Roof Decks) incurred in connection with any exclusive use of the Roof Decks by Tenant. Tenant’s use of the Roof Decks shall be subject to availability and such rules and regulations as Landlord may establish from time to time in accordance with Section 11.4. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord reserves the right to use or designate the portion(s) of the Roof Decks which are not shown as “Minimum Exterior Roof Deck” on Exhibit 2.2(d) attached hereto, and other portions of the rooftop area, for other uses or for the exclusive use by other tenants; provided, however, that in no event shall Landlord permanently designate the portion(s) of the Roof Decks shown as “Minimum Exterior Roof Deck” on said plan for other uses or for the exclusive use by other tenants.

2.3 Landlord’s Right to Modify the Project

13

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

(a) The Property. Landlord reserves for its benefit the right from time to time, subject to Section 16.28(a) and (c) below, so long as the following does not cause any unreasonable interference with Tenant’s use or, have a material adverse effect on, Tenant’s occupancy of or access to the Premises: (i) to enter the Premises to install, use, maintain, repair, replace and relocate for service to the Premises and other parts of the Building, pipes, ducts, conduits, wires and appurtenant fixtures, wherever located in the Premises, the Building, or the Land, (ii) to alter or relocate or perform, or cause to be performed, construction in any other common facility, provided that substitutions are substantially equivalent or better and (iii) to reduce, increase, enclose or otherwise change but not eliminate at any time and from time to time the size, number, location, lay-out and nature of the Common Areas and facilities and other premises in the Building or the Land. Installations, replacements and relocations referred to in clause (i) above shall be located so far as practicable in the central core area of the Building, above ceiling surfaces, below floor surfaces or within perimeter walls of the Premises. Except in the case of emergencies or for normal cleaning and maintenance operations, Landlord agrees to give Tenant reasonable advance notice of any of the foregoing activities which require work in the Premises.

(b) The Project. Landlord reserves and excepts for its benefit all rights of ownership and use in all respects outside the Premises, including without limitation, the Building and all other structures and improvements and plazas and Common Areas in the Project, except that at all times during the Lease Term, Tenant shall have (i) a reasonable means of access from a public street to the Premises, and (ii) subject to Section 16.28(a) and (c), Landlord shall not eliminate or materially adversely affect Tenant’s right to use the showers, Roof Decks, bicycle storage area, freight elevators or loading docks. Subject to Section 16.28(a) and (c), it is understood that in its sole discretion, Landlord shall have the right to change and rearrange the plazas and other Common Areas, to change, relocate and eliminate facilities therein, to erect new buildings thereon, to permit the use of or lease all or part thereof for exhibitions and displays and to sell, lease or dedicate all or part thereof to public use; and further that Landlord shall have the right to make changes in, additions to and eliminations from the Building and other structures and improvements in the Project the Premises excepted; provided however that (A) Tenant, its employees, agents, clients, customers, and invitees shall at all times have reasonable access to the Building and Premises and (B) the exercise of Landlord’s rights under this Section shall not have a material adverse effect on Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises. Landlord is not under any obligation to permit individuals without proper building identification to enter the Building after 6:00 p.m.

2.4 Tenant’s Right of First Offer.

(a) Definitions. For the purposes of this Section 2.4:

(i) “ROFO Premises” shall be defined as: (x) the entire seventh (7th) floor of the Building, or any portion thereof, when it becomes Available for Lease to Tenant (as hereinafter defined), and (y) the balance (i.e., other than the portion of the ninth (9th) floor initially leased to Tenant) of the ninth (9th) floor of the Building, or any portion thereof, when it becomes available for lease to Tenant. The parties agree that the entire seventh (7th) floor contains approximately 41,585 rentable square feet and that the balance of the ninth (9th) floor contains approximately 19,495 rentable square feet.

14

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

(ii) Any ROFO Premises shall be deemed to be “Available for Lease to Tenant”: (1) after the expiration of the term or prior termination of the initial lease (“Initial Lease”) of such ROFO Premises to a third party (“Initial Tenant”), as such lease may be extended or renewed, (2) when all Prior Rights, as hereinafter defined, to lease such ROFO Premises, have either lapsed unexercised or by have been waived in writing by the holder of such Prior Rights, and (3) when Landlord intends to offer such ROFO Premises for lease (provided that, in any event, Landlord shall give an Offer (as hereinafter defined) with respect to such ROFO Premises to Tenant not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after Landlord determines, in its good faith judgment, that such ROFO Premises will be Available for Lease to Tenant).

(iii) “ROFO Conditions” shall be deemed to be satisfied if:

(1) as of both the date that Landlord would be required to give Tenant an Offer, as hereinafter defined, and as of the commencement of the term of the Lease with respect to such ROFO Premises: (x) this Lease is in full force and effect, (y) there exists no uncured Event of Default by Tenant, and (z) Tango Therapeutics, Inc., itself, together with any Permitted Transferee, as defined in Section 12.4, are occupying at least sixty percent (60%) of the rentable area of the Premises then demised to Tenant, and

(2) as of the date on which such ROFO Premises are expected to be delivered to Tenant, there remain at least eighteen (18) months left in the Term (it being understood and agreed that Tenant shall have the right to elect to unconditionally exercise its option to extend the Term pursuant to Section 3.4, if any such right remains in force, if necessary to meet this ROFO Condition (provided that the determination of the Extension Term Fixed Rent shall occur as if Tenant provided its Extension Notice eighteen (18) months prior to the expiration of the then-current term).

(iv) “Prior Rights” shall be defined as any extension or renewal option under the Initial Lease of such ROFO Premises.

(b) Procedures. Subject to satisfaction of all of the ROFO Conditions (any of which ROFO Conditions Landlord may waive, by written notice to Tenant, in Landlord’s sole discretion), Tenant shall have a one-time right of first offer to lease any ROFO Premises whenever such ROFO Premises become Available for Lease to Tenant. When Landlord determines that a ROFO Premises is Available for Lease to Tenant, Landlord shall give Tenant a written notice (“Offer”) offering to lease such ROFO Premises to Tenant. Each Offer shall set forth: (i) the location and size of the ROFO Premises, (ii) the Fixed Rent which would be payable by Tenant (which Fixed Rent shall be equal to the Prevailing Market Rent of such ROFO Premises, as defined in Section 3.4, and determined in accordance with this Section 2.4, (iii) the estimated Commencement Date with respect to such ROFO Premises (“Estimated ROFO Commencement Date”), (iv) the term of the Lease and the estimated expiration date with respect to the ROFO Premises, and (v) any other terms applicable to such Offer. Tenant may accept such Offer by giving written notice (“Acceptance”) to Landlord on or before the date ten (10) business days after Landlord gives such Offer to Tenant. If Tenant fails timely give an Acceptance of such Offer to Landlord, then Tenant shall have no further right to lease the offered ROFO Premises pursuant to this Section 2.4. Any Acceptance by Tenant must be unconditional, except that Tenant may, in its Acceptance, object to Landlord’s designation of the Prevailing Market Rent of such ROFO

15

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

Premises. If the Acceptance does not include an objection to Landlord’s designation of the Prevailing Market Rent of such ROFO Premises, then Tenant shall conclusively be deemed to have accept such designation.

(c) Terms Applicable to Demise of ROFO Premises. The demise of any ROFO Premises shall be upon the terms set forth in the Offer, and otherwise upon all of the same terms and conditions of the Lease, except:

(i) Commencement Date: The Commencement Date with respect to any ROFO Premises shall be the later of: (1) the Estimated ROFO Commencement Date for such ROFO Premises, as set forth in the Offer, or (2) the day after the Initial Tenant of such ROFO Premises vacates and delivers such ROFO Premises to Landlord, free and clear of all occupants and tenants.

(ii) Occupancy Date: Unless otherwise set forth in such Offer, the Occupancy Date with respect to such ROFO Premises shall be the Commencement Date with respect to such ROFO Premises; provided, that, if the Commencement Date with respect to such ROFO Premises has not occurred on or before the date ninety (90) days after the Estimated ROFO Commencement Date with respect to such ROFO Premises, then Tenant shall have the right to cancel its demise of such ROFO Premises by giving Landlord a written thirty (30) day cancellation notice delivered after such ninetieth (90th) day, but before the date that such Commencement Date occurs. If such Commencement Date occurs on or before the thirtieth (30th) day after Landlord receives such cancellation notice, Tenant’s cancellation notice shall be deemed to be void and of no force or effect. If such Commencement Date does not occur on or before such thirtieth (30th) day, then Tenant’s exercise of its right to lease such ROFO Premises shall be void and without force or effect, and neither party shall have any further obligation to the other party with respect to such ROFO Premises, except that Tenant shall again have a one-time right to lease such ROFO Premises if such ROFO Premises again become Available for Lease to Tenant after the expiration or prior termination of the lease of the next tenant to lease such ROFO Premises.

(iii) Rent Commencement Date: Unless otherwise set forth in such Offer, the Rent Commencement Date with respect to such ROFO Premises shall be the Commencement Date with respect to such ROFO Premises.

(iv) Expiration Date: The Expiration Date with respect to any ROFO Premises shall be based upon the term of the Lease with respect to such ROFO Premises as set forth in the Offer.

(v) Annual Fixed Rent: The Annual Fixed Rent shall be the amount set forth in such Offer, unless Tenant has objected to Landlord’s designation of such Annual Fixed Rent in its Acceptance of such Offer. In such event, if the parties have not agreed upon such Annual Fixed Rent in writing on or before the date thirty (30) days after Tenant gives its Acceptance (which thirty (30) day period shall be deemed to be the Negotiation Period for the purposes of Section 3.4(d)), then such Annual Fixed Rent shall be equal to the Prevailing Market Rent for such ROFO Premises as of the Commencement Date with respect to such ROFO, as determined by Broker Determination in accordance with Section 3.4(d).

16

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

(vi) Condition of ROFO Premises: Unless otherwise set forth in such Offer, Tenant shall take each ROFO Premises “as-is”, in the condition in which such ROFO Premises are in as of the date of Tenant’s Acceptance with respect to such ROFO Premises, subject to reasonable wear and tear, free from any personal property of the existing tenant or anyone claiming under the existing tenant, and the rights and/or obligations of the existing tenant within such ROFO Premises to remove any alterations, without any obligation on the part of Landlord to prepare or construct such ROFO Premises for Tenant’s occupancy, and without any obligation on the part of Landlord to give Tenant any allowance with respect to such ROFO Premises. Notwithstanding the foregoing, at Tenant’s request and prior to the date Tenant is required to deliver the Acceptance with respect to the applicable ROFO Premises, Landlord will advise Tenant whether the existing tenant in such ROFO Premises has any right or obligation to remove any of the existing alterations in such ROFO Premises. In addition, if and to the extent that the existing tenant in the applicable ROFO Premises used such ROFO Premises for a laboratory use, on or prior to the Commencement Date with respect to such ROFO Premises:

(1) Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a copy of the existing tenant’s approved Surrender Plan (as hereinafter defined) and a copy of the Industrial Hygienist Certification (as hereinafter defined) for such ROFO Premises; and

(2) Landlord shall be deemed to have represented to Tenant that, to the Best of Landlord’s Knowledge (as that term is defined in this paragraph), except to the extent (if any) set forth in the Industrial Hygienist Certification for such ROFO Premises (the “ROFO Disclosed Materials”), there exist, as of the Commencement Date with respect to such ROFO Premises, no Hazardous Materials in such ROFO Premises which are in violation of applicable Environmental Laws or that require reporting, investigation, remediation or other response under Charter 21E or other Environmental Laws. For purposes of this Section 2.4(c)(vi), “to the Best of Landlord’s Knowledge” shall mean the best of the knowledge of Landlord’s then-current asset manager.

Without limiting the foregoing, Exhibit 2.1 of the Lease shall have no applicability to any ROFO Premises.

(vii) Tenant’s Extension Options. Section 3.4 of this Lease shall be applicable to the ROFO Premises.

(d) Confirmatory Lease Amendment. If Tenant timely gives its Acceptance of an Offer, then Landlord shall submit to Tenant, and Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord within forty-five (45) days of receipt thereof, a reasonable form of lease amendment consistent with the provisions of this Section 2.4. Landlord and Tenant shall reasonably diligently negotiate such lease amendment in good faith. If the determination of the Annual Fixed Rent payable with respect to a ROFO Premises is to be determined in accordance with a Broker Determination, then, after such Annual Fixed Rent is determined or mutually agreed to, the parties shall execute an agreement confirming such Annual Fixed Rent. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the failure by either party (or both parties) to execute such lease amendment shall not be deemed to nullify, cancel, modify or otherwise affect Tenant’s binding acceptance (as evidenced by the Acceptance) of the Offer.

17

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

(e) Termination of Rights. In no event shall Tenant have any rights under this Section 2.4 if less than eighteen (18) months remain in the Lease Term (unless Tenant exercises its option to extend the Term as described in Section 2.4(a)(iii)(2) above), and all rights of Tenant under this Section 2.4 shall terminate upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term of this Lease.

(f) Rights Personal to Tenant. Tenant may not assign, mortgage, pledge, encumber or otherwise transfer its interest or rights under this Section 2.4 other than to a Permitted Transferee, as defined in Section 12.4, and any such purported transfer or attempt to transfer shall be void and without effect, shall terminate Tenant’s rights under this Section 2.4, and shall constitute an Event of Default under this Lease.

(g) Time is of the Essence. Time is of the essence with respect to all aspects of this Section 2.4.

Article III
LEASE TERM AND EXTENSION OPTIONS

3.1 Term

The Lease Term hereof shall commence on the Commencement Date and expire on the Expiration Date, unless earlier terminated or extended as provided herein. Once the Commencement Date is determined, Landlord and Tenant shall endeavor to execute an agreement, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 3.1, confirming the Commencement Date, Rent Commencement Date and Expiration Date; provided, however, the failure to execute said agreement will not limit or detract from the occurrence of such dates. If Tenant shall fail to execute such agreement, the Commencement Date, Rent Commencement Date and Expiration Date shall be as reasonably determined by Landlord in accordance with the terms of this Lease.

3.2 Intentionally Omitted.

3.3 Tenant’s Remedies in the Event of Delay in the Commencement Date.

The provisions of this Section 3.3 sets forth Tenant’s sole remedy, both in law and in equity, in the event of any delay the performance of Landlord’s Work and the Commencement Date. If the Commencement Date has not occurred on or before the Outside Rent Credit Date, as hereinafter defined, Tenant shall be entitled to a rent abatement following the Rent Commencement Date equal to [***] for every day in the period beginning on the Outside Rent Credit Date and ending on the Commencement Date. The “Outside Rent Credit Date” shall be March 15, 2022, except that the Outside Rent Credit Date shall be extended by any period of time that Landlord is delayed in the performance of Landlord’s Work by reason of Force Majeure.

3.4 Extension Option.

(a) Definitions. For the purposes of this Section 3.4:

(i) “Extension Option Conditions” shall be deemed to be satisfied if as of both the date that Tenant gives its Extension Notice, and as of the commencement of the Extended

18

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

Term: (1) this Lease is in full force and effect, (2) there exists no uncured Event of Default by Tenant, and (3) Tango Therapeutics, Inc., itself, together with any Permitted Transferee, as defined in Section 12.4, are occupying at least sixty percent (60%) of the rentable area of the Premises then demised to Tenant.

(ii) “Market Area” shall be defined as the Fenway/Longwood Medical Area in Boston, Massachusetts.

(iii) “Prevailing Market Rent” shall be defined as the fair market rental value of the Premises then demised to Tenant as of the commencement of the date in question as determined in accordance with the process described below, for renewals and new leases of Class A laboratory space in buildings comparable to the Building in the Market Area. All relevant factors shall be taken into account, including, without limitation: (1) tenant improvement funds and free rent, (2) provision for annual increases in rent during said Extended Term if so determined, (3) the as-is condition of the Premises, and (4) the Tenant’s obligation to pay its share of Taxes and Operating Expenses, and utility costs, as set forth in this Lease.

(b) Tenant’s Extension Option. Subject to satisfaction of all of the Extension Option Conditions (any of which Extension Option Conditions Landlord may waive, by written notice to Tenant, in Landlord’s sole discretion), Tenant shall have the right (“Tenant’s Extension Option”) to extend the Term hereof upon all the same terms, conditions, covenants and agreements herein contained (except for the Annual Fixed Rent which shall be adjusted during the option period as hereinbelow set forth and except that there shall be no further option to extend) for two (2) periods of five (5) years each as hereinafter set forth. Each option period is sometimes herein referred to as the “Extended Term.”

(c) Exercise and Negotiation Period. If Tenant desires to exercise an option to extend the Term, then Tenant shall give notice (“Extension Notice”) to Landlord, not earlier than twenty-four (24) months nor later than eighteen (18) months prior to the expiration of the then Term of this Lease (as it may have been previously extended) exercising such option to extend. Promptly after Landlord’s receipt of the Extension Notice, Landlord shall provide Landlord’s quotation to Tenant of a proposed Annual Fixed Rent for the applicable Extended Term (“Landlord’s Rent Quotation”). If at the expiration of thirty (30) days after the date when Landlord provides such quotation to Tenant (the “Negotiation Period”), Landlord and Tenant have not reached agreement on a determination of an Annual Fixed Rent for such Extended Term and executed a written instrument extending the Term of this Lease pursuant to such agreement, then Tenant shall have the right, for thirty (30) days following the expiration of the Negotiation Period, to make a request to Landlord for a broker determination (the “Broker Determination”) of the Prevailing Market Rent for such Extended Term, which Broker Determination shall be made in the manner set forth below. If Tenant timely shall have requested the Broker Determination, then the Annual Fixed Rent for such Extended Term shall be the Prevailing Market Rent as determined by the Broker Determination. If Tenant does not timely request the Broker Determination, then the Annual Fixed Rent during the applicable Extended Term shall be equal to Landlord’s Rent Quotation.

(d) Terms Applicable During Extended Terms. Upon the giving of the Extension Notice by Tenant to Landlord exercising Tenant’s applicable option to extend the Lease Term in

19

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

accordance with the provisions of Section 3.4(b) above, then this Lease and the Lease Term hereof shall automatically be deemed extended, for the applicable Extended Term for the entire Premises, without the necessity for the execution of any additional documents, except that Landlord and Tenant agree to enter into an instrument in writing setting forth the Annual Fixed Rent for the applicable Extended Term as determined in the relevant manner set forth in this Section 3.4; and in such event all references herein to the Lease Term or the Term of this Lease shall be construed as referring to the Lease Term, as so extended, unless the context clearly otherwise requires, and except that there shall be no further option to extend the Lease Term. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, in no event shall Tenant have the right to exercise more than one extension option at a time and, further, Tenant shall not have the right to exercise its second extension option unless it has duly exercised its first extension option.

(e) Determination of Prevailing Market Rent. Where in the Lease provision is made for a Broker Determination of Prevailing Market Rent, the following procedures and requirements shall apply:

(1) Tenant’s Request. Tenant shall send a notice (“Tenant’s Request”) to Landlord on or before the date thirty (30) days after the applicable Negotiation Period, requesting a Broker Determination of the Prevailing Market Rent, which notice to be effective must (i) make explicit reference to the Lease and to the specific section of the Lease pursuant to which said request is being made, (ii) include the name of a broker selected by Tenant to act for Tenant, which broker shall be affiliated with a major Boston commercial real estate brokerage firm selected by Tenant and which broker shall have at least ten (10) years’ experience dealing in properties of a nature and type generally similar to the Building located in the Fenway, Longwood Medical Area of Boston, and (iii) explicitly state that Landlord is required to notify Tenant within thirty (30) days of an additional broker selected by Landlord.

(2) Landlord’s Response. Within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s notice requesting the Broker Determination and stating the name of the broker selected by Tenant, Landlord shall give written notice (“Landlord’s Response”) to Tenant of Landlord’s selection of a broker having at least the affiliation and experience referred to above. If the parties have not agreed upon the Annual Fixed Rent payable by Tenant on or before the end of the Negotiation Period and Tenant fails timely to send a Tenant’s Request, then Landlord may give a Landlord’s Response without having received a Tenant’s Request.

(3) Selection of Third Broker. If the two brokers so selected do not on or before the date ten (10) days after the selection of the second broker mutually agree in writing upon the Prevailing Market Rent, then the two brokers shall select a third such broker also having at least the affiliation and experience referred to above.

(4) Rental Value Determination. Within thirty (30) days after the selection of the third broker, the three (3) brokers so selected, by majority opinion, shall make a determination of the annual fair market rental value of the Premises for the Extended Term. The brokers shall advise Landlord and Tenant in writing by the expiration of said thirty (30) day period of the Prevailing Market Rent.

20

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

(5) Resolution of Broker Deadlock. If the Brokers are unable to agree at least by majority on a determination of annual fair market rental value, then the brokers shall send a notice to Landlord and Tenant by the end of the thirty (30) day period for making said determination setting forth their individual determinations of annual fair market rental value, and the highest such determination and the lowest such determination shall be disregarded and the remaining determination shall be deemed to be the determination of annual fair market rental value and shall be referred to as the Prevailing Market Rent.

(6) Costs. Each party shall pay the costs and expenses of the broker selected by it and each shall pay one half (1/2) of the costs and expenses of the third broker.

(7) Failure to Select Broker or Failure of Broker to Serve. If Tenant shall have requested a Broker Determination and Landlord shall not have designated a broker within the time period provided therefor above and such failure shall continue for more than ten (10) days after notice thereof, then Tenant’s broker shall alone make the determination of the Prevailing Market Rent in writing to Landlord and Tenant within thirty (30) days after the expiration of Landlord’s right to designate a broker hereunder. If Tenant shall have failed timely to give a Tenant’s Request, and Landlord gives a Landlord Response, then Tenant shall have ten (10) days after it receives such Landlord Response to designate its broker. If Tenant fails to do so, then Landlord’s broker shall alone make the determination of the Prevailing Market Rent in writing to Landlord and Tenant within thirty (30) days after Landlord gives such Landlord Response. If Tenant and Landlord have both designated brokers but the two brokers so designated do not, within a period of fifteen (15) days after the appointment of the second broker, agree upon and designate the third broker willing so to act, Tenant, Landlord or either broker previously designated may request the Boston Bar Association (or such organization as may succeed to the Boston Bar Association) to designate the third broker willing so to act and a broker so appointed shall, for all purposes, have the same standing and powers as though he/she had been seasonably appointed by the brokers first appointed. In case of the inability or refusal to serve of any person designated as a broker, or in case any broker for any reason ceases to be such, a broker to fill such vacancy shall be appointed by Tenant, Landlord, the brokers first appointed or the Boston Bar Association, as the case may be, whichever made the original appointment, or if the person who made the original appointment fails to fill such vacancy, upon application of any broker who continues to act or by Landlord or Tenant such vacancy may be filled by the said Boston Bar Association, and any broker so appointed to fill such vacancy shall have the same standing and powers as though originally appointed.

Article IV
ANNUAL FIXED RENT; ADDITIONAL RENT

4.1 Payment of Rent

Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord, commencing on the Rent Commencement Date, and continuing and monthly in advance throughout the remainder of the Lease Term, on the first day of each and every calendar month during the Original Term, a sum equal to one-twelfth (1/12th) of the Annual Fixed Rent specified in Section 1.2 hereof and on the first day of each and every calendar month during each Extended Term (if exercised), a sum equal to one-twelfth of the Annual Fixed Rent as determined in Section 3.4 for the applicable Extended Term. Annual Fixed

21

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

Rent for any partial month shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord at such rate on a pro rata basis, and, if the Rent Commencement Date shall be other than the first day of a calendar month, the first payment of Annual Fixed Rent which Tenant shall make to Landlord shall be a payment equal to a proportionate part of such monthly Annual Fixed Rent for the partial month from the Rent Commencement Date to the first day of the succeeding calendar month.

Annual Fixed Rent, Additional Rent, and all other charges for which provision is herein made shall be paid by remittance to or for the order of Landlord to the address for rent payment provided by Landlord to Tenant prior to the Rent Commencement Date or by via federally insured wire transfer (including ACH) pursuant to the wire instructions provided to Tenant by Landlord.

Additional Rent payable by Tenant on a monthly basis, as elsewhere provided in this Lease, likewise shall be prorated, and the first payment on account thereof shall be determined in similar fashion and shall, unless otherwise expressly stated in this Lease, commence on the Commencement Date and other provisions of this Lease calling for monthly payments shall be read as incorporating this undertaking by Tenant.

The Annual Fixed Rent, Additional Rent and all other charges for which provision is made in this Lease shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord in lawful money of the United States in immediately available funds and without notice or demand and with setoff, deduction or abatement, except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Lease.

4.2 Management Fee Rent

Commencing as of the Rent Commencement Date, and continuing thereafter throughout the remainder of the Lease Term, as it may be extended, Tenant shall pay Management Fee Rent, as hereinafter defined, to Landlord. Management Fee Rent shall be considered to be Additional Rent and shall be payable by Tenant at the same time and under the same terms and conditions as Annual Fixed Rent, Tenant’s Tax Share, and Tenant’s Expense Share are payable by Tenant to Landlord. “Management Fee Rent” shall be defined as three and one-half percent (3.5%) of the sum of Annual Fixed Rent, Tenant’s Tax Share, and Tenant’s Expense Share which is payable by Tenant to Landlord, from time to time.

4.3 Late Payment

If Landlord shall not have received any payment or installment of Annual Fixed Rent or Additional Rent (the “Outstanding Amount”) on or before the date on which the same first becomes payable under this Lease (the “Due Date”), the amount of such payment or installment shall incur a late charge equal to the sum of: (a) five percent (5%) of the Outstanding Amount for administration and bookkeeping costs associated with the late payment (“Late Fee”) and (b) interest on the Outstanding Amount from the Due Date through and including the date such payment or installment is received by Landlord, at an annual rate of interest (the “Lease Interest Rate”) of twelve (12%) percent per annum. Landlord agrees to waive the Late Fee with respect to the first late payment in any twelve-(12)-month period. Such interest and any Late Fees payable by Tenant shall be deemed Additional Rent and shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord upon demand.

4.4 Tenant’s Payments

22

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

Each and every payment and expenditure, other than Annual Fixed Rent, shall be deemed to be Additional Rent hereunder, whether or not the provisions requiring payment of such amounts specifically so state, and shall be payable, unless otherwise provided in this Lease, within thirty (30) days after written demand by Landlord, and in the case of the non-payment of any such amount, Landlord shall have, in addition to all of its other rights and remedies, all the rights and remedies available to Landlord hereunder or by law in the case of non-payment of Annual Fixed Rent. Unless expressly otherwise provided in this Lease, the performance and observance by Tenant of all the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be performed and observed by Tenant shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. If Tenant has not objected to any statement of Additional Rent which is rendered by Landlord to Tenant within one hundred eighty (180) days after Landlord has rendered the same to Tenant, then the same shall be deemed to be a final account between Landlord and Tenant not subject to any further dispute. In the event that Tenant shall seek Landlord’s consent or approval under this Lease, then Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, upon demand, as Additional Rent, for all reasonable costs and expenses, including legal and architectural costs and expenses, incurred by Landlord in processing such request, whether or not such consent or approval shall be given. Notwithstanding the foregoing: (i) the amount of legal fees which Tenant is required to reimburse Landlord with respect to any Transfer, as hereinafter defined, shall not exceed the Transfer Legal Fee Cap, as hereinafter defined, with respect to such Transfer, and (ii) with respect any request by Tenant to review and approve Tenant’s plans and specifications with respect to any Alteration, Tenant shall only be required to reimburse Landlord for third party consultants engaged by Landlord to review such plans and specifications as Landlord, in good faith determines is necessary (e.g., reviews by structural engineers, MEP engineers, etc.). The “Transfer Legal Fees Cap” shall be defined as $2,500.00, except that (a) the Transfer Legal Fees Cap shall be defined as $5,000.00 for any request by Tenant for Landlord’s approval of any sub-sublease of any tier, and (b) the applicable Transfer Legal Fees Cap shall increase by $500 every fifth (5th) anniversary of the Occupancy Date.

4.5 Additional Allowance.

In addition to the Maximum Amount of Landlord’s Allowance, Landlord shall, subject to the terms of Exhibit 2.1, make available to Tenant the Maximum Additional Allowance. Commencing on the Rent Commencement Date and continuing thereafter on the first day of each month during the Lease Term, Tenant shall pay the amount necessary to fully amortize the portion of the Maximum Additional Allowance actually funded by Landlord, if any, in equal monthly payments with interest at a rate of 8% per annum over the Lease Term, which interest shall begin to accrue on the date that Landlord first disburses such Maximum Additional Allowance or any portion(s) thereof (“TI Rent”). Any TI Rent remaining unpaid as of the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease shall be paid to Landlord in a lump sum at the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. Tenant may, at Tenant’s option, prepay the then-outstanding TI Rent (including applicable interest remaining unpaid) in full at any time without penalty.

Article V
TAXES

5.1 Definitions

23

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

(a) “Tax Year” means the twelve-(12)-month period beginning July 1 each year during the Lease Term or if the appropriate governmental fiscal period shall begin on any date other than July 1, such other date.

(b) “Landlord’s Tax Expenses” with respect to any Tax Year means the aggregate “Real Estate Taxes” (hereinafter defined) with respect to that Tax Year, reduced by any net abatement receipts with respect to that Tax Year.

(c) “Real Estate Taxes” means all taxes and special assessments of every kind and nature, payments in lieu of taxes or otherwise pursuant to M.G.L. c. 121A and any Section 6A contract to which the Project is subject, excise taxes and user fees and other like fees assessed by any Governmental Authority (collectively, “Taxes”) on, or allocable to (i) the Building or (ii) the Land, open areas, public areas and amenities, plazas, Common Areas and other non-leasable areas of the Building or Land which Landlord shall be obligated to pay because of or in connection with the ownership or operation of the Building and reasonable expenses of and fees for any formal or informal proceedings for negotiation or abatement of taxes (collectively, “Abatement Expenses”). Without limiting the foregoing, Taxes shall include payments in lieu of taxes or otherwise pursuant to M.G.L. c. 121A and any Section 6A contract to which the Land is subject. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if: (x) Landlord subjects the Project to a condominium, then Real Estate Taxes shall mean all Taxes assessed against the unit(s) of the condominium that contain the Building, and (y) Landlord subdivides the Land, then the Real Estate Taxes shall mean all Real Estate Taxes assessed against the subdivided portion of the Land that contains the Building. For so long as the Building and Land are not separately assessed from the 401 Building and the land on which the 401 Building is located, Real Estate Taxes shall be determined as follows: (1) Real Estate Taxes shall include any Taxes attributable to any improvements on the 201 Building Land, based upon reasonable evidence provided by the tax assessor for the City of Boston, (2) Real Estate Taxes shall not include any Taxes attributable to the 401 Building, and (3) Real Estate Taxes shall include an allocation of taxes attributable to the Land based on Landlord’s reasonable determination of the portion of the Land that is reasonably related to the Building. Landlord’s allocation, if made in good faith, shall be final. The amount of special taxes or special assessments to be included in Taxes shall be limited to the amount of the installment (plus any interest other than penalty interest payable thereon) of such special tax or special assessment required to be paid during the year in respect of which such taxes are being determined. There shall be excluded from such Taxes all income, estate, succession, inheritance and transfer taxes; provided, however, that if at any time during the Lease Term the present system of ad valorem taxation of real property shall be changed so that in lieu of, or in addition to, the whole or any part of the ad valorem tax on real property, there shall be assessed on Landlord a capital levy or other tax on the gross rents received with respect to the Building or Land, or a Federal, State, County, Municipal, or other local franchise, excise or similar tax, assessment, levy or charge (distinct from any now in effect in the jurisdiction in which the Building is located) measured by or based, in whole or in part, upon any such gross rents, then any and all of such taxes, assessments, levies or charges, to the extent so measured or based, shall be deemed to be included within the term Taxes but only to the extent that the same would be payable if the Building and Land, were the only property of Landlord.

(d) If during the Lease Term the Tax Year is changed by applicable law to less than a full 12-month period, the Taxes Allocable to the Premises shall be proportionately reduced.

24

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

5.2 Tenant’s Payment of Taxes

Commencing as of the Rent Commencement Date and continuing thereafter throughout the remainder of the Term of the Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, Tenant’s Share of Real Estate Taxes (“Tenant’s Tax Share”). Landlord may make a good faith estimate of the Taxes to be due by Tenant for any Tax Period or part thereof during the Term, and Tenant shall pay to Landlord, on the Rent Commencement Date and on the first (1st) day of each calendar month thereafter, an amount equal to Tenant’s Tax Share for such Tax Period or part thereof divided by the number of months therein. Landlord may not more than two (2) times per Tax Year (including the adjustment at the end of each Tax Year) estimate and re-estimate Tenant’s Tax Share and deliver a copy of the estimate or re-estimate to Tenant. Thereafter, the monthly installments of Tenant’s Tax Share shall be appropriately adjusted in accordance with the estimations so that, by the end of the Tax Period in question, Tenant shall have paid all of Tenant’s Tax Share as estimated by Landlord. Any amounts paid based on such an estimate shall be subject to adjustment as herein provided when actual Taxes are available for each Tax Period. If the total of such monthly remittances is greater than Tenant’s Tax Share actually due for such Tax Period, then, Landlord shall credit the difference against the next installment of Additional Rent on account of Taxes due hereunder, except that if such difference is determined after the end of the Term, Landlord shall refund such difference to Tenant within thirty (30) days after such determination to the extent that such difference exceeds any amounts then due from Tenant to Landlord. If the total of such remittances is less than Tenant’s Tax Share actually due for such Tax Period, Tenant shall pay the difference to Landlord, as Additional Rent hereunder, within thirty (30) days of Tenant’s receipt of an invoice therefor, which invoice shall include a copy of the applicable tax bill. Landlord’s estimate for the next Tax Period shall be based upon actual Taxes for the prior Tax Period plus a reasonable adjustment based upon estimated future Taxes. Landlord shall provide Tenant with a copy of each Tax bill received by Landlord within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s receipt of such Tax bill; provided however, that in no event shall Landlord’s failure to timely deliver any Tax bill de deemed to be a default by Landlord in its obligations hereunder or be considered to be a waiver of Landlord’s right to receive payment from Tenant of Tenant’s Tax Share imposed pursuant to such Tax bill. The provisions of this Section 5.2 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

Article VI
OPERATING EXPENSES

6.1 Definitions

For the purposes of this Article VI:

(a) “Expense Pools” shall be defined as the amount of Operating Expenses, as hereinafter defined, which are allocated by Landlord, in accordance with this Section 6.1(a) either to a Portion of the Building Expense Pool (as hereinafter defined), the entirety of the Building (“Building Expense Pool”), or the entirety of the Project (“Project Expense Pool”). An Operating Expense shall be allocated by Landlord to an Expense Pool only if the rentable areas of the premises within such Expense Pool have the benefit from the service or facility on which such Operating Expense is based. With respect to an Operating Expense which benefits more than one Portion of the Building Expense Pool, allocation of such Operating Expense shall be made among

25

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

the Portions of the Building Expense Pools based upon the relative rentable areas within such Portions of the Building Expense Pool, unless Landlord has a reasonable basis for a different allocation. For example, premises janitorial services shall be allocated entirely to the Office Area Expense Pool, and insurance premiums relating to the Building shall be included in the Building Expense Pool. The “Portion of the Building Expense Pools” shall be defined as the Expense Pools for each of the Laboratory Area, Office Area, and Retail/Restaurant Area.

(b) “Tenant’s Expense Share” shall be defined as the sum of the shares of each Expense Pool which is allocable to Tenant. The Project Expense Pool, the Building Expense Pool, and the Laboratory Expense Pool shall all be allocated to Tenant on the basis of the relative square footage of the Premises to the aggregate square footage of the rentable areas within the applicable Expense Pool, unless Landlord has a reasonable basis for a different allocation.

(c) “Operating Expenses” means the cost of maintenance, repair, replacement, management and operation of the Building and the Building’s share of the cost of maintenance, repair, replacement, management and operation other areas of the Project as more specifically provided below. Notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, Operating Expenses shall not include Operating Expense Exclusions, as set forth in Section 6.2, Operating Expenses shall include, without limitation:

(i) compensation, wages and all fringe benefits, workmen’s compensation insurance premiums and payroll taxes paid to, for or with respect to all persons for their services below the level of general manager in the operating, maintaining, managing, insuring or cleaning of the Building;

(ii) payments under service contracts with independent contractors for operating, maintaining or cleaning of the Project;

(iii) steam, water, sewer, gas, oil, electricity and telephone charges (excluding such utility charges separately chargeable to tenants for additional or separate services and electricity charges paid by Tenant) and costs of maintaining letters of credit or other security as may be required by utility companies as a condition of providing such services;

(iv) cost of maintenance, cleaning and repairs and replacements (other than repairs reimbursed from contractors under warranties or guarantees);

(v) cost of snow and ice removal and care of landscaping;

(vi) cost of building and cleaning supplies and equipment;

(vii) premiums for insurance carried with respect to the Building (including, without limitation, liability insurance, insurance against loss in case of fire or casualty and of monthly installments of Annual Fixed Rent and any Additional Rent which may be due under this Lease and other leases of space in the Building for not more than twelve (12) months in the case of both Annual Fixed Rent and Additional Rent and, if there be any first mortgage on the Building, including such insurance as may be required by the holder of such first mortgage);

26

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

(viii) Operating Expenses related to the operation of the open areas, public areas and amenities, plazas, Common Areas, facilities and other non-leasable areas of the Project and other mixed use common area maintenance costs incurred by Landlord and allocated to the Project and any shuttle buses and other like amenities, for use of tenants of the Project either alone or in common with tenants of other buildings in the Project;

(ix) depreciation for capital improvements made by Landlord during the Lease Term (x) to reduce Operating Expenses if Landlord reasonably shall have determined on the basis of independent, third party engineering estimates that the annual reduction in Operating Expenses shall exceed depreciation therefor or (y) to comply with Legal Requirements not in effect as of the Effective Date (the capital expenditures described in subsections (x) and (y) being hereinafter referred to as “Permitted Capital Expenditures”) plus, in the case of both (x) and (y), an interest factor, reasonably determined by Landlord, as being the interest rate then charged for long term mortgages by institutional lenders on like properties within the general locality in which the Building is located, and depreciation in the case of both (x) and (y) shall be determined by dividing the original cost of such capital expenditure by the number of years of useful life of the capital item acquired, which useful life shall be determined reasonably by Landlord in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and practices consistently applied in effect at the time of acquisition of the capital item; provided, however, if Landlord reasonably concludes on the basis of engineering estimates that a particular capital expenditure will effect savings in other Operating Expenses, including, without limitation, energy related costs, and that such projected savings will, on an annual basis (“Projected Annual Savings”), exceed the annual depreciation therefor, then and in such event the amount of depreciation for such capital expenditure shall be increased to an amount equal to the Projected Annual Savings; and in such circumstance, the increased depreciation (in the amount of the Projected Annual Savings) shall be made for such period of time as it would take to fully amortize the cost of the item in question, together with interest thereon at the interest rate as aforesaid in equal monthly payments, each in the amount of 1/12th of the Projected Annual Savings, with such payment to be applied first to interest and the balance to principal;

(x) any reasonable costs or expenses incurred by Landlord in implementing the provisions of Exhibit 7.12.

(xi) all other reasonable and necessary expenses paid in connection with the operating, cleaning and maintenance of the Building or said Common Areas and facilities and properly chargeable against income.

6.2 Operating Expense Exclusions Defined

Operating Expense Exclusions” shall mean:

(a) Real Estate Taxes and Abatement Expenses;

(b) principal and interest on indebtedness, debt amortization (except to the extent that the same are included as the result of Permitted Capital Expenditures), and fixed and percentage ground rent paid by Landlord in connection with any mortgages, deeds of trust or other financing encumbrances, or ground leases of the Building;

27

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

(c) capital improvements, capital repairs, capital alterations or other capital items to the Building and/or the Project other than Permitted Capital Expenditures;

(d) legal, auditing, consulting and professional fees and other costs paid or incurred in connection with financings, refinancings or sales of any interest in Landlord or of Landlord’s interest in the Building or in connection with any ground lease;

(e) legal fees, space planner’s fees, architect’s fees, leasing and brokerage commissions, advertising and promotional expenditures and any other marketing expense incurred in connection with the leasing of space in the Building (including new leases, lease amendments, lease terminations and lease renewals);

(f) the cost of any items to the extent to which such cost is reimbursed to Landlord by tenants of the Building (other than pursuant to this Article VI), or other third parties, or is covered by a warranty to the extent of reimbursement for such coverage;

(g) expenditures for any leasehold improvement which is made in connection with the preparation of any portion of the Building for occupancy by any tenant or which is not made generally to or for the benefit of the Building;

(h) the cost of performing work or furnishing service to or for any tenant other than Tenant, at Landlord’s expense, to the extent such work or service is in excess of any work or service Landlord is obligated to provide to Tenant or generally to other tenants in the Building at Landlord’s expense;

(i) the cost of repairs or replacements incurred by reason of fire or other casualty, or condemnation (other than costs not in excess of any commercially reasonable deductible on any insurance maintained by Landlord which provides a recovery for such repair or replacement);

(j) expenses related solely and exclusively to the operation of the Parking Facilities;

(k) fees, costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with or relating to claims against or disputes with tenants of the Building;

(l) interest, fines or penalties for late payments by Landlord, if any;

(m) interest, fines or penalties for violations of Legal Requirements by Landlord, if any, except if such interest, fines or penalties are incurred as a result of a violation of a Legal Requirement by Tenant, Tenant shall be responsible for the full amount of such expense;

(n) costs and expenses incurred for the administration of the entity which constitutes Landlord, as the same are distinguished from the costs of operation, management, maintenance and repair of the Project, including, without limitation, entity accounting and legal matters;

(o) the wages and benefits of any employee who does not devote substantially all of his or her employed time to the Building unless such wages and benefits are prorated on a

28

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

reasonable basis to reflect time spent on the operation and management of the Project vis-a-vis time spent on matters unrelated to the operation and management of the Project;

(p) except as may be otherwise expressly provided in this Lease with respect to specific items, the cost of any services or materials provided by any party related to Landlord, to the extent such cost exceeds, the reasonable cost for such services or materials absent such relationship in self-managed buildings similar to the Building in the vicinity of the Building;

(q) depreciation for the Building and the Project;

(r) management or administrative fees;

(s) any costs or expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement of Landlord’s Warranty (as hereinafter defined);

(t) legal fees or other expenses incurred in connection with negotiating and enforcing leases, letters, deal memos, letters of intent, subleases and/or assignments with tenants or occupants in the Building, including costs incurred in connection with consents and approvals under leases in the Building;

(u) the cost of remediating Hazardous Materials from the Building or the Project other than Included Hazardous Materials, as hereinafter defined; “Included Hazardous Materials” shall be defined as all Hazardous Materials, other than: (A) any material or substance located on the Land on the Effective Date which, as of the Effective Date, is not considered under then existing Legal Requirements, to be Hazardous Material, but which is subsequently determined to be a Hazardous Material by reason of a Legal Requirement which first becomes effective after the Effective Date of this Lease, and (B) any material or substance that is introduced to the Building or the Land after the Effective Date which, when introduced to the Building or the Land, is not then (i.e., at the time of introduction to the Building or the Land) considered, as a matter of any Legal Requirement, to be a Hazardous Material, but which is subsequently determined to be a Hazardous Material by reason of Legal Requirements which first becomes effective after the date of introduction of such material or substance to the Building or Land;

(v) the cost of installing any specialty service, such as an observatory, broadcasting facilities, child or daycare, restaurant, fitness facility, theatre or cafe in the Building;

(w) advertising, lobbying, marketing and promotional expenditures, and costs of acquisition and maintenance of signs in or on the Building exclusively identifying the owner of the Building or exclusively identifying other tenants;

(x) lease payments for rental equipment (other than equipment for which depreciation is properly charged as an expense) that would constitute a capital expenditure if the equipment were purchased to the extent that such lease payments exceed the amount which would have been included in Operating Expenses if such equipment had been purchased rather than leased;

(y) penalties or fees or damages incurred by Landlord due to the violation by Landlord or any tenant of the terms and conditions of any lease of space in the Building;

29

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

(z) cost of acquiring sculptures, paintings and other works of art or charitable or political contributions;

(aa) all other items for which another party compensates or pays so that Landlord shall not recover any item of cost more than once;

(bb) all costs and expenses paid by Landlord pursuant to the TAPA prior to the issuance of a certificate of occupancy for the Building, but Landlord may include in Operating Expenses any ongoing costs and expenses to be paid by Landlord to comply with the TAPA after issuance of a certificate of occupancy for the Building; and

(cc) rent for any office space occupied by Project management personnel to the extent the size or rental rate for such office space exceeds the size or fair market rental value of office space occupied by management personnel of comparable buildings.

6.3 Payment of Tenant’s Expense Share.

(a) Commencing as of the Rent Commencement Date and continuing thereafter throughout the remainder of the Term of the Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, Tenant’s Expense Share. Landlord may not more than two (2) times per calendar year (including the adjustment at the end of each calendar year) make a good faith estimate of Tenant’s Expense Share for any fiscal year or part thereof during the Term, and Tenant shall pay to Landlord, on the Rent Commencement Date and on the first (1st) day of each calendar month thereafter, an amount equal to Tenant’s Expense Share for such fiscal year and/or part thereof divided by the number of months therein. Landlord may estimate and re-estimate Tenant’s Expense Share and deliver a copy of the estimate or re-estimate to Tenant. Thereafter, the monthly installments of Tenant’s Expense Share shall be appropriately adjusted in accordance with the estimations so that, by the end of the fiscal year in question, Tenant shall have paid all of Tenant’s Expense Share as estimated by Landlord. Any amounts paid based on such an estimate shall be subject to adjustment as herein provided when actual Operating Expenses are available for each fiscal year. As of the Effective Date, the fiscal year for the payment of Operating Expenses is January 1 - December 31.

(b) Within one hundred fifty (150) days after the end of the first calendar year or fraction thereof ending December 31 and of each succeeding calendar year during the Lease Term or fraction thereof at the end of the Lease Term, Landlord shall render Tenant a statement (“Year End Statement”) in reasonable detail and according to usual accounting practices, showing for the preceding calendar year or fraction thereof, as the case may be, the Operating Expenses for the Building and the Tenant’s Expense Share. Said statement to be rendered to Tenant also shall show for the preceding year or fraction thereof, as the case may be, the amounts already paid by Tenant on account of Tenant’s Expense Share and the amount of Tenant’s Expense Share remaining due from, or overpaid by, Tenant for the year or other period covered by the statement.

(c) If such Year End Statement shows a balance remaining due to Landlord, Tenant shall pay same to Landlord on or before the thirtieth (30th) day following receipt by Tenant of said Year End Statement. Any balance shown as due to Tenant shall be credited against Annual Fixed Rent next due, or refunded to Tenant if within sixty (60) days after the end of the Lease

30

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

Term. Landlord’s failure to render any Year End Statement on a timely basis with respect to any calendar year shall not prejudice Landlord’s right to thereafter render a Year End Statement with respect to such calendar year or any subsequent calendar year, nor shall the rendering of a Year End Statement prejudice Landlord’s right to thereafter render a corrected Year End Statement for that calendar year; provided Landlord shall have waived reimbursement as to any item, cost or expense not billed to Tenant within two (2) years after the end of the calendar year to which such item, cost or expense relates.

6.4 Tenant’s Audit Rights.

Subject to the provisions of this Section 6.4, Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant’s cost and expense, to examine all documentation and calculations prepared in the determination of the Tenant’s Expense Share and any utility payments hereunder:

(i) Tenant shall have the right to make such examination no more than once in respect of any period in which Landlord has given Tenant a statement of the actual amount of Operating Expenses (the “Operating Expense Statement”). Tenant shall have no right to examine all documentation and calculations pursuant to this Section 6.4 unless Tenant has paid the amount shown on the Operating Expense Statement. Tenant shall exercise such right by giving Landlord written notice (the “Documentation Request”) no more than one hundred eighty (180) days after Landlord gives Tenant an Operating Expense Statement in respect of such period (the “Documentation Request Due Date”) (or if Landlord subsequently charges Tenant for any amount respecting any period covered by a prior Operating Expense Statement, Tenant shall have one hundred eighty (180) days after notice of such subsequent charge to exercise Tenant’s rights under this Section 6.4 as to such charge).

(ii) Such documentation and calculations shall be made available to Tenant at the offices in the Greater Boston area where Landlord keeps such records during normal business hours within a reasonable time not to exceed sixty (60) days after Landlord receives a Documentation Request. Landlord shall notify Tenant (the “Documentation Availability Notice”) when such documents and calculations are available for examination.

(iii) Such examination (the “Examination”) may be made only by a nationally or regionally recognized independent certified public accounting firm (a “Major CPA Firm ), or by another certified public accounting firm reasonably approved by Landlord, in either case licensed to do business in the jurisdiction where the Project is located. Without limiting Landlord’s approval rights, Landlord may withhold its approval of any examiner of Tenant who is representing, or in the case of an examiner other than a Major CPA Firm) has within the last two (2) years prior to Tenant’s request represented, any other tenant in the Project. In no event shall Tenant use any examiner who is being paid by Tenant on a contingent fee basis.

(iv) As a condition to performing any such Examination, Tenant and its examiners shall be required to execute and deliver to Landlord an agreement, in form reasonably acceptable to Landlord, agreeing to keep confidential any information which it discovers about Landlord or the Project in connection with such examination.

31

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

(v) Provided that the Landlord provides reasonable access to the documentation, the Examination shall be commenced within forty-five (45) days after Landlord delivers the Documentation Availability Notice and shall be concluded within one hundred twenty (120) days of its commencement.

(vi) If, after the Examination with respect to any calendar year, it is finally determined that: (a) Tenant has made an overpayment on account of the Tenant’s Expense Share, Landlord shall credit such overpayment against the next installment(s) of Fixed Rent thereafter payable by Tenant, except that if such overpayment is determined after the termination or expiration of the Term, Landlord shall promptly refund to Tenant the amount of such overpayment less any amounts then due from Tenant to Landlord; or (b) Tenant has made an underpayment on account of the Tenant’s Expense Share Tenant shall, within thirty (30) days of such determination, pay such underpayment to Landlord; and (c) if the amount of the Tenant’s Expense Share was overstated by more than five percent (5%), Landlord shall pay Tenant’s reasonable out-of-pocket cost for such audit.

(vii) Time is of the essence of the provisions of this Section 6.4. Should Tenant fail to give Landlord the Documentation Request by the Documentation Request Due Date (subject to the provisions of Section 6.4(i)), then in any such case Tenant shall have no further right to question said Operating Expenses, and the amounts shown on Operating Expense Statement shall be final as between the parties

Article VII
BUILDING SERVICES

7.1 Building Services

Throughout the Term, Landlord shall provide the Building services to Tenant set forth in this Article VII, subject to reimbursement as part of Operating Expenses (except as otherwise provided herein). In addition, Landlord agrees to furnish, at Tenant’s expense, such additional special services as may be mutually agreed upon by Landlord and Tenant, upon reasonable and equitable rates from time to time established by Landlord. Tenant agrees to pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, the cost of any such additional Building services requested by Tenant and agreed to be provided by Landlord within thirty (30) days after delivery of an invoice therefor. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Article VII, Landlord shall not be required to furnish any other services to the Premises.

7.2 Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning

The parties hereby acknowledge that Base Building portion of the HVAC System (“Base Building HVAC System”) to be installed by Landlord as part of Landlord’s Work, will provide: (i) chilled water (“Chilled Water”) to be utilized by the portion of the HVAC System to be installed by Tenant as part of Tenant’s Work (“Premises HVAC Equipment”), (ii) condenser water (“Condenser Water”) which may, if applicable, be utilized by Tenant to serve supplemental air conditioning units and related equipment (“Supplemental HVAC Equipment”) to cool areas in the Premises used by for the operation of telecommunications and other specialized equipment which may be installed by Tenant in accordance with the provisions of this Lease, and (iii) hot

32

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

water for heating (“Hot Water”). Landlord shall not be responsible based upon any failure or defect in either the Premises HVAC Equipment and/or any Supplemental HVAC Equipment or Tenant’s use of the Premises which exceeds the electrical, human occupancy or environmental factors for which the Premises HVAC Equipment or Supplemental HVAC Equipment is designed. Tenant shall install (as part of Tenant’s Work) one or more submeters to measure Tenant’s use of Chilled Water and, if applicable, Condenser Water and Hot Water in the Premises, and Tenant shall pay the actual utility cost of Tenant’s use of the Chilled Water and, if applicable, Condenser Water and Hot Water, as measured by said submeter(s). From and after the Occupancy Date or such later date as Chilled Water and, if applicable, Condenser Water and Hot Water, is provided to the Premises, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, on demand from time to time, but not more frequently than monthly, for Chilled Water and, if applicable, Condenser Water and Hot Water, based on such submeter(s) (“Tenant’s HVAC Charge”). At Landlord’s election, on a monthly basis at the time and in the fashion herein provided for the payment of Annual Fixed Rent, Tenant shall pay Landlord, as Additional Rent, an amount equal to 1/12th of the annual amount of Tenant’s HVAC Charge, as reasonably estimated by Landlord. Following the end of each full or partial calendar year during the Lease Term, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a statement setting forth the amount of Tenant’s HVAC Charge based on Tenant’s actual usage of Chilled Water and, if applicable, Condenser Water and Hot Water, for the partial or full calendar year in question and the sum of Tenant’s HVAC Charge estimates that have been paid by Tenant. If the amount of Tenant’s HVAC Charge exceeds the sum of the Tenant’s HVAC Charge estimates paid by Tenant for such period, Tenant shall pay Landlord the difference within thirty (30) days after receipt of such statement. If the sum of the Tenant’s HVAC Charge estimates paid by Tenant for such period exceeds Tenant’s HVAC Charge for such period, Landlord shall credit the difference toward the Tenant’s HVAC Charge estimate payment(s) next due and, at the end of the Lease Term, refund any excess amount of Tenant’s HVAC Charge estimates paid by Tenant, less the amount of any moneys owed to Landlord by Tenant.

7.3 Electricity

Landlord shall provide electricity to the Premises through the base building electrical system to be installed by Landlord as part of Landlord’s Work. Tenant’s electrical use in the Premises shall be sub-metered and from and after the Occupancy Date, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, on demand from time to time, but not more frequently than monthly, for its consumption of electricity based on such submeter(s) (“Tenant’s Electricity Charge”). At Landlord’s election, on a monthly basis at the time and in the fashion herein provided for the payment of Annual Fixed Rent, Tenant shall pay Landlord, as Additional Rent, an amount equal to 1/12th of the annual cost, as reasonably estimated by Landlord, of the cost of Tenant’s consumption of electricity. Following the end of each full or partial calendar year during the Lease Term, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a statement setting forth the amount of Tenant’s Electricity Charge based on Tenant’s actual usage of electricity service for the partial or full calendar year in question and the sum of the Electricity Charge estimates that have been paid by Tenant. If the amount of Tenant’s Electricity Charge exceeds the sum of the Electricity Charge estimates paid by Tenant for such period, Tenant shall pay Landlord the difference within thirty (30) days after receipt of such statement. If the sum of the Electricity Charge estimates paid by Tenant for such period exceeds Tenant’s Electricity Charge for such period, Landlord shall credit the difference toward the Electricity Charge estimate payment(s) next due and, at the end of the Lease Term, refund any excess amount of Electricity Charge estimates paid by Tenant, less the amount of any

33

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

moneys owed to Landlord by Tenant. Tenant shall maintain in good order and repair (and replace, if necessary) all meters serving the Premises. Tenant shall not install or use within the Premises any equipment, appliance or machine which shall require amounts of electrical energy exceeding the standard capacity provided for the Premises pursuant to Exhibit 2.1, unless the installation and use of such additional equipment, appliance, or machine has been approved by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. If Tenant fails to pay any charges for electricity on a timely basis, and such failure remains uncured for thirty (30) days after notice thereof to Tenant, then Landlord may pay such charges directly to the utility company, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord as Additional Rent for all amounts reasonably expended by Landlord in connection therewith within thirty (30) days after receipt of an invoice therefor, except as expressly set forth in this Lease. Landlord shall not be liable in any way to Tenant for any failure, defect or interruption of, or change in the supply, character and/or quantity of electricity service furnished to the Premises by any utility provider.

7.4 Water

Landlord shall provide (i) cold water to each floor of the Building on which the Premises are located for Base Building equipment only, the cost of which shall be included in Operating Expenses, and (ii) hot and cold water to the core restrooms on each floor of the Building on which the Premises are located, the cost of which shall be included in Operating Expenses. Tenant shall pay the cost of heating water and of redistributing water within the Premises and/or additional water capacity, and for all maintenance, repairs and replacements of all installations, improvements, and equipment relating thereto. Tenant shall install (as part of Tenant’s Work) one or more submeters to measure Tenant’s use such water. From and after the Occupancy Date or such later date as water is provided to the Premises, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, on demand from time to time, but not more frequently than monthly, for such water, based on such submeter(s).

7.5 Gas

Landlord shall provide gas service to the Base Building equipment only, the cost of which shall be included in Operating Expenses. Tenant shall install (as part of Tenant’s Work) one or more submeters to measure Tenant’s use such gas. From and after the Occupancy Date or such later date as gas is provided to the Premises, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, on demand from time to time, but not more frequently than monthly, for such gas, based on such submeter(s).

7.6 Elevators

Landlord shall provide passenger elevator service to the floors on which the Premises is located and two (2) freight elevator service on a non-exclusive basis with other tenants of the Building. Subject to Force Majeure, Landlord shall provide sufficient passenger elevator service to each floor of the Premises on a twenty-four hours (24) a day, seven (7) days a week, three hundred sixty-five (365) days a year basis subject always to restrictions based on emergency conditions and with at least three (3) elevators in the Building in operation at all times during Normal Business Hours on business days and at least one (1) elevator in operation twenty-four (24) hours per day.

34

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

7.7 Common Areas

Landlord shall provide in the Common Areas of the Building: electricity for normal lighting purposes, customary heating, air conditioning, cleaning and trash removal services on business days and routine repair and maintenance in such manner as Landlord deems reasonable in order to maintain the first-class character of the Building.

7.8 Access and Security

So long as Tenant, and any person accessing the Premises pursuant to Tenant ‘s access rights hereunder (“Tenant’s Accessees”) shall comply with Landlord’s reasonable security program for the Project, Landlord shall provide Tenant with, and Tenant’s Accessees shall have, access to the Building and Premises twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per week, during the Term of this Lease, except in an emergency or due to casualty or Force Majeure. Outside of normal business hours, Landlord may restrict access to the Building in accordance with the Building security system. Tenant shall be responsible for all security for and within the Premises and provide such security for and within the Premises as Tenant deems appropriate, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. All security systems installed by Tenant shall be subject to Landlord’s approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, and shall be compatible with the base Building systems. Throughout the Term Landlord shall provide the following for the Building and site: (i) manned security in the Building lobby during Normal Business Hours; (ii) turnstile access control from the lobby(ies) of the Building and elevator access control; and (iii) video/camera/closed circuit television monitoring in and around the Building. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the maximum extent permitted by Legal Requirements, in no event shall Landlord have any liability or obligation to Tenant arising from any claims for loss, injury or damage to persons or property in connection therewith.

7.9 Tenant’s Telecommunications Provider

Tenant shall have the right to select its own telecommunications provider (“Tenant’s Telecom Provider”) for the Premises for telecommunications services, excluding a DAS or similar system, which may be installed in the Building only by Landlord. Subject to Tenant’s Telecom Provider entering into reasonable access agreement with Landlord consistent with this Section 7.10, Landlord shall permit Tenant’s Telecom Provider to install cabling to Tenant’s floors, and to have access to the Office Portion of the Building and the Premises to install telecommunications equipment, using a portion of available Building shafts, conduits, and related telecommunications rooms (on floors on which the Premises is located and in Building shafts proportionate to the portion of the Building leased by Tenant). All such installations and replacements from time to time shall be made by Tenant or the applicable service provider in accordance with Article IX.

7.10 No Damage

(a) Subject to Section 7.11, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any compensation or reduction of rent by reason of inconvenience or annoyance or for loss of business arising from the necessity of Landlord or its agents entering the Premises for any purposes authorized in this Lease, or for repairing or replacing the Premises or any portion of the Building

35

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

or Project however the necessity may occur, which entry, repair and replacement shall be performed in accordance with the provisions of this Lease. If Landlord is prevented or delayed from making any repairs, alterations or improvements, or furnishing any services or performing any other covenant or duty to be performed on Landlord’s part, by reason of any cause reasonably beyond Landlord’s control, including, without limitation, by reason of Force Majeure or for any cause due to any act or neglect of Tenant or Tenant’s servants, agents, employees, licensees or any person claiming by, through or under Tenant, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant therefor, nor, except as expressly otherwise provided in this Lease, shall Tenant be entitled to any abatement or reduction of rent by reason thereof, or right to terminate this Lease, nor shall the same give rise to a claim in Tenant’s favor that such failure constitutes actual or constructive, total or partial, eviction from the Premises.

(b) Landlord reserves the right to stop any service or utility system, when necessary by reason of accident or emergency, or until necessary repairs have been completed; provided, however, that in each instance of stoppage, Landlord shall exercise reasonable diligence to eliminate the cause thereof. Except in case of emergency repairs, Landlord will give Tenant reasonable advance notice of any contemplated stoppage and will use reasonable efforts to avoid unnecessary inconvenience to Tenant by reason thereof.

7.11 Tenant’s Remedy in the Event of Service Interruption

The provisions of this Section 7.11 set forth Tenant’s sole right and remedy, both in law and in equity, in the event of any Service Interruption, as hereinafter defined. In the event that: (i) there shall be an interruption, curtailment or suspension of any service or failure to perform any obligation required to be provided or performed by Landlord pursuant to Article VII (and no reasonably equivalent alternative service or supply is provided by Landlord) that shall materially interfere with Tenant’s use and enjoyment of the Premises, or any portion thereof (any such event, a “Service Interruption”), and (ii) such Service Interruption shall continue for five (5) consecutive business days following receipt by Landlord of written notice (the “Service Interruption Notice”) from Tenant describing such Service Interruption (“Abatement Service Interruption Cure Period”), and (iii) such Service Interruption shall not have been caused by an act or omission of Tenant or Tenant’s agents, employees, or contractors (an event that satisfies the foregoing conditions (i)-(iii) being referred to hereinafter as a “Material Service Interruption”) then, Tenant, subject to the next following sentence, shall be entitled to an equitable abatement of Annual Fixed Rent, Tenant’s Tax Share, and Tenant’s Expense Share based on the nature and duration of the Material Service Interruption and the area of the Premises affected, for any and all days following the Abatement Service Interruption Cure Period that both (x) the Material Service Interruption is continuing and (y) Tenant does not use such affected areas of the Premises for a bona fide business purpose. Any efforts by Tenant to respond or react to any Material Service Interruption, including, without limitation, any activities by Tenant to remove its personal property from the affected areas of the Premises, shall not constitute a use that precludes abatement pursuant to this Section 7.11. The Abatement Service Interruption Cure Period shall be extended by reason of any delays in Landlord’s ability to cure the Service Interruption in question caused by Force Majeure, provided however, that in no event shall the Abatement Service Interruption Cure Period with respect to any Service Interruption be longer than ten (10) consecutive business days after Landlord receives the applicable Service Interruption Notice.

36

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

The provisions of this Section 7.11 shall not apply in the event of a Service Interruption caused by Casualty or Taking (see Article XIV hereof).

7.12 Sustainability Initiative; Consumption Data. See Exhibit 7.12.

Article VIII
TENANT’S REPAIRS

8.1 Structural Repairs

Except for damage caused by fire or casualty and by eminent domain which shall be repaired by Landlord subject to the terms and conditions of Article XIV, Landlord shall, throughout the Lease Term, keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained, in good order, and in first-class condition and repair the Building and Common Areas including, without limitation, the following portions of the Building: the structural portions of the roof, the roof membrane, the exterior and load bearing walls, the foundation, the structural columns and floor slabs and other structural elements of the Building. Tenant shall, subject to the terms and conditions of Section 13.5 and of Article XIV, pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, the cost of any and all such repairs which may be required as a result of repairs, alterations, or installations made by Tenant or any subtenant, assignee, licensee or concessionaire of Tenant or any agent, servant, employee or contractor of any of them or to the extent of any loss, destruction or damage caused by the misuse, default, negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or any Tenant Parties.

8.2 Other Repairs to be Made by Landlord

Except for damage caused by fire or casualty and by eminent domain which shall be repaired by Landlord subject to the terms and conditions of Article XIV, and except as otherwise provided in this Lease, Landlord agrees to keep and maintain, or cause to be kept and maintained, in good order, and in first-class condition and repair the Base Building systems, Common Areas and facilities of the Building, except that Landlord shall in no event be responsible to Tenant for (x) the condition of glass in the Premises (other than for glass in exterior walls for which Landlord shall be responsible unless, subject to the provisions of Section 13.5 and Article XIV, the damage thereto is attributable to Tenant’s or any Tenant Party’s misuse, default, negligence or willful misconduct, in which event the responsibility therefor shall be Tenant’s), (y) any condition in the Premises or the Building caused by any negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or any agent, employee, contractor, assignee, subtenant, licensee, concessionaire or invitee of Tenant or (z) any specialized HVAC equipment installed by Tenant, which shall be Tenant’s responsibility. Without limitation, Landlord shall not be responsible to make any improvements or repairs to the Building or the Premises other than as expressly provided in Section 8.1 or in this Section 8.2, unless expressly otherwise provided in this Lease.

8.3 Tenant’s Repairs and Maintenance

(a) Subject to Landlord’s obligations in Sections 8.1 and 8.2 above, Tenant covenants and agrees that, from and after the date that possession of the Premises is delivered to Tenant and until the end of the Lease Term, Tenant will keep neat and clean and maintain in good order, condition and repair the Premises and every part thereof, including, without limitation, those portions of the heating, ventilating, air conditioning excluding the Base Building HVAC System,

37

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

plumbing and other Building systems equipment to the extent solely servicing the Premises, excepting only: (i) those repairs for which Landlord is responsible under the terms of Article VII and Article VIII of this Lease, (ii) damage by fire or casualty and as a consequence of the exercise of the power of eminent domain, and (iii) and normal wear and tear. Tenant shall not permit or commit any waste, and Tenant shall, subject to the provisions of Section 13.5 and Article XIV, be responsible for the cost of repairs which may be made necessary by reason of damages to Common Areas in the Building or the Project by the misuse, default, negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant and any Tenant Parties. Tenant shall maintain all its equipment, furniture and furnishings in good order and repair. With respect to the HVAC system and other systems within the Premises, Tenant specifically agrees to maintain at all times a service contract satisfactory to Landlord with respect thereto, furnishing evidence thereof (including renewals) to Landlord.

(b) Landlord Self-Help Right. If repairs are required to be made by Tenant pursuant to the terms hereof, and Tenant fails to make such repairs within thirty (30) days after written notice from Landlord (or such longer period of time as Tenant may reasonably require, so long as Tenant commences to perform such repair within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes such cure to completion, Landlord may (but shall not be required to do so) make or cause such repairs to be made and shall not be responsible to Tenant for any loss or damage that may accrue to Tenant’s stock or business by reason thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in an emergency, Landlord may exercise its right to make such repairs under the immediately preceding sentence without any prior notice to Tenant. If Landlord makes or causes such repairs to be made, Tenant agrees that Tenant will forthwith on demand, pay to Landlord as Additional Rent the reasonable cost thereof together with interest thereon at the rate specified in Section 16.17, and if Tenant shall default in such payment, Landlord shall have the remedies provided for non-payment of rent or other charges payable hereunder.

Article IX
ALTERATIONS

9.1 Landlord’s Approval

(a) Tenant covenants and agrees not to make Alterations to the Premises (collectively “Alterations”), whether before or during the Lease Term, except in accordance with plans and specifications therefor first approved by Landlord in writing, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. However, Landlord’s determination of matters relating to aesthetic issues relating to Alterations which are visible outside the Premises shall be in Landlord’s sole discretion. Without limiting such standard, Landlord shall not be deemed unreasonable:

(b) for withholding approval of any Alterations which (i) in Landlord’s opinion might affect any structural or exterior element of the Building, any area or element outside of the Premises or any facility or base building mechanical system serving any area of the Building outside of the Premises, or (ii) involve or affect the exterior design, size, height or other exterior dimensions of the Building, or (iii) enlarge the Rentable Floor Area of the Premises, or (iv) are inconsistent, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, with alterations satisfying Landlord’s standards for new alterations in the Building, or (v) will require unusual expense to readapt the Premises to normal office and laboratory use on Lease termination or increase the cost of construction or of

38

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

insurance or taxes on the Building or of the services called for by Article VII unless Tenant first gives assurance acceptable to Landlord for payment of such increased cost and that such readaptation will be made prior to such termination without expense to Landlord; and

(c) subject to Tenant’s rights and obligations and the limitations set forth in Section 9.5 below, for making its approval conditional on Tenant’s agreement to restore the Premises to its condition prior to such alteration, addition, or improvement at the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term.

(d) Landlord’s review and approval of any such plans and specifications or under Exhibit 2.1 and consent to perform work described therein shall not be deemed an agreement by Landlord that such plans, specifications and work conform with applicable all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, statutes, by-laws, court decisions, and orders and requirements of all public authorities (“Legal Requirements”) and requirements of insurers of the Building and the other requirements of the Lease with respect to Tenant’s insurance obligations (herein called “Insurance Requirements”) nor deemed a waiver of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease with respect to applicable Legal Requirements and Insurance Requirements nor impose any liability or obligation upon Landlord with respect to the completeness, design sufficiency or compliance of such plans, specifications and work with applicable Legal Requirements and Insurance Requirements. Further, Tenant acknowledges that Tenant is acting for its own benefit and account, and that Tenant shall not be acting as Landlord’s agent in performing any work in the Premises, accordingly, no contractor, subcontractor or supplier shall have a right to lien Landlord’s interest in the Project in connection with any such work. Within thirty (30) days after receipt of an invoice from Landlord, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as a fee for Landlord’s review of any plans or work, as Additional Rent, an amount equal to the sum of (i) $150.00 per hour, plus (ii) reasonable, actual third party expenses incurred by Landlord to review Tenant’s plans and Tenant’s work. Such fee shall be payable in connection with Landlord’s review of plans or work relating to any assignment or subletting. The parties expressly agree that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the fees payable with respect to the initial improvements shall be as set forth in Exhibit 2.1.

9.2 Conformity of Work

Tenant covenants and agrees that any alterations, additions, improvements or installations made by it to or upon the Premises shall be done in a good and workmanlike manner and in compliance with all applicable Legal Requirements and Insurance Requirements now or hereafter in force, that materials of first and otherwise good quality shall be employed therein, that the structure of the Building shall not be endangered or impaired thereby and that the Premises shall not be diminished in value thereby.

9.3 Performance of Work, Governmental Permits and Insurance

All of Tenant’s Alterations and installation of furnishings shall be coordinated with any work being performed by or for Landlord and in such manner as to maintain harmonious labor relations and not to damage the Building or Project or interfere with Building construction or operation and, except for installation of furnishings, shall be performed by contractors or workers first approved by Landlord. Except for work by Landlord’s general contractor, Tenant shall procure all necessary governmental permits before making any repairs, alterations, other

39

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

improvements or installations. Tenant agrees to save harmless and indemnify Landlord from any and all injury, loss, claims or damage to any person or property occasioned by or arising out of the doing of any such work whether the same be performed prior to or during the Term of this Lease except (subject to Section 13.5) to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or any Landlord Parties. At Landlord’s election, for any future Alterations the cost of which is expected to exceed $500,000.00, Tenant shall cause its contractor to obtain and maintain: (i) a payment and performance bond in such amount and with such companies as Landlord shall reasonably approve, and (ii) a lien bond, in recordable form, covering all work performed on the Premises. Tenant shall not be required to cause its contractor to obtain such bonds with respect to the initial improvements to be performed pursuant to Exhibit 2.1. In addition, Tenant shall cause each contractor to carry insurance in accordance with Schedule 1 of Exhibit 11.4-1 hereof and to deliver to Landlord certificates of all such insurance. Tenant shall also prepare and submit to Landlord a set of as-built plans, in both print and electronic forms, showing such work performed by Tenant to the Premises promptly after any such alterations, improvements or installations are substantially complete and promptly after any wiring or cabling for Tenant’s computer, telephone and other communications systems is installed by Tenant or Tenant’s contractor. Without limiting any of Tenant’s obligations hereunder, Tenant shall be responsible, as Additional Rent, for the costs of any Alterations in or to the Building that are required in order to comply with Legal Requirements as a result of any work performed by Tenant. Landlord shall, in accordance with Section 11.4, have the right to provide rules and regulations relative to the performance of any alterations, additions, improvements and installations by Tenant hereunder and Tenant shall abide by all such reasonable rules and regulations of which Tenant has prior notice and shall cause all of its contractors to so abide including, without limitation, payment for the costs of using Building services. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord shall be the owner of any additions, alterations and improvements in the Premises or the Building to the extent paid for by Landlord.

9.4 Liens

Tenant covenants and agrees to pay promptly when due the entire cost of any work done on the Premises by Tenant, its agents, employees or contractors, and not to cause or permit any liens for labor or materials performed or furnished in connection therewith to attach to the Premises or the Building or the Project and to discharge any such liens which may so attach within ten (10) days after notice thereof.

9.5 Nature of Alterations

All work, construction, repairs, Alterations or installations made to or upon the Premises (including, but not limited to, the construction performed by Landlord under Exhibit 2.1), shall become part of the Premises and shall become the property of Landlord and remain upon and be surrendered with the Premises as a part thereof upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term, except as follows:

(a) All trade fixtures and personal property whether by law deemed to be a part of the realty or not, installed at any time or times by Tenant or any person claiming under Tenant shall remain the property of Tenant or persons claiming under Tenant and may be removed by Tenant or any person claiming under Tenant at any time or times during the Lease Term or any occupancy by Tenant thereafter and shall be removed by Tenant at the expiration or earlier

40

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

termination of the Lease Term if so requested by Landlord. Tenant shall repair any damage to the Premises occasioned by the removal by Tenant or any person claiming under Tenant of any such property from the Premises.

(b) At the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term, Tenant shall remove any Alterations made with Landlord’s consent during the Lease Term for which such removal was made a condition of such consent under Section 9.1(b), provided, however, that Landlord shall only require Tenant to remove Alterations which are non-customary to general office or laboratory use or which have uniquely specialized requirements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall remove at the end of the Term the equipment listed on Exhibit 9.5-1, attached hereto and incorporated herein (collectively, the “Required Removables”). Upon such removal Tenant shall restore the Premises to their condition prior to such Alterations and repair any damage occasioned by such removal and restoration. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, Tenant shall not, without obtaining Landlord’s prior written agreement (which agreement Landlord may withhold in its sole discretion), remove any of the items listed on Exhibit 9.5-2. (collectively, “Installations which Must Remain”).

(c) If Tenant shall make any Alterations to the Premises for which Landlord’s approval is required under Section 9.1 without obtaining such approval, then at Landlord’s request at any time during the Lease Term, and at any event at the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term, Tenant shall remove such Alterations and restore the Premises to their condition prior to same and repair any damage occasioned by such removal and restoration. Nothing herein shall be deemed to be a consent to Tenant to make any such Alterations, the provisions of Section 9.1 being applicable to any such work.

9.6 Increases in Taxes

Tenant shall pay, as Additional Rent, one hundred percent (100%) of any increase in real estate taxes on the Building which shall result from Alterations to the Premises made by Tenant after the Rent Commencement Date if the taxing authority specifically determines such increase results from such Alterations made by Tenant.

9.7 Alterations Permitted Without Landlord’s Consent.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, Tenant shall have the right without obtaining the prior consent of Landlord, but upon prior notice to Landlord as provided below, to make Alterations to the Premises where: (i) the same are within the interior of the Premises, and do not affect the exterior of the Building and do not affect any of the Building’s systems or the ceiling of the Premises; (ii) the same do not affect the roof or any structural element of the Building, or the fire protection systems of the Building; (iii) the cost of any individual Alteration shall not exceed $100,000.00 in cost; (iv) Tenant shall comply with the provisions of this Lease, and if such work increases the cost of insurance or taxes, Tenant shall pay for any such increase in cost; and (v) Tenant gives Landlord at least five (5) business days’ prior notice describing such work in reasonable detail, accompanied by copies of plans and specifications therefor (to the extent plans and specifications are typically prepared in accordance with such work).

41

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

Article X
PARKING

10.1 Parking Privileges

(a) Number. Commencing as of the Occupancy Date, and continuing thereafter throughout the Term of this Lease, Tenant shall be entitled to monthly parking privileges (“Parking Privileges”) for .7 automobiles per 1,000 Rentable Floor Area of the Premises (i.e., forty-six (46) passenger automobiles) for the parking by Tenant’s employees and business invitees of motor vehicles in unreserved stalls in the Parking Facilities, as hereinafter defined. In the event that the Rentable Floor Area of the Premises decreases at any time during the Lease Term, the number of parking privileges provided to Tenant shall be reduced proportionately.

(b) Parking Facilities. The “Parking Facilities” shall be in the structured parking facilities in the Project (“On-Site Garage”), except that, at Landlord’s election (which may be exercised, from time to time during the Lease Term), up to fifty (50%) percent of the Parking Privileges will allow the Tenant employee holding such Parking Privileges to park at one of the following locations (“Alternative Parking Facilities”):

(i) Trilogy; or

(ii) Van Ness.

10.2 Parking Charges

Tenant shall pay to Landlord, the owner of the applicable Alternative Parking Facility, or, if directed by Landlord or such owner (if applicable), to the operator of the Parking Facility in question (each, sometimes referred to as a “Parking Facilities Manager”) fees for such parking privileges (“Parking Fees”) at the monthly rates from time to time charged by the applicable Parking Facility Manager, which rates shall not be in excess of market rates. Tenant acknowledges that said monthly charges to be paid under this Section are for the use by Tenant of the parking privileges referred to herein, and not for any other service. Tenant’s failure to make payment when due to the applicable Parking Facilities Manager shall be considered to be a failure in the payment of rent hereunder for which Landlord shall have all its rights and remedies under this Lease and at law and in equity.

10.3 Parking Facilities Operation

Unless otherwise determined by the applicable Parking Facilities Manager, each of the Parking Facilities are to be operated on a self-parking basis, and Tenant shall be obligated to park and remove its own automobiles, and Tenant’s parking shall be on an unreserved basis, Tenant having the right to park in any available stalls; provided, however, that Tenant’s right to park in the On-Site Garage shall be limited to any available stalls on levels P3 - P6 of the On-Site Garage. Tenant’s access and use privileges with respect to each of the Parking Facilities shall be in accordance with regulations of uniform applicability to the users of such Parking Facility, from time to time established by the applicable Parking Facilities Manager. Overnight parking is not permitted in any of the Parking Facilities. Tenant shall receive one (1) identification sticker or pass and one (1) magnetic card so-called, or other suitable device providing access to the applicable

42

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

Parking Facility, for each parking privilege paid for by Tenant. Tenant shall supply Parking Facilities Manager with an identification roster listing, for each identification sticker or pass, the name of the employee and the make, color and registration number of the vehicle to which it has been assigned, and shall provide a revised roster to Parking Facilities Manager monthly indicating changes thereto. Any automobile found parked in any of the Parking Facilities during normal business hours without appropriate identification will be subject to being towed at said automobile owner’s expense. The parking privileges granted herein are non-transferable (other than to a permitted assignee or subtenant pursuant to the applicable provisions of Article XII hereof). Each of the Parking Facilities Managers may institute at no additional cost to Tenant beyond the Parking Fees a so-called valet parking program for the Parking Facility which it operates, and in such event Tenant shall cooperate in all respects with such program. The Parking Facility Manager of the On-Site Garage shall have the right to alter the On-Site Garage, which it operates as it sees fit and in such case to change in the On-Site Garage, including the reduction in area of the same so long as Tenant’s Parking Privileges are not diminished or materially adversely affected, but subject to Landlord’s rights pursuant to this Article X. Other than a loss of Parking Privileges by reason of a Casualty, a Taking, or a temporary closure due to Force Majeure, it shall be deemed a material default of Landlord if there is a total loss of Tenant’s Parking Privileges.

10.4 Limitations

Tenant agrees that it and all persons claiming by, through and under it, shall at all times abide by all reasonable rules and regulations promulgated by Parking Facilities Manager with respect to the use of the Parking Facilities in accordance with Section 10.4. Except to the extent of its negligence or willful misconduct, Parking Facilities Manager does not assume any responsibility whatsoever for loss or damage due to fire or theft or otherwise to any automobile or to any personal property therein, however caused, and Tenant agrees, upon request from Parking Facilities Manager, from time to time, to notify its officers, employees and agents then using any of the parking privileges provided for herein, of such limitation of liability. Tenant further acknowledges and agrees that a license only is hereby granted, and no bailment is intended or shall be created.

Article XI
CERTAIN TENANT COVENANTS

Tenant covenants and agrees to the following during the Lease Term and for such further time as Tenant occupies any part of the Premises:

11.1 Rent.

To pay when due all Annual Fixed Rent and Additional Rent and all charges for utility services rendered to the Premises therefor except as otherwise provided in Article VII and, as further Additional Rent, all charges for additional and special services rendered pursuant to Article VII.

11.2 Use.

(a) Permitted Use. To use and occupy the Premises for the Permitted Use only, and not to injure or deface the Premises or the Building or the Project and not to permit in the

43

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

Premises any auction sale or, except in compliance with the provisions of Section 11.17 hereof, flammable fluids or chemicals, or nuisance, or the emission from the Premises of any objectionable noise or odor, nor to permit in the Premises anything which would in any way result in the leakage of fluid or the growth of mold, and not to use or devote the Premises or any part thereof for any purpose other than the Permitted Use, nor any use thereof which is inconsistent with the maintenance of the Building as an office and laboratory building of the first-class in the quality of its maintenance, use and occupancy, or which is improper, offensive taking into account the Permitted Use of the Premises (as determined in Landlord’s reasonable discretion based upon written complaints received from other occupants of the Building or Project), contrary to Legal Requirements or liable to invalidate or increase the premiums for any insurance on the Building or its contents or liable to render necessary any alteration or addition to the Building. Tenant shall use all service and utility areas (whether or not a part of the Premises) only for the particular purpose for which they are designed. Tenant shall keep the Premises equipped with appropriate safety appliances to the extent required by applicable Legal Requirements or Insurance Requirements.

(b) Vivarium. Tenant shall be responsible, at its sole expense, for the operation of a vivarium (“Tenant’s Vivarium”) located within the Premises in accordance with all Legal Requirements, with the standards for the operation of vivariums promulgated by the American Association for Laboratory Care, or its successor, and with best industry practices. Without limiting the general application of the foregoing, Tenant shall separately dispose of all waste products from the operation of Tenant’s Vivarium, including, without limitation, dead animals, strictly in accordance with Legal Requirements. Landlord shall have the right, from time to time by written notice to Tenant, to promulgate reasonable rules and regulations with respect to the operation of Tenant’s Vivarium so as to minimize any adverse effects that such operation may have on other occupants of the Building, including without limitation, regulations as to noise mitigation.

(c) Transportation of Animals. No animals, animal waste, food or supplies relating to the animals maintained from time to time in the animal storage areas of the Premises shall be transported within the Building except as provided in this Section 11.2. All deliveries of animals or animal food or supplies to Tenant at the Building shall be made prior to 11:00 a.m. No transportation of animals, animal waste, food or supplies within the Building shall occur between the hours of 6:00 p.m. and 7:00 a.m. At all times that animals are transported within the Common Areas, they shall be transported in an appropriate cage or other container so that no animals are visible and such container is labeled or marked in a manner which does not indicate that it contains an animal. At no time shall any animals, animal waste, food or supplies relating to the animals be brought into, transported through, or delivered to the lobby of the Building or be transported within the Building in elevators other than the freight elevators.

(d) Vacancy by Tenant. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, if Tenant shall abandon or vacate the entire Premises, other than by reason of a Casualty, a Taking, the performance of Alterations in the Premises or a temporary closure due to Force Majeure, for a period of not less than one hundred eighty (180) days, then Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease upon written notice to Tenant.

11.3 Signage and Items Visible Outside of the Premises

44

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

Not to obstruct in any manner any portion of the Building not hereby leased or any portion thereof or of the Project used by Tenant in common with others; not without prior consent of Landlord to permit the painting or placing of any signs, curtains, blinds, shades, awnings, aerials or flagpoles, or the like, visible from outside the Premises. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall be entitled to install: (i) a listing of Tenant’s name on any tenant directory in the main lobby of the Building, (ii) Tenant’s name on building standard way-finding signage in the elevator lobbies on the eighth (8th) and ninth (9th) floors, and (iii) Tenant identification signage (which shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) at the entrances to the Premises on the eighth (8th) and ninth (9th) floors. Such signage shall be at Tenant’s sole expense, except that: (i) Tenant may apply Landlord’s Allowance to such costs, and (ii) the initial listing way-finding signage and listing on any building directory in the main lobby of the Building shall be at Landlord’s expense.

11.4 Rules and Regulations

To comply with the Rules and Regulations attached hereto as Exhibit 11.4, the Construction Rules and Regulations attached hereto as Exhibit 11.4-1, the Loading Dock Rules and Regulations attached hereto as Exhibit 11.4-2, and all other reasonable rules and regulations hereafter made by Landlord, of which Tenant has been given notice, for the care and use of the Building and the Project and their facilities and approaches, but Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for the failure of other occupants of the Building to conform to such rules and regulations. In the event of any conflict between any rule or regulation promulgated by Landlord and the provisions of this Lease, the provisions of this Lease shall control. Landlord shall enforce such Rules and Regulations in a non-discriminatory manner unless differing circumstances justify differing treatment.

11.5 Licenses and Permits

To keep the Premises equipped with all safety appliances required by law or ordinance or any other regulation of any public authority because of any use made by Tenant other than normal office use and those safety appliances included in the Base Building Plans and Specifications, and to procure all licenses and permits so required because of any use made by Tenant other than Land Use Permits (as hereinafter defined), and, if requested by Landlord, to do any work so required because of such use, it being understood that the foregoing provisions shall not be construed to broaden in any way Tenant’s Permitted Use. “Land Use Permits” shall be defined as any zoning approvals, the building permit for Landlord’s Work, a certificate of occupancy for Landlord’s Work and any other governmental land use approvals or permits required to allow the Building to be used for office and laboratory uses.

11.6 Floor Load

Not to place a load upon any floor in the Premises exceeding the live load (including partitions) per square foot of floor area for which the Building is designed; and not to move any safe, vault or other heavy equipment in, about or out of the Premises except in such manner and at such time as Landlord shall in each instance authorize. Tenant’s business machines and mechanical equipment shall be placed and maintained by Tenant at Tenant’s expense in settings

45

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

sufficient to absorb and prevent vibration or noise that may be transmitted to the Building structure or to any other space in the Building.

11.7 Taxes on Personal Property

To pay promptly when due all taxes which may be imposed upon personal property (including, without limitation, fixtures and equipment) in the Premises to whomever assessed.

11.8 Payment of Legal Fees

In the event of litigation or other legal proceeding between Landlord and Tenant relating to the provisions of this Lease or Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises, the losing party shall, upon demand, reimburse the prevailing party for its reasonable costs of prosecuting and/or defending such proceeding (including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees).

11.9 Compliance with Law

Tenant shall, and shall cause all Tenant Parties to, comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations, statutes, by-laws, court decisions, and orders and requirements of all public authorities (“Legal Requirements”) now or hereafter in force which shall impose a duty on Landlord or Tenant relating to the operation of Tenant’s business and/or the use, condition, configuration and occupancy of the Premises, including without limitation, all applicable standards and regulations of the Federal Occupational Safety and Health Administration (“OSHA Requirements”), which obligation shall include ensuring that all contractors (including subcontractors) that Tenant utilizes to perform work in the Premises comply with OSHA Requirements. Tenant shall promptly pay all fines, penalties and damages that may arise out of or be imposed because of its failure to comply with the provisions of this Section 11.9. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not be required to make any alterations or additions to the structure, roof, exterior and load bearing walls, foundation, structural floor slabs and other structural elements of the Building, the Base Building (as hereinafter defined), or to add, install or upgrade any Building systems, unless the same are required by Legal Requirements as a result of or in connection with:

(i) Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, provided, however, that Tenant shall not be required to make such Alterations if the same are required for general office use or for laboratory uses which are applicable to all laboratory tenants in the Building, or

(ii) Alterations performed or requested by Tenant (excluding Landlord’s Work), or

(iii) arising from the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant, its agents, contractors or employees.

Base Building” shall include the structural portions of the Building, the public restrooms, Common Areas and the Building mechanical, electrical and plumbing systems and equipment located in the internal core of the Building on the floor or floors on which the Premises are located. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall be responsible during the Term for maintaining the Common Areas and all paths of travel in Common Areas in compliance with all Legal

46

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

Requirements, including, without limitation, the ADA and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder and any Legal Requirements related to life safety or building codes.

11.10 Reserved

11.11 Transportation Access Plan Agreement

Tenant acknowledges that the Project is subject to a Transportation Access Plan Agreement dated May 5, 2017, with The City of Boston Transportation Department, as amended and restated in its entirety by that certain Transportation Access Plan Agreement Amendment dated December 4, 2019 (collectively, as the same may be amended from time to time, the “TAPA”), and Tenant hereby acknowledges that Landlord is required to comply with the TAPA for the Project. Tenant is encouraged (but not required) to join the MASCO Transportation Management Association. In addition, Tenant shall (i) promote and encourage employees of Tenant and other occupants of the Premises to rideshare or carpool, (ii) promote and encourage employees to use public transportation and other alternative modes of transportation to commute to the Premises, and (iii) provide transit directions and transit schedules on its website to encourage the use of public transportation for trips to the Premises and to make transit maps and schedules available on-site; provided that if at any time the TAPA no longer obligates Landlord to include any of the foregoing provisions in this Lease, then Tenant shall have no further obligation to comply with the same. Tenant shall reasonably cooperate with Landlord (at no cost to Tenant) in programs and other activities initiated by Landlord to comply with Landlord’s obligations under the TAPA, including without limitation, participating in Landlord surveys of employee commuting modes (provided however, the Tenant shall not be obligated to provide Landlord with any personally identifying information about its employees). Tenant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the TAPA prior to the execution of this Lease.

11.12 OFAC

As an inducement to Landlord to enter into this Lease, Tenant hereby represents and warrants that: (i) Tenant is not, nor to Tenant’s knowledge is it owned or controlled directly or indirectly by, any person, group, entity or nation named on any list issued by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of the Treasury (“OFAC”) pursuant to Executive Order 13224 or any similar list or any law, order, rule or regulation or any Executive Order of the President of the United States as a terrorist, “Specially Designated National and Blocked Person” or other banned or blocked person (any such person, group, entity or nation being hereinafter referred to as a “Prohibited Person”); (ii) Tenant is not (nor to Tenant’s knowledge is it owned, controlled, directly or indirectly, by any person, group, entity or nation which is) acting directly or indirectly for or on behalf of any Prohibited Person; and (iii) from and after the effective date of the above-referenced Executive Order, Tenant (and any person, group, or entity which Tenant controls, directly or indirectly) has not conducted nor will conduct business nor has engaged nor will engage in any transaction or dealing with any Prohibited Person in violation of the U.S. Patriot Act or any OFAC rule or regulation, including without limitation any assignment of this Lease or any subletting of all or any portion of the Premises or the making or receiving of any contribution of funds, goods or services to or for the benefit of a Prohibited Person in violation of the U.S. Patriot Act or any OFAC rule or regulation. In connection with the foregoing, it is expressly understood and agreed that (x) any breach by Tenant of the foregoing representations

47

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

and warranties shall be deemed an Event of Default by Tenant under Section 15.1(d) of this Lease and shall be covered by the indemnity provisions of Section 13.1 below, and (y) the representations and warranties contained in this subsection shall be continuing in nature and shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

11.13 Permits and Approvals

Tenant shall maintain in full force and effect all certifications or permissions required by any authority having jurisdiction to authorize, franchise or regulate Tenant’s use of the Premises and/or Tenant’s Rooftop Equipment (as hereinafter defined), and in any event shall not undertake any operations or use of Tenant’s Rooftop Equipment unless all applicable permits and approvals are in place. Tenant shall be solely responsible for procuring and complying at all times with any and all necessary permits and approvals directly or indirectly relating or incident to: the conduct of its activities on the Premises; its scientific experimentation, transportation, storage, handling, use and disposal of any chemical or radioactive or bacteriological or pathological substances or organisms or other hazardous wastes or environmentally dangerous substances or materials or medical waste or animals or laboratory specimens. Within ten (10) business days of a request by Landlord, which request shall be made not more than once during each period of twelve (12) consecutive months during the Lease Term, unless otherwise requested by any mortgagee of Landlord or unless Landlord reasonably suspects that Tenant has violated the provisions of this Section 11.13, Tenant shall furnish Landlord with copies of all such permits and approvals that Tenant possesses or has obtained together with a certificate certifying that such permits are all of the permits that Tenant possesses or has obtained with respect to the Premises. Tenant shall promptly give written notice to Landlord of any warnings or violations relative to the above received from any federal, State or Municipal agency or by any court of law and shall promptly cure the conditions causing any such violations. Tenant shall not be deemed to be in default of its obligations under the preceding sentence to promptly cure any condition causing any such violation in the event that, in lieu of such cure, Tenant shall contest the validity of such violation by appellate or other proceedings permitted under applicable law, provided that: (i) any such contest is made reasonably and in good faith, (ii) Tenant makes provisions, including, without limitation, posting bond(s) or giving other security, reasonably acceptable to Landlord to protect Landlord, the Building and the Project from any liability, costs, damages or expenses arising in connection with such alleged violation and failure to cure (provided that Landlord may waive such requirement at the time of any such contest if Tenant demonstrates adequate creditworthiness as determined in Landlord’s reasonable discretion), (iii) Tenant shall agree to indemnify, defend (with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord) and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all liability, costs, damages, or expenses arising in connection with such condition and/or violation, (iv) Tenant shall promptly cure any violation in the event that its appeal of such violation is overruled or rejected, and (v) Tenant’s decision to delay such cure shall not, in Landlord’s good faith determination, be likely to result in any actual or threatened bodily injury, property damage, or any civil or criminal liability to Landlord, any tenant or occupant of the Project. Nothing contained in this Section 11.13 shall be construed to expand the uses permitted hereunder beyond the Permitted Uses.

11.14 Premises Cleaning; Pest Control

48

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

Tenant shall be responsible, at its sole cost and expense for: (i) janitorial services within the laboratory portions of the Premises, (ii) removing trash from the entire Premises to the common dumpster designated by Landlord, and (iii) providing biohazard disposal services for the Premises, including the laboratory areas thereof. Such services shall be performed by licensed (where required by Legal Requirements), insured and qualified contractors approved in advance, in writing, by Landlord (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned) and on a sufficient basis to ensure that the Premises are at all times kept neat and clean. Landlord shall provide a dumpster and/or compactor at the Building loading dock for Tenant’s disposal of non-hazardous and non-controlled substances. Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall cause the Premises to be exterminated on a monthly basis to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction and shall cause all portions of the Premises used for the storage, preparation, service or consumption of food or beverages to be cleaned daily in a manner reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, and to be treated against infestation by insects, rodents and other vermin and pests whenever there is evidence of any infestation. Tenant shall not permit any person to enter the Premises for the purpose of providing such extermination services, unless such persons have been approved by Landlord. If requested by Landlord, Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, store any refuse generated in the Premises by the consumption of food or beverages in a cold box or similar facility.

11.15 Hazardous Materials

(a) Prohibition. Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, bring or permit to be brought or kept in or on the Premises or elsewhere in the Building or the Property (i) any inflammable, combustible or explosive fluid, material, chemical or substance (except for standard office supplies stored in proper containers); and (ii) any Hazardous Material (hereinafter defined), other than the types and quantities of Hazardous Materials which are listed on Exhibit 11.15(a) attached hereto (“Tenant’s Hazardous Materials”), provided that the same shall at all times be brought upon, kept or used in so-called ‘control areas’, in accordance with all applicable Environmental Laws (hereinafter defined) and prudent environmental practice and (with respect to medical waste and so-called “biohazard” materials) good scientific and medical practice. The control areas shall consist of:

(i) Intentionally omitted;

(ii) one or two (at Tenant’s election) control areas to be located in the Premises on the eighth (8th) floor of the Building and designed and installed by Tenant as part of Tenant’s Work, in which Tenant may store an amount of Hazardous Materials equal to all the Hazardous Materials permitted by applicable Legal Requirements to be stored in control areas on the eighth (8th) floor of the Building; and

(iii) one control area to be located in the Premises on the ninth (9th) floor of the Building and designed and installed by Tenant as part of Tenant’s Work, in which Tenant may store an amount of Hazardous Materials equal to 50% of all the Hazardous Materials permitted by applicable Legal Requirements to be stored in control areas on the ninth (9th) floor of the Building.

49

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

In no event shall the types and quantities of Hazardous Materials that Tenant is permitted to keep or store in any control area contained within the Premises be reduced as a result of Landlord granting rights to other tenants in the Building to keep or store Hazardous Materials in so-called “controlled areas” or by any other act or omission of Landlord (other than any action taken by Landlord based upon a default by Tenant in its obligations under the Lease and any action by Landlord in exercising a right which Landlord has to terminate the Lease, as set forth herein. Tenant shall be responsible for assuring that all laboratory uses are adequately and properly vented. On or before each anniversary of the Occupancy Date, and on any earlier date during the twelve- (12)-month period on which Tenant intends to add a new Hazardous Material or materially increase the quantity of any Hazardous Material to the list of Tenant’s Hazardous Materials, Tenant shall submit to Landlord an updated list of Tenant’s Hazardous Materials for Landlord’s review and approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Landlord shall have the right, from time to time, to inspect the Premises for compliance with the terms of this Section 11.15. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any of Tenant’s Hazardous Materials which Tenant does not properly handle, store or dispose of in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws (hereinafter defined), prudent environmental practice and (with respect to medical waste and so-called “biohazard materials”) good scientific and medical practice, Tenant shall, upon written notice from Landlord, no longer have the right to bring such material into the Building or the Property until Tenant has demonstrated, to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction, that Tenant has implemented programs to thereafter properly handle, store or dispose of such material. In order to induce Landlord to waive its otherwise applicable requirement that Tenant maintain insurance in favor of Landlord against liability arising from the presence of radioactive materials in the Premises, and without limiting the foregoing, Tenant hereby represents and warrants to Landlord that at no time during the Term will Tenant bring upon, or permit to be brought upon, the Premises any radioactive materials whatsoever.

(b) Environmental Laws. For purposes hereof, “Environmental Laws” shall mean all laws, statutes, ordinances, rules and regulations of any local, state or federal governmental authority (collectively, “Governmental Authorities”) having jurisdiction concerning environmental, health and safety matters, including but not limited to any discharge by any of the Tenant Parties into the air, surface water, sewers, soil or groundwater of any Hazardous Material (hereinafter defined) whether within or outside the Premises, including, without limitation (a) the Federal Water Pollution Control Act, 33 U.S.C. Section 1251 et seq., (b) the Federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 6901 et seq., (c) the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 9601 et seq., (d) the Toxic Substances Control Act of 1976, 15 U.S.C. Section 2601 et seq., and (e) Chapter 21E of the General Laws of Massachusetts. Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall comply with (i) Environmental Laws, and (ii) any rules, requirements and safety procedures of the Massachusetts Department of Environmental Protection, the City of Boston and any insurer of the Building or the Premises in each case with respect to Tenant’s use, storage and disposal of any Hazardous Materials.

(c) Hazardous Material De fined. As used herein, the term “Hazardous Material” means asbestos, oil or any hazardous, radioactive or toxic substance, material or waste or petroleum derivative which is or becomes regulated by any Environmental Law, including without limitation live organisms, viruses and fungi, medical waste and any so-called “biohazard” materials. The term “Hazardous Material” includes, without limitation, oil and/or any material or

50

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

substance which is (i) designated as a “hazardous substance,” “hazardous material,” “oil,” “hazardous waste” or toxic substance under any Environmental Law or other chemical or biological materials used in the operation of the Premises.

(d) Chemical Safety Program. Tenant shall establish and maintain a chemical safety program administered by a licensed, qualified individual in accordance with the requirements of any applicable Governmental Authority. Tenant shall be solely responsible for all costs incurred in connection with such chemical safety program, and Tenant shall provide Landlord with such documentation as Landlord may reasonably require evidencing Tenant’s compliance with the requirements of (a) any applicable Governmental Authority with respect to such chemical safety program and (b) this Section. Tenant shall obtain and maintain during the Term any permit required by any such applicable Governmental Authority.

(e) Testing. If any Mortgagee or Governmental Authority requires testing to determine whether there has been any release of Hazardous Materials and such testing is required as a result of the acts or omissions of any of the Tenant Parties, then Tenant shall reimburse Landlord within thirty (30) days after written demand, as Additional Rent, for the reasonable costs thereof, together with interest at the Lease Interest Rate until paid in full. Tenant shall execute certifications as may be reasonably requested by Landlord from time to time concerning Tenant’s best knowledge and belief concerning the presence of Hazardous Materials in or on the Premises, the Building or the Property as a result of the activities of Tenant or any Tenant Parties. In addition to the foregoing, if Landlord reasonably believes that any Hazardous Materials have been released on the Premises by Tenant or any Tenant Parties in violation of this Lease or any Legal Requirement, Landlord shall have the right to conduct appropriate tests of the Premises or any portion thereof to demonstrate that Hazardous Materials are present or that contamination has occurred due to the acts or omissions of any of the Tenant Parties. Tenant shall pay all reasonable costs of such tests if such tests reveal that Tenant or any Tenant Party has caused Hazardous Materials to exist at the Premises in violation of this Lease or any Legal Requirement. Further, Landlord shall have the right to cause a third party consultant retained by Landlord, at Landlord’s expense (provided, however, that such costs shall be included in Operating Expenses), to review, but not more than once in any calendar year, Tenant’s lab operations, procedures and permits to ascertain whether or not Tenant is complying with law and adhering to best industry practices. Tenant agrees to cooperate in good faith with any such review and to provide to such consultant any information requested by such consultant and reasonably required in order for such consultant to perform such review, but nothing contained herein shall require Tenant to provide proprietary or confidential information to such consultant.

(f) Environmental Questionnaires. Tenant shall, prior to commencing to use the Premises, or any portion thereof, for the Permitted Use, complete an Environmental Questionnaire, as hereinafter defined, and submit such completed Environmental Questionnaire for Landlord’s approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned, or delayed. In addition, Landlord shall have the right, from time to time, to require Tenant to complete and submit to Landlord an updated Environmental Questionnaire. Landlord may request that Tenant update its answers to Environmental Questionnaires no more often than one time every twelve (12) months, unless Landlord has a reasonable basis for believing that Tenant is then in violation of any of the provisions of this Lease relating to Hazardous Materials. If Landlord reasonably disapproves any of Tenant’s answers to any question in an Environmental Questionnaire, then Tenant shall, within

51

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

five (5) business days of Landlord advises Tenant of its disapproval to such answer, submit to Landlord a revised answer addressing Landlord’s disapproval. An “Environmental Questionnaire” shall be in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 11.15(f), except that Landlord may, from time to time, make reasonable revisions to such form.

(g) Indemnity; Remediation. Tenant hereby covenants and agrees to indemnify, defend and hold the Landlord Parties harmless from and against any and all Claims against any of the Landlord Parties arising out of contamination of any part of the Property or other adjacent property, which contamination arises as a result of: (i) the presence of Hazardous Material in the Premises, the presence of which is caused by any act or omission of any of the Tenant Parties, or (ii) from a breach by Tenant of its obligations under Sections 11.13 through 11.15. This indemnification of the Landlord Parties by Tenant includes, without limitation, reasonable costs incurred in connection with any investigation of site conditions or any cleanup, remedial, removal or restoration work or any other response actions required by any federal, state or local governmental agency or political subdivision because of Hazardous Material present in the soil, soil vapor or ground water on or under or any indoor air in the Building based upon the circumstances identified in the first sentence of this Section.

(1) The indemnification and hold harmless obligations of Tenant under this Section shall survive the expiration or any earlier termination of this Lease. Without limiting the foregoing, if the presence of any Hazardous Material in the Building or otherwise in the Property is caused by any of the Tenant Parties and results in any contamination of any part of the Property or any adjacent property, Tenant shall promptly take all actions at Tenant’s sole cost and expense as are necessary to return the Property and/or the Building or any adjacent property to their condition as of the date of this Lease, provided that Tenant shall first obtain Landlord’s written approval of such actions, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed so long as such actions, in Landlord’s reasonable discretion, would not potentially have any adverse effect on the Property, and, in any event, Landlord shall not withhold its approval of any proposed actions which are required by applicable Environmental Laws. The provisions of this Section shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease.

(2) Without limiting the obligations set forth above, if any Hazardous Material is in, on, under, at or about the Building or the Property as a result of the acts or omissions of any of the Tenant Parties and results in any contamination of any part of the Property or any adjacent property that is in violation of any applicable Environmental Law or that requires the performance of any response action pursuant to any Environmental Law, Tenant shall promptly take all actions at Tenant’s sole cost and expense as are necessary to reduce such Hazardous Material to amounts below any applicable Reportable Quantity, any applicable Reportable Concentration and any other applicable standard set forth in any Environmental Law such that no further response actions are required; provided that Tenant shall first obtain Landlord’s written approval of such actions, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed so long as such actions would not be reasonably expected to have an adverse effect on the market value or utility of the Property for the Permitted Uses, and in any event, Landlord shall not withhold its approval of any proposed actions which are required by applicable Environmental Laws (such approved actions, “Tenant’s Remediation”).

52

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

(3) In the event that Tenant fails to complete Tenant’s Remediation prior to the end of the Term, then:

(i) until the completion of Tenant’s Remediation (as evidenced by the certification of Tenant’s Licensed Site Professional (as such term is defined by applicable Environmental Laws), who shall be reasonably acceptable to Landlord) (the “Remediation Completion Date”), Tenant shall pay to Landlord, with respect to the portion of the Premises which reasonably cannot be occupied by a new tenant until completion of Tenant’s Remediation, Annual Fixed Rent and Additional Rent in accordance with the rates set forth in Section 16.18 below; and

(ii) Tenant shall maintain responsibility for Tenant’s Remediation and Tenant shall complete Tenant’s Remediation as soon as reasonably practicable in accordance with Environmental Laws. If Tenant does not diligently pursue completion of Tenant’s Remediation, Landlord shall have the right to either (A) assume control for overseeing Tenant’s Remediation, in which event Tenant shall pay all reasonable costs and expenses of Tenant’s Remediation (it being understood and agreed that all costs and expenses of Tenant’s Remediation incurred pursuant to contracts entered into by Tenant shall be deemed reasonable) within thirty (30) days of demand therefor (which demand shall be made no more often than monthly), and Landlord shall be substituted as the party identified on any governmental filings as the party responsible for the performance of such Tenant’s Remediation or (B) require Tenant to maintain responsibility for Tenant’s Remediation, in which event Tenant shall complete Tenant’s Remediation as soon as reasonably practicable in accordance with Environmental Laws, it being understood that Tenant’s Remediation shall not contain any requirement that Tenant remediate any contamination to levels or standards more stringent than those associated with the Property’s current office, research and development, laboratory, and vivarium uses.

(4) The provisions of this Section shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

(h) Disclosures. Prior to bringing any Hazardous Material into any part of the Property, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord the following information with respect thereto: (a) a description of handling, storage, use and disposal procedures; (b) all plans or disclosures and/or emergency response plans which Tenant has prepared, including without limitation Tenant’s Spill Response Plan, and all plans which Tenant is required to supply to any governmental agency or authority pursuant to any Environmental Laws; (c) copies of all Required Permits relating thereto; and (d) other information reasonably requested by Landlord.

(i) Removal. Tenant shall be responsible, at its sole cost and expense, for Hazardous Material and other biohazard disposal services for the Premises. Such services shall be performed by contractors reasonably acceptable to Landlord and on a sufficient basis to ensure that the Premises are at all times kept neat, clean and free of Hazardous Materials and biohazards except in appropriate, specially marked containers reasonably approved by Landlord.

11.16 Landlord’s Representations, Covenants and Indemnity.

53

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

(a) Landlord hereby represents and warrants to Tenant that, to the Best of Landlord’s Knowledge (as that term is defined in clause (c) below), except to the extent (if any) as may be disclosed in the environmental assessment reports listed on Exhibit 11.16 attached hereto, which have been made available by Landlord to Tenant (the “Disclosed Materials”), there exist, as of the Effective Date of this Lease, no Hazardous Materials on the Land which are in violation of applicable Environmental Laws or that require reporting, investigation, remediation or other response under Chapter 21E or other Environmental Laws. Landlord covenants that neither Landlord nor any of the Landlord Parties shall bring any Hazardous Materials in or on to the Building or the Land or discharge any Hazardous Materials in or on to the Building or the Land which are, in either case, in violation of applicable Environmental Laws. Landlord hereby indemnifies and shall defend and hold Tenant, its officers, directors, employees, and agents harmless from any claims arising as result of any breach by Landlord of its representations, warranties, or covenants under this Section 11.16(a).

(b) Landlord Remediation. If Hazardous Materials are discovered in, on or under the Land which are not in compliance with applicable Environmental Laws or that require reporting, investigation, remediation or other response under Chapter 21E or other Environmental Laws, and which are not the responsibility of Tenant pursuant to this Article XI, then Landlord shall remove or remediate the same, when, if, and in the manner required by applicable Environmental Laws.

(c) To the Best of Landlord’s Knowledge. The phrase “to the Best of Landlord’s Knowledge” under shall mean the best of the knowledge of Abe Menzin, Landlord’s Development Manager.

(d) Land. For purposes of this Section 11.16, the defined term “Land” includes only the real property described in Exhibit 1.2-2, and expressly excludes any improvements located thereon.

Article XII
ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

12.1 Restrictions on Transfer

Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, Tenant covenants and agrees that it shall not directly or indirectly assign, mortgage, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise transfer this Lease and/or Tenant’s interest in this Lease or sublet (which term, without limitation, shall include granting of concessions, licenses or the like) the whole or any part of the Premises (any such assignment, mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, transfer, and sublease being referred to herein sometimes as a “Transfer”. Any Transfer not expressly permitted in or consented to by Landlord under this Article XII shall, at Landlord’s election, be void; shall be of no force and effect; and shall confer no rights on or in favor of third parties. In addition, Landlord shall be entitled to seek specific performance of or other equitable relief with respect to the provisions hereof.

12.2 Tenant’s Notice

Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 12.1 above, in the event Tenant desires to assign this Lease or to sublet the whole or any portion of the Premises, Tenant shall give Landlord notice

54

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

(the “Proposed Transfer Notice”) of any proposed sublease or assignment, and said notice shall specify the provisions of the proposed assignment or subletting, including (a) the name and address of the proposed assignee or subtenant, (b) in the case of a proposed assignment or subletting pursuant to Section 12.4 below, such information as to the proposed assignee’s or proposed subtenant’s net worth and financial capability and standing as may reasonably be required for Landlord to make the determination referred to in said Section 12.4 (provided, however, that Landlord shall hold such information confidential having the right to release same to its officers, accountants, attorneys and mortgage lenders on a confidential basis), (c) all of the terms and provisions upon which the proposed assignment or subletting is to be made, (d) in the case of a proposed subletting identifies the portion of the Premises to be sublet (“Affected Portion”), (e) in the case of a proposed assignment or subletting pursuant to Section 12.4 below, all other information necessary to make the determination referred to in said Section 12.4 and (f) in the case of a proposed assignment or subletting pursuant to Section 12.5 below, such information as may be reasonably required by Landlord to determine that such proposed assignment or subletting complies with the requirements of said Section 12.5.

12.3 Landlord’s Termination Right

Landlord shall have the right at its sole option, to be exercised within thirty (30) days after receipt of Tenant’s Proposed Transfer Notice (the “Acceptance Period”), to terminate this Lease (i) as to the Affected Portion for the term of the proposed sublease, and (ii) with respect to the entire Premises in the case of a proposed assignment, as of a date specified in a notice to Tenant, which date shall not be earlier than sixty (60) days nor later than one hundred and twenty (120) days after Landlord’s notice to Tenant; provided, however, that upon the termination date as set forth in Landlord’s notice, all obligations relating to the period after such termination date (but not those relating to the period before such termination date) through the end of the term of the proposed sublease or assignment shall cease and promptly upon being billed therefor by Landlord, Tenant shall make final payment of all Annual Fixed Rent and Additional Rent due from Tenant through the termination date. For avoidance of doubt, if a proposed sublease, for example, is for a proposed term from Rent Year 7 through the end of Rent Year 8, Tenant shall recommence its lease of the Affected Portion as of Rent Year 9 on the terms and conditions and for the remaining term set forth in this Lease. In the event that Landlord shall not exercise its termination rights as aforesaid, or shall fail to give any or timely notice pursuant to this Section the provisions of Sections 12.4, 12.6 and 12.7 shall be applicable. This Section 12.3 shall not be applicable to an assignment or sublease pursuant to Section 12.5. Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, Landlord’s recapture rights under this Section 12.3 shall not apply to any Initial Subleases (as hereinafter defined). An “Initial Sublease” shall be defined as a sublease for any portion of the Premises located on the eighth (8th) floor of the Building, the term of which (i) commences prior to the date three (3) years after the Rent Commencement Date, and (ii) expires no later than five (5) years after the commencement date of the applicable Initial Sublease (including all extension and renewal options).

12.4 Consent of Landlord

Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 12.1 above, but subject to the provisions of this Section 12.4 and the provisions of Sections 12.6 and 12.7 below, in the event that Landlord shall not have exercised the termination right as set forth in Section 12.3, or shall have failed to give

55

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

any or timely notice under Section 12.3, then for a period of ninety (90) days (i) after the receipt of Landlord’s notice stating that Landlord does not elect the termination right, or (ii) after the expiration of the Acceptance Period, in the event Landlord shall not give any or timely notice under Section 12.3 as the case may be, Tenant shall have the right to assign this Lease or sublet the whole or any portion of the Premises in accordance with the Proposed Transfer Notice provided that, in each instance, Tenant first obtains the express prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Without limiting the foregoing standard, Landlord shall not be deemed to be unreasonably withholding its consent to such a proposed assignment or subleasing if:

(a) the proposed assignee or subtenant is a tenant in the Building or elsewhere in the Project if Landlord has, or reasonably expects to have at the time of the proposed commencement and during the term of the proposed sublease, comparable space available in the Building, or is (or within the previous sixty (60) days has been) in active negotiation with Landlord or an affiliate of Landlord for premises in the Building or elsewhere in the Project or is not of a character consistent with the operation of a first class office building (by way of example Landlord shall not be deemed to be unreasonably withholding its consent to an assignment or subleasing to any governmental or quasi-governmental agency), or

(b) the proposed assignee or subtenant (i) is not of good character and reputation or (ii) will use the Premises for, and does not have reasonable experience in, the operation and management of research and development and laboratory purposes, including vivariums, in first-class office and laboratory buildings, or

(c) the proposed assignee or subtenant does not possess adequate financial capability to perform Tenant obligations as and when due or required, or

(d) the assignee or subtenant proposes to use the Premises (or part thereof) for a purpose other than the purpose for which the Premises may be used as stated in Section 1.2 hereof, or

(e) the character of the business to be conducted or the proposed use of the Premises by the proposed subtenant or assignee shall (i) be likely to materially increase Operating Expenses for the Building beyond that which Landlord now incurs for use by Tenant; (ii) be likely to materially increase the burden on elevators or other Building systems or equipment over the burden prior to such proposed subletting or assignment; or (iii) violate or be likely to violate any provisions or restrictions contained herein relating to the use or occupancy of the Premises, or

(f) there shall be existing an Event of Default (defined in Section 15.1), or

(g) any part of the rent payable under the proposed assignment or sublease shall be based in whole or in part on the income or profits derived from the Premises or if any proposed assignment or sublease shall potentially have any adverse effect on the real estate investment trust qualification requirements applicable to Landlord and its affiliates, or

(h) the holder of any mortgage on property which includes the Premises has a contractual right to approve the assignment or sublease and does not approve of the proposed assignment or sublease, or

56

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

(i) due to the identity or business of a proposed assignee or subtenant, such approval would cause Landlord to be in violation of any covenant or restriction contained in another lease or other agreement affecting space in the Building or elsewhere in the Project.

If Landlord shall consent to the proposed assignment or subletting, as the case may be, then, in such event, Tenant may thereafter sublease or assign pursuant to Tenant’s notice, as given hereunder; provided, however, that if such assignment or sublease shall not be executed and delivered to Landlord within one hundred eighty (180) days after the date of Landlord’s consent, the consent shall be deemed null and void and the provisions of Section 12.2 shall be applicable.

12.5 Permitted Transfers

(a) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of Sections 12.1, 12.3 and 12.4 above, but subject to the provisions of Sections 12.6 and 12.7 below, Tenant shall have the right, without obtaining Landlord’s consent, to assign this Lease or to sublet the Premises (in whole or in part) to any Permitted Transferee, as hereinafter defined (any such assignment and sublease being referred to herein as a “Permitted Transfer”). Except in cases of statutory merger, in which case the surviving entity in the merger shall be liable as Tenant under this Lease, Tenant shall continue to remain fully liable under this Lease, on a joint and several basis with the Permitted Transferee. “Permitted Transferee” shall be defined as: (i) any Successor Entity, (ii) any Tenant Affiliate, and (iii) any TRV Fund Entity, each as hereinafter defined.

(b) A “Successor Entity” shall be defined as any entity which (i) which purchases all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant, (ii) which purchases all or substantially all of the stock of (or other membership interests in) Tenant or (iii) which merges or combines with Tenant, provided that the entity to which this Lease is so assigned or which so sublets the Premises, together with any Guarantor of Tenant’s obligations under the Lease, has a credit worthiness (e.g., assets on a pro forma basis using generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied and using the most recent financial statements) which is the same or better than the creditworthiness of Tenant and the Guarantor as of the date of such Permitted Transfer.

(c) A “Tenant Affiliate” shall be defined as: (i) any entity which controls or is controlled by Tenant or Tenant’s parent corporation, or (ii) which is under common control with Tenant. If any parent or subsidiary of Tenant to which this Lease is assigned or the Premises sublet (in whole or in part) shall cease to be such a parent or subsidiary, then such parent or subsidiary shall no longer be considered as a Tenant Affiliate and such cessation shall be considered an assignment or subletting requiring Landlord’s consent.

(d) A “TRV Fund Entity” shall be an entity that is a portfolio company of a fund that is managed by Third Rock Ventures, LLC (a “TRV Fund”), provided that (i) such TRV Fund has the right to appoint a representative to the board of directors of such portfolio company, (ii) such TRV Fund owns more than thirty-five percent (35%) of the outstanding preferred stock of such portfolio company, and (iii) further provided that in the case of an assignment only, such entity, together with any Guarantor of Tenant’s obligations under the Lease satisfies the terms of Section 12.4(c) above.

12.6 Profit on Subleasing or Assignment

57

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

In the case of any assignment or subleasing as to which Landlord may consent (other than a Permitted Transfer) such consent shall be upon the express and further condition, covenant and agreement, and Tenant hereby covenants and agrees that, in addition to the Annual Fixed Rent, Additional Rent and other charges to be paid pursuant to this Lease, fifty percent (50%) of the “Assignment/Sublease Profits” (hereinafter defined), if any, shall be paid to Landlord. The “Assignment/Sublease Profits” shall be the excess, if any, of (a) the “Assignment/Sublease Net Revenues” as hereinafter defined over (b) the Annual Fixed Rent and Additional Rent and other charges provided in this Lease (provided, however, that for the purpose of calculating the Assignment/Sublease Profits in the case of a sublease, appropriate proportions in the applicable Annual Fixed Rent, Additional Rent and other charges under this Lease shall be made based on the percentage of the Premises subleased and on the terms of the sublease). The “Assignment/Sublease Net Revenues” shall be the fixed rent, Additional Rent and all other charges and sums payable either initially or over the term of the sublease or assignment plus all other profits and increases to be derived by Tenant for such subletting or assignment, less the reasonable costs of Tenant incurred in such subleasing or assignment (the definition of which shall be limited to brokerage commissions, legal fees, free rent, architect and engineer fees and alteration allowances, in each case actually paid), as set forth in a statement certified by an appropriate officer of Tenant and delivered to Landlord within thirty (30) days of the full execution of the sublease or assignment document, amortized over the term of the sublease or assignment.

All payments of the Assignment/Sublease Profits due Landlord shall be made within ten (10) days of receipt of same by Tenant.

12.7 Additional Conditions

(a) It shall be a condition of the validity of any assignment or subletting consented to under Section 12.4 above, or any Permitted Transfer, that both Tenant and the assignee or sublessee enter into a separate written instrument directly with Landlord in a form and containing terms and provisions reasonably required by Landlord, including, without limitation, the agreement of the assignee or sublessee to be bound directly to Landlord for all the obligations of Tenant under this Lease (including any amendments or extensions thereof), including, without limitation, the obligation (a) to pay the rent and other amounts provided for under this Lease (but in the case of a partial subletting pursuant to Section 12.5, such subtenant shall agree on a pro rata basis to be so bound) and (b) to comply with the provisions of Article XII hereof and (c) to indemnify the Landlord Parties as provided in Section 13.1 hereof. Such assignment or subletting shall not relieve Tenant named herein of any of the obligations of Tenant hereunder and Tenant shall remain fully and primarily liable therefor and the liability of Tenant and such assignee (or subtenant, as the case may be) shall be joint and several. Further, and notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions hereof shall not constitute a recognition of the sublease or the subtenant thereunder, as the case may be, and at Landlord’s option, upon the termination or expiration of the Lease (whether such termination is based upon a cause beyond Tenant’s control, a default of Tenant, the agreement of Tenant and Landlord or any other reason), the sublease shall be terminated.

(b) As Additional Rent, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as a fee for Landlord’s review of any proposed assignment or sublease requested by Tenant and the preparation of any associated documentation in connection therewith, within thirty (30) days after receipt of an

58

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

invoice from Landlord, an amount equal to the sum of (i) $1,000.00 and/or (ii) reasonable out of pocket legal fees or other expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with such request, subject to the terms of Section 4.4.

(c) If this Lease be assigned, or if the Premises or any part thereof be sublet or occupied by anyone other than Tenant, Landlord may upon prior notice to Tenant, at any time during the continuance of an Event of Default, collect rent and other charges from the assignee, sublessee or occupant and apply the net amount collected to the rent and other charges herein reserved, but no such assignment, subletting, occupancy or collection shall be deemed a waiver of this covenant, or a waiver of the provisions of Article XII hereof, or the acceptance of the assignee, sublessee or occupant as a tenant or a release of Tenant from the further performance by Tenant of covenants on the part of Tenant herein contained, Tenant herein named to remain primarily liable under this Lease.

(d) The consent by Landlord to an assignment or subletting under Section 12.4 above, or the consummation of an assignment or subletting of right under Section 12.5 above, shall in no way be construed to relieve Tenant from obtaining the express consent in writing of Landlord to any further assignment or subletting.

(e) Without limiting Tenant’s obligations under Article IX, Tenant shall be responsible (except in the event Landlord exercises its right under Section 12.3), at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, for performing all work necessary to comply with Legal Requirements and Insurance Requirements in connection with any assignment or subletting hereunder including, without limitation, any work in connection with such assignment or subletting and the cost to make the Affected Portion a self-contained rental unit (including installing any required common corridors).

Article XIII
INDEMNITY AND INSURANCE

13.1 Tenant’s Insurance

(a) Liability Insurance. Tenant shall procure, pay for and keep in force throughout the Term (and for so long thereafter as Tenant remains in occupancy of the Premises) commercial general liability insurance insuring Tenant on an occurrence basis against all claims and demands for personal injury liability (including, without limitation, bodily injury, sickness, disease, and death) or damage to property which may be claimed to have occurred from and after the time any of the Tenant Parties shall first enter the Premises, of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) per occurrence and Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) in the aggregate annually on a per location basis, and from time to time thereafter shall be not less than such higher amounts, if procurable, as may be reasonably required by Landlord. Tenant shall also carry umbrella liability coverage in an amount of no less than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000.00) per occurrence and in the aggregate on a per location basis. Such policies shall also include contractual liability coverage covering Tenant’s liability assumed under this Lease, including without limitation Tenant’s indemnification obligations and claims arising from Tenant’s use of the Generator. Such insurance policy(ies) shall include coverage for hostile fire, and terrorism, and the policy(ies) shall name Landlord, Landlord’s managing agent and persons claiming by, through

59

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

or under them, as well as Landlord’s Lender/mortgagee where warranted, if any, as additional insureds on a primary and non-contributory basis.

(b) Property Insurance. Tenant shall procure and maintain throughout the Term a property insurance policy on a special cause of loss form or its equivalent including coverage for flood, earthquake and terrorism in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the replacement cost insuring (i) all items or components of Alterations (collectively, the “Tenant-Insured Improvements” and Tenant’s Work), and (ii) all of Tenant’s furniture, machinery and equipment, fixtures, contents (including animals and related research materials) and personal property of Tenant, which may be in or upon the Premises or the Building, including without limitation Tenant’s Rooftop Equipment (collectively, “Tenant’s Property”). The insurance required to be maintained by Tenant pursuant to this Section 14.1(2) (referred to herein as “Tenant Property Insurance”) shall insure the interests of both Landlord and Tenant as their respective interests may appear from time to time.

(c) Business Interruption Insurance. Tenant shall procure and maintain a policy of business interruption insurance throughout the Term sufficient to cover at least twelve (12) months of Rent due hereunder and Tenant’s business-related losses during such twelve-(12)- month period or such greater time period as Tenant may desire; however, in no event shall Tenant look to Landlord for Tenant business interruption losses whether insured or not, including any expenses relating to research costs and related losses, if any.

(d) Builders Risk Insurance. During periods when Tenant’s Work and/or any Alterations are being performed, Tenant shall maintain, or cause to be maintained, so-called all risk or special cause of loss property insurance or its equivalent and/or builders risk insurance on 100% replacement cost coverage basis, including hard and soft costs coverages. Such insurance shall protect and insure Landlord, Landlord’s agents, Tenant and Tenant’s contractors, as their interests may appear, against loss or damage by fire, water damage, vandalism and malicious mischief, and such other risks as are customarily covered by so-called all risk or special cause of loss property / builders risk coverage or its equivalent.

(e) Worker s Compensation. Tenant shall procure and maintain worker’s compensation insurance to meet statutory requirements and include coverage for employer’s liability insurance.

(f) Automobile Liability Insurance. Tenant shall procure and maintain auto liability coverage for all Tenant-owned, hired, and non-owned vehicles, with a combined single of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) each accident for bodily injury and property damage.

(g) Intentionally Ommited.

(1) Tenant shall procure and maintain at its sole expense such additional insurance as may be necessary to comply with any Legal Requirements.

(2) Tenant shall cause all contractors and subcontractors to maintain during the performance of any Alterations the insurance described in Exhibit 11.4-1 attached hereto.

60

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

(3) The insurance required pursuant to Sections 13.1(a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (f), and (g), etc. (collectively, “Tenant’s Insurance Policies”) shall be effected with insurers approved by Landlord, with a rating of not less than “A-X” by the then current Best’s Insurance Reports, and authorized to do business in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts under valid and enforceable policies. Tenant’s Insurance Policies shall each provide that it shall not be canceled or materially reduced without at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Tenant and Landlord; provided, however, to the extent Tenant’s insurer will not provide such notice to Landlord, Tenant shall be obligated to provide Landlord with thirty (30) days prior written notice of any cancellation or material reduction. Tenant’s Insurance Policies may include deductibles in an amount no greater than the greater of (x) $25,000.00 or (y) commercially reasonable amounts. Tenant’s insurance policies may be maintained on blanket policies and/or programs, provided that by doing so, the insurance provided is not diminished or reduced and such coverage will meet the location specific insurance requirements herein. On or before the date on which any of the Tenant Parties shall first enter the Premises and thereafter not less than fifteen (15) days prior to the expiration date of each expiring policy, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord certificates of insurance as evidence of all insurance coverage required of Tenant herein issued by the respective insurers together with evidence satisfactory to Landlord of the payment of all premiums for such policies. In the event of any claim, and upon Landlord’s request, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord complete copies of Tenant’s Insurance Policies. Upon request of Landlord, Tenant shall deliver to any Mortgagee copies of the foregoing documents to the extent required to be delivered to Landlord.

13.2 Indemnification

Subject to Section 13.5, except to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of any of the Landlord Parties, Tenant shall defend, indemnify and save the Landlord Parties harmless from and against any and all Claims asserted by or on behalf of any person, firm, corporation or public authority arising from:

(a) Tenant’s breach of any covenant or obligation under this Lease;

(b) Any injury to or death of any person, or loss of or damage to property, sustained or occurring in or upon the Premises;

(c) Any injury to or death of any person, or loss of or damage to property arising out of the use or occupancy of the Premises by or the negligence or willful misconduct of any of the Tenant Parties; and

(d) On account of or based upon any work or thing whatsoever done (other than by Landlord or any of the Landlord Parties) in the Premises during the Term and during the period of time, if any, prior to the Term Commencement Date that any of the Tenant Parties may have been given access to the Premises.

13.3 Property of Tenant

Tenant covenants and agrees that, to the maximum extent permitted by Legal Requirements, all of Tenant’s Property (and related operations/business interruption and related research exposure) at the Premises shall be at the sole risk and hazard of Tenant, and that if the whole or any part thereof shall be damaged, destroyed, stolen or removed from any cause or reason

61

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

whatsoever, no part of said damage or loss shall be charged to, or borne by, Landlord, except, subject to Section 13.5 hereof, to the extent such damage or loss is due to the negligence or willful misconduct of any of the Landlord Parties.

13.4 Limitation of Landlord’s Liability for Damage or Injury

Landlord shall not be liable for any injury or damage to persons, animals or property including, business interruption, research, and/or related sturdies, resulting from fire, explosion, falling plaster, steam, gas, air contaminants or emissions, electricity, electrical or electronic emanations or disturbance, water, rain or snow or leaks from any part of the Building or from the pipes, appliances, equipment or plumbing works or from the roof, street or sub-surface or from any other place or caused by dampness, vandalism, malicious mischief or by any other cause of whatever nature, except, subject to Section 13.5, to the extent caused by or due to the negligence or willful misconduct of any of the Landlord Parties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall any of the Landlord Parties be liable for any loss which is covered by insurance policies actually carried or required to be so carried by this Lease; nor shall any of the Landlord Parties be liable for any such damage caused by other tenants or persons in the Building or caused by operations in construction of any private, public, or quasi-public work; nor shall any of the Landlord Parties be liable for any latent defect in the Premises or in the Building, subject to Landlord’s Warranty.

13.5 Waiver of Subrogation; Mutual Release

Landlord and Tenant each hereby waives on behalf of itself and its property insurers (none of which shall ever be assigned any such claim or be entitled thereto due to subrogation or otherwise) any and all rights of recovery, claim, action, or cause of action against the other and its agents, officers, servants, partners, shareholders, or employees (collectively, the “Related Parties”) for any loss or damage that may occur to or within the Premises or the Building or the Project (for so long as the building commonly known as 401 Park Drive is owned by Landlord or an affiliate of Landlord) or any improvements thereto, or any business and/or personal property of such party therein, including any related business interruption, which is insured against under any Property (as defined in Sections 13.1) policy or any self-insurance maintained (or required to be maintained) by the waiving party from time to time, even if not required hereunder, or which would be insured against under the terms of any such policies policy required to be carried or maintained by the waiving party hereunder, whether or not such insurance coverage is actually being maintained (including deductibles and/or self-insurance), including, in every instance, such loss or damage that may be caused by the negligence of the other party hereto and/or its Related Parties. Landlord and Tenant each agrees to cause appropriate clauses to be included in its Property Insurance policies (including self-insurance where applicable) necessary to implement the foregoing provisions.

13.6 Tenant’s Acts--Effect on Insurance

Tenant shall not do or permit any Tenant Party to do any act or thing upon the Premises or elsewhere in the Building which will invalidate or be in conflict with any insurance policies covering the Building and the fixtures and property therein; and shall not do, or permit to be done, any act or thing upon the Premises which shall subject Landlord to any liability or responsibility

62

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

for injury to any person or persons or to property by reason of any business or operation being carried on upon said Premises or for any other reason. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant shall not be liable for any increases in the rate of insurance unless such increases arise from Tenant’s manner of use of the Premises (as opposed to Tenant’s use of the Premises for the Permitted Uses). If by reason of the failure of Tenant to comply with the provisions hereof the insurance rate applicable to any policy of insurance shall at any time thereafter be higher than it otherwise would be, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand for that part of any insurance premiums which shall have been charged because of such failure by Tenant, together with interest at the Lease Interest Rate until paid in full, within ten (10) days after receipt of an invoice therefor. In addition, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for any increase in insurance premium arising as a result of Tenant’s use and/or storage of any Hazardous Materials in the Premises in violation of the terms of this Lease.

13.7 Landlord’s Insurance.

(a) Required insurance. Landlord shall carry at all times during the Term of this Lease (a) commercial general liability insurance with respect to the Building, the Land and the Common Areas in an amount not less than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) combined single limit per occurrence, (b) with respect to the Building, excluding Tenant-Insured Improvements and alterations made by other tenants or occupants, insurance against loss or damage caused by any peril covered under fire, extended coverage and all risk insurance with coverage against vandalism, malicious mischief and such other insurable hazards and contingencies as are from time to time normally insured against by owners of similar first-class office/research/laboratory buildings in the Longwood/Fenway area or which are required by any Mortgagee, in an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the full replacement cost thereof above foundation walls, and (c) rent interruption insurance covering at least twelve (12) months. Any and all such insurance (i) may be maintained under a blanket policy affecting other properties of Landlord and/or its affiliated business organizations, and (ii) may be written with commercially reasonable deductibles as determined by Landlord.

(b) Optional insurance. Landlord may maintain such additional insurance with respect to the Building and the Project as is consistent with the insurance maintained by Landlord or affiliates of Landlord for similar first-class office/research/laboratory buildings in the Longwood/Fenway area, including, without limitation, earthquake insurance, terrorism insurance, flood insurance, liability insurance and/or rent insurance, as Landlord may in its sole discretion elect. Landlord may also maintain such other insurance as may from time to time be required by the holder of any mortgage on the Building or the Project. The cost of all such additional insurance shall also be part of the Operating Expenses for the Building.

(c) No obligation. Landlord shall not be obligated to insure, and shall not assume any liability of risk of loss for, Tenant’s Property, including any such property or work of Tenant’s subtenants or occupants except (subject to Section 13.5) to the extent caused by Landlord’s negligence or willful misconduct. Landlord will also have no obligation to carry insurance against, nor be responsible for, any loss suffered by Tenant, subtenants or other occupants due to interruption of Tenant’s or any subtenant’s or occupant’s business

63

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

Article XIV
FIRE, CASUALTY AND TAKING

14.1 Damage

If the Premises are damaged in whole or part because of fire or other casualty (“Casualty”), or if the Premises are subject to a taking in connection with the exercise of any power of eminent domain, condemnation, or purchase under threat or in lieu thereof (any of the foregoing, a “Taking”), then unless this Lease is terminated in accordance with Section 14.2 below, Landlord shall restore the Building and/or the Premises to substantially the same condition as existed immediately following completion of Landlord’s Work, or in the event of a partial Taking which affects the Building and the Premises, restore the remainder of the Building and the Premises not so Taken to substantially the same condition as is reasonably feasible. If, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, any element of the Tenant-Insured Improvements can more effectively be restored as an integral part of Landlord’s restoration of the Building or the Premises, such restoration shall also be made by Landlord, but at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Subject to rights of the holders of any mortgages, the lessors under any ground leases, Tenant Delays, Legal Requirements then in existence and to delays for adjustment of insurance proceeds or Taking awards, as the case may be, and instances of Force Majeure, Landlord shall substantially complete such restoration within fifteen (15) months after the Casualty or Taking with respect to substantial reconstruction of at least fifty percent (50%) of the Building, or, within two hundred seventy (270) days after the Casualty or Taking in the case of restoration of less than fifty percent (50%) of the Building. Upon substantial completion of such restoration by Landlord, Tenant shall use diligent efforts to complete restoration of the Premises to substantially the same condition as existed immediately prior to such Casualty or Taking, as the case may be, as soon as reasonably possible. Tenant agrees to cooperate with Landlord in such manner as Landlord may reasonably request to assist Landlord in collecting insurance proceeds due in connection with any Casualty which affects the Premises or the Building. In no event shall Landlord be required to expend more than the Net (hereinafter defined) insurance proceeds Landlord receives for damage to the Premises and/or the Building or the Net Taking award attributable to the Premises and/or the Building. “Net” means the insurance proceeds or Taking award actually paid to Landlord (and not paid over to the holder of any mortgagee) less all costs and expenses, including reasonable adjusters and attorney’s fees, of obtaining the same. In the Operating Year in which a Casualty occurs, there shall be included in Operating Expenses Landlord’s deductible under its property insurance policy. Except as Landlord may elect pursuant to this Section 14.1, under no circumstances shall Landlord be required to repair any damage to, or make any repairs to or replacements of, any Tenant-Insured Improvements.

14.2 Termination Rights.

(a) Landlord’s Termination Rights. Landlord may terminate this Lease upon thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Tenant if:

(i) any material portion of the Building or any material means of access thereto is taken;

64

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

(ii) more than thirty-five percent (35%) of the Building is damaged by Casualty; or

(iii) if an uninsured Casualty occurs and the cost of the restoration of such uninsured Casualty is expected to exceed ten percent (10%) of the replacement cost of the Building; or

(iv) if the estimated time to complete restoration exceeds fifteen (15) months from the date of the Casualty, such termination notice, to be effective, must be received by Tenant on or before the date what is sixty (60) days after the Casualty or the Taking, as applicable.

(b) Tenant’s Termination Right. If Landlord is so required but fails to complete restoration of the Premises within the time frames and subject to the conditions set forth in Section 14.1 above, then Tenant may terminate this Lease upon thirty (30) days’ written notice to Landlord; provided, however, that if Landlord completes such restoration within thirty (30) days after receipt of any such termination notice, such termination notice shall be null and void and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect. The remedies set forth in this Section 14.2(b) and in Section 14.2(c) below are Tenant’s sole and exclusive rights and remedies based upon Landlord’s failure to complete the restoration of the Premises as set forth herein. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Tenant shall not have the right to terminate this Lease pursuant to this Section 14 if the Casualty was caused by the intentional misconduct of any Tenant Party.

(c) Either Party May Terminate. In the case of any Casualty or Taking affecting the Premises and occurring during the last twelve (12) months of the Term, then (i) if such Casualty or Taking results in more than ten percent (10%) of the floor area of the laboratory area of the Premises or more than twenty-five percent (25%) of the floor area of the Premises being unsuitable for the Permitted Uses, or (ii) the damage to the Premises costs more than $250,000.00 to restore, then either Landlord or Tenant shall have the option to terminate this Lease upon thirty (30) days’ written notice to the other which notice, to be effective, shall be given on or before the date which is sixty (60) days after the such Casualty or Taking. In addition, if Landlord’s Mortgagee does not release sufficient insurance proceeds to cover the cost of Landlord’s restoration obligations, then Landlord shall (i) notify Tenant thereof, and (ii) have the right to terminate this Lease on or before the date that is thirty (30) days after Landlord first learns of such insufficient insurance proceeds. If Landlord does not terminate this Lease pursuant to the previous sentence and such notice by Landlord does not include an agreement by Landlord to pay for the difference between the cost of such restoration and such released insurance proceeds, then Tenant may terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord on or before the date that is thirty (30) days after such notice. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 14, in no event may Tenant elect to terminate this Lease hereunder if the Casualty that would otherwise give rise to such right results from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant, its agents, contractors, or employees.

(d) Automatic Termination. In the case of a Taking of the entire Premises, then this Lease shall automatically terminate as of the date of possession by the Taking authority.

14.3 Rent Abatement

65

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

In the event of a Casualty affecting the Premises, there shall be an equitable adjustment of Fixed Rent, Operating Expenses and Taxes based upon the degree to which Tenant ‘s ability to conduct its business in the Premises is impaired by reason of such Casualty from and after the date of a Casualty, and continuing until the earlier to occur of:

(a) the date Tenant begins to conduct its business in the portion of the Premises impaired by reason of such Casualty; and

(b) the date which is one hundred twenty (120) days following the later of:

(i) substantial completion of any repair and restoration work to be performed by Landlord within the Premises, and

(ii) substantial completion of any repair and restoration work to be performed by Landlord with respect to the Common Areas to the extent that damage to the Common Areas caused by such Casualty materially adversely affects Tenant’s use of, or access to, the Premises.

14.4 Taking for Temporary Use

If the Premises are Taken for temporary use, this Lease and Tenant’s obligations, including without limitation the payment of Rent, shall continue. For purposes hereof, a “Taking for temporary use” shall mean a Taking of ninety (90) days or less.

14.5 Disposition of Awards

Except for any separate award for Tenant’s movable trade fixtures, relocation expenses, and unamortized leasehold improvements paid for by Tenant (provided that the same may not reduce Landlord’s award), all Taking awards to Landlord or Tenant shall be Landlord’s property without Tenant’s participation, and Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord Tenant’s interest, if any, in such award. Tenant may pursue its own claim against the Taking authority. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall be entitled to receive any award or payment from the condemning authority with respect to any Taking for temporary use, which award shall be received, held and applied by Tenant as a trust fund for payment of the Rent falling due. Time is of the essence with respect to Landlord’s and Tenant’s obligations under this Article XIV.

Article XV
DEFAULT

15.1 Tenant’s Default

This Lease and the term of this Lease are subject to the limitation that Tenant shall be in default if, at any time during the Lease Term, any one or more of the following events (herein called an “Event of Default” a “default of Tenant” or similar reference) shall occur and not be cured prior to the expiration of the grace period (if any) herein provided, as follows:

(a) Tenant shall fail to pay any installment of the Annual Fixed Rent, or any Additional Rent or any other monetary amount due under this Lease on or before the date on which

66

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

the same becomes due and payable, and such failure continues for five (5) days after written notice from Landlord thereof; or

(b) Tenant shall, in accordance with Section 16.24, fail to (i) pay the Balance of the Cash Security Deposit, or (ii) deliver the Balance of the Letter of Credit, on or before the date on which the same becomes due, and, in either case, such failure continues for five (5) business days after written notice from Landlord thereof; or

(c) Landlord having rightfully given the notice specified in (a) above to Tenant twice in any twelve (12) month period, Tenant shall fail thereafter to pay the Annual Fixed Rent, Additional Rent or any other monetary amount due under this Lease on or before the date on which the same becomes due and payable; or

(d) Tenant shall assign its interest in this Lease or sublet any portion of the Premises in violation of the requirements of Article XII of this Lease; or

(e) Tenant shall fail to perform or observe some term or condition of this Lease which, because of its character, would immediately jeopardize Landlord’s interest (such as, but without limitation, failure to maintain general liability insurance, or the employment of labor and contractors within the Premises which interfere with Landlord’s Work, in violation of Sections 9.3 or 11.15 or Exhibit 2.1 or a failure to observe the requirements of Section 11.2), and such failure continues for three (3) business days after notice from Landlord to Tenant thereof; or

(f) Tenant shall fail to perform or observe any other requirement, term, covenant or condition of this Lease (not hereinabove in this Section 15.1 specifically referred to) on the part of Tenant to be performed or observed and such failure shall continue for thirty (30) days after notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant, or if said default shall reasonably require longer than thirty (30) days to cure, if Tenant shall fail to commence to cure said default within thirty (30) days after notice thereof and/or fail to continuously prosecute the curing of the same to completion with due diligence; or

(g) The estate hereby created shall be taken on execution or by other process of law; or

(h) Tenant shall make an assignment or trust mortgage arrangement, so-called, for the benefit of its creditors; or

(i) Tenant shall judicially be declared bankrupt or insolvent according to law; or

(j) a receiver, guardian, conservator, trustee in involuntary bankruptcy or other similar officer is appointed to take charge of all or any substantial part of Tenant’s property by a court of competent jurisdiction; or

(k) any petition shall be filed against Tenant in any court, whether or not pursuant to any statute of the United States or of any State, in any bankruptcy, reorganization, composition, extension, arrangement or insolvency proceeding, and such proceedings shall not be dismissed within sixty (60) days after the institution of the same; or

67

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

(l) Tenant shall file any petition in any court, whether or not pursuant to any statute of the United States or any State, in any bankruptcy, reorganization, composition, extension, arrangement or insolvency proceeding; or

(m) Any default by Tenant which is expressly defined in this Lease as an “Event of Default”.

15.2 Termination; Re-Entry

Upon the happening of any one or more of the aforementioned Events of Default (notwithstanding any license of a former breach of covenant or waiver of the benefit hereof or consent in a former instance), Landlord or Landlord’s agents or servants may give to Tenant a notice (hereinafter called “notice of termination”) terminating this Lease on a date specified in such notice of termination (which shall be not less than five (5) days after the date of the mailing of such notice of termination), and this Lease and the Lease Term, as well as any and all of the right, title and interest of Tenant hereunder, shall wholly cease and expire on the date set forth in such notice of termination (Tenant hereby waiving any rights of redemption) in the same manner and with the same force and effect as if such date were the date originally specified herein for the expiration of the Lease Term, and Tenant shall then quit and surrender the Premises to Landlord.

In addition or as an alternative to the giving of such notice of termination, Landlord or Landlord’s agents or servants may, by any suitable proceeding at law, immediately or at any time thereafter re-enter the Premises and remove therefrom Tenant, its agents, employees, servants, licensees, and any subtenants and other persons, and all or any of its or their property therefrom, and repossess and enjoy the Premises, together with all additions, alterations and improvements thereto; but, in any event under this Section 15.2, Tenant shall remain liable as hereinafter provided.

The words “re-enter” and “re-entry” as used throughout this Article XV are not restricted to their technical legal meanings.

15.3 Continued Liability; Re-Letting

If this Lease is terminated for an Event of Default or if Landlord shall re-enter the Premises as aforesaid, or in the event of the termination of this Lease, or of re- entry, by or under any proceeding or action or any provision of law by reason of an Event of Default hereunder on the part of Tenant, Tenant covenants and agrees forthwith to pay and be liable for, on the days originally fixed herein for the payment thereof, amounts equal to the several installments of Annual Fixed Rent, all Additional Rent and other charges reserved as they would, under the terms of this Lease, become due if this Lease had not been terminated or if Landlord had not entered or re-entered, as aforesaid, and whether the Premises be relet or remain vacant, in whole or in part, or for a period less than the remainder of the Lease Term, or for the whole thereof, but, in the event the Premises be relet by Landlord, Tenant shall be entitled to a credit in the net amount of rent and other charges received by Landlord in reletting, after deduction of all reasonable expenses incurred in reletting the Premises (including, without limitation, remodeling costs, brokerage fees and the like), and in collecting the rent in connection therewith, in the following manner:

68

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

Amounts received by Landlord after reletting shall first be applied against such Landlord’s expenses, until the same are recovered, and until such recovery, Tenant shall pay, as of each day when a payment would fall due under this Lease, the amount which Tenant is obligated to pay under the terms of this Lease (Tenant’s liability prior to any such reletting and such recovery not in any way to be diminished as a result of the fact that such reletting might be for a rent higher than the rent provided for in this Lease); when and if such expenses have been completely recovered, the amounts received from reletting by Landlord as have not previously been applied shall be credited against Tenant’s obligations as of each day when a payment would fall due under this Lease, and only the net amount thereof shall be payable by Tenant. Further, Tenant shall not be entitled to any credit of any kind for any period after the date when the term of this Lease is scheduled to expire according to its terms.

Landlord agrees to use reasonable efforts to relet the Premises after Tenant vacates the same (or Landlord re-enters the Premises as aforesaid) in the event this Lease is terminated based upon an Event of Default by Tenant hereunder. The marketing of the Premises in a manner similar to the manner in which Landlord markets other premises within Landlord’s control within the Laboratory Area shall be deemed to have satisfied Landlord’s obligation to use “reasonable efforts” hereunder. In no event shall Landlord be required to (i) solicit or entertain negotiations with any other prospective tenant for the Premises until Landlord obtains full and complete possession of the Premises (including, without limitation, the final and unappealable legal right to relet the Premises free of any claim of Tenant), (ii) relet the Premises before leasing other vacant space in the Office Area, or (iii) lease the Premises for a rental less than the current fair market rent then prevailing for similar office space in the Office Area.

15.4 Liquidated Damages

Landlord may elect, as an alternative, to have Tenant pay liquidated damages, which election may be made by notice given to Tenant at any time after the termination of this Lease under Section 15.2, above, and whether or not Landlord shall have collected any damages as hereinbefore provided in this Article XV, and in lieu of all other such damages beyond the date of such notice. Upon such notice, Tenant shall promptly pay to Landlord, as liquidated damages, in addition to any damages collected or due from Tenant from any period prior to such notice and all expenses which Landlord may have incurred with respect to the collection of such damages, such a sum as at the time of such notice represents the amount of the excess, if any, of (a) the discounted present value, at a discount rate of 6%, of the Annual Fixed Rent, Additional Rent and other charges which would have been payable by Tenant under this Lease for the remainder of the Lease Term if the Lease terms had been fully complied with by Tenant, over and above (b) the discounted present value, at a discount rate of 6%, of the Annual Fixed Rent, Additional Rent and other charges that would be received by Landlord if the Premises were re-leased at the time of such notice for the remainder of the Lease Term at the fair market value (including provisions regarding periodic increases in Annual Fixed Rent if such are applicable) prevailing at the time of such notice as reasonably determined by Landlord.

For the purposes of this Article, if Landlord elects to require Tenant to pay liquidated damages in accordance with this Section 15.4, the total rent shall be computed by assuming the Tenant’s Tax Share under Section 5.2 and Tenant’s Expense Share under Section 6.3 to be the same as were payable for the twelve (12) calendar months (or if less than twelve (12) calendar

69

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

months have been elapsed since the date hereof, the partial year) immediately preceding such termination of re-entry.

Nothing contained in this Lease shall limit or prejudice the right of Landlord to prove for and obtain in proceedings for bankruptcy or insolvency by reason of the termination of this Lease, an amount equal to the maximum allowed by any statute or rule of law in effect at the time when, and governing the proceeds in which, the damages are to be proved, whether or not the amount be greater, equal to, or less than the amount of the loss or damages referred to above.

In lieu of any other damages or indemnity and in lieu of the recovery by Landlord of all sums payable under all the foregoing provisions of this Section 15.4, Landlord may elect to collect from Tenant, by notice to Tenant, at the time this Lease is terminated under any of the provisions contained in this ARTICLE XV or otherwise terminated by breach of any obligation of Tenant and before such full recovery, and Tenant shall thereupon pay, as liquidated damages, an amount equal to the sum of the Annual Fixed Rent and all Additional Rent payable for the twelve (12) months ended next prior to the such termination plus the amount of Annual Fixed Rent and Additional Rent of any kind accrued and unpaid at the time of such election plus any and all expenses which Landlord may have incurred for and with respect to the collection of any of such rent. Notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, except for Tenant’s obligations under Section 11.17 (Hazardous Materials) and Section 16.18 (Holdover), in no event shall Landlord or Tenant be liable under this Lease for any consequential, indirect or special damages or lost profits.

15.5 Waiver of Redemption

Tenant, for itself and any and all persons claiming through or under Tenant, including its creditors, upon the termination of this Lease and of the term of this Lease in accordance with the terms hereof, or in the event of entry of judgment for the recovery of the possession of the Premises in any action or proceeding, or if Landlord shall enter the Premises by process of law or otherwise, hereby waives any right of redemption provided or permitted by any statute, law or decision now or hereafter in force, and does hereby waive, surrender and give up all rights or privileges which it or they may or might have under and by reason of any present or future law or decision, to redeem the Premises or for a continuation of this Lease for the term of this Lease hereby demised after having been dispossessed or ejected therefrom by process of law, or otherwise.

15.6 Landlord’s Default

Landlord shall in no event be in default in the performance of any of Landlord’s obligations hereunder unless and until Landlord shall have failed to perform such obligations within thirty (30) days, or such additional time as is reasonably required to correct any such default, after notice by Tenant to Landlord properly specifying wherein Landlord has failed to perform any such obligation.

Tenant shall not assert any right to deduct the cost of repairs or any monetary claim against Landlord from rent thereafter due and payable, but shall look solely to Landlord for satisfaction of such claim, except as set forth in Section 16.17.

15.7 Tenant’s Self-Help Right

70

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

If Landlord shall at any time fail to perform any Tenant Self-Help Obligation, as hereinafter defined, and should such failure continue beyond the applicable grace period set forth in this Section, Tenant may, but shall not be obligated so to do, after ten (10) days’ written notice (except that, in the case of emergency or imminent threat to the safety of occupants in the Premises or material property damage within the Premises, upon such shorter notice as may be reasonably practicable under the circumstances), to and demand upon Landlord explicitly setting forth the basis for Tenant’s claim of default and specifying that Tenant intends to invoke Tenant’s rights under this Section 15.7 (“Tenant’s Self Help Notice”), and without waiving, or releasing Landlord from, any obligations of Landlord in this Lease contained, perform such Tenant Self-Help Obligation in such manner and to such extent as may be reasonably necessary. For the purposes hereof, “Tenant Self-Help Obligations” shall be defined as any service, maintenance or repair obligation that Landlord is obligated to provide or perform pursuant to the provisions of this Lease, except for any service, maintenance or repair which (a) requires work outside of the Premises (except for components of systems which may be located outside of the Premises but which exclusively serve the Premises, provided that Tenant’s exercise of its rights under this Section 15.7 will in no way affect Landlord’s operation of the Building or other tenants or occupants of the Building), or (b) might affect other tenants or occupants of the Building or the Project. All sums reasonably so incurred and paid by Tenant and all reasonable and necessary costs and expenses of Tenant incidental to Tenant’s proper exercise of self help rights pursuant to this Section 15.7, together with interest thereon at the Lease Interest Rate from the date of the making of such expenditures by Tenant, shall be payable to the Tenant within thirty (30) days of Tenant’s furnishing Landlord an invoice therefor, accompanied by reasonable substantiation, and Landlord covenants to pay any such sum or sums with interest as aforesaid if not timely paid. If Landlord fails to reimburse Tenant for the sums paid by Tenant within thirty (30) days of Tenant’s invoice (together with supporting documentation), and Landlord has not, within thirty (30) days of its receipt of such invoice, given written notice to Tenant objecting to such demand and stating that Landlord has filed suit in a court of competent jurisdiction to determine whether or not Tenant had validly exercised its self-help right hereunder (or if Landlord has timely disputed Tenant’s invoice, has filed suit and has thereafter failed to pay Tenant the amount of any final, unappealable award against Landlord within thirty (30) days after the issuance thereof) then Tenant shall have the right to offset the amount of such sums demanded by Tenant (together with any attorneys’ fees and costs to which Tenant may be entitled pursuant to Section 11.8 if there has been a final, unappealable award against Landlord) against fifty (50%) percent of the Annual Fixed Rent payable under this Lease until offset in full.

Article XVI
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

16.1 Waiver

Failure on the part of Landlord or Tenant to complain of any action or non-action on the part of the other, no matter how long the same may continue, shall never be a waiver by Tenant or Landlord, respectively, of any of its rights hereunder.

Further, no waiver at any time of any of the provisions hereof by Landlord or Tenant shall be construed as a waiver of any of the other provisions hereof, and a waiver at any time of any of the provisions hereof shall not be construed as a waiver at any subsequent time of the same

71

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

provisions. The consent or approval of Landlord or Tenant to or of any action by the other requiring such consent or approval shall not be construed to waive or render unnecessary Landlord’s or Tenant’s consent or approval to or of any subsequent similar act by the other.

No payment by Tenant, or acceptance by Landlord, of a lesser amount than shall be due from Tenant to Landlord shall be treated otherwise than as a payment on account. The acceptance by Landlord of a check for a lesser amount with an endorsement or statement thereon, or upon any letter accompanying such check, that such lesser amount is payment in full, shall be given no effect, and Landlord may accept such check without prejudice to any other rights or remedies which Landlord may have against Tenant. Further, the acceptance by Landlord of Annual Fixed Rent, Additional Rent or any other charges paid by Tenant under this Lease shall not be or be deemed to be a waiver by Landlord of any default by Tenant, whether or not Landlord knows of such default, except for such defaults as to which such payment relates.

16.2 Cumulative Remedies

Except as expressly provided in this Lease, the specific remedies to which Landlord and Tenant may resort under the terms of this Lease are cumulative and are not intended to be exclusive of any other remedies or means of redress which they may be lawfully entitled to seek in case of any breach or threatened breach of any provisions of this Lease. In addition to the other remedies provided in this Lease, Landlord shall be entitled to the restraint by injunction of the violation or attempted or threatened violation of any of the covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease or to seek specific performance of any such covenants, conditions or provisions, provided, however, that the foregoing shall not be construed as a confession of judgment by Tenant.

16.3 Quiet Enjoyment

(a) This Lease is subject and subordinate to all matters of record as of the Effective Date. Landlord agrees that, upon Tenant’s paying the Annual Fixed Rent, Additional Rent and other charges herein reserved, and performing and observing the covenants, conditions and agreements hereof upon the part of Tenant to be performed and observed, Tenant shall and may peaceably hold and enjoy the Premises during the term of this Lease (exclusive of any period during which Tenant is holding over after the expiration or termination of this Lease without the consent of Landlord), without interruption or disturbance from Landlord or persons claiming through or under Landlord, subject, however, to the terms of this Lease. This covenant shall be construed as running with the land to and against subsequent owners and successors in interest, and is not, nor shall it operate or be construed as, a personal covenant of Landlord, except to the extent of Landlord’s interest in the Premises, and this covenant and any and all other covenants of Landlord contained in this Lease shall be binding upon Landlord and upon such subsequent owners or successors in interest of Landlord’s interest under this Lease, including ground or master lessees, to the extent of their respective interests, as and when they shall acquire same and then only for so long as they shall retain such interest.

(b) Landlord shall have the right to subdivide the Project, and to enter into, and subject the Project to the terms and conditions of, a reciprocal easement agreement (“REA”), provided that such subdivision and REA shall not materially adversely affect Tenant’s rights or increase Tenant’s obligations hereunder. In connection with such subdivision, and REA, Tenant

72

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

shall, within ten (10) business days of Landlord’s written request, execute such commercially reasonable documents (which may be in recordable form) evidencing such subordination, consistent with the foregoing.

(c) Landlord shall have the right to establish a condominium (“Condominium”) and to subject the Project and this Lease to such Condominium, provided that such Condominium shall not materially adversely affect Tenant’s rights or increase Tenant’s obligations hereunder. In connection with the subordination of the Project and the Lease to such Condominium, Tenant shall, within ten (10) business days of Landlord’s written request, execute such commercially reasonable documents (which may be in recordable form) evidencing such subordination, consistent with the foregoing.

16.4 Surrender

(a) Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Tenant shall (i) peaceably quit and surrender to Landlord the Premises (including without limitation all fixed lab benches, fume hoods, electric, plumbing, heating and sprinkling systems, fixtures and outlets, vaults, paneling, molding, shelving, radiator enclosures, cork, rubber, linoleum and composition floors, ventilating, silencing, air conditioning and cooling equipment therein and all other furniture, fixtures, and equipment that was either provided by Landlord or paid for in whole or in part by any allowance provided to Tenant by Landlord under this Lease) broom clean, in good order, repair and condition excepting only ordinary wear and tear and damage by fire or other insured Casualty; (ii) remove all of Tenant’s Property, all autoclaves and cage washers and, to the extent specified by Landlord, Alterations made by Tenant; and (iii) repair any damages to the Premises or the Building caused by the installation or removal of Tenant’s Property and/or such Alterations. Tenant’s obligations under this Section 16.4(a) shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

(b) Surrender Plan. Prior to the expiration of this Lease (or within thirty (30) days after any earlier termination), Tenant shall clean and otherwise decommission all interior surfaces (including floors, walls, ceilings, and counters), piping, supply lines, waste lines, acid neutralization systems and plumbing in and/or exclusively serving the Premises, and all exhaust or other ductwork in and/or exclusively serving the Premises, in each case which has carried or released or been contacted by any Hazardous Materials used in the operation of the Premises, and shall otherwise clean the Premises so as to permit the Surrender Plan (defined below) to be issued. At least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the Term (or, if applicable, within five (5) business days after any earlier termination of this Lease), Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a reasonably detailed narrative description of the actions proposed (or required by any Legal Requirements) to be taken by Tenant in order to render the Premises (including any Alterations permitted or required by Landlord to remain therein) free of Hazardous Materials and otherwise released for unrestricted use and occupancy including without limitation causing the Premises to be decommissioned in accordance with the regulations of the U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission and/or the Massachusetts Department of Public health (the “MDPH”) for the control of radiation, and cause the Premises to be released for unrestricted use by the Radiation Control Program of the MDPH (the “Surrender Plan”). The Surrender Plan (i) shall be accompanied by a current list of (A) all Required Permits held by or on behalf of any Tenant Party with respect to Hazardous Materials in, on, under, at or about the Premises, and (B) Tenant’s Hazardous Materials,

73

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

and (ii) shall be subject to the review and approval of Landlord’s environmental consultant. In connection with review and approval of the Surrender Plan, upon request of Landlord, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord or its consultant such additional non-proprietary information concerning the use of and operations within the Premises as Landlord shall request. On or before the expiration of the Term (or within thirty (30) days after any earlier termination of this Lease, during which period Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises shall be governed by Section 16.18 below), Tenant shall (i) perform or cause to be performed all actions described in the approved Surrender Plan, and (ii) deliver to Landlord a certification from a third party certified industrial hygienist reasonably acceptable to Landlord certifying that the Premises do not contain any Hazardous Materials (an “Industrial Hygienist Certification”) and evidence that the approved Surrender Plan shall have been satisfactorily completed by a contractor acceptable to Landlord, and Landlord shall have the right, subject to reimbursement at Tenant’s expense as set forth below, to cause Landlord’s environmental consultant to inspect the Premises and perform such additional procedures as may be deemed reasonably necessary to confirm that the Premises are, as of the expiration of the Term (or, if applicable, the date which is thirty (30) days after any earlier termination of this Lease), free of Hazardous Materials and otherwise available for unrestricted use and occupancy as aforesaid. Landlord shall have the unrestricted right to deliver the Surrender Plan and any report by Landlord’s environmental consultant with respect to the surrender of the Premises to third parties. Such third parties and the Landlord Parties shall be entitled to rely on the Surrender Report. If Tenant shall fail to prepare or submit a Surrender Plan approved by Landlord, or if Tenant shall fail to complete the approved Surrender Plan, or if such Surrender Plan, whether or not approved by Landlord, shall fail to adequately address the use of Hazardous Materials by any of the Tenant Parties in, on, at, under or about the Premises, Landlord shall have the right to take any such actions as Landlord may deem reasonable or appropriate to assure that the Premises and the Property are surrendered in the condition required hereunder, the cost of which actions shall be reimbursed by Tenant as Additional Rent upon demand. Tenant’s obligations under this Section 16.4(b) shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Term.

(c) No act or thing done by Landlord during the Term shall be deemed an acceptance of a surrender of the Premises, and no agreement to accept such surrender shall be valid, unless in writing signed by Landlord. Unless otherwise agreed by the parties in writing, no employee of Landlord or of Landlord’s agents shall have any power to accept the keys of the Premises prior to the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. The delivery of keys to any employee of Landlord or of Landlord’s agents shall not operate as a termination of this Lease or a surrender of the Premises.

(d) Subject to Section 9.5(c), Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, remove from the Premises, prior to the end of the Term, any item installed by or for Tenant and which, pursuant to Legal Requirements, must be removed therefrom before the Premises may be used by a subsequent tenant.

16.5 Brokerage

Tenant warrants and represents that Tenant has not dealt with any broker in connection with the consummation of this Lease other than the brokers, person or firm designated in Section 1.2 hereof; and in the event any claim is made against Landlord relative to Tenant’s dealings with brokers other than the brokers designated in Section 1.2 hereof, Tenant shall defend the claim

74

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

against Landlord with counsel of Landlord’s selection and save harmless and indemnify Landlord on account of loss, cost or damage which may arise by reason of such claim. Landlord warrants and represents that Landlord has not dealt with any broker in connection with the consummation of this Lease other than the brokers, person or firm designated in Section 1.2 hereof; and in the event any claim is made against Tenant relative to Landlord’s dealings with brokers other than the brokers designated in Section 1.2 hereof, Landlord shall defend the claim against Tenant and save harmless and indemnify Tenant on account of actual loss, cost or damage which may arise by reason of such claim. Landlord agrees that it shall be solely responsible for the payment of brokerage commissions to the brokers, person or firm designated in Section 1.2 hereof.

16.6 Invalidity of Particular Provisions

If any term or provision of this Lease, or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease, or the application of such term or provision to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is held invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each term and provision of this Lease shall be valid and be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.

16.7 Provisions Binding, etc.

The obligations of this Lease shall run with the land, and except as herein otherwise provided, the terms hereof shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns, respectively, of Landlord and Tenant and, if Tenant shall be an individual, upon and to his/her heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. Each term and each provision of this Lease to be performed by Tenant shall be construed to be both a covenant and a condition. The reference contained to successors and assigns of Tenant is not intended to constitute a consent to assignment by Tenant, but has reference only to those instances in which Landlord may have later given consent to a particular assignment as required by the provisions of Article XII hereof.

16.8 Recording; Confidentiality

Each of Landlord and Tenant agree not to record the within Lease, but each party hereto agrees, on the request of the other, to execute a so-called Notice of Lease or short form lease in form recordable and complying with applicable law and reasonably satisfactory to Landlord’s and Tenant’s attorneys. In no event shall such document set forth the rent or other charges payable by Tenant under this Lease; and any such document shall expressly state that it is executed pursuant to the provisions contained in this Lease, and is not intended to vary the terms and conditions of this Lease.

Tenant agrees that this Lease and the terms contained herein will be treated as strictly confidential and except as required by law (or except with the written consent of Landlord) Tenant shall not disclose the same to any third party except for Tenant’s partners, lenders, accountants and attorneys who have been advised of the confidentiality provisions contained herein and agree to be bound by the same. In the event Tenant is required by law to provide this Lease or disclose any of its terms, Tenant shall give Landlord prompt notice of such requirement prior to making disclosure so that Landlord may seek an appropriate protective order. If failing the entry of a protective order Tenant is compelled to make disclosure, Tenant shall only disclose portions of the

75

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

Lease which Tenant is required to disclose and will exercise reasonable efforts to obtain assurance that confidential treatment will be accorded to the information so disclosed. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Lease, the provisions of this Section shall not prohibit any disclosures required by securities laws.

16.9 Notices and Time for Action

Whenever, by the terms of this Lease, notice shall or may be given either to Landlord or to Tenant, such notices shall be in writing and shall be sent by hand, registered or certified mail, or overnight or other commercial courier, postage or delivery charges, as the case may be, prepaid as follows:

If intended for Landlord, addressed to Landlord at the address set forth on the first page of this lease, and copies in like fashion to:

Samuels & Associates, 136 Brookline Avenue, Boston, MA 02215, Attn: Legal Department (or to such other address or addresses as may from time to time hereafter be designated by Landlord by like notice).

If intended for Tenant, addressed to Tenant at the address set forth in Article I of this Lease except that from and after the Commencement Date the address of Tenant shall be the Premises (or to such other address or addresses as may from time to time hereafter be designated by Tenant by like notice).

Except as otherwise provided herein, all such notices shall be effective when received; provided, that (i) if receipt is refused, notice shall be effective upon the first occasion that such receipt is refused, (ii) if the notice is unable to be delivered due to a change of address of which no notice was given, notice shall be effective upon the date such delivery was attempted, (iii) if the notice address is a post office box number, notice shall be effective the day after such notice is sent as provided hereinabove or (iv) if the notice is to a foreign address, notice shall be effective two (2) days after such notice is sent as provided hereinabove.

Any notice given by an attorney on behalf of Landlord or by Landlord’s managing agent shall be considered as given by Landlord and shall be fully effective. The notice provisions of this Section are subject to the additional requirements of Section 16.14.

Time is of the essence with respect to any and all notices and periods for giving of notice or taking any action thereto under this Lease.

16.10 When Lease Becomes Binding and Authority

Employees or agents of Landlord have no authority to make or agree to make a lease or any other agreement or undertaking in connection herewith. The submission of this document for examination and negotiation does not constitute an offer to lease, or a reservation of, or option for, the Premises, and this document shall become effective and binding only upon the execution and delivery hereof by both Landlord and Tenant.

76

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

All negotiations, considerations, representations and understandings between Landlord and Tenant are incorporated herein and may be modified or altered only by written agreement between Landlord and Tenant, and no act or omission of any employee or agent of Landlord shall alter, change or modify any of the provisions hereof. Landlord and Tenant hereby represents and warrants to the other that all necessary action has been taken to enter this Lease and that the person signing this Lease on behalf of Landlord and Tenant has been duly authorized to do so.

16.11 Paragraph Headings

The paragraph headings throughout this instrument are for convenience and reference only, and the words contained therein shall in no way be held to explain, modify, amplify or aid in the interpretation, construction or meaning of the provisions of this Lease.

16.12 Rights of Mortgagee

This Lease shall be subject and subordinate to any mortgage now or hereafter on the Building (or any part thereof) or on the fee interest (or any part thereof) held by Ground Lessor (as defined in Section 16.13 below), and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof and all substitutions therefor, provided that the holder of such mortgage enters into subordination, non-disturbance and recognition agreement with Tenant, in the standard form used by such holder, with such commercially reasonable changes as Tenant may request (“SNDA”), which may include an acknowledgment of Tenant’s offset rights set forth in Exhibit 2.1. In the event that any mortgagee or its respective successor in title shall succeed to the interest of Landlord or Ground Lessor, as applicable, then this Lease shall nevertheless continue in full force and effect and Tenant shall and does hereby agree to attorn to such mortgagee or successor and to recognize such mortgagee or successor as its landlord or ground lessor, as applicable. If any holder of a mortgage which includes the Premises, executed and recorded prior to the Date of this Lease, shall so elect, this Lease, and the rights of Tenant hereunder, shall be superior in right to the rights of such holder, with the same force and effect as if this Lease had been executed, delivered and recorded, or a statutory Notice hereof recorded, prior to the execution, delivery and recording of any such mortgage. The election of any such holder shall become effective upon either notice from such holder to Tenant in the same fashion as notices from Landlord to Tenant are to be given hereunder or by the recording in the appropriate registry or recorder’s office of an instrument in which such holder subordinates its rights under such mortgage to this Lease.

If in connection with obtaining financing a bank, insurance company, pension trust or other institutional lender shall request reasonable modifications in this Lease as a condition to such financing, Tenant will not unreasonably withhold, delay or condition its consent thereto, provided that such modifications do not increase the monetary obligations of Tenant hereunder or materially adversely affect the leasehold interest hereby created or Tenant’s rights hereunder.

16.13 Rights of Ground Lessor

Landlord and Tenant hereby acknowledge that the Building is subject to that certain Second Amended and Restated Construction, Development and Lease Agreement dated May 29, 2020, by and between ARE-MA Region NO. 87 Owner Limited Partnership (“Ground Lessor”), as landlord, and Landlord, as tenant (the “Existing Ground Lease”), notice of which is recorded in

77

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

the Suffolk County Registry of Deeds in Book 63127, Page 306 (the “Notice of Ground Lease”). On or about the date hereof, Landlord, Ground Lessor and Tenant shall enter into a Recognition Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 16.13. If (a) Landlord enters into a new ground lease or extends the term of the Existing Ground Lease, or (b) Landlord’s interest in property (whether land only or land and buildings) which includes the Premises is acquired by another party and simultaneously leased back to Landlord herein, the holder of the ground lessor’s interest in such ground lease shall enter into a recognition agreement with Tenant simultaneously with (x) the amendment to the Existing Ground Lease or the new ground lease, as the case may be, or (y) the sale and leaseback, wherein the ground lessor will agree to recognize the right of Tenant to use and occupy the Premises upon the payment of Annual Fixed Rent, Additional Rent and other charges payable by Tenant under this Lease and the performance by Tenant of Tenant’s obligations hereunder, and wherein Tenant shall agree to attorn to such ground lessor as its Landlord and to perform and observe all of the tenant obligations hereunder, in the event such ground lessor succeeds to the interest of Landlord hereunder under such ground lease. Notwithstanding any provision of this Lease to the contrary, Landlord hereby represents and warrants to Tenant that the Permitted Use of the Premises as contemplated in this Lease is, and at all times during the Term, shall be, permitted and that the Permitted Use does not violate any of the terms, provisions or conditions of the Existing Ground Lease or the limitations on the permitted uses set forth in the 121A Designation (as defined in the Existing Ground Lease) affecting the Land.

16.14 Notice to Mortgagee and Ground Lessor

After receiving notice from any person, firm or other entity that it holds a mortgage which includes the Premises as part of the mortgaged premises, or that it is the ground lessor under a lease with Landlord as ground lessee, which includes the Premises as a part of the leased premises, no notice from Tenant to Landlord shall be effective unless and until a copy of the same is given to such holder or ground lessor at the address as specified in said notice (as it may from time to time be changed), and the curing of any of Landlord’s defaults by such holder or ground lessor within a reasonable time after such notice (including a commercially reasonable amount of time to be mutually agreed upon between Tenant and such holder in an SNDA to obtain possession of the premises if the curing of such default requires the mortgagee or ground lessor to do so) shall be treated as performance by Landlord. For the purposes of this Section 16.14, the term “mortgage” includes a mortgage on a leasehold interest of Landlord (but not one on Tenant’s leasehold interest). If any mortgage is listed on Exhibit 16.14 then the same shall constitute notice from the holder of such mortgage for the purposes of this Section 16.14.

16.15 Assignment of Rents

With reference to any assignment by Landlord of Landlord’s interest in this Lease, or the rents payable hereunder, conditional in nature or otherwise, which assignment is made to the holder of a mortgage or ground lease on property which includes the Premises, Tenant agrees:

(a) That the execution thereof by Landlord, and the acceptance thereof by the holder of such mortgage, or the ground lessor, shall never be treated as an assumption by such holder or ground lessor of any of the obligations of Landlord hereunder, unless such holder, or ground lessor, shall, acquire possession of the Building; and

78

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

(b) That, except as aforesaid, such holder or ground lessor shall be treated as having assumed Landlord’s obligations hereunder only upon foreclosure of such holder’s mortgage and the taking of possession of the Premises, or, in the case of a ground lessor, the assumption of Landlord’s position hereunder by such ground lessor. In no event shall the acquisition of title to the Office Area and the land on which the same is located by a purchaser which, simultaneously therewith, leases the entire Office Area or such land back to the seller thereof be treated as an assumption, by operation of law or otherwise, of Landlord’s obligations hereunder, but Tenant shall look solely to such seller-lessee, and its successors from time to time in title, for performance of Landlord’s obligations hereunder. In any such event, this Lease shall be subject and subordinate to the lease to such purchaser provided that such purchaser-lessor agrees to recognize the right of Tenant to use and occupy the Premises upon the payment of rent and all other charges payable by Tenant under this Lease and the performance by Tenant of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. For all purposes, such seller-lessee, and its successors in title, shall be the landlord hereunder unless and until Landlord’s position shall have been assumed by such purchaser-lessor. Tenant acknowledges that it has been informed by Landlord that Landlord has entered into certain agreements with its lenders (“Lenders”) which require it to include in this Lease (and requires Tenant to include in any sublease which may be permitted hereunder) the following provisions: (i) no rent payable under this Lease or under any such sublease may be based in whole or in part on the income or profits derived from the Premises or any subleased premises except for percentage rent based on gross (not net) receipts or sales; (ii) if Lenders succeed to Landlord’s interests under this Lease and are advised by Lenders’ counsel that all or any portion of the rent payable under this Lease is or may be deemed to be unrelated business income within the meaning of the Internal Revenue Code of the 1986, as amended, or the regulations issued thereunder, Lenders may elect to amend unilaterally the calculation of rents under this Lease so that none of the rents payable to Lenders under this Lease will constitute unrelated business income, provided that such amendment will not increase Tenant’s payment obligations or other liability under this Lease or reduce Landlord’s obligations under this Lease; and (iii) if Lenders request, Tenant will be obligated to execute any document Lenders may deem necessary to effect the amendment of this Lease in accordance with the foregoing subsection (ii). Further, no Annual Fixed Rent or Additional Rent may be paid by Tenant more than thirty (30) days in advance except with Lenders’ prior written consent, and any such payment without such consent shall not be binding on Lenders.

16.16 Estoppel Certificate and Financial Statements

Recognizing that Landlord may find it necessary to establish to third parties, such as accountants, banks, potential or existing mortgagees, potential purchasers or the like, the then current status of performance hereunder, Tenant, within ten (10) business days after the request of Landlord made from time to time, will furnish to Landlord, or any existing or potential holder of any mortgage encumbering the Premises, the Office Area or the Project, or any potential purchaser of the Premises, the Office Area, or the Project (each an “Interested Party”) an estoppel certificate stating the status of any matter pertaining to this Lease reasonably requested, including, without limitation, acknowledgments that (or the extent to which) each party is in compliance with its obligations under the terms of this Lease. In addition, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, or any Interested Party designated by Landlord, financial statements of Tenant, and any guarantor of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, as reasonably requested by Landlord including, but not

79

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

limited to, financial statements for the prior year. Any such status statement or financial statement delivered by Tenant pursuant to this Section 16.16 may be relied upon by any Interested Party.

16.17 Self-Help

If Tenant shall at any time fail to make any payment or perform any act which Tenant is obligated to make or perform under this Lease within ten (10) days after written notice from Landlord (or such longer period of time as Tenant may reasonably require, so long as Tenant commences to cure such failure within such ten-(10)-day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes such cure to completion), Landlord may (but shall not be required to do so) make or cause such payment to made or act to be performed and shall not be responsible to Tenant for any loss or damage that may accrue to Tenant’s stock or business by reason thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in an emergency, Landlord may exercise its rights under the immediately preceding sentence without any prior notice to Tenant. No act taken or payment made by Landlord pursuant to this Section 16.17 shall be deemed to waive, or release, Tenant from, any obligations of Tenant in this Lease contained. Landlord may exercise its rights under this Section 16.17 in such manner and to such extent as may be reasonably necessary, and, in exercising any such rights, pay any costs and expenses, employ counsel and incur and pay reasonable attorneys ‘ fees. All sums so paid by Landlord and all reasonable and necessary costs and expenses of Landlord incidental thereto, together with interest thereon at the annual rate equal to the Lease Interest Rate, as defined in Section 4.3, from the date of the making of such expenditures by Landlord, shall be deemed to be Additional Rent and, except as otherwise in this Lease expressly provided, shall be payable to Landlord on demand, and if not promptly paid shall be added to any rent then due or thereafter becoming due under this Lease, and Tenant covenants to pay any such sum or sums with interest as aforesaid, and Landlord shall have (in addition to any other right or remedy of Landlord) the same rights and remedies in the event of the non-payment thereof by Tenant as in the case of default by Tenant in the payment of Annual Fixed Rent.

16.18 Holding Over

(a) Any holding over by Tenant after the expiration of the Term of this Lease shall be treated as a tenancy at sufferance and shall be on the terms and conditions as set forth in this Lease, as far as applicable except that Tenant shall pay as a daily use and occupancy charge in an amount equal to the greater of (x) the Hold Over Percentage (as hereinafter defined) of the Annual Fixed Rent and Additional Rent calculated (on a daily basis) at the rate payable as of the last day of the Term under the terms of this Lease or (y) the fair market rental value of the Premises. In addition, if such holdover continues for more than thirty (30) days, Tenant shall save Landlord, its agents and employees harmless and will exonerate, defend and indemnify Landlord, its agents and employees from and against any and all damages which Landlord may suffer on account of Tenant’s hold-over in the Premises after the expiration or prior termination of the term of this Lease. Nothing in the foregoing nor any other term or provision of this Lease shall be deemed to permit Tenant to retain possession of the Premises or hold over in the Premises after the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease Term. All property which remains in the Office Area or the Premises after the expiration or termination of this Lease shall be conclusively deemed to be abandoned and may either be retained by Landlord as its property or sold or otherwise disposed of in such manner as Landlord may see fit. If any part thereof shall be sold, then Landlord may receive the proceeds of such sale and apply the same, at its option against the expenses of the sale,

80

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

the cost of moving and storage, any arrears of rent or other charges payable hereunder by Tenant to Landlord and any damages to which Landlord may be entitled under this Lease and at law and in equity. The “Hold Over Percentage” shall be (i) 150% for the first thirty (30) days of such holdover, (ii) 175% for the second thirty (30) days of such holdover, and (iii) 200% for any period of holdover after the first sixty (60) days.

(b) Subject to the provisions of this Section 16.18(b), the failure of Tenant or any Tenant Party to perform all of its obligations under Section 16.4 above, shall be deemed to be a holdover by Tenant after the expiration of the Term of this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that (i) Tenant completes the Surrender Plan approved by Landlord, and delivers to Landlord the Industrial Hygienist Certification, but after the end of the Term it is discovered that there exist Hazardous Materials that have been introduced to the Building or the Land by any of the Tenant Parties, and (ii) the Premises are otherwise surrendered in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Lease on or prior to the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, then

(i) the provisions of Section 16.18(a) shall not be applicable to the period of time after the expiration or earlier of termination of this Lease which is required for Landlord to finish decommissioning the Premises and obtain an Industrial Hygienist Certification, but (y) Tenant shall be responsible for the costs and expenses incurred by Landlord to fully decommission the Premises and the Property in accordance with Section 16.4 above.

16.19 Entry by Landlord

Landlord, and its duly authorized representatives, shall, upon reasonable prior notice (except in the case of emergency or for normal cleaning and maintenance operations), have the right to enter the Premises at all reasonable times (except at any time in the case of emergency) for the purposes of inspecting the condition of same and making such repairs, Alterations thereto as may be necessary if Tenant fails to do so as required hereunder (but Landlord shall have no duty whatsoever to make any such inspections, repairs, Alterations except as otherwise provided in Sections 4.1, 8.1 and 8.2 and Exhibit 2.1); provided, however, that (except in the case of emergency) Landlord shall provide prior notice to Tenant before entering any laboratory portions of the Premises, Landlord shall comply with all reasonable safety requirements and guidelines for access to such laboratory portions of the Premises and Tenant shall have the right to accompany Landlord during any such entry into the laboratory portions of the Premises, and to show the Premises to prospective tenants during the twelve (12) months preceding expiration of the term of this Lease as it may have been extended and at any reasonable time during the Lease Term to show the Premises to prospective purchasers and mortgagees.

16.20 Counterparts

This Lease may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and such counterparts shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

16.21 Entire Agreement

This Lease constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto, Landlord’s managing agent and their respective affiliates with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersedes all prior dealings between them with respect to such subject matter, and there are

81

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

no verbal or collateral understandings, agreements, representations or warranties not expressly set forth in this Lease. No subsequent alteration, amendment, change or addition to this Lease shall be binding upon Landlord or Tenant, unless reduced to writing and signed by the party or parties to be charged therewith.

16.22 Limitations on Liability

(a) Landlord Liability. Tenant shall neither assert nor seek to enforce any claim for breach of this Lease against any of Landlord’s assets other than Landlord’s interest in the Building and Land and any sale, insurance or condemnation proceeds thereof (provided that Tenant’s right to reach insurance and condemnation proceeds shall be subordinate to Landlord’s right to use such proceeds for purposes of restoring the Building and the Project), and Tenant agrees to look solely to such interest for the satisfaction of any liability of Landlord under this Lease, it being specifically agreed that neither Landlord, nor any successor holder of Landlord’s interest hereunder, nor any beneficiary of any Trust of which any person from time to time holding Landlord’s interest is Trustee, nor any such Trustee, nor any member, manager, partner, director or stockholder nor Landlord’s managing agent shall ever be personally liable for any such liability. This paragraph shall not limit any right that Tenant might otherwise have to obtain injunctive relief against Landlord or Landlord’s successors-in-interest, or to take any other action which shall not involve the personal liability of Landlord, or of any successor holder of Landlord’s interest hereunder, or of any beneficiary of any trust of which any person from time to time holding Landlord’s interest is Trustee, or of any such Trustee, or of any manager, member, partner, director or stockholder of Landlord or of Landlord’s managing agent, to respond in monetary damages from Landlord’s assets other than Landlord’s interest in said Building or Land, as aforesaid, but in no event shall Tenant have the right to terminate or cancel this Lease (except as expressly set forth herein) or to withhold rent or to set-off any claim or damages against rent as a result of any default by Landlord or breach by Landlord of its covenants or any warranties or promises hereunder, except in the case of a wrongful eviction of Tenant from the Premises (constructive or actual) by Landlord continuing after notice to Landlord thereof and a reasonable opportunity for Landlord to cure the same. In no event shall Landlord ever be liable for any indirect or consequential damages or loss of profits or the like. In the event that Landlord shall be determined to have wrongfully withheld any consent or approval under this Lease, the sole recourse and remedy of Tenant in respect thereof shall be to specifically enforce Landlord’s obligation to grant such consent or approval, and in no event shall Landlord be responsible for any damages of whatever nature in respect of its failure to give such consent or approval nor shall the same otherwise affect the obligations of Tenant under this Lease or act as any termination of this Lease.

(b) Tenant Liability. Landlord shall neither assert nor seek to enforce any claim against Tenant or any of the Tenant Parties for breach of this Lease or otherwise, other than against the assets and property of Tenant, the Cash Security Deposit and/or the Letter of Credit, and Landlord agrees to look solely to such assets and property and the Cash Security Deposit and/or the Letter of Credit for the satisfaction of any liability of Tenant or any Tenant Parties under this Lease. This Section 16.22 shall not limit any right that Landlord might otherwise have to obtain injunctive relief against Tenant. Landlord and Tenant specifically agree that in no event shall any officer, director, trustee, employee or representative of Tenant or any of the other Tenant Parties ever be personally liable for any obligation under this Lease.

82

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

16.23 No Partnership

The relationship of the parties hereto is that of landlord and tenant and no partnership, joint venture or participation is hereby created.

16.24 Security Deposit

Tenant shall deliver to Landlord either (at Tenant’s election): (i) cash in the Security Deposit Amount, as set forth in Section 1.2 (the “Cash Security Deposit”), which shall be held by Landlord in accordance with Section 16.24(a) below, or (ii) an irrevocable, unconditional, and negotiable letter of credit (the “Letter of Credit”) in said Security Deposit Amount satisfying the requirements of this Section 16.24. Landlord shall hold either the Cash Security Deposit or the Letter of Credit, as the case may be, as security for the performance by Tenant of all obligations on the part of Tenant to be performed under this Lease in accordance with this Section 16.24, throughout the Term of this Lease (including the Extended Term(s), if applicable), subject to reduction in accordance with the provisions of this Section 16.24.

(a) Cash Security Deposit. If Tenant elects to deliver a Cash Security Deposit to Landlord: (i) Tenant shall, at the time of execution and delivery of this Lease to Landlord, pay to Landlord fifty percent (50%) of the Security Deposit Amount, and (ii) Tenant shall pay the remaining fifty percent (50%) of the Security Deposit Amount (“Balance of the Cash Security Deposit”) to Landlord on or before the date thirty (30) days after Landlord gives Landlord’s Estimated Delivery Date Notice, as defined in Section 1D(1) of Exhibit 2.1, to Tenant. Landlord shall hold the Cash Security Deposit, throughout the Term of this Lease (including any extension thereof), as security for the performance by Tenant of all obligations on the part of Tenant to be performed. Landlord shall have the right from time to time without prejudice to any other remedy Landlord may have on account thereof, to apply such deposit, or any part thereof, to Landlord’s damages arising from any default on the part of Tenant that remains uncured after the expiration of all applicable notice and cure periods. If Landlord so applies all or any portion of such deposit, Tenant shall within seven (7) days after notice from Landlord deliver cash to Landlord in an amount sufficient to restore such deposit to the full amount stated in Section 1.2 (as the same may have been reduced pursuant to Section 16.24). Tenant not then being in default and having performed all of its obligations under this Lease, including the payment of all Annual Fixed Rent, Landlord shall return the deposit, or so much thereof as shall not have theretofore been applied in accordance with the terms of this Section 16.24, to Tenant on or before the latest to occur of: (i) the end of the Term, (ii) the delivery by Tenant to Landlord of the Premises free and clear of all parties claiming under Tenant and in compliance with Section 16.4 of the Lease, and (iii) the satisfaction of all of Tenant’s obligations under Section 16.4 of the Lease. While Landlord holds such deposit, Landlord shall have no obligation to pay interest on the same and shall have the right to commingle the same with Landlord’s other funds. If Landlord conveys Landlord’s interest under this Lease, the deposit, or any part thereof not previously applied, shall be turned over by Landlord to Landlord’s grantee for proper application of the deposit in accordance with the terms of this Section 16.24, and the return thereof in accordance herewith, and Landlord shall have no further liability therefor.

Neither the holder of a mortgage nor the landlord in a ground lease on property which includes the Premises shall ever be responsible to Tenant for the return or application of any such

83

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

deposit, whether or not it succeeds to the position of Landlord hereunder, unless such deposit shall have been received by such holder or ground lessor.

(b) Letter of Credit. If Tenant elects to deliver a Letter of Credit to Landlord: (i) Tenant shall, at the time of execution and delivery of this Lease to Landlord, deliver to Landlord a Letter of Credit satisfying the requirements of this Section 16.24 in the amount of fifty percent (50%) of the Security Deposit Amount (“Initial Letter of Credit”), and (ii) Tenant shall, on or before the date thirty (30) days after Landlord gives Landlord’s Estimated Delivery Date Notice, as defined in Section 1D(1) of Exhibit 2.1, to Tenant, deliver to either additional Letter of Credit satisfying the requirements of this Section 16.24 in the amount of fifty percent (50%) of the Security Deposit Amount, or an amendment to the Initial Letter of Credit, in form reasonably acceptable to Landlord, increasing the amount of the Initial Letter of Credit to the full Security Deposit Amount (in either case, the “Balance of the Letter of Credit”). Any Letter of Credit provided by Tenant to Landlord shall (i) be issued by and drawn on a bank reasonably approved by Landlord and at a minimum having a long term issuer credit rating from Standard and Poor’s Professional Rating Service of A or a comparable rating from Moody’s Professional Rating Service, (ii) be substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 16.24, (iii) permit one or more draws thereunder to be made accompanied only by certification by Landlord or Landlord’s managing agent that pursuant to the terms of this Lease, Landlord is entitled to draw upon such Letter of Credit, (iv) permit transfers at any time without charge to Landlord, (v) permit presentment in Boston, Massachusetts and (vi) provide that any notices to Landlord be sent to the notice address provided for Landlord in this Lease. If the credit rating for the issuer of such Letter of Credit falls below the standard set forth in (i) above or if the financial condition of such issuer changes in any other material adverse way or if any trustee, receiver or liquidator shall be appointed for the issuer, Landlord shall have the right to require that Tenant provide a substitute letter of credit that complies in all respects with the requirements of this Section, and Tenant’s failure to provide the same within thirty (30) days following Landlord’s written demand therefor shall entitle Landlord to immediately draw upon the Letter of Credit. Any such Letter of Credit shall be for a term of two (2) years (or for one (1) year if the issuer thereof regularly and customarily only issues letters of credit for a maximum term of one (1) year) and shall in either case provide for automatic renewals through the date which is sixty (60) days subsequent to the scheduled expiration of this Lease (as the same may be extended). Any failure or refusal of the issuer to honor the Letter of Credit shall be at Tenant’s sole risk and shall not relieve Tenant of its obligations hereunder with regard to the security deposit. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default, Landlord shall have the right from time to time without prejudice to any other remedy Landlord may have on account thereof, to draw on all or any portion of such deposit held as a Letter of Credit and to apply the proceeds of such Letter of Credit or any cash held as such deposit, or any part thereof, to Landlord’s damages arising from such Event of Default on the part of Tenant under the terms of this Lease. If Landlord so applies all or any portion of such deposit, Tenant shall within seven (7) days after notice from Landlord deposit cash with Landlord in an amount sufficient to restore such deposit to the full amount stated in this Section 16.24. While Landlord holds any cash deposit Landlord shall have no obligation to pay interest on the same and shall have the right to commingle the same with Landlord’s other funds. Neither the holder of a mortgage nor Landlord in a ground lease on property which includes the Premises shall ever be responsible to Tenant for the return or application of any such deposit, whether or not it succeeds to the position of Landlord hereunder, unless such deposit shall have been received by such holder or ground Landlord.

84

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

(c) Transfer of Letter of Credit. In the event that Landlord transfers its interest in the Premises, Tenant shall upon notice from and at no cost to Landlord, deliver to Landlord an amendment to the Letter of Credit or a replacement Letter of Credit naming Landlord’s successor as the beneficiary thereof. If Tenant fails to deliver such amendment or replacement within ten (10) business days after written notice from Landlord, Landlord shall have the right to draw down the entire amount of the Letter of Credit and hold the proceeds thereof in accordance with this Section 26.14.

(d) Cash Proceeds of Letter of Credit. Landlord shall hold the Cash Security Deposit, the Letter of Credit, the balance of proceeds remaining after a draw on Cash Security Deposit and/or the Letter of Credit, as the case may be (each sometimes hereinafter referred to collectively as the “Security Deposit”) as security for Tenant’s performance of all its Lease obligations. After an Event of Default, Landlord may apply the Security Deposit, or any part thereof, to Landlord’s damages without prejudice to any other Landlord remedy. Landlord has no obligation to pay interest on the Security Deposit and may co-mingle the Security Deposit with Landlord’s funds. If Landlord conveys its interest under this Lease, the Security Deposit, or any part not applied previously, may be turned over to the grantee in which case Tenant shall look solely to the grantee for the proper application and return of the Security Deposit.

(e) Return of Security Deposit or Letter of Credit. Should Tenant comply with all of such terms, covenants and conditions and promptly pay all sums payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder, the Security Deposit shall (less any portion thereof which may have been utilized by Landlord to cure any default or applied to any actual damage suffered by Landlord) be returned to Tenant within forty-five (45) days after the latest to occur of: (i) the end of the Term, (ii) the delivery by Tenant to Landlord of the Premises free and clear of all parties claiming under Tenant and in compliance with Section 16.4 of the Lease, and (iii) the satisfaction of all of Tenant’s obligations under Section 16.4.

(f) Reduction of the Cash Security Deposit and/or Letter of Credit.

(i) On the conditions (the “Reduction Conditions”) that as of the applicable Effective Reduction Date, as hereinafter defined: (x) Tenant is then in full compliance with its obligations under the Lease, and (y) there has been no Event of Default during the twelve- (12)-month period immediately preceding such Effective Reduction Date, as it may be delayed, as hereinafter set forth (“Prior Default Condition”), then the amount of the Cash Security Deposit/Letter of Credit may be reduced in accordance with the below-listed schedule:

Effective Reduction Date

New Reduced Security Deposit Amount

First (1st) anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date:

[***]

Third (3rd) anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date:

[***]

Fifth (5th) anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date:

[***]

 

85

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

 

(ii) The reduction in the Security Deposit shall be accomplished as follows: (a) for a Cash Security Deposit, Tenant shall request such reduction in a written notice to Landlord (the “Reduction Notice”), and if the Reduction Conditions have been met, Landlord shall, within ten (10) business days after Landlord’s receipt of such Reduction Notice, refund to Tenant a portion of the Cash Security Deposit which Landlord is then holding so that Landlord will be holding the reduced amount, as set forth above, and (b) for a Security Deposit in the form of a Letter of Credit, Tenant shall give a Reduction Notice to Landlord, and if the Reduction Conditions have been met, Landlord shall, within five (5) business days of its receipt of such Reduction Notice, so notify Tenant, whereupon Tenant shall deliver to Landlord either: (i) a substitute letter of credit (the “Substitute Letter of Credit”) in the applicable reduced amount, in form satisfying the requirements of this Section 16.24, or (ii) an amendment to the existing Letter of Credit, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to Landlord, reducing the amount of the existing Letter of Credit to the applicable reduced amount. If Tenant delivers to Landlord a Substitute Letter of Credit satisfying the foregoing requirements, as aforesaid, then Landlord shall exchange the existing Letter of Credit which Landlord is then holding for such Substitute Letter of Credit within five (5) business days after Landlord receives such Substitute Letter of Credit to Landlord. If Landlord declines to reduce the Security Deposit based upon the fact that any of the Reduction Conditions have not been satisfied, but Tenant subsequently satisfies the Reduction Conditions, then Tenant may submit a new Reduction Notice to Landlord for the reduction in the Security Deposit in accordance with the provisions of this Section 16.24. In such event, the Prior Default Condition shall be determined based on the twelve-(12)-month period immediately preceding the delayed Effective Reduction Date.

(iii) In no event shall the amount of the Cash Security Deposit or Letter of Credit held by Landlord ever be less than [***].

16.25 Governing Law

This Lease shall be governed exclusively by the provisions hereof and by the law of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts, as the same may from time to time exist.

16.26 Waiver of Trial by Jury

To induce Landlord to enter into this Lease, Tenant hereby waives any right to trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought by either Landlord or Tenant on any matters whatsoever arising out of or any way connected with this Lease, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant, Tenant’s use or occupancy of the premises and/or any claim of injury or damage, including but not limited to, any summary process eviction action.

16.27 Signage

Landlord shall provide building standard signage in the standard graphics for the Building listing Tenant on all internal non-electronic directory(ies) for the Premises. The initial listing of Tenant’s name shall be at Landlord’s expense. Any changes or additions to such directory(ies) shall be at Tenant’s cost and expense. Tenant may install signage identifying Tenant, which may

86

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

include Tenant’s corporate logo and colors, on the entrance door to the Premises and/or within the Premises, which signage shall be subject to Landlord’s approval.

16.28 Landlord’s Future Redevelopment/Changes

Tenant acknowledges that Landlord intends to undertake a redevelopment of the Project that may include, among other changes, the replacement of the existing garage with a subsurface parking facility and the replacement of some of the existing retail and/or common areas of the Project with new construction (the “Redevelopment”). Notwithstanding any provision of the Lease to the contrary, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:

(a) In connection with the Redevelopment:

(1) Landlord shall provide Tenant with reasonable advance notice prior to the commencement of the Redevelopment work.

(2) In carrying out any Redevelopment work, Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize any adverse effect upon, or interference with, the use and enjoyment by Tenant of the Premises.

(3) Landlord shall provide Tenant with reasonable advance notice of any work in connection with the Redevelopment planned in the immediate vicinity of the Premises or that will affect pedestrian access to the Premises or vehicular access to and from the Parking Facilities.

(4) At all times during the Redevelopment, Tenant shall have a reasonable means of access from a public street to the Premises and between the parking facilities in the Project to the Premises.

(5) At all times during the Redevelopment, Landlord shall provide parking within the Project, or in an offsite facility reasonably proximate to the Project, for not less than Tenant’s parking allocation.

(6) In connection with any installation, replacement or relocation of Project services, pipes, ducts, conduits, wires and/or appurtenant fixtures, Landlord shall not unreasonably interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises, and any such installations, replacements and relocations in or about the Premises shall be located so far as practicable above ceiling surfaces, below floor surfaces or within perimeter walls of the Premises.

(7) Throughout the Redevelopment, Landlord shall make available to Tenant a construction representative who is available on a 24-7 basis.

(b) Tenant acknowledges that the Project, and its mix of uses, may be altered, expanded, with facilities reduced or otherwise changed from time to time, and that Landlord reserves the right to modify the Project, to change the uses thereof, and to designate areas of the Project as Common Areas or common facilities, or as areas/facilities for the exclusive use of one or more occupants or one or more uses, all as more particularly set forth below.

87

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

(c) Landlord reserves for its benefit all rights of ownership and use in all respects outside the Premises, including without limitation, all structures and improvements and plazas and Common Areas and facilities in the Project. Without limitation of the foregoing, it is understood that in its sole discretion Landlord shall have the right to change and rearrange the Common Areas and facilities, to add to, change, relocate and eliminate such areas and facilities, to erect new buildings and structures thereon, to permit the use of or lease all or part thereof for exhibitions and displays, to sell, lease or dedicate all or part thereof to public use, and to configure the public and private roadways in the vicinity of the Project, subject to the issuance of necessary governmental approvals, which reconfigurations shall not be deemed to be eminent domain takings subject to the provisions of Article XIV of the Lease. Tenant’s rights under the Lease to use the Common Areas and facilities of the Project, and, if applicable, other areas outside the Premises, shall be subject to Landlord’s right to change or alter the same as set forth herein. Notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary, Landlord’s rights to change and rearrange the Common Areas and facilities of the Project pursuant to this Section 16.28(c) are subject to the following:

(1) Landlord shall not have the right to reduce or eliminate the showers or bicycle storage area or, except as expressly set forth in Section 2.2, the Roof Decks, to be provided by Landlord pursuant to Section 2.2, nor to eliminate the freight elevators or loading docks to be used by Tenant as set forth herein, but Landlord shall have the right to relocate the showers, bicycle storage area, freight elevators or loading docks to be used by Tenant within the Building;

(2) Landlord shall not have the right to reduce or suspend Tenant’s Parking Privileges except as expressly set forth in Article X;

(3) no such change or rearrangement shall materially adversely affect any of the utility services required to be provided by Landlord under the Lease or materially adversely affect any of the other services required to be provided by Landlord under this Lease; and

(4) no such change shall materially adversely interfere with Tenant’s access to and use of the Premises for the Permitted Use.

(d) Landlord reserves the right to add to, change or eliminate any services offered to the occupants of the Project from time to time; provided, however, that Landlord shall not change or eliminate any such services required to be provided by Landlord to Tenant pursuant to the Lease.

(e) Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any compensation or reduction of rent by reason of inconvenience or annoyance or for loss of business arising from the exercise of Landlord’s rights hereunder. If Landlord is prevented or delayed from making any repairs, alterations or improvements, or furnishing any services or performing any other covenant or duty to be performed on Landlord’s part under the Lease, by reason of any cause reasonably beyond Landlord’s control in connection with the exercise of its rights hereunder, Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant therefor, nor, subject to Tenant’s rights pursuant to Section 7.11, shall Tenant be entitled to any abatement or reduction of rent by reason thereof. Tenant shall not have the right to terminate the Lease due to the exercise of Landlord’s rights hereunder, nor shall the same give rise

88

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

to a claim in Tenant’s favor that such failure constitutes actual or constructive, total or partial, eviction from the Premises. Without limitation of the foregoing, in no event shall Tenant seek injunctive or any similar relief, to stop, delay or modify the Redevelopment.

16.29 Rooftop Equipment

Subject to the terms of this Section 16.29, Tenant shall have the right to install, operate, maintain, repair and replace on the roof of the Office Area a satellite dish or antenna, and air conditioning equipment required for its operations in the Premises, together with access to use of available Office Area shafts, conduits and risers to connect to such equipment (collectively, the “Rooftop Equipment”). There shall be no additional charges or fees payable by Tenant in connection therewith. Tenant shall not install any Rooftop Equipment until Landlord shall have approved the size, location, weight and manner of attachment thereof, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Tenant’s rights under this Section 16.29 shall be subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Lease, as well as the following additional conditions:

(1) Tenant shall be solely and exclusively responsible for all costs, expenses and charges, of every kind, of installing, operating, maintaining, repairing, replacing, and removing the Rooftop Equipment and, except to the extent resulting from the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, Landlord shall have no liability or obligation in connection therewith. Tenant shall enter into a service contract with a contractor reasonably approved by Landlord for the installation, operation, maintenance, repair, replacement and removal of the Rooftop Equipment, which contract shall be subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval.

(2) If, in the reasonable judgment of Landlord, any electrical, electromagnetic, radio frequency or other material interference shall result from the operation of any of the Rooftop Equipment, Tenant shall upon Landlord’s request shut down Tenant’s equipment upon twenty-four (24) hours prior notice to Tenant, which notice may be electronic if given to Dr. Dimitris Papoutsakis at dpapoutsakis@tangotx.com or such other person as designed by Tenant in writing from time to time; provided, however, if an emergency situation exists, which Landlord reasonably determines in its good faith discretion to be attributable to the Rooftop Equipment, Landlord shall immediately notify Tenant verbally, who shall act immediately to remedy the emergency situation. Should Tenant fail to so remedy said emergency situation, Landlord may then act to shut down Tenant’s equipment. Tenant agrees to cease operations of the Rooftop Equipment (except for intermittent testing on a schedule approved by Landlord) until the interference has been corrected to the reasonable satisfaction of Landlord. If such interference is caused by telecommunications equipment and has not been corrected to the reasonable satisfaction of Landlord within thirty (30) days, Landlord may require that Tenant immediately remove from the Roof the specific item of telecommunications equipment causing such interference.

(3) Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, and at its sole risk, install, operate and maintain the Rooftop Equipment in a good and workmanlike manner, and in

89

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

compliance with all electric, communication, and safety codes, ordinances, standards, regulations and requirements, now in effect or hereafter promulgated, of the Federal Government, including, without limitation, the Federal Communications Commission (the “FCC”), the Federal Aviation Administration (“FAA”) or any successor agency of either the FCC or FAA having jurisdiction over radio or telecommunications, and of the state, city and county in which the Office Area is located. Tenant shall reasonably cooperate generally with Landlord and other carriers to permit the Office Area’s rooftop to be and remain in compliance with all FCC and OSHA rules and regulations relating to radio frequency emission levels and maximum permissible exposure. Except to the extent resulting from Landlord’s negligence or willful misconduct, neither Landlord nor its agents shall be liable to Tenant for any stoppages or shortages of electrical power furnished to the Rooftop Equipment or the roof area because of any act, omission or requirement of the public utility serving the Office Area, or the act or omission of any other tenant, invitee or licensee or their respective agents, employees or contractors, or for any other cause beyond the reasonable control of Landlord, and Tenant shall not be entitled to any rental abatement for any such stoppage or shortage of electrical power. Neither Landlord nor its agents shall have any responsibility or liability for the conduct or safety of any of Tenant’s representatives, repair, maintenance and engineering personnel while in or on any part of the Office Area or the roof area.

(4) Tenant shall be responsible for connecting the Rooftop Equipment to the Office Area’s utility systems and for the costs and expenses of all electricity consumed in connection with the Rooftop Equipment.

(5) Tenant shall not make any changes, alterations, or other improvements on or to the roof of the Office Area without Landlord’s prior written consent in each instance, which consent, Landlord may withhold at its discretion; provided, however, in connection with the installation, operation, maintenance, repair or replacement of the Rooftop Equipment, Landlord’s consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

(6) Tenant shall have no right of access to the roof of the Office Area unless Tenant has given Landlord reasonable advance notice and unless Tenant’s representatives are accompanied by a representative of Landlord. Landlord will make a representative available to Tenant (i) during Normal Business Hours upon reasonable advance notice and (ii) during emergencies, as soon as practicable (taking into account the circumstances) after receipt of a request from Tenant.

(7) At the expiration or prior termination of this Lease, Tenant shall remove the Rooftop Equipment from the roof of the Office Area, and Tenant shall be responsible for the cost of repairing any damage to the roof of the Office Area caused by the installation or removal of the Rooftop Equipment or the exercise of Tenant’s rights under this Section 16.29.

90

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

(8) Tenant shall have no right to transfer or assign its rights under this Section 16.29, other than to a permitted assignee or sublessee of all or substantially all of the Premises.

(9) To the maximum extent permitted by law, the Rooftop Equipment and all other related installations shall be at the sole risk of Tenant, and except to the extent caused by negligent acts or willful misconduct by Landlord or its agents, employees or contractors, Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant in the event that the Rooftop Equipment or any related installations are damaged for any reason.

(10) Tenant shall comply with all Legal Requirement and Insurance Requirements in connection with Tenant’s exercise of its rights pursuant to this Section 16.29.

Landlord shall have the right not more than two (2) times during the Original Term and one (1) time during each Extension Term, if any, upon thirty (30) days’ notice to Tenant, to require Tenant to relocate the Rooftop Equipment to another area on the roof of the Office Area equally suitable for Tenant’s use. In such event, Tenant shall on or before the thirtieth (30th) day after Landlord gives such notice, relocate the Rooftop Equipment and Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Tenant in connection with said relocation and any resulting relocation of utility lines.

In addition to the indemnification provisions set forth in this Lease (which indemnification provisions shall be applicable to the use by Tenant of the Rooftop Equipment), except to the extent resulting from the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or its agents, employees or contractors, Tenant shall, to the maximum extent permitted by law, indemnify, defend, and hold Landlord harmless from any and all claims, losses, demands, actions or causes of actions suffered by any person, firm, corporation, or other entity to the extent that the same arises out of or results from Tenant’s use of the Rooftop Equipment and the rights granted to Tenant and the performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Section 16.29.

16.30 Force Majeure

Other than for Tenant’s obligations under this Lease that can be performed by the payment of money (e.g., payment of Rent and maintenance of insurance), whenever a period of time is herein prescribed for action to be taken by either party hereto, such party shall not be liable or responsible for, and there shall be excluded from the computation of any such period of time, any delays due to strikes, riots, acts of God, shortages of labor or materials, war, acts of terrorism, governmental laws, regulations, or restrictions, or any other causes which are beyond the control of such party (collectively “Force Majeure”). In no event shall financial inability of a party be deemed to be Force Majeure.

16.31 Landlord’s REIT Requirements

Tenant and Landlord intend that all amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord shall qualify as “rents from real property,” and will otherwise not constitute “unrelated business taxable income” or “impermissible tenant services income,” all within the meaning of Sections 512(b)(3)

91

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

and 856(d) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”) and the U.S. Department of Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder (the “Regulations”). In the event that Landlord determines that there is any risk that any amount payable under this Lease may not qualify as “rents from real property” or will otherwise constitute unrelated business taxable income or impermissible tenant services income within the meaning of Sections 512(b)(3) or 856(d) of the Code and the Regulations promulgated thereunder, Tenant agrees (a) to cooperate with Landlord by entering into such amendment or amendments as Landlord deems necessary to qualify all amounts payable under the Lease as “rents from real property” and (b) to permit (and, upon request, to acknowledge in writing) an assignment of the obligation to provide certain services under this Lease, and, upon request, to enter into direct agreements with the parties furnishing such services (which shall include but not be limited to a taxable REIT subsidiary of Landlord). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not be required to take any action pursuant to the preceding sentence (including acknowledging in writing an assignment of services pursuant thereto) if such action would result in (A) Tenant’s incurring more than de minimus additional liability under this Lease or (B) more than a de minimus negative change in the quality or level of Project operations or services rendered to Tenant under this Lease. For the avoidance of doubt, (i) if Tenant does not acknowledge in writing an assignment as described in clause (b) above (it being agreed that Tenant shall not unreasonably withhold, condition or delay such acknowledgment so long as the criteria in clauses (A) and (B) are satisfied), then Landlord shall not be released from liability under this Lease with respect to the services so assigned; and (ii) nothing in this Section shall limit or otherwise affect Landlord’s ability to assign its entire interest in this Lease to any party as part of a conveyance of Landlord’s ownership interest in the Project.

 

 

92

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

EXECUTED as a sealed instrument in two or more counterparts by persons or officers hereunto duly authorized on the Date set forth in Section 1.2 above.

LANDLORD:

ARE-MA REGION NO. 87 TENANT, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company

By: ARE-MA REGION NO. 87, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company,
managing member

By: ARE-MA REGION NO. 87 MM, LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company,
managing member

By ALEXANDRIA REAL ESTATE EQUITIES, L.P.,
a Delaware limited partnership,
managing member

By: ARE-QRS CORP.,
a Maryland corporation,
general partner

By: /s/ Allison Grochola
Its:
SVP – Real Estate Legal Affairs

TENANT:

TANGO THERAPEUTICS, INC.,
a Delaware corporation

By: /s/ Barbara Weber

Barbara Weber
Chief Executive Officer

[x] I hereby certify that the signature, name, and title above are my signature, name and title

 

 

93

 


Certain information indicated with [***] in this document has been omitted from this exhibit because it is both (i) not material and (ii) is the type that the registrant treats as private or confidential.

EXHIBITS

[***]

 


EX-23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (No. 333-260258) of Tango Therapeutics, Inc. of our report dated March 28, 2022 relating to the financial statements, which appears in this Form 10-K.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Boston, Massachusetts
March 28, 2022

 


EX-31.1

Exhibit 31.1

 

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a) / RULE 15d-14(a) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED

 

I, Barbara Weber, M.D., certify that:

 

1.
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Tango Therapeutics, Inc.;

 

2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

(a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

 


5.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

 

Dated: March 28, 2022 /s/ Barbara Weber, M.D.

Barbara Weber, M.D.

Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

 


EX-31.2

Exhibit 31.2

 

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a) / RULE 15d-14(a) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED

 

I, Daniella Beckman, certify that:

 

1.
I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Tango Therapeutics, Inc.;

 

2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

(a)
Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

(b)
Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

(c)
Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

(d)
Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

 


5.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

(a)
All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

(b)
Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

 

Dated: March 28, 2022 /s/ Daniella Beckman

Daniella Beckman

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)


EX-32.1

Exhibit 32.1

 

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Tango Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Report”), I, Barbara Weber, M.D., Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to my knowledge, that:

 

(1)
the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

(2)
the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Dated: March 28, 2022 /s/ Barbara Weber, M.D.

Barbara Weber, M.D.

Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

 


EX-32.2

Exhibit 32.2

 

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Tango Therapeutics, Inc. (the “Company”) for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Report”), I, Daniella Beckman, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, to my knowledge, that:

 

(1)
the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

(2)
the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Dated: March 28, 2022 /s/ Daniella Beckman

Daniella Beckman

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial Officer)

 

 

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.